260
Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays Electronic timers Logic relays Solid-state relays Analog signal and serial data converters Measuring and monitoring relays Interface relays and optocouplers Safety relays Switching power supplies

Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

  • Upload
    hatu

  • View
    331

  • Download
    22

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays

Electronic timers

Logic relays

Solid-state relays

Analog signal and serial data converters

Measuring and monitoring relays

Interface relays and optocouplers

Safety relays

Switching power supplies

Page 2: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring
Page 3: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

12CDC110004C0202

NEW

1

2

7

9

5

6

8

3

4

Content

New products ....................................................................................................................... 3

Electronic timers CT range .................................................................................................. 7

CT-S range .............................................................................................................. 10

CT-E range .............................................................................................................. 12

CT-D range .............................................................................................................. 14

Electronic measuring and monitoring relays CM and C51x range .................................. 35

Current and voltage monitors, single-phase ......................................................... 41

Three-phase monitors ............................................................................................ 49

Insulation monitors for ungrounded supply mains ................................................ 59

Motor load monitors ................................................................................................ 69

Thermistor motor protection relays ....................................................................... 73

Temperature monitoring relays .............................................................................. 81

Liquid level monitoring and control ......................................................................... 87

Contact protection relays and sensor interface modul ........................................ 97

Cycle monitor with watchdog function ................................................................... 103

Technical data and accessories ............................................................................ 107

Safety relays C57x and C67xx range ................................................................................ 111

Safety relays C57x range ....................................................................................... 118

Safety relays with solid-state outputs C67xx range ............................................. 125

Switching power supplies CP range, Linear power supplies CP-L range ...................... 135

Switching power supplies, primary switch mode, CP range ................................ 136

Linear power supplies CP-L range ........................................................................ 140

Analog signal converters CC range, Serial data converters ILPH range ........................ 149

Analog signal converters CC range ....................................................................... 151

Serial data converters ILPH range ........................................................................ 175

Interface relays and optocouplers ..................................................................................... 187

Pluggable interface relays ...................................................................................... 189

Interface relays and optocouplers ......................................................................... 197

Semiconductor contactors, Solid-state relays .................................................................. 223

Logic module AC010 ............................................................................................................ 237

Index ..................................................................................................................................... 247

Electronic Products and Relays

NEW1

2

3

4

5

6

987

Page 4: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

22CDC110004C0202

9

7

4

3

2

1

NEW

5

6

8

BG-PRÜFZERT

BGFE98xxx

Approvals and marksfor the world market

Europe

All devices which comply with the Europeanlow voltage directive and which are intendedfor sale within the European Union must havethe CE sign applied. All products in thiscatalogue are CE marked.

Conformité Européen(CE)

The CE sign must not be confused with acertificate of quality issued by the EU. It issolely used to confirm that the respectiveproduct complies with the applicable Europeandirectives *). The CE sign is part of an admini-strative procedure to guarantee freemovement of goods within the EuropeanCommunity.

*) Directives:

Low Voltage Directive73/23/EEC

EMC Directive89/336/EEC

Machinery Directive98/37/EEC

Verband der Elektro-technik ElektronikInformationstechnik(VDE)

Applicable for technical instruments coveredby the German Gerätesicherheitsgesetz(GSG) as well as for single parts andelectrical wiring devices.

Berufsgenossenschaftder Feinmechanik undElektrotechnik(BGFE)

The BG-PRÜFZERT sign is a voluntarysafety mark, awarded by the BGFE followingsuccessful safety testing.

North America

Canadian and US standards are more orless equivalent but considerably differ fromthe IEC and VDE regulations.

USA

Underwriters Laboratories(UL)

Listing

Released for installation in systems and forsale as individual component in the USA.

Recognition

Released for installation in systems, if therespective system has been completelymounted and wired by qualified personnel.

Canada

Canadian StandardsAssociation (CSA)

USA and Canada

The combined UL signs for the USA andCanada are recognized by the authorities ofboth countries. Devices with this certificatemeet the requirements of both countries.

Listing

Recognition

C US

ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and produced in accordance with the applicable regulations as stated in the internationalIEC publications, the European EN specifications and the national VDE standards.

In most countries, low-voltage switching devices are produced according to such regulations under the responsibility of the manufacturers.This is why the devices are not subject to further approval. However, for those devices which are intended for use in household or for publicuse our customers can request test reports of our internal laboratory for presentation to the various qualified local organizations. In othercountries, approvals are prescribed by law.

For devices installed in ships, an approval issued by independent shipping companies, such as the GL, are demanded by the maritimeinsurance companies.

Marks of conformity and examples of approvals (device-dependent)

Explosion protection(EX)

Explosion protection acc. toDirective 94/9/EG (ATEX 100a)

Russia

In Russia, low-voltage switching devices aresubject to certification and have to beprovided with a sign.

Gost standard(GOST-R)

Gost R certification is mandatory for manyproducts. This certification is based on asafety test (IEC standards with Russia-specific deviations) and an EMC test.

Shipping approvals

Germanischer Loyd(GL)

Australia, New Zealand

C-Tick Mark

The C-Tick Mark certifies compliance withthe Australian EMC requirements. The Markis also recognized in New Zealand.

Page 5: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

32CDC110004C0202

NEW

New Products -CT range

ABB offers now a new multifunction timer CT-MVS for the replacement of the old C564 andC565 model with a voltage related control input in the CT-S range of industrial timers.

8 functions: ON-delay, OFF-delay, impulse-ON, impulse-OFF, flasher starting with ON,flasher staring with OFF, star-delta ON-delayed, star-delta impulse-ON

10 time ranges from 0.05 s - 300 h in one unit

Voltage related control input

2 c/o contacts

2nd c/o contact selectable as instantaneous contact

3 LEDs for status indication

Supply voltages 24 V / 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC

CE and C-Tick marked

cULus and GL approval (pending)

For detailed information see chapter 1 "Electronic timers CT range".

ABB offers now a new OFF-delay timer CT-VBS for DC-coils without auxiliary supply in theCT-S range of industrial timers.

OFF-delay for DC-coils

AC or DC supply

2 supply voltage versions:100-127 V AC for contactor coils with a nominal voltage of 100-127 V DC,200-240 V AC for contactor coils with a nominal voltage of 200-240 V DC

200-240 V AC version with reversible delay time via external jumper

CE and C-Tick marked

For detailed information see chapter 1 "Electronic timers CT range".

ABB offers now a new electronic timer with star-delta function CT-SDE for a supply voltageof 380-415 V AC to expand the CT-E range of industrial timers.

ON-delayed with defined change-over delay

Now: 3 supply voltage versions:24 V AC/DC and 220-240 V AC, 110-130 V AC, new: 380-415 V AC

Time range: 0.3-30 s

1 n/c, 1 n/o contact internally prewired

2 LEDs for status indication

CE and C-Tick marked

cULus, GL and GOST approval

For detailed information see chapter 1 "Electronic timers CT range".

New electronic timers CT-S and CT-E range

Page 6: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

42CDC110004C0202

NEW

New Products -CM range,R300.xx range

New measuring and monitoring relays CM-S range

ABB offers a new cycle monitor with watchdog function CM-WDS for monitoring program-mable logic controllers or industrial pcs for proper functioning.

Cycle monitor for monitoring the function of programmable logic controllers (plc) orindustrial pcs (ipc)

4 selectable cycle monitoring time ranges from 0.5 to 1000 ms

24 V DC supply

1 c/o contact

2 LEDs for status indication

CE marked, C-Tick mark (pending)

cULus approval (pending)

For detailed information see chapter 2 "Measuring and monitoring relays CM range".

ABB offers a new thermistor motor protection relay CM-MSS with 1 sensing circuit and 2 c/ocontacts.

Short-circuit monitoring for the sensor circuit

Continuous supply voltage range: 24-240 V AC/DC

Selectable non-volatile fault storage

Storage reset and test button

Remote reset

Output contacts: 1 n/c, 1 n/o

2 LEDs for status indication

CE and C-Tick mark

cULus and GOST approval

EX II(2)G, PTB 02 ATEX 3080 approval

For detailed information see chapter 2 "Measuring and monitoring relays CM range".

New three-phase semiconductor contactor range R300.xx

ABB offers two new three-phase semiconductor contactors R300.20 and R300.25.

Compact design

Zero voltage switching

Rated operating voltage Ve 40-660 V AC

Integrated heat sink, ready for use

Mounting on 35 mm DIN rail or screw mounting on plate

Touch proof screw terminals

LED for status indication

CE marked

UL, cUL and CSA approval (pending)

For detailed information see chapter 7 "Semiconductor contactors, Solid-state relays".

Page 7: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

52CDC110004C0202

NEW

New Products -CP range

New innovative switch mode power supplies with pluggable function modulesCP-S and CP-C range

ABB will present a new range of switch mode power supplies in two lines at Hanover fair inApril 2004. A standard line CP-S and a comfort line CP-C in three amperage ratings 5A, 10Aand 20A at 24VDC output voltage. The CP-C range has the possibility of pluggable functionalmodules on the front side.

CP-S range:

Single phase inputCP-S 24/5.0: 85-264 V AC, 100-350 V DCCP-S 24/10.0 and CP-S 24/20.0 via front face switch selectable input voltage range:position "110" = 85-132 V AC,position "230" = 184-264 V AC, 220-350 V DC

No PFC (power factor correction)

CP-C range:

Single phase autorange input 85-264 V AC, 100-350 V DC

Adjustable output voltage 22-28 V DC

PFC (power factor correction)

Function modules pluggable on the front:CP-C MM = messaging module with relay outputs for INPUT OK, OUTPUT OK andremote ON/OFF function via external volt free (dry) contactCP-C RM = redundancy module for current symmetric outputs and messaging (relay)if power supply is alive

More functional modules are under planning

CP-S and CP-C range:

Power reserve of up to 50% (depending on model and ambient temperature)

Decoupling CP-C DM (diode) module for true redundancy (under preparation)

Efficiency > 88%

Pluggable terminals (not CP-x 24/20.0)

LED to indicate "OUTPUT OK"

CE marked, C-Tick mark (under preparation)

cULus approval (under planing)

For detailed information see leaflet available end of April 2004 or data sheets available end ofMay 2004.

Page 8: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

62CDC110004C0202

NEW

New application handbook -Measuring and monitoring relays

Available end of May 2004

Page 9: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

72CDC110004C0202

1

Content

Benefits and advantages of the CT range ......................................................................... 8

CT-S range

Ordering details .................................................................................................................... 10

Function diagrams ................................................................................................................ 15

Technical data ...................................................................................................................... 24

Star-delta applications ......................................................................................................... 30

Connection diagrams ........................................................................................................... 31

Wiring notes, dimensional drawings ................................................................................... 33

Ordering details and dimensional drawings of accessories ............................................ 34

CT-E range

Ordering details .................................................................................................................... 12

Function diagrams ................................................................................................................ 19

Technical data ...................................................................................................................... 26

Star-delta applications ......................................................................................................... 30

Connection diagrams ........................................................................................................... 32

Wiring notes, dimensional drawings ................................................................................... 33

CT-D range

Ordering details .................................................................................................................... 14

Function diagrams ................................................................................................................ 22

Technical data ...................................................................................................................... 28

Connection diagrams ........................................................................................................... 32

Wiring notes, dimensional drawings ................................................................................... 33

Electronic timers

CT range

Page 10: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

82CDC110004C0202

1

CT-MFD CT-TGD

2CD

C 2

53 0

22 F

0004

2CD

C 2

53 0

21 F

0004

2CD

C 2

53 0

33 F

0004

2CD

C 2

53 0

35 F

0004

2CD

C 2

53 0

34 F

0004

2CD

C 2

53 0

23 F

0004

Electronic timersCT-D rangeBenefits and advantages

Electronic timers CT-D range

Characteristics

1 multifunction and 5 single-function timersWide supply voltage range: 24-240 V AC / 24-48 V DC1 c/o contact (250 V / 8 A)7 time ranges 0.05 s - 100 hParallel load to the voltage related control inputs possibleWidth of only 17.5 mm

7 selectable time rangesfrom 0.05 s - 100 h

Potentiometer with directreading scale to set the desiredtime delay

Rotary switch to preselect thedesired timer function

LEDs for status indicationU: green LED -supply voltage(flashing while timing)R: red LED -output relay energized

Approvals

Connection terminals

Wide terminal spacing allows connection ofwires:- 2 x 1.5 mm² (2 x 16 AWG) with wire end

ferrules or- 2 x 2.5 mm² (2 x 14 AWG) without ferrules.

Direct reading scales

Direct setting of the delay time without any ad-ditional calculation provides fast positiveadjustment.

LEDs for status indication

The front-face LEDs indicate the operatingstates. The green supply voltage LED flasheswhile timing.

Page 11: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

92CDC110004C0202

2

1

CT-MFS CT-ERS

CT-MFE CT-ERE

1SVC

110

000

F 0

500

1SVC

110

000

F 0

503

1SVC

110

000

F 0

501

1SVC

110

000

F 0

504

1SVC

110

000

F 0

492

1SVC

110

000

F 0

510

1SVC

110

000

F 0

511

1SVC

110

000

F 0

507

1SVC

110

000

F 0

499

1SVC

110

000

F 0

498

2CD

C 2

53 0

10 F

0003

1SVC

110

000

F 0

508

1SVC

110

000

F 0

506

Electronic timersCT-S and CT-E rangeBenefits and advantages

Electronic timers CT-S range

Electronic timers CT-E range

Time range preselection and fine adjustment

Direct assignment of the preselected timerange to the fine adjustment potentiometerscale by multicolor scales.

LEDs for status indication

All actual operational states are displayed byfront-face LEDs, thus simplifyingcommissioning and troubleshooting.

Double-chamber cage connecting terminals

Double-chamber cage connecting terminalsprovide connection of wires up to 2 x 2.5 mm2

(2 x 14 AWG), solid or stranded, with or withoutwire end ferrules. Potential distribution doesnot require additional terminals, thus savingtime and money. Wiring is simplified throughintegrated cable guides.

Characteristics

3 multifunction and 21 multirange timersContinuous supply voltage range: 24-240 V AC/DC ormultisupply voltage ranges: 12-40 V AC; 12-60 V DC;24 V AC/DC, 42-48 V AC/DC; 110-240 V AC; 380-440 V AC1 or 2 c/o contacts (250 V / 4 A)2nd c/o contact can be selected as instantaneous contact(front-face slide switch)Timing function initiation via external, voltfree (dry) controlcontacts or via supply voltageRemote potentiometer connection featureTime stop function possible via external control contact

Integrated markers

Integrated markers allow the product to bemarked quickly and simply. No additionalmarking labels are required.

Sealable transparent cover

Protection against unauthorized changes oftime and threshold values. Available as anaccessory.

Characteristics

12 single-function timers and 2 multifunction timers:24-240 V AC/DCSingle or dual supply voltage ranges:24 V AC/DC, 110-130 V AC, 220-240 V ACOutput contacts: 1 c/o contact (250 V / 4 A) orsolid-state output for high switching frequencies(thyristor 0.8 A).Time ranges 0.1-10 s, 0.3-30 s, 3-300 s, 0.3-30 min

Direct reading scales

Direct setting of the delay time without anyadditional calculation provides fast positiveadjustment.

Connection of remote potentiometers

The CT-S range allows fine adjustment of thedelay time via an external potentiometer. Theinternal potentiometer switches off automaticallywhen an external one is connected.

Volt free (dry) contacts

The CT-S range timers are controlled by so-called volt free (dry) control contacts whichallows a cable of up to 50 m.

LEDs for status indicationU: green LED -supply voltageR: red LED -ouput relay energized

8 selectable time ranges from0.05 - 100 h

Potentiometer with directreading scale to set the desiredtime value

Rotary switch to preselect thedesired function

Thumbwheel to adjust thedesired time value

LEDs for status indicationR2: red LED -output relay 2 energizedR1: red LED -output relay 1 energizedU: green LED -supply voltageU/T: green LED -supply voltage (LED flashingwhile timing)

Slide switch to set the 2nd c/ocontact as an instantaneouscontact

Rotary switch to preselect thedesired timer function

Potentiometer with directreading scale to set the desiredtime delay

10 selectable time rangesfrom 1 s - 300 h

Combination screws

Easy tightening and release of the con-necting screws by pozidrive, slottedscrewdriver or screwdriver for recessedhead screws.

Approvals

Approvals

Page 12: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

102CDC110004C0202

1

1SVR

430

010

F 0

200

1SVR

430

013

F 0

100

1SVR

430

103

F 0

200

1SVR

430

113

F 0

100

1SVR

430

120

F 0

300

CT-MFS

CT-AHS

CT-ARS

CT-ERS

Electronic timersCT-S rangeOrdering details

Supply voltage Order code Price1 piece

CT-MFS, multifunction timer, 8 functions1), 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 2 c/o contacts2), 3 LEDs

24-240 V AC/DC x x x 1SVR 430 010 R 0200

CT-MVS, multifunction timer with voltage related control input8 functions1), 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 2 c/o contacts2), 3 LEDs

24 V / 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x 1SVR 430 023 R 0200

CT-MBS, multifunction timer, 8 functions1), 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 2 c/o contacts2), 3 LEDs

12-40 V AC, 12-60 V DC 1SVR 430 010 R 1200

24 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x x 1SVR 430 012 R 0200

380-440 V AC 1SVR 430 011 R 2200

CT-MBS, multifunction timer, 6 functions3), 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

12-40 AC / 12-60 V DC 1SVR 430 010 R 1100

24 V / 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x x x 1SVR 430 013 R 0100

380-440 V AC 1SVR 430 011 R 2100

CT-ERS, ON-delay timer, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

12-40 V AC / 12-60 V DC 1SVR 430 100 R 1100

24 V / 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC 1SVR 430 102 R 0100

380-440 V AC 1SVR 430 101 R 2100

CT-ERS, ON-delay timer, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

24 V / 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x x x 1SVR 430 103 R 0100

CT-ERS, ON-delay timer, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 2 c/o contacts2), 3 LEDs

12-40 V AC / 12-60 V DC 1SVR 430 100 R 1200

24 V / 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x 1SVR 430 103 R 0200

380-440 V AC 1SVR 430 101 R 2200

CT-AHS, OFF-delay timer, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

24 V / 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x x x 1SVR 430 113 R 0100

CT-AHS, OFF-delay timer, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 2 c/o contacts2), 3 LEDs

24 V / 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x 1SVR 430 113 R 0200

CT-APS, OFF-delay timer with voltage related input, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 2 c/o contacts2), 3 LEDs

24 V / 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x 1SVR 430 183 R 0300

CT-ARS, OFF-delay timer without auxiliary voltage, 7 time ranges (0.05 s - 10 min), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 120 R 0100

CT-ARS, OFF-delay timer without auxiliary voltage, 7 time ranges (0.05 s - 10 min), 2 c/o contacts, 3 LEDs

24-240 V AC/DC x 1SVR 430 120 R 0300

1) Functions: ON-delay, OFF-delay, impulse-ON, impulse-OFF, flasher starting with ON, flasher starting with OFF, 2 x star-delta

2) 2nd change-over contact can be selected as instantaneous switching contact (via front-face slide switch)

3) Functions: ON-delay, OFF-delay, impulse-ON, impulse-OFF, flasher starting with ON, flasher starting with OFF

Packing unit: 1 piece

Con

trol

cont

act

timin

g st

art

Con

trol

cont

act

timin

g st

op

Rem

ote

pote

ntio

-m

eter

conn

ectio

n

• Function diagrams .................................................................... 15 • Connection diagrams ................................................................ 31• Technical data ............................................................................ 24 • Wiring notes, Dimensional drawings ........................................ 33• Star-delta applications .............................................................. 30 • Accessories ................................................................................. 34

CT-S range

3 multifunction and 21 multirange timersConinuous supply voltage range: 24-240 V AC/DC ormultisupply voltage ranges: 12-40 V AC / 12-60 V DC; 24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC; 110-240 V AC;380-440 V AC1 or 2 c/o contacts (250 V / 4 A)2nd c/o contact can be set as instantaneous contact (front-face slide switch)Timing function initiation via external, volt free (dry) control contacts or via supply voltageRemote potentiometer connection featureTime stop function possible via external control contact

CT-MBS(1 c/o contact)

NEW

Page 13: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

112CDC110004C0202

2

1

1SVR

430

153

F 0

200

1SVR

430

163

F 0

100

1SVR

430

203

F 0

200

1SVR

430

213

F 0

200

1SVR

430

221

F 7

300

CT-EBS

CT-TGS

CT-YDAV

CT-YDEW

CT-IRS

Electronic timersCT-S rangeOrdering details

Supply voltage Order code Price1 piece

CT-VBS, OFF-delay timer for DC-coils without auxiliary voltage

100-127 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 261 R 6000

200-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 261 R 5000

CT-EAS, ON- and OFF-delay timer, symmetrical times, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x x x 1SVR 430 173 R 0100

CT-EAS, ON- and OFF-delay timer, symmetrical times, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 2 c/o cont.2), 3 LEDs

24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x 1SVR 430 173 R 0200

CT-EVS, ON- and OFF-delay timer, asymmetrical times1), 2x10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 1 c/o cont., 2 LEDs

24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x x x 1SVR 430 193 R 0100

CT-VWS, impulse-ON, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

24 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC 1SVR 430 132 R 0100

CT-VWS, impulse-ON, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 2 c/o contacts2), 3 LEDs

24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x 1SVR 430 133 R 0200

CT-AWS, impulse-OFF, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x x x 1SVR 430 143 R 0100

CT-AWS, impulse-OFF, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 2 c/o contacts2), 3 LEDs

24 V , 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x 1SVR 430 143 R 0200

CT-EBS, flasher starting with OFF, symmetrical ON/OFF intervals, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h),1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

24 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC 1SVR 430 152 R 0100

CT-EBS, flasher starting with OFF, symmetrical ON/OFF intervals, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h),2 c/o contacts2), 3 LEDs

24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x 1SVR 430 153 R 0200

CT-TGS, pulse generator3), 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x x x 1SVR 430 163 R 0100

CT-PGS, single pulse generator3), 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x x x 1SVR 430 253 R 0100

CT-YDAV, star-delta timer, twice ON-delayed, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h),50 ms change-over time, 2 c/o contacts, 3 LEDs

24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC 1SVR 430 203 R 0200

380-440 V AC 1SVR 430 201 R 2300

CT-YDEW, star-delta timer, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h),50 ms change-over time, 1 n/o contact delayed, 1 n/o contact undelayed, 3 LEDs

24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC 1SVR 430 213 R 0200

CT-IRS, switching relay, 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

24 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 220 R 9100

42-48 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 220 R 8100

110-240 V AC 1SVR 430 221 R 7100

CT-IRS, switching relay, 2 c/o contacts, 2 LEDs

24 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 220 R 9300

42-48 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 220 R 8300

110-240 V AC 1SVR 430 221 R 7300

CT-IRS, switching relay, 2 c/o contacts, with gold-plated contacts, 2 LEDs

24 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 230 R 9300

110-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 231 R 7300

CT-IRS, switching relay, 3 c/o contacts, 2 LEDs

24 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 220 R 9400

42-48 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 220 R 8400

220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 221 R 1400

1) ON- and OFF-delay times adjustable independently 2) 2nd c/o contact selectable as instantaneous contact3) ON and OFF times adjustable independently, 2 remote potentiometer connectable Packing unit: 1 piece

Con

trol

cont

act

timer

sta

rt

Con

trol

cont

act

timer

sto

p

Rem

ote

pote

ntio

-m

eter

conn

ectio

n

• Function diagrams .................................................................... 15 • Connection diagrams ................................................................ 31• Technical data ............................................................................ 24 • Wiring notes, Dimensional drawings ........................................ 33• Star-delta applications .............................................................. 30 • Accessories ................................................................................. 34

NEW

Page 14: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

122CDC110004C0202

1

1SVR

550

029

F 8

100

1SVR

550

107

F 4

100

1SVR

550

111

F 1

100

1SVR

550

127

F 4

100

1SVR

550

137

F 1

100

CT-MFE

CT-ERE

CT-AHE

CT-ARE

CT-VWE

Electronic timersCT-E rangeOrdering details

Supply voltage Time range Order code Price1 piece

CT-MFE, multifunction timer, 6 functions1), 8 time ranges (0.05 s - 100 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

24-240 V AC/DC 0,05 s - 100 h 1SVR 550 029 R 8100

CT-ERE, ON-delay timer, 1 time range, 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

0.1-10 s 1SVR 550 107 R 1100

24 V AC/DC, 220-240 V AC0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 107 R 41003-300 s 1SVR 550 107 R 2100

0.3-30 min 1SVR 550 107 R 51000.1-10 s 1SVR 550 100 R 1100

110-130 V AC0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 100 R 41003-300 s 1SVR 550 100 R 2100

0.3-30 min 1SVR 550 100 R 5100

CT-AHE, OFF-delay timer, 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

0.1-10 s 1SVR 550 118 R 110024 V AC/DC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 118 R 4100

3-300 s 1SVR 550 118 R 21000.1-10 s 1SVR 550 110 R 1100

110-130 V AC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 110 R 41003-300 s 1SVR 550 110 R 21000.1-10 s 1SVR 550 111 R 1100

220-240 V AC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 111 R 41003-300 s 1SVR 550 111 R 2100

CT-ARE, OFF-delay timer without auxiliary voltage, 1 c/o contact, 1 LED

24 V AC/DC, 220-240 V AC0.1-10 s 1SVR 550 127 R 11000.3-30 s 1SVR 550 127 R 4100

110-130 V AC0.1-10 s 1SVR 550 120 R 11000.3-30 s 1SVR 550 120 R 4100

CT-VWE, impulse-ON, 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

0.1-10 s 1SVR 550 137 R 110024 V AC/DC, 220-240 V AC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 137 R 4100

3-300 s 1SVR 550 137 R 21000.1-10 s 1SVR 550 130 R 1100

110-130 V AC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 130 R 41003-300 s 1SVR 550 130 R 2100

CT-AWE, impulse-OFF without auxiliary voltage, 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

24 V AC/DC 1SVR 550 158 R 3100110-130 V AC 0.05-1 s 1SVR 550 150 R 3100220-240 V AC 1SVR 550 151 R 3100

CT-AWE, impulse-OFF with auxiliary voltage, 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

0.1-10 s 1SVR 550 148 R 110024 V AC/DC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 148 R 4100

3-300 s 1SVR 550 148 R 21000.1-10 s 1SVR 550 140 R 1100

110-130 V AC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 140 R 41003-300 s 1SVR 550 140 R 21000.1-10 s 1SVR 550 141 R 1100

220-240 V AC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 141 R 41003-300 s 1SVR 550 141 R 2100

1) Functions: ON-delay, OFF-delay, impulse-ON, impulse-OFF, flasher starting with ON, flasher starting with OFF, pulse formerPacking unit: 1 piece

CT-E range

12 single-function timers and 2 multifunction timers (24-240 V AC/DC)Single or dual supply voltage ranges24 V AC/DC, 110-130 V AC, 220-240 V ACOutput contacts - 1 c/o contact (250 V / 4 A) or solid-state for high switching frequencies (thyristor 0.8 A)Single time ranges 0.1-10 s, 0.3-30 s, 3-300 s, 0.3-30 min.

• Function diagrams .................................................................... 19 • Connection diagrams ................................................................ 32• Technical data ............................................................................ 26 • Wiring notes, Dimensional drawings ........................................ 33• Star-delta applications .............................................................. 30

Page 15: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

132CDC110004C0202

2

1

1SVR

550

167

F 1

100

1SVR

550

207

F 4

100

1SVR

550

019

F 0

000

1SVR

550

509

F 2

000

1SVR

550

519

F 1

000

CT-EBE

CT-YDE

CT-MKE

CT-EKE

CT-AKE

Electronic timersCT-E rangeOrdering details

Supply voltage Time range Order code Price1 piece

CT-EBE, flasher with symmetrical ON-OFF times, starting with OFF, 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

24 V AC/DC, 220-240 V AC0.1-10 s

1SVR 550 167 R 1100110-130 V AC 1SVR 550 160 R 1100

CT-YDE, star-delta timer, 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

0.1-10 s 1SVR 550 207 R 110024 V AC/DC, 220-240 V AC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 207 R 4100

3-300 s 1SVR 550 207 R 21000.1-10 s 1SVR 550 200 R 1100

110-130 V AC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 200 R 41003-300 s 1SVR 550 200 R 2100

CT-SDE, ON-delayed, 1 n/c contact, 1 n/o contact, internally wired, 2 LEDs

24 V AC/DC, 220-240 V AC 1SVR 550 217 R 4100

110-130 V AC 0,3-30 s 1SVR 550 210 R 4100

380-440 V AC 1SVR 550 211 R 4100

CT-IRE, switching relay, impulse-OFF, A1/A2 diagonally, 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

24 V AC/DC 1SVR 550 228 R 9100

220-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 550 221 R 9100

CT-IRE, switching relay, impulse-OFF, A1/A2 on top, 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

24 V AC/DC 1SVR 550 238 R 9100

220-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 550 231 R 9100

Solid-state output / contactless

CT-MKE, multifunction timer, 4 functions1), solid-state output, functions and time range selection via external jumpers

24-240 V AC/DC 0.1-10 s, 3-300 s 1SVR 550 019 R 0000

CT-EKE, ON-delay timer, solid-state output, 1 LED

0.1-10 s 1SVR 550 509 R 100024-240 V AC/DC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 509 R 4000

3-300 s 1SVR 550 509 R 2000

CT-AKE, OFF-delay timer, solid-state output, 1 LED

0.1-10 s 1SVR 550 519 R 100024-240 V AC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 519 R 4000

3-300 s 1SVR 550 519 R 2000

1) Functions: ON-delayed (AC/DC), impulse-ON (AC only), flasher starting with ON (AC only), flasher starting with OFF (AC only)Packing unit: 1 piece

CT-MKE is a solid-state timer for 2-wire applications withthyristor output. It is connected in series with the controlcontactors or relays. Voltage should not be applied withouta load connected, because there is no current limiting in theunit. Functions and time ranges are programmed by simplyplugging in external wire jumpers. The times can be setexactly by a thumbwheel with a relative time scale.

"ON-delay" functionWithout external wire jumpers connected. Timing starts, ifvoltage is e. g. applied via an external control contact to theseries connection of the timer and the contactor. After theadjusted delay time has elapsed, the thyristor will energizethe contactor. The CT-MKE is operating as a switchingdelay.

"OFF-delay" functionUsing an additional auxiliary relay, an "OFF-delay" functioncan be obtained.

"Impulse-ON" functionExternal jumper connection X1-X4. If voltage is applied e. g.via an external control contact to the series connection ofthe timer and the contactor, the thyristor will switch withoutdelay and energize the contactor. After the time delay haselapsed, the thyristor de-energizes the contactor again.

Function "Flasher, starting with ON"External jumper connection X1-X4 and X2-X4 . If voltage isapplied e.g. via an external control contact to the seriesconnection of the timer and the contactor, the thyristor willswitch on the contactor cyclically. The ON and OFF timesare symmetrical. Starting is performed with an ON time.

Function "Flasher, starting with OFF"External jumper connection X2-X4. If voltage is applied e. g.via an external control contact to the series connection ofthe timer and the contactor, the thyristor will switch on thecontactor cyclically. The ON and OFF times aresymmetrical. Starting is performed with an OFF time.

Programming the time ranges

Time ranges:0.1-10 s - wire jumper: X3-X4

3-300 s - no jumper

NEW

• Function diagrams .................................................................... 19 • Connection diagrams ................................................................ 32• Technical data ............................................................................ 26 • Wiring notes, Dimensional drawings ........................................ 33• Star-delta applications .............................................................. 30

Page 16: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

142CDC110004C0202

12C

DC

251

001

F 0

003

CT-MFD

CT-ERD

2CD

C 2

51 0

02 F

000

3

CT-EBD

2CD

C 2

51 0

04 F

000

3

CT-AHD

2CD

C 2

51 0

06 F

000

3

CT-TGD

2CD

C 2

51 0

07 F

000

3

Electronic timersCT-D rangeOrdering details

Supply voltage Order code Price1 piece

CT-MFD, multifunction timer, 7 functions1), 7 time ranges (0.05 s - 100 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

24-240 V AC, 24-48 V DC 1SVR 500 020 R 0000

CT-ERD, ON-delay timer, 7 time ranges (0.05 s - 100 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

24-240 V AC, 24-48 V DC 1SVR 500 100 R 0000

CT-AHD, OFF-delay timer, 7 time ranges (0.05 s - 100 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

24-240 V AC, 24-48 V DC 1SVR 500 110 R 0000

CT-VWD, impulse-ON timer, 7 time ranges (0.05 s - 100 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

24-240 V AC, 24-48 V DC 1SVR 500 130 R 0000

CT-EBD, flasher starting with ON, 7 time ranges (0.05 s - 100 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

24-240 V AC, 24-48 V DC 1SVR 500 150 R 0000

CT-TGD, pulse generator2), 7 time ranges (0.05 s - 100 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs

24-240 V AC, 24-48 V DC 1SVR 500 160 R 0000

CT-D range

1 multifunction and 5 single-function timersMultisupply voltage input A1-A2 = 24-240 V AC / 24-48 V DC1 c/o output contact (250 V / 8 A)7 time ranges 0.05 s - 100 hParallel load to the voltage related control inputs possible

1) Functions: ON-delay, OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage, impulse-ON, pulse former with auxiliary voltage, impulse-OFF with auxiliary voltage,flasher starting with ON, flasher starting with OFF

2) ON and OFF times adjustable independently, 2 x 0.05 s - 100 h

Packing unit: 1 piece

• Function diagrams .................................................................... 22 • Connection diagrams ................................................................ 32• Technical data ............................................................................ 28 • Wiring notes, Dimensional drawings ........................................ 33

Page 17: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

152CDC110004C0202

2

1

1SVC

110

000

F 0

339

1SVC

110

000

F 0

343

1SVC

110

000

F 0

349

t t

2CD

C 2

52 0

35 F

0003

Electronic timersCT-S rangeFunction diagrams

ON-delay (delay on make)CT-ERS, CT-MBS, CT-MFS, CT-MVS

If control contact Y1/Z2 is open, the timer is started as soon as the supplyvoltage is applied. The green LED flashes while timing. After the adjusted delaytime has elapsed, the output relay is energized and the flashing LED turnssteady. If the supply voltage is interrupted, the output relay resets and theelapsed time is reset. Timing can also be started by opening control contactY1/Z2 with the supply voltage applied.If control contact Y1/Z2 closes after the supply voltage has been applied, allthe internal functions are reset. By closing control contact X1/Z2 the timer canbe stopped. The elapsed time is stored. Timing continues if the contact isopened again. This can be repeated as often as required.By setting the slide switch to position Inst., the 2nd c/o contact operates im-mediately when the supply voltage is applied and the timer starts. If the supplyvoltage is disconnected, both c/o contacts reset.By connecting a remote potentiometer to the terminals Z1/Z2 the time can beadjusted externally. The internal potentiometer is automatically switched off, ifan external potentiometer is connected.

OFF-delay (delay on break) - volt free (dry) controlinput CT-AHS, CT-MBS, CT-MFS

This function requires continuous supply voltage at the terminals A1/A2, B1/A2, B2/A2 for timing.Timing is controlled by a volt free (dry) contact at the terminals Y1/Z2. If thecontact is closed, the output relay is energized. If the contact is opened, theadjusted time starts to elapse (minimum control pulse length: 20 ms). Thegreen LED flashes while timing. The LED turns steady and the output relay isde-energized if the timer has elapsed.The timer can be stopped by closing control contact X1/Z2 . The elapsed timeis stored. Timing continues if the contact is opened again. This can be repea-ted as often as required.By setting the slide switch to position Inst., the 2nd c/o contact operates im-mediately when the supply voltage is applied and the timer starts. If the supplyvoltage is disconnected, both c/o contacts reset.By connecting a remote potentiometer to the terminals Z1/Z2 the time can beadjusted externally. The internal potentiometer is automatically switched off, ifan external potentiometer is connected.

OFF-delay (delay on break) - voltage relatedcontrol input CT-APS, CT-MVSThe OFF-delay time relay CT-APS requires continuous supply voltage atthe terminals B1 and A2, B2 and A2 or A1 and A2 respectively.Timing is controlled by a control voltage-related (e.g. A1) contact at terminalY1. If the control contact is closed the output relay is energized. If the controlcontact is opened, the adjusted time starts to elapse (minimum control pulselength 20 ms). The green LED flashes while timing. The LED turns steady andthe output relay is de-energized if the timer has elapsed.By setting the slide switch to position Inst., the 2nd c/o contact operates im-mediately when the supply voltage is applied and the timer starts. If the supplyvoltage is disconnected, both c/o contacts reset .

OFF-delay (true OFF-delay) - without auxiliary voltageCT-ARS

CT-ARS is an OFF-delay timer which does not require supply voltageat the terminals A1/A2 while timing.After a storage time of several months, a charging time of about5 minutes is necessary. For this, voltage must be applied to the unit. After ap-plying voltage, the output relay is energized and after disconnecting the supplyvoltage, the preset time starts to elapse.By connecting a remote potentiometer to the terminals Z1/Z2, the time can beset externally. When connecting a remote potentiometer, the factory-mountedjumper on the terminals Z1/Z2 has to be removed and the internal potentiometerhas to be set to the lowest possible value.For correct function of the unit, it is necessary to observe the minimum energi-zing time. As soon as the timer starts to elapse, both LEDs will turn off.

t = adjusted delay time

t = adjusted delay timets = storing timet = t1 + t2

CT-MVS: without time stop input

t = adjusted delay timets = storing timet = t1 + t2

A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2

Y1-Z2

15/18, 25/2815/16, 25/26

21/2421/22

green LED

X1-Z2

A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2

Y1-Z2

15/18, 25/2815/16, 25/26

21/2421/22

green LED

X1-Z2

t = adjusted delay time

A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2

A1/Y1, B1/Y1

15/18, 25/2815/16, 25/26

21/2421/22

green LED

A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2

15/18, 25/2815/16, 25/26

green LED

Page 18: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

162CDC110004C0202

1

t1

t2

2CD

C 2

52 0

55 F

0003

ta tr ta1 ts ta2 tr1 ts tr2

2CD

C 2

52 0

04 F

0004

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

200

0 100 200 300 400

U (

V)

3 W

7 W

9 W

t (ms)

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

200

0

t (s)

U (

V)

3 W

7 W

9 W

1 20

20

40

60

80

100

120

0 2

t (s)

U (

V)

9 W

3 W

7 W

1

Electronic timersCT-S rangeFunction diagrams, delay time diagrams

ON- and OFF-delay -symmetrical times CT-EAS, asymmetrical times CT-EVS

The time relay requires continuous supply voltage at the terminals B1 and A2,B2 and A2 or A1 and A2 respectively.The ON- and OFF- delay times of CT-EAS are symmetrical and of CT-EVSasymmetrical. The ON-delay function starts when control contact Y1-Z2 closes.The OFF-delay is started after the timer has elapsed and after control contactY1-Z2 is opened.The green LED flashes during timing of both functions.If the slide switch is set to the "Inst." position, the 2nd c/o contact is energi-zed immediately and the 1st change-over contact is energized after the delaytime has elapsed.Both c/o contacts reset if the supply voltage is disconnected.

ta = timer delay on "ON": ta = ta1 + ta2

tr = timer delay on "OFF": tr = tr1 + tr2

ts = storage timeCT-EAS: ta = tr

CT-EVS: ta and tr independently adjustable

t1 = OFF-delay time (without jumper between terminal 3 and 4 1))t2 = OFF-delay time (with jumper between terminal 3 and 4 1))

1) only for version 200-240 V AC

A1/A2

1+/2-

3/4 1)

1+/2- 1)

OFF-delay - for DC-coils without auxiliary voltageCT-VBS

The DC contactor connected to the output is energized when supply voltage isapplied to the terminals A1 and A2. If the supply voltage is disconnected theDC contactor remains for a certain time still energized. This delay time dependson the coil drop off voltage and on the wattage of the contactor coil.

A1/A2

1+/2-

3/4 1)

1+/2- 1)

A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2

Y1-Z2

15/18, 25/2815/16, 25/26

21/2421/22

green LED

X1-Z2

Coi

l dro

p of

f vol

tage

Coi

l dro

p of

f vol

tage

Delay time diagrams CT-VBS

Delay time guideline values200-240 V AC version without jumper 3/4

Delay time guideline values110-127 V AC version

Coi

l dro

p of

f vol

tage

Delay time guideline values200-240 V AC version with jumper 3/4

Page 19: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

172CDC110004C0202

2

1

2CD

C25

2 07

7 F0

003

2CD

C 2

52 0

76 F

0003

t t t t

1SVC

110

000

F 0

340

1SVC

110

000

F 0

344

Electronic timersCT-S rangeFunction diagrams

Flasher, starting with ON (Recycling equal times,ON first) CT-MBS, CT-MFS, CT-MVS

After connecting the supply voltage to A1 and A2, the timer starts to pulse withsymmetrical ON/ OFF cycles. The cycles are displayed by the flashing greenLED, which flashes twice as fast during the OFF cycle. If control contact Y1/Z2is opened while the supply voltage is applied, the output relay is de-energized.Opening the control contact again, restarts the relay to pulse again with thepreset cycle. If the slide switch is set to the Inst. position, the 2nd c/o contactis energized immediately after the supply voltage is applied.By connecting a remote potentiometer to the Z1/Z2 terminals, the time can beset externally. When connecting an external potentiometer the internal potenti-ometer is switched off automatically.

t = adjusted flashing time

Flasher, starting with off (Recycling equal times,OFF first) CT-EBS, CT-MBS, CT-MFS, CT-MVS

After connecting the supply voltage to A1 and A2, the timer starts to pulsewith symmetrical ON/ OFF cycles. The cycles are displayed by the flashinggreen LED, which flashes twice as fast during the OFF cycle. If control contactY1/Z2 is opened while the supply voltage is applied, the output relay is de-en-ergized.Opening the control contact again, restarts the relay to pulse again with thepreset cycle. If the slide switch is set to the "Inst." position, the 2nd c/o con-tact is energized immediately after the supply voltage is applied. The contactresets if the supply voltage is disconnected.By connecting a remote potentiometer to the terminals Z1/Z2 the timer can beset externally, the internal potentiometer is switched off automatically.

t = adjusted flashing time

A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2

Y1-Z2

15/18, 25/2815/16, 25/26

21/2421/22

green LED

A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2

Y1-Z2

15/18, 25/2815/16, 25/26

21/2421/22

green LED

Impulse-ON (Interval)CT-VWS, CT-MBS, CT-MFS, CT-MVS

The output relay is energized without delay when the supply voltage is appliedto the terminals A1/A2, B1/A2, B2/A2 and is de-energized after the set pulsetime has elapsed. The green LED flashes while timing. The flashing LED turnssteady as soon as the set pulse time has elapsed. Timing can also be startedby opening control contact Y1/Z2 with the supply voltage applied.By closing the control contact X1/Z2, the timer can be stopped. The elapsedtime is stored. Timing continues by opening the contact. This can be repeatedas often as required.If the slide switch is set to the Inst. position, the 2nd c/o contact is energizedimmediately after the supply voltage is applied and timing is started. The 2ndchange-over contact resets if the supply is disconnected.By connecting a remote potentiometer to the Z1/Z2 terminals, the time can beset externally. When connecting an external potentiometer the internal potenti-ometer is switched off automatically.

t = adjusted pulse timets = storage timet = t1 + t2

CT-MVS: without time stop input

Impulse-OFF (Trailing edge interval)CT-AWS, CT-MBS, CT-MFS, CT-MVS

For the impulse-OFF function, supply voltage must be applied continuously.By opening control contact Y1/Z2, the output relay is energized immediatelyand timing starts. The green LED flashes while timing. After the adjusted pulsetime has elapsed the flashing LED turns steady and the output relay resets .Timing can be stopped by closing control contact X1/Z2. The elapsed time isstored. Timing continues by opening the contact.This function can be repeated as often as required. If the slide switch is set tothe Inst. position, the 2nd change-over contact is energized immediately afterthe supply voltage is applied and timing is started. The contact resets if thesupply is disconnected.By connecting a remote potentiometer to the Z1/Z2 terminals, the time can beset externally. When connecting an external potentiometer the internal potenti-ometer is switched off automatically.

t = adjusted pulse timets = storage timet = t1 + t2

CT-MVS: without time stop input

A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2

Y1 -Z2

15/18, 25/2815/16, 25/26

21/2421/22

green LED

X1-Z2

A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2

Y1 -Z2

15/18, 25/2815/16, 25/26

21/2421/22

green LED

X1-Z2

Page 20: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

182CDC110004C0202

1

2CD

C 2

52 0

79 F

0003

2CD

C 2

52 0

78 F

0003

t1 t2 t1 t2

1SVC

110

000

F 0

350

1SVC

110

000

F 0

351

Electronic timersCT-S rangeFunction diagrams

Star-delta change-over with impulseCT-YDEW, CT-MFS, CT-MBS, CT-MVS

The CT-YDEW and the function of the multifunction timer CT-MFS,CT-MBS, CT-MVS respectively, is designed especially for star-delta starting ofsquirrel cage motors. It uses two separate timing circuits: a variable timing cir-cuit for the starting time in star-mode, and a fixed timing circuit with 50 ms forthe transition from the star to the delta contactor. The first output relay is ener-gized after the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1/A2.After the star time has elapsed, the first output is de-energized and the secondtimer with 50 ms starts. After this timer has elapsed, the second output relay isenergized and stays energized until the supply is disconnected.Timing is displayed by the flashing green LED.

t1 = adjustable starting timet2 = change-over time (approx. 50 ms)

Star-delta starting, twice delayed on ONCT-YDAV, CT-MFS, CT-MBS, CT-MVS

The CT-YDAV and the function of the multifunction timer CT-MFS,CT-MBS, CT-MVS respectively, is designed especially for star-delta starting ofsquirrel cage motors. It uses two separate timing circuits: a variable timing cir-cuit for the starting time in star-mode, and a fixed timing circuit with 50 ms forthe transition from the star to the delta contactor.If the supply voltage is applied to A1/A2, the first output relay is energized af-ter the adjusted delay time. The second output relay is energized after another50 ms.Timing is displayed by the flashing green LED.

t1 = adjustable starting timet2 = change-over time (approx. 50 ms)

A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2

15/1815/16

25/2825/26

green LED

A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2

15/1815/16

25/2825/26

green LED

tp = OFF-timeti = ON-timets = storage timetp/ti = t1 + t2

Single pulse generator (Delay on make interval)

CT-PGSWhen applying the supply voltage to B1/A2, B2/A2, A1/A2, the output relay isenergized after the preset delay on operate time and de-energized after thedelay on release time has elapsed. Timing can be stopped by closing controlcontact X1/Z2. When opening the contact again, the timer will continue at thestored time value.If the supply voltage is applied, timing can also be started by opening the cont-rol contact Y1/Z2. If control contact Y1/Z2 is closed after the supply voltage isapplied, the internal function is reset.With the CT-PGS, a single pulse can be processed with delay.

Pulse generator (Recycling unequal times)

CT-TGSON and OFF times ranging from 50 ms to 300 h can be set independently ofeach other. Time ranges are set using two turn-switches. The desired time va-lues are adjusted using built-in potentiometers with direct reading scales. Re-mote adjustment can be performed via two remote potentiometers.The internal potentiometers are switched off automatically when remote potenti-ometers are connected. The function can be changed from "OFF" starting cycleto "ON" starting cycle by means of an external connection between the termi-nals X2/Z2. The assignment of the internal and external potentiometers remainsunchanged.By closing control contact X1/Z2, the timer for the ON/OFF cycle can be stop-ped. The elapsed time value is stored. By opening the contact again, the timercontinues timing from this point. This function can be repeated as often as re-quired.After applying the supply voltage to B1 and A2, B2 and A2 or A1 and A2, theCT-TGS starts to work with an "ON" cycle or an "OFF" cycle, as selected. The"ON"/ "OFF" cycles are displayed by the flashing green LED.

tp = OFF-timeti = ON-timets = storage timetp/ti = t1 + t2

A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2

X2-Z2

15/1815/16

green LED

X1-Z2

A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2

Y1-Z2

15/1815/16

green LED

X1-Z2

Page 21: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

192CDC110004C0202

2

1

1SVC

110

000

F 0

352

1SVC

110

000

F 0

353

1SVC

110

000

F 0

358

1SVC

110

000

F 0

354

A1/A2

15/1815/16

A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2

A1/Y1

15/1815/16

A1/A2

15/1815/16

A1/A2

15/1815/16

< t

< t

Electronic timersCT-E rangeFunction diagrams

ON-delay (Delay on make)CT-MFE, CT-MKE, CT-EKE, CT-ERE

Timing starts when the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1and A2. After the set time has elapsed, the output relay is energi-zed.If the supply voltage is disconnected, the output relay resets andthe elapsed time is cancelled.If the supply voltage is disconnected before the adjusted time haselapsed, the output relay is not energized.

OFF-delay, with auxiliary voltage (Delay on break)CT-MFE, CT-AKE, CT-AHE

The OFF-delay function requires continuous voltage supply at theterminals A1/B1-A2 while timing.Timing is controlled by control contact Y1 (supply voltage potential).If this control contact is closed, the output relay is energized.By opening the control contact, the timer is started and the adjustedtime starts to elapse.After the delay time has elapsed, the output relay is de-energized. Ifthe control contact is closed once more while the timer is running,the time delay is reset. If the control contact is opened again, thetimer restarts.

Impulse-ON (Interval)CT-MFE, CT-MKE, CT-VWE

When applying the supply voltage to the terminals A1 and A2, theoutput relay is energized without delay and de-energized after theadjusted pulse time has elapsed.If the supply voltage is disconnected before the adjusted pulse timehas elapsed, the output relay is de-energized without delay.

OFF-delay, without auxiliary voltage (True OFF-delay)CT-ARE

The OFF-delay function does not require continuous voltage supp-ly. It is controlled by the supply voltage. The output relay is energi-zed after the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1-A2.If the supply is disconnected, the adjusted time starts to elapse.After the adjusted time has elapsed, the output relay is de-energi-zed.If the supply voltage is connected again to A1-A2 before the adjus-ted time has elapsed, the time is reset and the output relay staysenergized until the time has elapsed anew.

t = adjusted delay time t = adjusted delay time

t = adjusted delay time t = adjusted pulse time

Page 22: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

202CDC110004C0202

1

t t

1SVC

110

000

F 0

362

1SVC

110

000

F 0

359

1SVC

110

000

F 0

355

1SVC

110

000

F 0

356

A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2

Y1

15/1815/16

A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2

Y1

15/1815/16

A1/A2

15/1815/16

A1/A2

15/1815/16

Electronic timersCT-E rangeFunction diagrams

Pulse former (Single shot)CT-MFE

If control contact Y1 is closed while supply voltage is applied, theoutput relay is energized for the adjusted pulse time, no matter whe-ther control contact Y1 is opened again or stays closed.If the power supply is disconnected, the output relay is de-energi-zed without delay.After the pulse has elapsed, the next pulse defined by the adjustedtime can be activated by closing the control contact Y1 again.

Impulse-OFF, with auxiliary voltage (Trailing edgeinterval) CT-AWE

The "impulse-OFF" function requires continuous presence of supp-ly voltage at the terminals A1/B1-A2. If control contact Y1 (supplyvoltage potential) is opened while supply voltage is applied, the out-put relay is energized without delay and the timer is started.The output relay stays energized for the adjusted pulse time and isde-energized after this time has elapsed.By disconnecting the supply voltage or by closing the control con-tact, the time delay is reset and the output relay is de-energized.

Impulse-OFF, without auxiliary voltage (True trailingedge interval) CT-AWE

The impulse-OFF function does not require continuous supply vol-tage at the terminals A1 and A2 for timing. It is controlled by thesupply voltage.By disconnecting the supply voltage, the output relay is energizedand the adjusted impulse time starts to elapse.After the impulse time has elapsed, the output relay is de-energized.If the supply voltage is applied again while the timer is active, theoutput relay is de-energized immediately and the time delay is reset.

Flasher, starting with ON (Recycling equal times, ONfirst) CT-MFE, CT-MKE

When the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1/B1-A2, theoutput relay starts to cycle in symmetrical ON/OFF intervals.The ON/OFF ratio can be adjusted using the potentiometer on thefront of the timer. If the supply voltage is disconnected, the outputrelay is de-energized.

t = adjusted pulse time t = adjusted pulse time

t = adjusted pulse time t = adjusted flashing time

Page 23: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

212CDC110004C0202

2

1

1SVC

110

000

F 0

357

1SVC

110

000

F 0

354

1SVC

110

000

F 0

361

1SVC

110

000

F 0

360

A1/A2

15/1815/16

A1/A2

15/1815/16

A1/A2

15/1815/16

< t

Electronic timersCT-E rangeFunction diagrams

Star-delta change-overCT-SDE

The CT-SDE is designed especially for star-delta starting of squirrelcage motors. It uses two separate timing circuits: a variable timingcircuit for the starting time in star-mode, and a fixed timing circuitwith 30 ms for the change-over time from the star to the delta con-tactor.If the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1-A2, the outputrelay contact 15-16 opens after the adjusted time has elapsed.After another 30 ms the contact 15-18 closes.The internal wiring combination of two relays greatly reduces theamount of external wiring required.

Star-delta change-overCT-YDE

The CT-YDE is designed especially for star-delta starting of squirrelcage motors. It uses two separate timing circuits: a variable timingcircuit (adjustable on the front side) for the starting time in star-mode, and a fixed timing circuit with 50 ms for a defined change-over time from the star to the delta contactor. After the ajdustedstarting time has elapsed, the relay interrupts the voltage path of thestar contactor and then energizes the delta contactor after achange-over time of 50 ms.

Flasher, starting with OFF (Recycling equal times,OFF first) CT-MFE, CT-MKE, CT-EBE

When the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1/B1-A2, theoutput relay starts to cycle in symmetrical ON/OFF intervals. Itstarts with an OFF interval.The ON/OFF ratio can be adjusted using the potentiometer on thefront of the timer. If the supply voltage is disconnected, the outputrelay is de-energized.

Switching relayCT-IRE

The switching relay may be used to increase the number of availab-le contacts or to reinforce contacts, or as a coupling/decoupling in-terface.If the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1-A2, the outputrelay is energized immediately.If the supply voltage is interrupted, the output relay is de-energized.

t = adjusted flashing time t = starting time

t1 = starting timet2 = change-over time

A1/A2

15/1815/16

Star contactor

Delta contactor

green LED

Page 24: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

222CDC110004C0202

1

1SVC

110

000

F 0

352

1SVC

110

000

F 0

353

1SVC

110

000

F 0

354

t t 1SVC

110

000

F 0

362

A1/A2

15/1815/16

A1/A2

A1/Y1

15/1815/16

A1/A2

15/1815/16

A1/A2

Y1

15/1815/16

< t

< t

Electronic timersCT-D rangeFunction diagrams

ON-delay (Delay on make)CT-ERD, CT-MFD

Timing starts when the supply voltage is applied to the terminalsA1-A2. After the adjusted time has elapsed, the output relay is en-ergized.If the supply voltage is disconnected, the output relay resets andthe elapsed time is cancelled.If the supply voltage is disconnected before the adjusted time haselapsed, the output relay is not energized.

OFF-delay, with auxiliary voltage (Delay on break)CT-AHD, CT-MFD

The OFF-delay function requires continuous voltage supply at theterminals A1-A2 while timing.Timing is controlled by a control contact Y1 (supply voltage potenti-al). If this control contact is closed, the output relay is energized.By opening the control contact, the timer is started and the adjustedtime begins to elapse.After the delay time has elapsed, the output relay is de-energized. Ifthe control contact is closed once more while the timer is running,the time delay is reset. If the control contact is opened again, thetimer restarts.

Impulse-ON (Interval)CT-VWD, CT-MFD

When applying the supply voltage to the terminals A1 and A2, theoutput relay is energized without delay and de-energized after theadjusted pulse time has elapsed.If the supply voltage is disconnected before the adjusted pulse timehas elapsed, the output relay is de-energized without delay.

Pulse former (Single shot)CT-MFD

If control contact Y1 is closed while supply voltage is applied, theoutput relay is energized for the adjusted pulse time, no matter whe-ther control contact Y1 is opened again or stays closed.If the supply voltage is disconnected, the output relay is de-energi-zed without delay.After the pulse has elapsed, the next pulse defined by the adjustedtime can be activated by closing control contact Y1 again.

t = adjusted delay time t = adjusted delay time

t = adjusted pulse time t = adjusted impulse time

Page 25: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

232CDC110004C0202

2

1

1SVC

110

000

F 0

356

1SVC

110

000

F 0

379

1SVC

110

000

F 0

359

1SVC

110

000

F 0

357

A1/A2

15/1815/16

A1/A2

Y1

15/1815/16

A1/A2

15/1815/16

A1/A2

X1-Y1

15/1815/16

titp

Electronic timersCT-D rangeFunction diagrams

Flasher, starting with ON (Recycling equal times, ONfirst) CT-EBD, CT-MFD

When the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1-A2, the out-put relay starts to cycle in symmetrical ON/OFF intervals.The ON/OFF ratio can be adjusted using the potentiometer on thefront of the timer. If the supply voltage is disconnected, the outputrelay is de-energized.

Pulse generator, starting with ON or OFF (Recyclingequal times) CT-TGD

When the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1 and A2, thetimer relay starts either with an ON or an OFF cycle. Starting withON or OFF can be selected.The ON-time and the OFF-time can be adjusted independently. Ifthe supply voltage is disconnected, the output relay is de-energi-zed.

Impulse-OFF, with auxiliary voltage (Trailing edgeinterval) CT-MFD

The impulse-OFF function requires continuous presence of supplyvoltage at the terminals A1/B1-A2. If control contact Y1 (supply vol-tage potential) is opened while supply voltage is applied, the outputrelay is energized without delay and the timer is started.The output relay stays energized for the adjusted pulse time and isde-energized after this time has elapsed.By disconnecting the supply voltage or by closing the control con-tact, the time delay is reset and the output relay is de-energized.

Flasher, starting with OFF (Recycling equal times,OFF first) CT-MFD

When the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1-A2, the out-put relay starts to cycle in symmetrical ON/OFF intervals. It startswith an OFF interval.The ON/OFF ratio can be adjusted using the potentiometer on thefront of the timer. If the supply voltage is disconnected, the outputrelay is de-energized.

t = adjusted pulse time t = adjusted flashing time

t = adjusted pulse time tp = OFF-timeti = pulse timeA1/Y1 (closed) = starting with OFFA1/Y1 (open) = starting with ON

Page 26: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

242CDC110004C0202

1

Electronic timersCT-S rangeTechnical data

Type Terminals used CT-S range

Input circuits

Supply voltage - power consumption A1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC approx. 2-2.5 VA/W 1)

A1-A2 12-40 V AC approx. 0.6-1.8 VA

A1-A2 12-60 V DC approx. 0.6-2.5 VA

B1-A2 24 V AC/DC approx. 0.5 VA/W

B2-A2 42-48 V AC/DC approx. 1.8 VA/W

A1-A2 100-127 V DC max. 120 mA (CT-VBS)

A1-A2 200-240 V DC max. 70 mA (CT-VBS)

A1-A2 110-240 V AC approx. 2-3 VA2) / 2.5-12 VA

A1-A2 380-440 V AC approx. 3 VA

Supply voltage tolerance -15 %...+10 %

Supply voltage frequency AC/DC versions DC or 50/60 Hz

AC versions 50/60 Hz

Control contact connections3) volt free (dry) Y1-Z2 external time start

X1-Z2 time stop, time storage

voltage related A1/A3/A4-B1 external time start

Control voltage of control inputs (voltage related) Supply voltage

Minimum control pulse length 20 ms

Non-load voltage at the control contacts (volt free) 10-40 V DC (no galvanic separation to supply circuit)

Max. current in the control circuit 1 mA

Max. cable length to the control inputs 50 m

Remote potentiometer connection Z1-Z2 50 kΩMax. cable length to remote potentiometer 2 x 25 m, shield connected to Z2 potential

Duty time 100 %

Timing circuit

Time ranges 10 time ranges 0.05 s - 300 h 1.) 0,05-1 s 2.) 0,15-3 s 3.) 0,5-10 s 4.) 1,5-30 s 5.) 5-100 s6.) 15-300 s 7.) 1,5-30 min 8.) 15-300 min 9.) 1,5-30 h 10.) 15-300 h

7 time ranges: 0,05 s -10 min 1.) 0,05-1 s 2.) 0,15-3 s 3.) 0,5-10 s 4.) 1,5-30 s 5.) 5-100 s(CT-ARS) 6.) 15-300 s 7.) 0,5-10 min

depend on load (CT-VBS) see delay time diagrams

Recovery time <50 ms

Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) <0.2 % (CT-VBS: 5 %)

Timing error within the supply voltage tolerance range <0.008 % / % ∆ U (CT-VBS: 10%)

Timing error within temperature range <0.07 % / °C (CT-VBS: 0,2 %/°C)

Indication of operational states

Supply voltage / timer green LED steady / flashing while timing

1st / 2nd output relay energized red LED / red LED

Output circuits 15-16/18, 25(21)-26(22)/28(24)

Number of contacts Relays, 1 or 2 c/o contacts,2nd c/o contact selectable asinstantaneous contact (except CT-ARS, CT-YDEW, CT-YDAV, CT-IRS)

Contact material AgCdo

Rated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 250 V (CT-VBS: see delay time diagrams)

Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC, 250 V DC

Rated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 A

acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A

DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 A

DC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A

Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycles

electrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles

Short circuit proof, n/c 10 A fast, operating class gL

max. fuse rating n/o 10 A fast, operating class gL

1) CT-ARS: 24 V AC/DC - approx. 1 A for 30 ms, 18 V AC/DC - ca. 1 A for 20 ms, 110-130 V AC - ca. 1 A for 15 ms, 220-240 V AC - ca. 1 A for 10 ms2 ) CT-MBS 1 c/o, CT-MBS 2 c/o, CT-ERS 1 c/o, CT-EVS, CT-APS, CT-EBS 1 c/o

• 3) Connection diagrams ........................................................................................................... 32 • 3) Wiring notes ............................................................................................................ 33

Page 27: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

252CDC110004C0202

2

1

1SVC

110

000

F 0

188

1SVC

110

000

F 0

189

1SVC

110

000

F 0

185

1SVC

110

000

F 0

184

Electronic relaysCT-S rangeTechnical data (continued), load limit curves

AC load (resistive) DC load (resistive) Contact lifetime /switchingcycles N

220 V 50 Hz 1 AC360 cycles/h

Load limit curves

CT-S range

General data

Width of enclosure 22.5 mm

Wire size 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG) stranded wire with wire end ferrule

Weight approx. 150 g (5.3 oz)

Mounting position any

Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20

Operating temperature -20 °C ... +60 °C

Storage temperature -40 °C ... +85 °C

Mounting DIN rail (EN 50022)

Standards

Product standard IEC 61812-1, EN 61812-1

EMC Directive 89/336/EEC

Electromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4

ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6 kV / 8kV

HF radiation resistance acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/m

Burst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kV / 5 kHz

Surge acc. to IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 4 2 kV L-L

HF line emission acc. to IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 V

Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC

Operational reliability acc. to IEC 68-2-6 4 g

Mechanical resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 6 g

Approvals cULus, GL, GOST, C-Tick

Isolation data

Rated insulation voltage between supply circuit, control circuit and supply up to 240 V: 300 V output circuit acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 supply up to 440 V: 500 V

Rated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits 4 kV / 1.2-50 µsacc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664

Test voltage between all isolated circuits 2,5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min., (CT-ARS: 2 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.)

Pollution category acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III/C

Overvoltage category acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III/C

Environmental testing acc. to IEC 68-2-30 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h

Reduction factor F forinductive AC load

Page 28: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

262CDC110004C0202

1

Electronic timersCT-E rangeTechnical data

Type Terminals used CT-E range

Input circuits

Supply voltage - power consumption A1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC approx. 1.0-2.0 VA/WA1-A2 24-240 V AC approx. 1,0-2,0 VA/WA1-A2 110-130 V AC approx. 2.0 VAA1-A2 220-240 V AC approx. 2.0 VAA1-A2 380-415 V AC approx. 3,0 VAB1-A2 24 V AC/DC approx. 1.0 VA/W

Supply voltage tolerance -15 % ... +10 %

Supply voltage frequency AC/DC versions DC or 50/60 HzAC versions 50/60 Hz

Control contact connections, voltage related1) Y1 external time start

Control voltage potential supply voltage

Minimum control pulse length 20 ms

Duty time 100 %

Minimum energizing time (CT-ARE) 200 ms

Solid-state devices CT-MKE, CT-EKE, CT-AKE

Voltage drop in connected state ≤ 3 V

Current consumption while timing ≤ 2 mA (24-60 V AC/DC)≤ 8 mA (60-240 V AC/DC)

Cable length between timer and connected load at 50 Hz at 24 V AC 220 m / 22 nFand a cable capacity of 100pF/m at 42 V AC 100 m / 10 nF

at 60 V AC 65 m / 6.5 nFat 110 V AC 50 m / 5 nFat 240 V AC 22 m / 2.2 nF

Timing circuit

Time rangesSingle-function timers 1 time range per unit

0.05-1 s, 0.1-10 s, 0.3-30 s, 3-300 s, 0.3-30 minMultifunction timers CT-MFE 8 time ranges 0.05 s - 100 h

CT-MKE 2 time ranges 0.1-10 s and 3-300 sStar-delta change-over time CT-YDE: 50 ms, CT-SDE: 30 ms

Recovery time <50 ms (CT-MKE: <100 ms, CT-AKE: <300 ms, CT-ARE: <200 ms,CT-AWE, CT-SDE: <400 ms, CT-YDE: <500 ms)

Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) <1 %

Timing error within the supply voltage tolerance <0.5 % / % ∆ U

Timing error within operating temperature range <0.1 % (<0.06 % / °C CT-MFE)B

Indication of operational states

Supply voltage/ timing green LED

Output relay energized red LED

Output circuits relay devices 15-16/18

Number of contacts relay, 1 c/o contact

Contact material AgCdo

Rated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 250 V

Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC, 250 V DC

Rated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 A

acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A

DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 A

DC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A

Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycles

electrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles

Short circuit proof, n/c 10 A fast, operating class gL (CT-ARE: 5A)max. fuse rating n/o 10 A fast, operating class gL (CT-ARE: 5A)

• 1) Connection diagrams ........................................................................................................... 32 • 1) Wiring notes ............................................................................................................ 33

Page 29: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

272CDC110004C0202

2

1

1SVC

110

000

F 0

188

1SVC

110

000

F 0

189

1SVC

110

000

F 0

185

1SVC

110

000

F 0

184

Electronic timersCT-E rangeTechnical data (continued), load limit curves

CT-E range

Output circuits solid-state devices CT-MKE, CT-EKE, CT-AKE A1-A2, A1-AL

Thyristor (CT-MKE, CT-EKE, CT-AKE)

Rated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 250 V

Max. switching voltage 240 V

Min. load current 20 mA (CT-EKE, CT-AKE: 10 mA)

Max. load current 0.8 A at TA = 20 °C (CT-EKE, CT-AKE: 0,7 A)

Load current reduction / derating 10 mA/°C

Max. surge current ≤ 20 A for t ≤ 20 ms (CT-EKE, CT-AKE: ≤ 15 A)

General data

Width of the enclosure 22.5 mm

Wire size 2 x 1.5 mm2 (2 x 16 AWG) stranded wire with wire end ferrule

Weight approx. 80 g (2.8 oz)

Mounting position any

Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20

Operating temperature -20 °C ... +60 °C

Storage temperature -40 °C ... +85 °C

Mounting DIN rail (EN 50022)

Standards

Product standard IEC 61812-1, EN 61812-1

EMC Directive 89/336/EEC

Electromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4

ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6 kV / 8 kV

HF radiation resistance acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/m

Burst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kV / 5 kHz

Surge acc. to IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 4 2 kV L-L

HF line emission acc. to IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 V

Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC

Operational reliability acc. to IEC 68-2-6 6 g

Mechanical resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 10 g

Approvals cULus, GL, GOST, C-Tick

Isolation data

Rated insulation voltage between supply circuit, control circuit and supply up to 240 V: 300 Voutput circuit acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 supply up to 440 V: 500 V

Rated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits 4 kV / 1.2-50 µsacc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664

Test voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.

Pollution category acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III/C

Overvoltage category acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III/C

Environmental testing acc. to IEC 68-2-30 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h

AC load (resistive) DC load (resistive) Contact lifetime /switchingcycles N

220 V 50 Hz 1 AC360 cycles/h

Load limit curves

Reduction factor F forinductive AC load

Page 30: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

282CDC110004C0202

1

Electronic timersCT-D rangeTechnical data

CT-D range

Input circuits

Supply voltage - power consumption A1-A2 24-240 V AC / 24-48 V DC - approx. 0.6-1.3 VA/W

Supply voltage tolerance -15 %...+10 %

Supply voltage frequency DC supply 0 HzAC supply 50/60 Hz

Control contact connections, voltage related1) Y1-A2 external time start

Minimum control input pulse length 20 ms

Maximum cable length to the control inputs

Duty time 100 %

Timing circuit

Time ranges 7 time ranges 0.05 s - 100 h

1.) 0.05-1 s 2.) 0.5-10 s 3.) 5-100 s 4.) 0.5-10 min5.) 5-100 min 6.) 0.5-10 h 7.) 5-100 h

Recovery time <50 ms

Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) < +/- 0,5 %

Timing error within the supply voltage tolerance <0,5 %

Timing error within the temperature range <0,06 % / °C

Indication of operational states

Supply voltage / timer green LED steady / flashing while timing

Output relay energized red LED

Output circuits 15-16/18

Number of contacts relay, 1 c/o contact

Contact material AgSnO2

Rated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 250 V

Minimum switching voltage 12 V

Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC

Minimum switching current 100 mA

Maximum switching current 6 A

Rated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 6 A

acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A

DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 6 A

DC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A

Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycles

electrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles

Short circuit proof, n/c 6 A fast, operating class gL

max. fuse rating n/o 10 A fast, operating class gL

General data

Width of the enclosure 17.5 mm

Wire size 2 x 1,5 mm2 (2 x 16 AWG) with wire end ferrule,2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG) without wire end ferrule

Weight approx. 60 g (2.1 oz)

Mounting position any

Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP 20

Operating temperature -20 °C ... +60 °C

Storage temperature -40 °C ... +85 °C

Mounting DIN rail (EN 50022), snap-on mounting

• 1) Connection diagrams ........................................................................................................... 32 • 1) Wiring notes ............................................................................................................ 33

Page 31: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

292CDC110004C0202

2

1

1SVC

110

000

F 0

448

1SVC

110

000

F 0

449

1SVC

110

000

F 0

185

1SVC

110

000

F 0

450

Electronic timersCT-D rangeTechnical data (continued), load limit curves

CT-D range

Standards

Product standard IEC 61812-1 10.1996, EN 611812-1 + A11/8.1999,DIN VDE 0435 part 2021

EMC Directive 89/336/EEC

Electromagnetic compatibility acc.to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4

ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6 kV / 8 kV

HF radiation resistance acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/m

Burst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kV / 5 kHz

Surge acc. to IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 4 2 kV L-L

HF line emission acc. to IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 V

Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC

Operational reliability acc. to IEC 68-2-6 4 g

Mechanical resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 6 g

Approvals cULus, GOST, C-Tick

Isolation data

Rated insulation voltage between supply circuit, control circuit and 300 Voutput circuit acc. to IEC 50175 / VDE 0160

Rated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits 4 kV / 1.2-50 µsacc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664

Test voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.

Pollution category acc. to IEC 50175 / VDE 0160 / UL508 2

Overvoltage category acc. to IEC 50175 / VDE 0160 / UL508 III

Environmental testing acc. to IEC 68-2-30 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h

AC load (resistive) DC load (resistive) Contact lifetime /switchingcycles N

220 V 50 Hz 1 AC360 cycles/h

Load limit curves

Reduction factor F forinductive AC load

Page 32: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

302CDC110004C0202

1

A1 15

15A1

16 18A2

16 18 A2

1SVC

110

000

F 0

381

1SVC

110

000

F 0

393

2CD

C 2

52 0

18 F

0004

1SVC

110

000

F 0

388

1SVC

110

000

F 0

382

1SVC

110

000

F 0

390

2CD

C 2

52 0

44 F

0003

1SVC

110

000

F 0

389

1SVC

110

000

F 0

391

1SVC

110

000

F 0

392

A1 15 B1

15A1

16 18A2

16 18 A2

B1

2CD

C 2

52 0

43 F

0003

Electronic timersCT-S and CT-E rangeStar-delta applications

Control circuit diagramCT-YDEW

Star-delta timer with relay outputand impulse function

CT-YDAV

Star-delta timer with relay output Control circuit diagram

CT-YDE

Star-delta timer with relay output

Control circuit diagram

Control circuit diagram

CT-SDEStar-delta timer with relay output

Star-delta applications

Power circuit diagram

CT-S range - star-delta applications

CT-E range - star-delta applications

Version:24 V AC/DC, 220-240 V AC

Versions:110-130 V AC and

380-415 V AC

Version:24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC,

110-240 V AC

Version:380-415 V AC

Page 33: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

312CDC110004C0202

2

1

CT-VBS

1SVC

110

000

F 0

411

1SVC

110

000

F 0

412

1SVC

110

000

F 0

413

1SVC

110

000

F 0

419

1SVC

110

000

F 0

414

1SVC

110

000

F 0

416

1SVC

110

000

F 0

417

1SVC

110

000

F 0

418

1SVC

110

000

F 0

421

1SVC

110

000

F 0

394

1SVC

110

000

F 0

493

1SVC

110

000

F 0

494

1SVC

110

000

F 0

395

1SVC

110

000

F 0

396

1SVC

110

000

F 0

495

1SVC

110

000

F 0

496

1SVC

110

000

F 0

398

1SVC

110

000

F 0

399

1SVC

110

000

F 0

397

1SVC

110

000

F 0

402

1SVC

110

000

F 0

403

1SVC

110

000

F 0

405

2CD

C 2

52 0

08 F

0004

1SVC

110

000

F 0

400

1SVC

110

000

F 0

404

1SVC

110

000

F 0

401

1SVC

110

000

F 0

420

1SVC

110

000

F 0

407

1SVC

110

000

F 0

408

1SVC

110

000

F 0

409

1SVC

110

000

F 0

410

1SVC

110

000

F 0

381

B1 25 21

15 2521A1

28 24

A226 22

16 2622

A4

A1 15 A3

16 A218

2824

18

A1

A1

A2

1+ 2- A2

2-

1+

4

3

3 4

CT-IRS

CT-IRS

CT-IRS

CT-EBS CT-TGS

CT-PGS CT-YDAV CT-YDEW

CT-EBS CT-AWS CT-VWS CT-AWS

CT-EAS CT-EVS

CT-VWS

CT-EAS

A1

A1

A2

1+ 2- A22-

1+

CT-VBS

2CD

C 2

52 0

53 F

0003

2CD

C 2

52 0

52 F

0003

CT-ARS CT-ARS

CT-ERS CT-ERS CT-AHS CT-AHS CT-APS CT-ERS

2CD

C 2

52 0

64 F

0003

CT-MFS CT-MBS CT-MBS CT-ERSCT-MVS CT-MBS CT-MBS

CT-ERS

CT-IRS CT-YDAV

2CD

C 2

52 0

18 F

0004

CT-S range

Connection diagrams, positions of connection terminals

Version with goldplated contacts

Electronic timersCT-S rangeConnection diagrams, position of connection terminals

Versions:12-40 V AC / 12-60 V DC

and 380-440 V AC

Versions:12-40 V AC / 12-60 V DC

and 380-440 V AC

Versions:12-40 V AC / 12-60 V DC

and 380-440 V AC

Versions:12-40 V AC / 12-60 V DC

and 380-440 V AC

Version:200-240 V AC

Version:100-127 V AC

Version:380-415 V AC

Page 34: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

322CDC110004C0202

11S

VC 1

10 0

00 F

043

6

1SVC

110

000

F 0

427

1SVC

110

000

F 0

428

1SVC

110

000

F 0

430

1SVC

110

000

F 0

431

1SVC

110

000

F 0

433

1SVC

110

000

F 0

432

1SVC

110

000

F 0

429

1SVC

110

000

F 0

435

1SVC

110

000

F 0

424

1SVC

110

000

F 0

425

1SVC

110

000

F 0

426

1SVC

110

000

F 0

434

1SVC

110

000

F 0

451

1SVC

110

000

F 0

452

1SVC

110

000

F 0

453

1SVC

110

000

F 0

454

1SVC

110

000

F 0

455

1SVC

110

000

F 0

456

CT-MFE CT-ERE CT-ARE CT-VWE CT-AHE1)

CT-EBE CT-MKE CT-IRE

CT-EKE CT-AKE

CT-YDE CT-SDE CT-SDE CT-IRE

1SVC

110

000

F 0

382

A1 15 B1

15A1

16 18A2

16 18 A2

B1

A1 15

15A1

16 18A2

16 18 A2

2CD

C 2

52 0

43 F

0003

2CD

C 2

52 0

44 F

0003

CT-MFD CT-ERD CT-AHD CT-VWD CT-EBD CT-TGD

CT-E range

Connection diagrams, positions of connection terminals

Electronic timersCT-E and CT-D rangesConnection diagrams, position of the terminals

CT-AWEwithout auxiliary

voltage

CT-AWEwith auxiliary

voltage 1)

CT-D range

Connection diagrams, positions of connection terminals

Version:24 V AC/DC, 220-240 V AC

Versions:110-130 V AC and

380-415 V AC

Version:A1-A2 diagonal

Versions:A1-A2 on the top side

• 1) Wiring notes ........................................................................................................ 33

Page 35: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

332CDC110004C0202

2

1

1SVC

110

000

F 0

423

1SVC

110

000

F 0

422

5

58

43,4

70

17,5

45

1SVC

110

000

F 0

441

1SVC

110

000

F 0

439

1SVC

110

000

F 0

438

1SVC

110

000

F 0

437

1SVC

110

000

F 0

440

2CD

C 2

52 0

27 F

000

3

2CD

C 2

52 0

06 F

0004

2CD

C 2

52 0

05 F

0004

2CD

C 2

52 0

07 F

0004

2CD

C 2

52 0

19 F

0004

2CD

C 2

52 0

20 F

0004

CT-S range CT-E range CT-D range

Wiring notes - CT-E rangefor single-function devices with control contact (CT-AHE, CT-AWE with auxiliary voltage)

Wiring notes - CT-S range

Connection diagram of control contacts

Connection diagram for remote potentiometer Connection diagram for proximity switch (3 wire)with 230 V AC supply

Connection diagram for proximity switch (3 wire)with 24 V DC supply

Potentiometer50 k

Electronic timersCT-S, CT-E and CT-D rangeWiring notes, Dimensional drawings

Dimensional drawings

This jumper is not required formulti-function timer CT-MFS

Proximityswitch

Proximityswitch

time

star

t

time

stop

/tim

e st

orag

e

Dimensions in mm

Wiring notes - CT-D rangefor devices with control contact, parallel load to control contact/input possible/allowed

Page 36: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

342CDC110004C0202

1

1SVC

110

000

F 0

336

1SVC

110

000

F 0

337

1SVC

110

000

F 0

338

1SVC

110

000

F 0

182

1SVC

110

000

F 0

181

1SVC

110

000

F 0

179

Electronic timersCT-S rangeAccessories

Diameter Degree of Order code Pack. unit Price Weightmm protection pieces 1 piece 1 piece

kg/oz

30.5 IP65 1SVR 700 800 R 1000 1 0.04/0.1422.5 IP65 1SVR 701 800 R 1000 1 0.04/0.1410.5 IP40 1SVR 214 017 R 0900 1 0.04/0.14

Remote potentiometer50 kΩ ±20 % - 0.2 Ω with direct reading scale (graduated scale supplied)

Adapter for screw mounting on panel

Marker

Sealable cover

Enclosure width in mm Order code Pack unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece

kg/oz

22.5 1SVR 430 029 R 0100 1 0.02/0.70

Order code Pack unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece

kg/oz

1SVR 366 017 R 0100 1 0.02/0.70

Enclosure width in mm Order code Pack unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece

kg/oz

22.5 1SVR 430 005 R 0100 1 0.02/0.70

Page 37: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

352CDC110004C0202

2

Electronic measuringand monitoring relays

CM and C51x range

Content

Benefits and advantages, overview of features .................................................................. 36

Current and voltage monitors, single-phase.......................................................... 41

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 42

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 46

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Three-phase monitors .................................................................................................... 49

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 50

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 55

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Insulation monitors for ungrounded supply mains .............................................. 59

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 61

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 66

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Motor load monitors ........................................................................................................ 69

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 71

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 72

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Thermistor motor protection relays ........................................................................... 73

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 75

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 79

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Temperature monitoring relays ................................................................................... 81

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 83

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 85

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Liquid level monitoring and control ........................................................................... 87

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 88

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 94

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Contact protection relays and sensor interface module ................................... 97

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 98

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 100

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Cycle monitor with watchdog function ..................................................................... 103

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 104

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 105

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Technical data and accessories ................................................................................ 107

Page 38: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

362CDC110004C0202

2

2CD

C 2

53 0

24 F

0004

1SV

R 5

50 8

51 F

940

0

2CD

C 2

53 0

11 F

000

3

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

050

61S

VC

110

000

F 0

528

Electronic measuring and monitoring relaysCM rangeBenefits and advantages

CM-E range: Economic

Only 22.5 mm wide enclosure

Output contacts: 1 c/o contact or 1 n/o contact (250 V / 4 A)

One supply voltage range

One monitoring function

Cost-efficient solution for OEM applications

Preset monitoring ranges

Combination screws

Easy tightening and release of the connectingscrews by pozidrive, slotted screwdriver orscrewdriver for recessed head screws.

Safety

The "real distance" is hidden.The air and creepage distances of ourproducts exceed international standards andsubstantially increase the safety of ourproducts.

Page 39: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

372CDC110004C0202

2

1SV

R 4

50 1

15 F

010

01S

VR

430

824

F 9

300

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

051

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

051

1

2CD

C 2

53 0

10 F

0003

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

049

9

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

049

8

2CD

C 2

53 0

11 F

000

3

Electronic measuring and monitoring relaysCM rangeBenefits and advantages

Only 22.5 mm wide enclosure

Output contacts: 1 or 2 c/o contacts(250 V / 4 A)

One supply voltage range or supplied by measuring circuit

Setting and operation via front-face operating elements

Adjustment of threshold values and switching hysteresis viacalibrated dials

Integrated and snap-fitted front-face marker

Sealable transparent covers (accessories)

Only 45 mm wide enclosure

Output contacts: 2 c/o contacts(400 V / 5 A)

Continuous voltage range (24-240 V AC/DC) or single-supply

Setting and operation via front-face operating elements

Setting of threshold values and switching hysteresis viacalibrated dials

Adjustable delay times

Integrated and snap-fitted front-face marker

Sealable transparent covers (accessories)

Direct reading scales

Direct adjustment of the threshold values ofmeasuring and monitoring relays without anyadditional calculation provides maximumoperation convenience.

LEDs for status Indication

All actual operational states are indicated byfront-face LEDs, thus simplifyingcommissioning and troubleshooting.

Double-chamber cage connection terminals

Double-chamber cage connection terminalspro-vide connection of wires up to 2 x 2.5 mm2

(2 x 14 AWG), solid or stranded, with or withoutwire end ferrules. Potential distribution does notrequire additional connections, thus saving timeand money. Wiring is considerably simplifiedthrough integrated cable guides.

Integrated markers

Integrated markers allow the product to bemarked quickly and simply.No additional marking labels are required.

Sealable transparent covers

Protection against unauthorized changes oftime and/or threshold values in sizes 22.5 and45 mm wide (optionally available as anaccessory).

Safety

The "real distance" is hidden.The air and creepage distances of ourproducts exceed international standards andsubstantially increase the safety of ourproducts.

CM-S range: Universal

CM-N range: Multifunctional

Page 40: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

382CDC110004C0202

2

ϑ

2CD

C 2

52 0

25 F

0004

2CD

C 2

52 0

26 F

0004

2CD

C 2

52 0

27 F

0004

2CD

C 2

52 0

28 F

0004

2CD

C 2

52 0

29 F

0004

Electronic measuring and monitoring relaysCM and C5xx rangeMonitoring features and application ranges

Single-phase current and voltage monitoring

Current monitors for AC and DC currentsCM-SRS and CM-SRN, voltage monitorsCM-ESS and CM-ESN, single-phase under- andovervoltage monitor CM-EFN.

Three-phase monitoring

Phase, phase sequence and phase unbalancemonitoring using CM-PBE, CM-PVE, CM-PFE,CM-PFS, CM-PFN, CM-PVN, CM-ASS,CM-ASN, CM-MPS.

Insulation monitoring

CM-IWN-AC for electrically isolated ACnetworks, and CM-IWN-DC for electricallyisolated DC networks.

Motor load monitoring

CM-LWN monitors load states of single- andthree-phase asynchronous motors.

Thermistor motor protection

CM-MSE, CM-MSS and CM-MSN provide fullprotection of motors with integrated PTC resistorsensors.

Current monitoring

Monitoring of motor current consumption Monitoring of lighting installations and heating circuits Monitoring of hoisting gear and transportation equipment overload Monitoring of locking devices, electromechanical brake gear and running into stops

Voltage monitoring

Speed monitoring of DC motorsMonitoring of battery voltages and other supply networksMonitoring of upper and lower voltage threshold values

Three-phase voltage monitoring

Voltage monitoring of mobile three-phase equipmentProtection of personnel and installations at changes of rotationMonitoring of the supply for machines and installationsProtection of equipment against destruction caused by unstable supply voltageSwitching to emergency or auxiliary supplyProtection of motors against damages caused by unbalanced phases

Insulation monitoring

Monitoring of electrically isolated supply mains for insulation resistance failureDetection of initial faultsProtection against ground faults

Motor load monitoring

Detection of V-belt breakingMotor protection against overloadMonitoring of filters for cloggingProtection of pumps against dry runningDetection of high pressure in conduit systemsMonitoring for dulling blades in sawing and cutting machines

Thermistor motor protection

Protection of motors against thermal overload, e. g. caused by insufficient cooling,heavy load starting conditions, undersized motors, etc.

Page 41: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

392CDC110004C0202

2

ϑ

2CD

C 2

52 0

30 F

0004

2CD

C 2

52 0

31 F

0004

2CD

C 2

52 0

32 F

0004

2CD

C 2

52 0

36 F

0004

Electronic measuring and monitoring relaysCM and C5xx rangeMonitoring features and application ranges

CM-ENE, CM-ENS and CM-ENN for control andregulation of liquid levels andratios of mixtures of conductive fluids.

The CM-KRN protects sensitive control contactsfrom excessive loads and can store switchpositions. The CM-SIS supplies and evaluatesNPN and PNP sensors.

Liquid level monitoring

Contact protection

Temperature monitoring

Monitoring and control of temperatures inprocesses and machines using PT100, PT1000,KTY83/54 or NTC sensors C510, C511, C512,C513.

Cycle monitor

Cycle monitor with watchdog function CM-WDS.

Liquid level monitoring

Protection of pumps against dry runningProtection against container overflowControl of liquid levelsDetection of leaksControl of mixing ratios

Contact protection / sensor evaluation

Storage of the switching states of bouncing contactsAmplification of the switch state information of sensitive contactsSupply and evaluation of NPN or PNP sensors

Cycle monitor

External monitoring of the correct function of programmablelogic controllers (plc) and industrial pcs (ipc)

Temperature monitoring

Controlling of heating applicationsControlling and regulation of panel board heating circuitsMonitoring of motors with build in PT100 sensorsMonitoring of generators with build in PT100 sensorsMonitoring of transformers with build in PT100 sensors

Page 42: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

402CDC110004C0202

2 CM

-SR

S

CM

-SR

N

CM

-ES

S

CM

-ES

N

CM

-EF

N

CM

-PB

E

CM

-PV

E

CM

-PF

E

CM

-PF

S

CM

-PF

N

CM

-PV

N

CM

-AS

S

CM

-AS

N

CM

-MP

S

CM

-IW

N-A

C

CM

-IW

N-D

C

C 5

58.0

1

C 5

58.0

2

C 5

58.0

3

CM

-LW

N

C 5

1x

CM

-MS

E

CM

-MS

S (

1)

CM

-MS

S (

2)

CM

-MS

S (

3)

CM

-MS

S (

4)

CM

-MS

S (

5)

CM

-MS

S (

6)

CM

-MS

S (

7)

CM

-MS

N

CM

-KR

N

CM

-SIS

CM

-WD

S

CM

-EN

E M

IN

CM

-EN

E M

AX

CM

-EN

S

CM

-EN

SU

P/D

OW

N

CM

-EN

N

CM

-EN

NU

P/D

OW

N

Electronic measuring and monitoring relaysCM and C5xx rangeApprovals

Approvals

GOST

C-Tick

Approvals

GOST

C-Tick

EX II (2) G, PTB 02 ATEX 3080

all devices

pending

Current and voltagemonitors - single-phase

Approvals

GOST

C-Tick

Three-phase monitors

Insulation monitors Motor loadmonitors

Temperaturemonitors

Thermistor motor protection relays

Contact protection relay,sensor interface module,cycle monitor

Liquid level monitoring andcontrol

Page 43: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

412CDC110004C0202

2

Content

Current monitors, single-phase: CM-SRS, CM-SRN

Ordering details CM-SRS (AC/DC current monitor up to 1 A) ........................................... 42

Ordering details CM-SRN (AC/DC current monitor up to 15 A) ........................................ 42

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 46

Load limit curves, dimensional drawings ............................................................................. 109

Accessories: Current transformers ..................................................................................... 48

Voltage monitors, single-phase: CM-ESS, CM-ESN, CM-EFN

Ordering details CM-ESS (AC/DC voltage monitor) ........................................................... 43

Ordering details CM-ESN (AC/DC voltage monitor) ........................................................... 44

Ordering details CM-EFN (under- and overvoltage monitor) ............................................ 45

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 47

Load limit curves, dimensional drawings ............................................................................. 109

Current and voltage monitorssingle-phase

Page 44: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

422CDC110004C0202

2

1SV

R 4

30 8

41 F

110

0

CM-SRS

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

010

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

010

3CM-SRN

t < t

t < t

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

010

4

2CD

C 2

52 0

09 F

0004

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

010

2

1SV

R 4

50 1

15 F

010

0AC/DC current monitors, single-phaseCM-SRS, CM-SRNOrdering details

The current being monitored is applied to the terminals B1, B2 or B3 and C.The output relay energizes if the monitored current exceeds the threshold value.The relay de-energizes if the current falls below the threshold (threshold value minus hysteresis range).Both current monitors are used to monitor overcurrents, the CM-SRN type in AC/DC supply version canalso be used for undercurrent monitoring.The hysteresis range can be adjusted from 5-30 % related to the set point. The measuring, output andsupply circuits are electrically isolated to prevent mutual interference. As one measuring cycle takesonly 80 ms, current changes can be quickly detected.CM-SRS: Supply voltage must be applied at least 50ms before applying the measuring current.

Width: 22.5 mm.CM-SRN: Available with or without delay time. Delay on "ON" is adjustable from 0.05 - 1 s or 1.5 - 30 s,

thus enabling optimum adjustment to the actual service conditions. Width: 45 mm.

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weight 50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece 1 piece kg/lb

Measuring ranges: 3-30 mA; 10-100 mA; 0.1-1 A, no time delayCM-SRS 24 V AC 1SVR 430 841 R 9100 1 0.150/0.33

110-130 V AC 1SVR 430 841 R 0100 1 0.150/0.33220 -240 V AC 1SVR 430 841 R 1100 1 0.150/0.33

Measuring ranges: 3-30 mA; 10-100 mA; 0.1-1 A, no time delayCM-SRN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 115 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66

110 -130 V AC 1SVR 450 110 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 111 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66

Measuring ranges: 0.3-1.5 A; 1-5 A; 3-15 A, no time delayCM-SRN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 115 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66

110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 110 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 111 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66

Measuring ranges: 3-30 mA; 10-100 mA; 0.1-1 A, with ON-delayCM-SRN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 125 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66

110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 120 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 121 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66

Measuring ranges: 0.3-1.5 A; 1-5 A; 3-15 A, with ON-delayCM-SRN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 125 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66

110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 120 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 121 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66

t = ON-delay 0.05-30 s

UC function(only possible for 24-240 V AC/DC supply voltage version)

t = ON-delay 0.05-30 s

A1/A2

Threshold value

Hysteresis (OC)Level

15/1815/1625/2825/26

A1/A2Level

Hysteresis (AC/DC)

Threshold value

15/1815/1625/2825/26

OC function

Hysteresis adjustment

Threshold valueadjustment

R: yellow LED -relay status

U: green LED -supply voltage

Monitoring of AC or DCcurrentsCM-SRS:3 ranges: 3 mA - 1 ACM-SRN:6 ranges: 3 mA - 15 A3 measuring rangescovered by one unitSwitching hysteresisadjustable from 5 - 30 %3 supply voltage versions24-240 V AC/DC versionwith selectableundercurrent orovercurrent monitoringCM-SRS: 1 c/o contactCM-SRN: 2 c/o contacts

2 LEDs for statusindication

A1-A2 Supply voltage

B1/C Meas. range: 3-30 mA

B2/C Meas. range: 10-100 mA

B3/C Meas. range: 0.1-1 A

15-16/18 Output contacts -Open-circuit principle

A1-A2 Supply voltage

B1/C Measuring range:3-30 mA or 0.3-1.5 A

B2/C Measuring range:10-100 mA or 1 - 5 A

B3/C Measuring range:0.1-1 A or 3-15 A

15-16/18 Output contacts -25-26/28 Open-circuit principle

A1/A2

threshold valueHysteresis

Level15/1815/16

• Technical data ....................................................................... 46 • Accessories current transformers ....................................... 48• Load limit curves, dimensional drawings ......................... 107 • Accessories ......................................................................... 109• Approvals .............................................................................. 40

Functional diagram CM-SRS

Functional diagrams CM-SRN

Connection diagram CM-SRS

Connection diagram CM-SRN

Page 45: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

432CDC110004C0202

2

1SV

R 4

30 8

31 F

120

0

CM-ESS

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

010

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

010

3

AC/DC voltage monitors, single-phaseCM-ESSOrdering details

Hysteresis adjustment

Threshold value adjustment

R: yellow LED -relay status

U: green LED -supply voltage

Monitoring of AC or DCvoltages from 50 mV -500 V in 8 ranges

Up to 3 measuring rangescoverd by one unit

Switching hysteresisadjustable from 5-30 %

No time delay

1 c/o contact

2 LEDs for statusindication

The voltage being monitored is applied to the terminals B1, B2 or B3 and C.

The output relay energizes if the monitored voltage exceeds the threshold value. It de-energizes if thevoltage falls below the set hysteresis value.

The hysteresis can be adjusted from 5-30 %.The measuring, output and supply circuits are electrically isolated to prevent mutual interference.As one measuring cycle takes 80 ms, voltage changes can be quickly detected.

A1/A2

Threshold value

HysteresisLevel15/1815/16

t = ON-delay 80 ms max.

A1-A2 Supply voltage

B1/C Meas. voltage:0.05-0.5V;1-10 V; /-/

B2/C Meas. voltage:0.3-3 V; 5-50 V; 30-300 V;

B3/C Meas. voltage:0.5-5 V; 10-100 V; 50-500 V

15-16/18 Output contacts -Open-circuit principle

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weight 50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece 1 piece

kg/lb

Voltage measuring ranges: 0.05-0.5 V; 0.3-3 V; 0.5-5 V, AC/DCCM-ESS 24 V AC 1SVR 430 831 R 9000 1 0.150/0.33

110-130 V AC 1SVR 430 831 R 0000 1 0.150/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 831 R 1000 1 0.150/0.33

Voltage measuring ranges: 1-10 V; 5-50 V; 10-100 V, AC/DCCM-ESS 24 V AC 1SVR 430 831 R 9100 1 0.150/0.33

110-130 V AC 1SVR 430 831 R 0100 1 0.150/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 831 R 1100 1 0.150/0.33

Voltage measuring ranges: /-/ ; 30-300 V; 50-500 V, AC/DCCM-ESS 24 V AC 1SVR 430 831 R 9200 1 0.150/0.33

110-130 V AC 1SVR 430 831 R 0200 1 0.150/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 831 R 1200 1 0.150/0.33

Functional diagram CM-ESS Connection diagram CM-ESS

• Technical data ....................................................................... 47 • Accessories ......................................................................... 109• Load limit curves, dimensional drawings ......................... 107 • Approvals .............................................................................. 40

Page 46: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

442CDC110004C0202

2

t < t

t < t

2CD

C 2

52 0

09 F

0004

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

010

2

1SV

R 4

50 2

15 F

020

0

CM-ESN

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

010

4

UV function

OV function

t = ON-delay 0.05-30 s

t = ON-delay 0.05-30 s

A1/A2

Threshold valueHysteresis (OV)

Level

15/1815/1625/2825/26

AC/DC voltage monitors, single-phaseCM-ESNOrdering details

The voltage being monitored is applied to the terminals B1 or B2 or B3 and C. The unit can be set for 2monitoring modes by a rotary switch on the front face.OV position: The output relay is energized if the monitored voltage exceeds the adjusted thresholdvoltage.UV position: The output relay is energized if the monitored voltage falls below the adjusted thresholdvoltage.

The output relay is de-energized if the monitored voltage is above or below the set hysteresispercentage. With or without time delay of 0.05...30 s. The hysteresis can be adjusted from 5...30 %.

The measuring, output and supply voltage circuits are electrically isolated to prevent mutual interference.As one measuring cycle takes only 80 ms, voltage changes can be quickly detected.

Hysteresis adjustment

Threshold valueadjustment

Function selection:UV/OV

U: green LED -supply voltage

R: yellow LED -relay status

Monitoring of AC or DCvoltages from 50 mV to500 V in 8 ranges

Up to 3 measuring rangescovered by one unit

Selectable function:Undervoltage orovervoltage monitoring

Switching hysteresisadjustable from 5-30 %

With or without time delayfrom 0.05-30 s

2 c/o contacts

2 LEDs for status indication

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weight 50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece 1 piece

kg/lb

Voltage measuring ranges: 0.05-0.5 V; 0.3-3 V; 0.5-5 V, no time delayCM-ESN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 215 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66

110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 210 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 211 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66

Voltage measuring ranges: 0.05-0.5 V; 0.3-3 V; 0.5-5 V, with ON-delayCM-ESN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 225 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66

110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 220 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 221 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66

Voltage measuring ranges: 1-10 V; 5-50 V; 10-100 V, no time delay

CM-ESN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 215 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 210 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 211 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66

Voltage measuring ranges: 1-10 V; 5-50 V; 10-100 V, with ON-delayCM-ESN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 225 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66

110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 220 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 221 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66

Voltage measuring ranges: /-/ ; 30-300 V; 50-500 V, no time delay

CM-ESN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 215 R 0200 1 0.300/0.66110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 210 R 0200 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 211 R 0200 1 0.300/0.66

Voltage measuring ranges: /-/ ; 30-300 V; 50-500 V, with ON-delayCM-ESN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 225 R 0200 1 0.300/0.66

110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 220 R 0200 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 221 R 0200 1 0.300/0.66

A1-A2 Supply voltage

B1/C Measuring voltage:0.05-0.5 V, 1-10 V, /- /

B2/C Measuring voltage:0.3-3 V, 5-50 V,30-300 V

B3/C Measuring voltage:0.05-5 V, 10-100 V,50-500 V

15-16/18 Output contacts -25-26/28 Open-circuit principle

A1/A2Level

Hysteresis (UV)Threshold value

15/1815/1625/2825/26

Functional diagram CM-ESN Connection diagram CM-ESN

• Technical data ....................................................................... 47 • Accessories ........................................................................... 48• Load limit curves, dimensional drawings ......................... 107 • Approvals .............................................................................. 40

Page 47: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

452CDC110004C0202

2

CM-EFN

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

010

5

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

010

7

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

010

6

1SV

R 4

50 2

01 F

120

0AC over- and undervoltage monitor, single-phaseCM-EFNOrdering details

The CM-EFN monitors single phase supply voltages for phase loss as well as for overvoltage andundervoltage conditions. The output relay is de-energized if one of the fault conditions mentioned beforeoccurs. The fault type is indicated by an LED.

The output relay is energized if the phase is present and the voltage value is correct. The relay is de-energized if the voltage exceeds the set Vmax. value or drops below the set Vmin. value. It is re-energizedautomatically once the voltage returns into the adjusted voltage frame taking into account the fixedhysteresis of 5 %.

Time delay

The selection switch / is used to set the delay time of the CM-EFN as required by the specificservice conditions.Switch position ( ): The fault signal indicating that the voltage has exceeded or dropped below theadjusted threshold values is suppressed during the set delay time. Momentary voltage fluctuations willthus not initiate alarm tripping.Switch position ( ): The fault signal is issued immediately and stored during the set time. Momentaryundervoltage conditions are recognized and, for better evaluation, prolonged by the set time.

Time function /

Time adjustment

>U: red LED -overvoltage

<U: red LED -undervoltage

P: red LED -phase loss

U: green LED -supply voltage

R: yellow LED -relay status

Threshold valueundervoltage

Threshold valueovervoltage

Monitoring of single-phasesupply voltage for phaseloss as well as overvoltageand undervoltage

2 voltage monitoringranges: 80-160 V and160-300 V

Single-phase under- andovervoltage monitoring,adjustable Vmin and Vmax

Adjustable ON- or OFF-delay 0.1-10 s

2 c/o contacts

5 LEDs for statusindication

A1/A2Vmax

-5 %Monitored voltage

+5 %Vmin

Level15/1815/1625/2825/26

ON-delayed fault signal: Function

OFF-delayed fault signal: Function

A1/A2Vmax

-5 %Monitored voltage

+5 %Vmin

Level15/1815/1625/2825/26

t = Delay time t is only effective for under-/overvoltage monitoring

A1-A2 Supply voltage

L, N Monitored voltage

adjustable pick-upvalues

Vmin 80-160 V ACVmax 160-300 V AC

15-16/18 Output contacts -25-26/28 Closed-circuit principle

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weight50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece 1 piece

kg/lb

Vmin: 80-120 V AC 50/60 Hz; Vmax 120-160 V AC 50/60 Hz

CM-EFN 80-160 V AC 50/60 Hz 1SVR 450 200 R 1100 1 0.300/0.66

Vmin: 160-220 V AC 50/60 Hz; Vmax 220-300 V AC 50/60 Hz

CM-EFN 160-300 V AC 50/60 Hz 1SVR 450 201 R 1200 1 0.300/0.66

t = Delay time t is only effective for under-/overvoltage monitoring

Functional diagram CM-EFN Connection diagram CM-EFN

• Technical data ....................................................................... 47 • Accessories ........................................................................... 48• Load limit curves, dimensional drawings ......................... 107 • Approvals .............................................................................. 40

Page 48: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

462CDC110004C0202

2

CM-SRS CM-SRN

Supply circuitSupply voltage - power consumption A1-A2 24 V AC approx. 1 VA 24-240 V AC/DC approx. 2 VA / approx. 2 W

A1-A2 110-130 V AC approx. 1 VA 110-130 V AC approx. 2 VAA1-A2 220-240 V AC approx. 2 VA

Supply voltage tolerance -15 %...+10 %Supply voltage frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz, for A1-A2 = 24-240 V AC/DC: 0/400 HzDuty time 100 %

Measuring circuit B1-C B2-C B3-C B1-C B2-C B3-C B1-C B2-C B3-CMonitoring function overcurr. over- or undercurrentMeasuring range, threshold value range min.-max. 3-30 mA 10-100 mA 0.1-1 A 3-30 mA 10-100 mA 0.1-1 A 0.3-1.5 A 1-5 A 3-15 AInput resistance 33 Ω 10 Ω 1 Ω 33 Ω 10 Ω 1 Ω 0.06 Ω 0.018 Ω 0.006 ΩPulse overload t < 1 s 300 mA 1 A 10 A 300 mA 1 A 10 A 15 A 50 A 100 APossible permanent overload 50 mA 150 mA 1.5 A 50 mA 150 mA 1.5 A 2 A 7 A 20 AHysteresis related to adjusted value 5-30 %, adjustableMax. voltage within measuring circuit -Frequency of measured signal 0 Hz, 50-60 HzMax. measuring cycle time 80 msMeasuring error within supply voltage tolerance ≤ 0.5%Measuring error within temperature range ≤ 0.06 % / °C

Timing circuit none Delay of over- and undercurrent signalDelay time - 0.05-1 s, 1.5-30 s, adjustableTiming error within supply voltage tolerance - ≤ 0.5%Timing error within temperature range - ≤ 0.06 % / °C

Indication of operational statesSupply voltage U: green LEDOutput relay energized R: yellow LEDOvervoltage -Undervoltage -Phase loss -

Output circuits 15-16/18 15-16/18, 25-26/28Number of contacts 1 c/o contact 2 c/o contactsOperating principle 1) Open-circuit principleContact material AgCdoRated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 250 V 400 VMin. switching voltageMax. switching voltage 250 V AC, 250 V DC 400 V AC, 400 V DCMin. switching currentRated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 A 5 Aacc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A 3 A

DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 A 5 ADC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A 2.5 A

Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycleselectrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles

Short circuit proof, n/c contact 10 A fast operating class gL 5 A fast operating class gLmax. fuse rating n/o contact 10 A fast operating class gL 5 A fast operating class gL

General dataWidth of enclosure 22.5 mm 45 mmConductor cross section 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG) stranded wire with wire end ferruleMounting position anyDegree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20Operating temperature -20 °C ... +60 °C -25 °C ... +65 °CStorage temperature -40 °C ... +85 °CMounting DIN rail (EN 50022)

StandardsProduct standard IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6EMC Directive 89/336/EECElectromagnetic compartibility acc. to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6 kV / 8 kVHF radiation resistance acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/mBurst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kV / 5 kHzSurge acc. to IEC 61000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 3 2 kV L-LHF line emission acc. to IEC 61000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 VLow Voltage Directive 73/23/EECOperational reliability acc. to IEC 68-2-6 4 g 5 gMechanical resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 6 g 10 g

Approvals cULus, GL, GOST, C-Tick

Isolation dataRated voltage between supply circuit, monitoring circuit 250 V 400 Vand output circuit acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1Rated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated 4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µscircuits to VDE 0110,IEC 664Test voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.Pollution category acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 64, IEC 255-5 III / COvervoltage category III / C

acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC,255-5Environmental testing acc. to IEC 68-2-30 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h1) Open-circuit principle: Output relay energizes if the measured value exceeds or falls below the adjusted threshold value.1) Closed-circuit principle: Output relay de-energizes if the measured value exceeds or falls below the adjusted threshold value.

Current monitors, single-phaseCM-SRS, CM-SRNTechnical data

Page 49: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

472CDC110004C0202

2

Voltage monitors, single-phaseCM-ESS, CM-ESN, CM-EFNTechnical data

CM-ESS CM-ESN CM-EFN

24 V AC approx. 1 VA 24-240 V AC/DC approx. 2 VA / approx. 2 W 80-120 V AC approx. 3 VA110-130 V AC approx. 1 VA 110-130 V AC approx. 2 VA 90-145 V AC approx. 3 VA220-240 V AC approx. 1 VA 220-240 V AC approx. 2 VA

-15 %...+10 %50/60 Hz 100 %

B1-C B2-C B3-C B1-C B2-C B3-C B1-C B2-C B3-C L-N overvoltage overvoltage or undervoltage overvoltage and undervoltage

50-500 mV 0.3-3 V 0.5-5 V 1-10 V 5-50 V 10-100 V /-/ 30-300 V 50-500 V Vmin.: 80-160 V AC / Vmax.:160-300 V AC 2)

7.7 kΩ 46.5 kΩ 77.5 kΩ 19 kΩ 95 kΩ 190 kΩ - 570 kΩ 951 kΩ25 V 80 V 100 V 120 V 200 V 400 V - 550 V 550 V10 V 60 V 80 V 100 V 150 V 300 V - 500 V 550 V

5-30 %, adjustable 5-30 %, adjustable 5 % fixed settingsee above see above -

0 Hz, 50/60 Hz 0 Hz, 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz80 ms 80 ms 80 ms

≤ 0.5 %≤ 0.06 % / °C

none delay of over-/undervoltage signal delay of fault signal 3)

- 0.05-1 s, 1.5-30 s, adjustable 0.1-10 s, adjustable- ≤ 0.5 %- ≤ 0.06 % / °C

U: green LEDR: yellow LED

>U: red LED<U: red LEDP: red LED

15-16/18 15-16/18, 25-26/28 15-16/18, 25-26/281 c/o contact 2 c/o contacts

Open-circuit principle Closed-circuit principleAgCdo

250 V 400 V- - -

250 V AC, 250 V DC 400 V AC, 400 V DC 400 V AC, 400 V DC- - -

4 A 5 A 5 A3 A 3 A 3 A4 A 5 A 5 A2 A 2.5 A 2.5 A

30 x 106 switching cycles0.1 x 106 switching cycles

10 A fast operating class gL 5A fast operating class gL10 A fast operating class gL 5A fast operating class gL

22.5 mm 45 mm2 x 2.5 mm2 stranded wire with wire end ferrule

anyIP50 / IP20

-20 °C...+60 °C 25 °C...+65 °C-40 °C...+85 °C 40 °C...+85 °C

DIN rail (EN 50022)

IEC 255-6, EN 60255-689/336/EEC

level 3 6 kV / 8 kVlevel 3 10 V/mlevel 3 2 kV / 5 kHzlevel 4 2 kV L-Llevel 3 10 V

73/23/EEC4 g 5 g6 g 10 g

cULus, GL, GOST

250 V 400 V

4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µs

2,5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.III / CIII / C

24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h2) Threshold values for overvoltage and undervoltage separately adjustable3) ON-delay or OFF-delay function selectable

Page 50: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

482CDC110004C0202

2

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

045

8

K k

lL

2CD

C 2

52 0

29 F

000

3

Accessories for current monitors -Current transformerOrdering details

Operating principle, circuit diagram

Secondary current 1 A

Type Nominal/ Power/ Order code Pack. unit Priceprimary current class pieces 1 piece

50 A 2 VA/1 E4 450 116 10 175 A 2.5 VA/1 E4 450 116 11 1

100 A 2.5 VA/1 E4 450 116 12 1150 A 2.5 VA/1 E4 450 116 13 1200 A 2.5 VA/1 E4 450 116 14 1

200 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 117 10 1300 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 117 11 1400 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 117 12 1500 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 117 13 1600 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 117 14 1

Secondary current 5 A

Type Nominal/ Power/ Order code Pack. unit Priceprimary current class pieces 1 piece

50 A 2 VA/1 E4 450 116 50 175 A 2.5 VA/1 E4 450 116 51 1

100 A 2.5 VA/1 E4 450 116 52 1150 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 116 53 1200 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 116 54 1

200 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 117 50 1300 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 117 51 1400 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 117 52 1500 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 117 53 1600 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 117 54 1

Load current

Load

Page 51: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

492CDC110004C0202

2

Content

Phase loss monitor CM-PBE,phase monitor for over- and undervoltage CM-PVE

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 50

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 55

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Phase sequence monitors CM-PFE and CM-PFS

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 51

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 55

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Phase monitors for phase sequence, phase loss, over- and undervoltageCM-PFN and CM-PVN

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 52

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 56

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Phase unbalance monitors CM-ASS, CM-ASN

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 53

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 57

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Multifunctional three-phase monitors for phase sequence, phase loss,over- and undervoltage, phase unbalance CM-MPS

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 54

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 57

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Three-phase monitors

Page 52: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

502CDC110004C0202

2

2CD

C 2

52 0

45 F

0003L1

L2

L3

N

13-14

t1

t2

< t1

t1

< t2

t2

t1

L1

L2

L3

13-14

t1

t2

< t1

t1

< t2

t2

t1

1SV

R 5

50 8

82 F

950

0

CM-PVE

1SV

R 5

50 8

70 F

940

0

2CD

C 2

52 0

46 F

0003

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

011

21S

VC

110

000

F 0

113

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

011

21S

VC

110

000

F 0

113

2CD

C 2

52 0

47 F

0003

2CD

C 2

52 0

48 F

0003

t1

t2

< t1

t1

< t2

t2

t1

t1

t2

< t1

t1

< t2

t2

t1

Phase loss monitor CM-PBEPhase monitor for over- and undervoltage CM-PVEOrdering details

The CM-PBE phase loss monitor is used to monitor supply voltages for phase loss (Vmeas < 60 % xVnom). If all three phases are present, the output relay is energized. If the above fault occurs, the outputrelay is de-energized and the yellow LED turns off. The relay is re-energized automatically as soon asthe voltage returns to the nominal range, taking into account a fixed hysteresis.The version with neutral monitoring can also be used in single-phase networks by jumpering the threephase terminals (L1, L2, L3) and connecting only one phase.

Type Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece

kg/lb

CM-PBE with neutral monitoring 1SVR 550 881 R 9400 1 0.075/0.17without neutral monitoring 1SVR 550 882 R 9500 1 0.075/0.17

R: yellow LED -relay status

Monitoring of three-phaseand single-phase supplyvoltage for phase loss

Optionally with neutralmonitoring

No phase sequencemonitoring

Voltage monitoring range:L1-L2-L3: 3 x 380-440 V ACL-N: 220-240 V AC

1 n/o contact

LED for status indication

without neutral monitoring

Three-phase monitoring with neutral

Three-phase monitoring without neutral

with neutral monitoring

L1-L2-L3 (-N) Measuring circuit

13-14 Output contactClosed-circuitprinciple

The CM-PVE phase monitor is used to monitor supply voltages for undervoltage, overvoltage andphase loss. If all three phases are present with correct voltage, the output relay is energized. If one ofthe above faults occurs, i. e. if the voltage [L-L (L-N)] exceeds the voltage value Vmax (460 V / 265 V) orfalls below the voltage value Vmin (320 V / 185 V), the output relay is de-energized and the yellow LEDturns off.The relay is re-energized automatically as soon as the voltage returns to the tolerance range, taking intoaccount a fixed hysteresis of 5 %. The product with neutral monitoring can also be used in single-phasenetworks by jumpering the three phase terminals (L1, L2, L3) and connecting only one phase.

Type Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece

kg/lb

CM-PVE with neutral monitoring 1SVR 550 870 R 9400 1 0.075/0.17without neutral monitoring 1SVR 550 871 R 9500 1 0.075/0.17

R: yellow LED -relay status

Monitoring of three-phaseand single-phase supplyvoltage for overvoltage,undervoltage and phaseloss

Optionally with neutralmonitoring

No phase sequencemonitoring

Voltage monitoring range:L1-L2-L3: 3 x 260-480 V ACL-N: 150-275 V AC

1 n/o contact

LED for status indication

without neutral monitoring

Three-phase monitoring with neutral

Three-phase monitoring without neutral

with neutral monitoring

L1, L2, L3, NVmax.-5%Vnom.+ 5%Vmin.

13-14

L1, L2, L3Vmax.-5%Vnom.+ 5%Vmin.

13-14

L1-L2-L3 Measuring circuit

13-14 Output contactClosed-circuitprinciple

L1-L2-L3(-N) Measuring circuit

13-14 Output contact -Closed-circuitprinciple

L1-L2-L3 Measuring circuit

13-14 Output contact -Closed-circuitprinciple

• Technical data ..................................................................................... 55 • Dimensional drawing .................................................... 109

t1 = 500 ms

t2 = 150 ms

t1 = 500 ms

t2 = 150 ms

t1 = 500 ms

t2 = 500 ms

t1 = 500 ms

t2 = 500 ms

Functional diagrams CM-PBE Connection diagrams CM-PBE

Functional diagrams CM-PVE Connection diagram CM-PVE

Page 53: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

512CDC110004C0202

2

1SV

R 5

50 8

24 F

910

0

CM-PFE

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

011

6

CM-PFS

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

011

7

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

011

9

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

011

8

1SV

R 4

30 8

24 F

930

0

Phase sequence monitorsCM-PFE, CM-PFSOrdering details

The CM-PFE phase sequence monitor is used to monitor three-phase supply voltages for incorrectphase sequence. The output relay remains energized with correct phase sequence.It resets and the yellow LED turns off in case of incorrect phase sequence or phase loss.In case of motors which continue running with only two phases, the CM-PFE detects phase loss if thereverse feeded voltage is less than 60% of the nominal voltage. For applications where a reverse feededvoltage > 60% is expected we recommend to use our device with monitoring phase unbalance function.

R: yellow LED -relay status

Monitoring of three-phasesupply voltage for phasesequence and phase loss

No delay

Continuous voltage range3 x 208-440 V 50/60 Hz

1 c/o contact

LED for status indication

Type Supply voltage = Order code Pack. unit Price Weightmeasuring voltage pieces 1 piece 1 piece

kg/lb

CM-PFE 3 x 208-440 V AC 50/60 Hz 1SVR 550 824 R 9100 1 0.075/0.17

The CM-PFS phase sequence monitor is used to monitor three-phase supply voltages for incorrectphase sequence. The output relay is energized and the yellow LED turns on if all phases are present inthe correct phase sequence (clockwise rotating field).The relay is de-energized and the yellow LED turns off in case of incorrect phase sequence or loss ofone phase. In case of motors which continue running with only two phases, the CM-PFS detects phaseloss if the reverse feeded voltage is less than 60% of the nominal voltage. For applications where areverse feeded voltage > 60% is expected we recommend to use our devices phase with phaseunbalance monitors.

R: yellow LED -relay status

Monitoring of three-phasesupply voltage for phasesequence and phase loss

No delay

Continuous voltage range3 x 200-500 V 50/60 Hz

2 c/o contacts

LED for status indication

Type Supply voltage = Order code Pack. unit Price Weightmeasuring voltage pieces 1 piece 1 piece

kg/lb

CM-PFS 3 x 200-500 V AC 50/60 Hz 1SVR 430 824 R 9300 1 0.150/0.33

L1-L2-L3 Measuring circuit3 x 200-500 V AC50/60 Hz

1115-1216 /1418, Output contact -2125-2226/2428 Closed-circuit

principle

ATTENTIONIf several CM-PFS units are placed side by side and thesupply voltage is higher than 415 V, spacing of at least10 mm has to be kept between the individual units.

L1, L2, L3

15/1815/1625/2825/26

L1, L2, L3

11/1411/12

L1-L2-L3 Measuring circuit3 x 208-440 V AC50/60 Hz

11-12/14 Output contactClosed-circuitprinciple

• Technical data ....................................... 55,56 • Dimensional drawings .......................... 109 • Accessories .................................. 109

Functional diagram CM-PFE Connection diagram CM-PFE

Functional diagram CM-PFS Connection diagramCM-PFS

Page 54: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

522CDC110004C0202

2

CM-PFN

L1 L2 L3

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

012

4

CM-PVN

SV

R 4

50 3

01 F

150

01S

VR

450

311

F 0

500

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

012

01S

VC

110

000

F 0

122

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

012

11S

VC

110

000

F 0

123

2CD

C 2

52 0

23 F

000

3

The phase monitors CM-PFN and CM-PVN are used to monitor three-phase supply voltages for incorrectphase sequence, overvoltage, undervoltage and loss of one phase. If one of the above faults occurs, theoutput relay is de-energized and the LEDs indicate the type of fault. In case of correct phase sequence andvoltage, the output relay is energized.CM-PFN: The output relay is de-energized if the voltage exceeds 1.1 times the rated value or falls below0.9 times the rated value. An operate delay time or a release delay time can be set for the overvoltageand undervoltage monitoring functions. The delay time is adjusted by means of a potentiometer.CM-PVN: The output relay is de-energized, if the voltage exceeds the rated value Vmax or falls below Vmin.The selector switch / is used to select the time delay. Switch position : The fault signalindicating that voltage has exceeded or dropped below the set value is suppressed for the set delaytime. Switch position : The fault signal is issued immediately and stored for the set delay time.Momentary undervoltage conditions are recognized and, for better evaluation, prolonged by the set time.The relay is re-energized automatically, if the voltage returns to the nominal value (or for CM-PVN if thevoltage returns into the adjusted voltage frame), taking into account the fixed hysteresis of 5 %.

Time function /

Time adjustment

>V: red LED -overvoltage

<V: red LED -undervoltage

P: red LED -phase loss, phaseprotection

U: green LED -supply voltage

R: yellow LED -relay status

Undervoltage threshold

Overvoltage threshold

Three-phase monitoring:phase sequence,overvoltage, undervoltage

CM-PFN: Voltage monito-ring range: 0.9-1.1 VN

(VN = 3 x 380 V or 3 x 400 V)

CM-PVN:3 voltage monitoring

ranges: 160 - 580 V3-phase over- and

undervoltage monitoring:Vmin and Vmax adjustable

Fixed switching hysteresisof 5 %

Selectable On- or OFF-delay on overvoltage orundervoltage: 0.1-10 s

2 c/o contacts

5 LEDs for statusindication

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weight50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece 1 piece kg/lb

Monitoring voltage 3 x 380 V / 50 HzCM-PFN 220 -240 V AC 1SVR 450 311 R 0400 1 0.300/0.66

380-415 V AC 1SVR 450 312 R 0400 1 0.300/0.66

Monitoring voltage 3 x 400 V / 50 HzCM-PFN 220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 311 R 0500 1 0.300/0.66

380-415 V AC 1SVR 450 312 R 0500 1 0.300/0.66

Monitoring voltage: Vmin 160-220 V AC 50/60 Hz, Vmax 220-300 V AC 50/60 HzCM-PVN 90-145 V AC 1SVR 450 300 R 1200 1 0.300/0.66

160-300 V AC 1SVR 450 301 R 1200 1 0.300/0.66

Monitoring voltage: Vmin 300-380 V AC 50/60 Hz, Vmax 420-500 V AC 50/60 HzCM-PVN 90-145 V AC 1SVR 450 300 R 1500 1 0.300/0.66

160-300 V AC 1SVR 450 301 R 1500 1 0.300/0.66300-500 V AC 1SVR 450 302 R 1500 1 0.300/0.66

Monitoring voltage: Vmin 350-430 V AC 50/60 Hz, Vmax 500-580 V AC 50/60 HzCM-PVN 90-145 V AC 1SVR 450 300 R 1700 1 0.300/0.66

300-500 V AC 1SVR 450 302 R 1700 1 0.300/0.66

Further voltages on request.

Phase monitorsCM-PFN, CM-PVNOrdering details

A1-A2 Supply voltage

L1, L2, L3 Monitoring voltage adjustableVmin/Vmax 160-220VAC / 220-300VAC

300-380VAC / 420-500VAC350-430VAC / 500-580VAC

15-16/18 Output contacts -25-26/28 Closed-circuit principle

A1/A2+10 %

Monitored +5 %voltage Vnom

L1, L2, L3 -5 %-10 %Level15/1815/16

25/2825/26

t = Delay time only effective for over- and undervoltage monitoring

OFF-delayed fault signal (instantaneous fault signal with storage)

ON-delayed fault signal

t = Delay time only effective for over- and undervoltage monitoring

OFF-delayed fault signal (instantaneous fault signal with storage)

ON-delayed fault signal

A1/A2Vmax

Monitored -5 %voltage VnomL1, L2, L3 +5 %

VminLevel15/1815/1625/2825/26

A1-A2 Supply voltage

L1, L2, L3 Monitoring voltageThresholds fixed to +/-10%

15-16/18 Output contacts -25-26/28 Closed-circuit principle

• Technical data ........................................... 56 • Dimensional drawings .......................... 109 • Accessories .................................. 109

Functional diagrams CM-PFN

Connection diagram CM-PFN

Functional diagrams CM-PVN

Connection diagram CM-PFN

Page 55: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

532CDC110004C0202

2

1SV

R 4

30 8

64 F

310

0

CM-ASN

1SV

R 4

50 3

20 F

050

0

CM-ASS

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

012

41S

VC

110

000

F 0

127

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

0126

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

0125

Functional diagram CM-ASS Connection diagram CM-ASS

Functional diagram CM-ASN Connection diagram CM-ASN

The phase monitors CM-ASS and CM-ASN are used to monitor three-phase supply voltages for phaseunbalance, phase loss (even if 95 % of the phase voltage is regenerated) and phase sequence.CM-ASS: The output relay is de-energized 500 ms after the adjusted phase unbalance level has beenexceeded or immediately after loss of one phase. The energized yellow LED indicates an energized outputrelay. The switching threshold for the permissible unbalance can be adjusted between 5 and 15 %.CM-ASN: The output relay is energized as long as the phases are balanced and the phase sequence iscorrect (clockwise rotating field). In case of a fault, i.e. if unbalancing exceeds the set threshold (5-15 %), the output relay is de-energized and the respective fault type is indicated by the LEDs. For theunbalance monitoring function a trip time delay of 0.1 to 10 s can be set with a potentiometer to preventunintended tripping, e.g. in case of short unbalancing during motor starting. In case of motors whichcontinue running with only two phases, reverse feeded voltage of more than 95% may be produced, sothe output relay may possibly not de-energize despite the loss of a phase.

Unbalance threshold

Timer adjustment

A: red LED -unbalanced

P: red LED -phase loss and phasesequence fault

U: green LED -supply volt.

R: yellow LED -relay status

CM-ASS:Fixed ON-delay of 0.5 sCM-ASN:Adjustable ON-delay from0.1-10 sAdjustable unbalancethreshold: 5-15 %CM-ASS:2 supply and measuringvoltage ranges of220-240 V and 380-415 V

CM-ASN: 5 monitoredthree-phase voltagesPhase sequence detectionCM-ASS: 1 c/o contactCM-ASN: 2 c/o contactsLED(s) for statusindication

Phase unbalance monitorsCM-ASS, CM-ASNOrdering details

unbalance

Vnom

unbalance

LevelL1, L2, L315/1815/16

L1, L2, L3 Monitoring voltage

Vnom 220-240 V AC380-415 V AC

15-16/18 Output contacts -Closed-circuit principle

A1-A2 Supply voltageL1, L2, L3 Monitoring voltageVnom 220-240 V AC

380-415 V AC440 V AC480-500 V AC600 V

15-16/18 Output contacts -25-26/28 Closed-circuit principle

A1/A2unbalanceVnom

unbalanceLevelL1, L2, L315/1815/1625/2825/26

t = ON-delay: 0.1-10 s, effective only in case of unbalancing

Type Supply voltage = Monitoring Order code Pack. unit Price Weightmonitoring voltage frequency pieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb

CM-ASS 3 x 220-240 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 430 864 R 1100 1 0.30/0.663 x 380-415 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 430 864 R 3100 1 0.30/0.663 x 220-240 V AC 60 Hz 1SVR 430 865 R 1100 1 0.30/0.663 x 380-415 V AC 60 Hz 1SVR 430 865 R 3100 1 0.30/0.66

Type Supply voltage Monitoring Order code Pack. unit Price Weightfrequency pieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb

Monitoring voltage: 3 x 220-240 V AC 50 Hz; 3 x 220-240 V AC 60 HzCM-ASN 110-130 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 450 320 R 0200 1 0.30/0.66

220-240 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 450 321 R 0200 1 0.30/0.66380-415 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 450 322 R 0200 1 0.30/0.66220-240 V AC 60 Hz 1SVR 450 421 R 0200 1 0.30/0.66

Monitoring voltage: 3 x 380-415 V AC 50 Hz; 3 x 380-415 V AC 60 HzCM-ASN 110-130 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 450 320 R 0500 1 0.30/0.66

220-240 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 450 321 R 0500 1 0.30/0.66380-415 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 450 322 R 0500 1 0.30/0.66220-240 V AC 60 Hz 1SVR 450 422 R 0500 1 0.30/0.66

Monitoring voltage: 3 x 440 V AC 60 HzCM-ASN 440 V AC 60 Hz 1SVR 450 423 R 0600 1 0.30/0.66

Monitoring voltage: 3 x 480-500 V AC 50 Hz; 3 x 480-500 V AC 60 HzCM-ASN 110-130 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 450 320 R 0700 1 0.30/0.66

220-240 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 450 321 R 0700 1 0.30/0.66 380-415 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 450 322 R 0700 1 0.30/0.66 500-550 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 450 932 R 0100 1 0.30/0.66 480-500 V AC 60 Hz 1SVR 450 424 R 0700 1 0.30/0.66

Monitoring voltage: 3 x 600 V AC 50 HzCM-ASN 600 V AC 60 Hz 1SVR 450 426 R 0800 1 0.30/0.66

• Technical data ........................................... 57 • Dimensional drawings .......................... 109 • Accessories .................................. 109

Page 56: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

542CDC110004C0202

2

2CD

C 2

51 0

05 F

0003

CM-MPS

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

012

01S

VC

110

000

F 0

122

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

011

9

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

051

21S

VC

110

000

F 0

656

Type Supply voltage = Monitoring Order code Pack. unit Price Weightmonitored voltage frequency pieces 1 piece 1 piece

kg/lb

Without neutral monitoring

CM-MPS 160-300 V AC 50/60 Hz 1SVR 430 884 R 1300 1 0.20/0.44300-500 V AC 50/60 Hz 1SVR 430 884 R 3300 1 0.20/0.44

With neutral monitoring

CM-MPS 90-170 V AC 50/60 Hz 1 SVR 430 885 R 1300 1 0.20/0.44180-280 V AC 50/60 Hz 1 SVR 430 885 R 3300 1 0.20/0.44

Multifunctional three-phase monitorsCM-MPSOrdering details

R: green LED -supply voltage, relay

F1: red LED -fault signal

F2: red LED -fault signal

- Overvoltage: F1- Undervoltage: F2- Unbalance: F1 and F2 on- Phase loss: F1 on, F2 flashes- Phase sequence: F1 and F2 flash alternately

Threshold adjustmentVmin/Vmax

Unbalance threshold2-15%

Time adjustment0.05-10 sPhase sequence and phaseloss are signalled withoutdelay.

Slide switch for selectingthe time delay function

ON-delay

OFF-delay

Three-phase monitoring:- Phase sequence- Phase loss- Overvoltage- Undervoltage- Phase unbalance

Adjustable over- andundervoltage thresholds

Available with or withoutneutral monitoring

Dual-frequency measuringinput 50/60 Hz

Powered by the measuringcircuit

2 c/o contacts

3 LEDs for statusindication

• Technical data ........................................... 57 • Dimensional drawings .......................... 109 • Accessories .................................. 109

The CM-MPS is a multifunctional three-phase monitor. It is able to monitor all phase parameters, such asthe phase sequence, phase loss, over- and undervoltage and phase unbalance.The threshold values for over- and undervoltage can be adjusted in the range of Vmin = 160-220 V andVmax. = 220-300 V for devices without neutral monitoring and Vmin = 90-220 V and Vmax. = 120-280 V fordevices with neutral monitoring.

The threshold value for phase unbalance can be adjusted from 2-15 %.

If one of the above faults occurs, the output relay is de-energized. The fault type is indicated by LEDs.

The adjustable trip delay of 0.05-10 s allows short-term suppression of fault signals thus preventinguninteded tripping.

The output relay is re-energized automatically if all parameters are back within the adjusted limits.

The selector switch / is used to select the time delay. Switch position : The fault signalindicating that voltage has exceeded or dropped below the set value is suppressed for the set delaytime. Switch position : The fault signal is issued immediately and stored for the set delay time.Momentary undervoltage conditions are recognized and, for better evaluation, prolonged by the set time.The relay is re-energized automatically, if the voltage returns to the nominal value (or for CM-PVN if thevoltage returns into the adjusted voltage frame), taking into account the fixed hysteresis of 5 %.

Version without neutral monitoring

L1-L2-L3 160-300 V Vmin = 160-220 VVmax = 220-300 V

L1-L2-L3 300-500 V Vmin = 300-380 VVmax = 420-500 V

Version with neutral monitoring

L1-L2-L3-N 90-170 V Vmin = 90-120 VVmax = 120-170 V

L1-L2-L3-N 180-280 V Vmin = 180-220 VVmax = 240-280 V

Under- and overvoltage thresholds

L1, L2, L3

15/1815/16

25/2825/26

Phase sequence / phase loss

+10 %Monitoring +5 %voltage Vnom

L1, L2, L3, (N) -5 %-10 %Level15/1815/1625/2825/26

t = Delay time, only effective for over- and undervoltage monitoring

Unbalance

Overvoltage / undervoltage

t = Delay time, only effective for over- and undervoltage monitoring

VmaxMonitoring -5 %voltage VnomL1, L2, L3, (N) +5 %

VminLevel15/1815/1625/2825/26

L1, L2, L3 Monitoring voltage

15-16/18 Output contacts-25-26/28 Closed-circuit

principle

without neutral monitoring

L1, L2, L3, N Monitoring voltage

15-16/18 Output contacts -25-26/28 Closed-circuit

principle

with neutral monitoring

Functional diagrams CM-MPS Connection diagrams CM-MPS

Page 57: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

552CDC110004C0202

2

Three-phase monitorsCM-PBE, CM-PVE, CM-PFETechnical data

CM-PBE CM-PVE CM-PFE

Supply circuit = meas. circuit L1-L2-L3 (-N) = meas. circuit L -L2-L3 (-N) = meas. circuit L1-L2-L3Supply voltage - power consumption supply voltage = measuring voltage

220-240 V AC 50/60 Hz 185-265 V AC 50/60 Hz 3 x 208-440 V AC approx. 15 VA380-440 V AC 50/60 Hz 320-460 V AC 50/60 Hz

Supply voltage tolerance -15 %...+15 % -15 %...+10 % -10 %...+10 %Supply voltage frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz (-10 %...+10 %) 50/60 Hz (-10 %...+10 %)Duty time 100 %

Measuring circuit L1-L2- L3-N L1 - L2 -L3 L1-L2- L3-N L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3Monitoring function phase loss over- and undervoltage phase sequence, phase lossMeasuring range, min.-max. 220-240 V AC 380-440 V AC 185-265 V AC 320-460 V AC 3 x 208-440 V ACThreshold threshold = 0,6 x VN fixed: Vmin: 185 V / 320 V; Vmax: 265 V / 460 V 0.6 x VN

Hysteresis related to threshold value adjustment 5 % fixed (release value = 0.65 x VN) fixed: Vmin: 194 V / 336 V; Vmax: 252 V / 437 VMeasuring voltage frequency 50/60 Hz (-10 %...+10 %) 50/60 Hz (-10 %...+10 %) 50/60 HzMax. measuring cycle time 40 ms 80 ms 500 msMeas. error within supply voltage tolerance ≤ 0.5 %Meas. error within temperature range ≤ 0.06 % / °C

Timing circuitDelay time power-up delay 500 ms (+/-20 %), fixed power-up delay 500 ms (+/-20 %), fix 500 ms

ON-delay 150 ms (+/-20 %) ON-delay at over-/undervoltage 500 ms (+/-20 %)

Indication of operational statesOutput relay energized R: yellow LED

Output circuits 13-14 11-12/14Number of contacts 1 n/o contact 1 c/o contactOperating principle 1) closed-circuit principleContact material AgCdoRated voltage acc. to VDE0110, IEC947-1 250 VMin. switching voltage - - -Max. switching voltage 250 V AC, 250 V DCMin. switching current - - -Rated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 Aacc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A

DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 ADC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A

Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycleselectrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles

Short circuit proof, n/c contact 10 A fast, operating class gLmax. fuse rating n/o contact 10 A fast, operating class gL

General dataWidth of enclosure 22.5 mmWire size 2 x 1.5 mm2 (2 x 16 AWG) stranded wire with wire end ferruleMounting position anyDegree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20Operating temperature -20 °C ... +60 °CStorage temperature -40 °C ... +85 °CMounting DIN rail (EN 50022)

StandardsProduct standard IEC 255-6, EWN 60255-6EMC Directive 89/336/EECElectromagnetic compatibility

acc. to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 - 6 kV/ 8 kVHF radiation resistance

acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 - 10 V/mBurst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 - 2 kV / 5 kHzSurge acc. to IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 4 - 2 kVL-LHF line emission

acc. to IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 - 10 VLow Voltage Directive 73/23/EECOperational reliability acc to. IEC 68-2-6 6 gMechanical shock resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 10 g

Approvals cULus, GOST, C-Tick

Isolation dataRated insulation volt. between supply, measuring 400 V 400 V 500 Vand output circuits acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1Rated impulse withstand voltage between allisolated circuits acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664 4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µsTest voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.Pollution category

acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III / COvervoltage category

acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III / CEnvironmental testing acc. to IEC68-2-30 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h

Open-circuit principle: Output relay is energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.

Page 58: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

562CDC110004C0202

2

Three-phase monitorsCM-PFS, CM-PFN, CM-PVNTechnical data

CM-PFS CM-PFN CM-PVNSupply circuit = measuring circuit L1-L2-L3Supply voltage, power consumption supply voltage = measuring voltage

3 x 200-500 V AC 50/60 Hz approx. 15 VA 110-130 V AC 50/60 Hz approx. 3 VA 90-145 V AC approx. 3 VA220-240 V AC 50/60 Hz approx. 3 VA 160-300 V AC approx. 3 VA380-440 V AC 50/60 Hz approx. 3 VA

Supply voltage tolerance -15 %...+10 %Supply voltage frequency 50/60 HzDuty time 100 %

Measuring circuit L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3Monitoring function phase sequence, phase loss over- and undervoltage, phase sequence, phase lossMeasuring range, min.-max. 3 x 200-500 V AC 3 x 380 V AC 50 Hz, 3 x 400 V AC 50 Hz 160-300/300-500/350-580 V ACThreshold 0.6 x Vnom over- and undervoltage fixed: over- and undervoltage

0.85/1.1 x VN threshold adjustableHysteresis related to threshold value adjustment 5 % fixed (0.9/1.05 VN ) 5 % fixedMeasuring voltage frequency 50/60 Hz 50 Hz 50/60 HzMax. measuring cycle time 500 ms 80 msMeas. error within supply voltage tolerance ≤ 0.5 %Meas. error within temperature range ≤ 0.06 % / °C

Timer circuit Over- and undervoltage fault signalDelay time 500 ms adjustable from 0.1-10 s ON- or OFF delay (fault signal storage)Timing error within supply voltage tolerance - ≤5 %Timing error within temperature range - ≤0.06 %/°C

Indication of operational statesSupply voltage U: green LEDOutput relay energized R: yellow LEDOvervoltage / Undervoltage - >U: red LED / < U: red LEDPhase loss - P: red LEDPhase sequence - -Unbalance - -

Output circuits 11(15)-12(16)/14(18), 21(25)-22(26)/24(28) 15-16/18, 25-26/28Number of contacts 2 c/o contactsOperating principle 1) closed-circuit principleContact material AgCdoRated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 250 V 400 VMin. switching voltage - - -Max. switching voltage 250 V AC, 250 V DC 400 V AC, 400 V DCMin. switching current - - -Rated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 A 5 Aacc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A 3 A

DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 A 5 ADC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A 2.5 A

Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycleselectrical (AC2, 230V, 4A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles

Short circuit proof, n/c contact 10 A fast, operation class gL 5 A fast, operation class gLmax. fuse rating n/o contact 10 A fast, operation class gL 5 A fast, operation class gL

General dataWidth of enclosure 22.5 mm 45 mmWire size 2 x 1.5mm2 (2 x 16 AWG) stranded wire with wire end ferruleMounting position anyDegree of protection housing / terminals IP50 / IP20Operating temperature -20 °C...+60 °C -25 °C ... +65 °CStorage temperature -40 °C ... +85 °CMounting DIN rail (EN 50022)

StandardsProduct standard IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6EMC Directive 89/336/EECElectromagnetic compatibility

acc. to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 - 6 kV / 8 kVHF radiation resistance

acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 - 10 V/mBurst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 - 2 kV / 5 kHzSurge acc. to IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 4 - 2 kVL-LHF line emiss.

acc. to IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 - 10 VLow Voltage Directive 73/23/EECOperational reliability acc. to IEC 68-2-6 4 g 5 gMechanical shock resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 6 g 10 g

Approvals cULus, GL, GOST, C-TickIsolation dataRated insulation voltage between supply, measuringand output circuit acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 500 VRated impulse withstand voltage between allisolated circuits acc. to VDE 0110,IEC 664 4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µsTest voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5kV, 50Hz, 1min.Pollution category

acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III / COvervoltage category

acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III / CEnvironmental testing acc. to IEC 68-2-30 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h

Open-circuit principle: Output relay is energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.

Page 59: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

572CDC110004C0202

2

Three-phase monitorsCM-ASS, CM-ASN, CM-MPSTechnical data

CM-ASS CM-ASN CM-MPS= measuring circuit L1-L2-L3 = measuring circuit L1-L2-L3

supply voltage = measuring voltage3 x 220-240 V AC 50 Hz / 3 x 220-240 V AC 60 Hz approx. 2 VA 110-130/220-240 V AC 50/60 Hz approx. 3 VA 160-300 V AC 50/60 Hz3 x 380-440 V AC 50 Hz / 3 x 380-440 V AC 60 Hz approx. 2 VA 380-415/440/480-500 V AC 50/60 Hz approx. 3 VA 300-500 V AC 50/60 Hz

500-550/600 V AC 50/60 Hz approx. 3 VA-20 %...+20 % -15 %...+10 %50 Hz or 60 Hz 50/60 Hz

100 % 100 %

L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3voltage unbalance, phase sequence, phase loss over-/undervoltage, phase loss, phase sequence, unbalance

220-240 V AC or 380-415 V AC 220-240/380-415/440/ 480-500/600 V AC 160-300 V AC / 300-500 V AC / 2-15 %5-15 %, adjustable for unbalance over-/undervoltage threshold adjustable

unbalance threshold adjustable20 % fixed 5 % fixed

50 Hz or 60Hz 50/60 Hz500 ms < 100 ms 80 ms

≤ 0.5 %≤ 0.06 % / °C

signalling of fault type unbalance signalling of fault type over- and undervoltage, phase sequence, phase loss, unbalance 500 ms for unbalance signalling 0.1-10 s, adjustable, ON-delayed 0.1-10 s, adjustable

≤ 0.5 %≤ 0.06 % / °C

U: green LED R: green LED flashes during timingR: yellow LED R: green LED flashes during timing

F: red LED / F: red LED F1: red LED / F2: red LEDP: red LED F1 on, F2 flashesF: red LED F1 and F2 flash alternatelyA: red LED F1 and F2 on

15-16/18 15-16/18, 25-26/28 15-16/18, 25-26/281 c/o contact 2 c/o contacts

closed-circuit principleAgCdo

250 V 400 V 250 V- - -

250 V AC, 250 V DC 400 V AC, 400 V DC 250 V AC, 250 V DC- - -

4 A 5 A 4 A3 A 3 A 3 A4 A 5 A 4 A2 A 2,5 A 2 A

30 x 106 switching cycle0.1 x 106 switching cycle

10 A fast, operating class gL 5 A fast, operating class gL 10 A fast, operating class gL10 A fast, operating class gL 5 A fast, operating class gL 10 A fast, operating class gL

22.5 mm 45 mm 22.5 mm2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG) stranded wire with wire end ferrule

anyIP50 / IP20

-20 °C...+60 °C -25 °C...+65 °C -20 °C...+60 °C-40 °C...+85 °C

DIN rail (EN 50022)

IEC 255-6, EN 60255-689/337/EEC

level 3 - 6 kV / 8 kV

level 3 - 10 V/mlevel 3 - 2 kV / 5 kHz

level 4 - 2 kV L-L

level 3 - 10 V73/23/EEC

4 g 5 g 4 g6 g 10 g 6 g

cULus, GL, GOST, C-Tick cULus, GL, GOST, C-Tick cULus and GL (in preparation),GOST, C-Tick

500 V

4 kV/1.2-50 µs

2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.

III / C

III / C24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h

Open-circuit principle: Output relay is energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.

Page 60: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

582CDC110004C0202

2

Notes

Page 61: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

592CDC110004C0202

2

Content

Insulation monitoring in IT systems ..................................................................................... 60

Insulation monitors CM-IWN

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 61

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 66

Dimensional drawings ...................................................................................................... 68, 109

Insulation monitors C558

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 63

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 67

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 68

Insulation monitors forungrounded supply mains

Page 62: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

602CDC110004C0202

2

15L

A1 16

A1 15 S1

16 A218

18B2 A2

R <

S2

L B2

L1L2L3

N

15L

A1 16

A1 15 S1

16 A218

18B2 A2

R <

S2

L B2

LNPE

15L

A1 16

A1 15 S1

16 A218

18B2 A2

R <

S2

L B2

L1L2L3

2CD

C 2

52 0

28 F

000

3

CM

-IW

N-A

C

CM

-IW

N-A

C

CM

-IW

N-A

C

2CD

C 2

52 0

12 F

0004

2CD

C 2

52 0

11 F

0004

2CD

C 2

52 0

13 F

0004

Application and connection examples for the CM-IWN AC in IT and IT-N systems

Three-phase IT-N system Single-phase IT-N system Three-phase IT system

The IT system is supplied either by an isolation transformer or anindependent voltage source, such as a battery or a generator.

In this system no active conductor is directly connected to earthpotential.The advantage of this is that only a small fault current canflow in case of an insulation fault. This current is essentially causedby the system's leakage capacitance.

The system's fuse does not respond, thus maintaining the voltagesupply and therefore operation even in case of a phase-to-earthfault.

The high reliabilitity of an IT system is guaranteed thanks to

continuous insulation monitoring.

The insulation monitoring device recognizes insulation faults as theydevelop, and immediately reports that the value has fallen below theminimum. This prevents operational interruptions caused by asecond more severe insulation fault.

The following illustration shows the typical arrangement of an ITsystem.In IT-N systems the secondary side star point of the transformer isadditionally used as neutral.

The IT system with additional equipotential bonding and insulation monitoring equipment

Insulation monitoring in IT systemsInsulation monitors

Insulationmonitoring devicee.g. CM-IWN-AC

additionalequipotential bonding

Reset TestReset Test

Reset Testtransformer

supp

ly v

olta

ge

220-

240

V A

C

110-

130

V A

C

Page 63: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

612CDC110004C0202

2

CM-IWN-AC

1SV

R 4

50 0

75 F

000

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

073

6

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

046

1

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

073

7

Insulation monitors for ungrounded AC mainsCM-IWN-ACOrdering details

The CM-IWN-AC monitors the insulation resistance between ungrounded AC systems and ground po-tential. It is designed for insulation resistances to be monitored from 1 to 110 kΩ, divided into two ranges.The desired range is selected with a front-mounted switch. The output relay is energized and the LEDlights up as soon as the insulation resistance falls below the threshold value. The relay is reset (de-ener-gized) automatically if the measured insulation resistance exceeds 1.6 times the threshold value.

TestAn earth-leakage fault can be simulated using the front-mounted "Test" button. A remote test button canbe connected via the terminals S1- . Tripping is caused by closing a n/o contact.

OperationThe CM-IWN-AC is used to monitor the insulation resistance of single-phase or three-phase AC supply volta-ges. It is primarily used to monitor auxiliary circuits that are electrically isolated from ground. The CM-IWN-AC monitors the insulation resistance between ungrounded AC supply voltages and the protective earthconductors. A superimposed DC measuring voltage is used for measurement.

Fault storageBy jumpering the terminals S1 and S2, fault tripping can be stored. Remote reset can be implemented byconnecting a pushbutton to S1 and S2. Pressing the button then resets storage of the tripped state.

AttentionThe CM-IWN-AC is designed for AC supply voltages. Rectifiers, that are connected in series, should beelectrically isolated from the measuring relay.

Functional diagram CM-IWN-AC

Supply A1/A2;A1/B2

Spring contact S1/S2store, reset

Front-mtd. button or remote button Reset, test S1/

Insulation resistance Rof the supplySet response 1,6xRxthreshold R xc/o contact 15/18

15/16

tT test > approx. 300 ms

Tripping time Range selector switch

Response threshold

1-110 kΩ,

U: green LED -supply voltage

F: red LED -relay status

Test button: "Test - Reset"

2 measuring ranges from1-110 kΩTripping storage

Suitable for insulationmonitoring of single- andthree-phase ungrounded ACsystems

Functional test by means offront-mounted test button orvia remote test button

VDE 0413/T.2

1 c/o contact, open-circuitprinciple

2 LED for status indication

Operating principle

The supply voltage is feeded via terminals A1-A2 (A1-B2).This can be the voltage supplied from the system to bemonitored. The CM-IWN superimposes DC-voltage on thesystem to be monitored via the terminals L and (onephase or, if available, the neutral).In case of earth-leakage the resistance of the systemagainst earth potential changes. The resulting earth-leakagecurrent overcomes the insulation resistance. If this earth-leakage current exceeds the adjusted response threshold,the output relay is energized with delay (see characteristic)and the red "fault" LED lights up.

Fields of application

The insulation resistance monitor CM-IWN-AC is mainlyused in industrial applications with electrically insulatied ACsystems for the measurement of an occurring first isolationfault. This can prevent the installation from incorrectoperation caused by a possible second isolation fault.The resistances R1 and R2 correspond to two subsequentisolated faults (see drawing). In this case, the resistancesare connected in series related to earth potential whichwould prevent contactor K2 from being de-energized (fault!)although auxiliary contact K1 is open. This incorrectoperation may cause considerable faults within theinstallation.

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece

kg/lb

CM-IWN-AC 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 075 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66110-130 V, 220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 071 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66

R1

R2

• Technical data ........................................... 66 • Dimensional drawings .................... 68, 109 • Accessories .................................. 109

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

046

2

tA = Delay timeRim= Measured insulation resistanceRis= Adjusted insulation resistance

Page 64: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

622CDC110004C0202

2

CM-IWN-DC

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

012

8

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

012

9

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

073

9

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

051

5

1SV

R 4

50 0

65 F

000

0

AC

DC

L

N

L+

L-

2CD

C 2

52 0

40 F

0003

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece

kg/lb

CM-IWN-DC 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 065 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66

Selector switch for open- orclosed circuit principle

Response threshold1-110 kΩ,

U: green LED -supply voltage

L+: red LED -fault insulation resistance

L-: red LED -fault insulation resistance

Test button: "Test - Reset"

Test button: "Test - L-"

Insulation resistancemonitoring in ungroundedpure DC systems from24-240 V DCContinuously adjustablemeasuring range 10-110 kΩFront-mounted selectorswitch for open- or closed-circuit principleFront-side and externaltest-reset feature1 c/o contact3 LEDs for status indication

The CM-IWN-DC is designed for insulation resistance monitoring in ungrounded, pure DC supplysystems with or without filtering. Due to its electrical isolation between the supply circuit and themeasuring circuit, it can be supplied either by an external auxiliary voltage or by the supply voltage to bemonitored. Insulation resistance faults are evaluated separately for L+ or L- and displayed by LEDs. Dueto its measuring principle, the CM-IWN-DC is not able to detect balanced earth-leakage faults. Theresponse threshold is adjustable in a range from 10-110 kΩ. If the insulation resistance falls below the setresponse threshold, the relay is energized and the error LED lights up.

TestAn insulation fault can be simulated using the "Test" button. If the test button is pressed, the output relayis energized. A remote test button for L+ can be connected via terminals S1-S3 (S4-S3 for L-).

Fields of applicationThe CM-IWN-DC is mainly used to monitor DC auxiliary circuits that are electrically isolated from primarysupply voltage circuits as well as installations powered by batteries.

Fault storageBy jumpering the terminals S2-S3, fault tripping can be stored. Remote reset can be implemented by con-necting a pushbutton to S2 and S3. Pressing the button then resets storage of the tripped state.

tT test approx. 1 s

A1/A2Front-mounted reset button ResetTest L+ L+ and L-/test L+Front-mounted button Test L-test L- S3/S4Remote connection test L-Remote connection test L+ S3/S1Remote connection S3/S2store, resetInsulation resistance of the R 1,6xRxsystem, adjusted responsethreshold Rx L+(L-)/ RxFront-mounted switch-

open-circuit principle closed-circuit principle

15/1815/16

Functional diagram CM-IWN-DC

A1-A2 Supply voltage

L+,L- Measuring circuit

S1,S2, Control inputsS3,S4

15-16/18Output contacts -Open- or closed-circuit principle,selectable

Insulation monitor for ungrounded DC mainsCM-IWN-DCOrdering details

Application and connection example

• Technical data ........................................... 66 • Dimensional drawings .......................... 109 • Accessories .................................. 109

Connection digram CM-IWN-DC

24-2

40 V

AC

/DC

supp

ly v

olta

ge

Page 65: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

632CDC110004C0202

2

C558.01

A1 A2

KE

L1 L2 LT1 LT2 PT

12 21 22 2411 14

KAL2L1

R <

KA

1SA

R 4

70 0

20 F

000

5

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

051

6

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

0469

A1-A2 Supply voltage

L1-L2-KA Measuring circuit

KE, PE connection

PT External test button

LT1-LT2 External reset button or bridge for fault storage

11-12/14 c/o contacts

21-22/24 Open- or closed-circuit principle, selectable

Type Supply voltage Vc Order code Pack. Price Weigtunit 1 piece 1 piece

pieces kg/lb

C 558.01 230 V AC 1SAR 470 020 R 0005 1 0.40/0.88C 558.01 90-132 V AC 1SAR 470 020 R 0004 1 0.40/0.88

Fields of application

Industrial control systems

Automation systems

Machine control systems

Control systems in power plants and powersupply companies

Computer networks

Mobile generators

Elevator control systems

Lighting systems

Modern control voltage systems frequently contain DC components and high system leakagecapacitances due to interference suppression arrangements. These circumstances must be taken intoaccount when selecting the insulation monitoring device.The C558.01 guarantees reliable insulation monitoring of modern systems. Pure AC systems, pure DCsystems as well as AC/DC systems can be monitored.

Response values and measuring circuit

Type Response Response Meas. Meas. Internal Nom. system voltagevalue Ron time 1) voltage current resistance 2)

C 558.01 10-200 k 5 s 13 V 0.1 mA 120/94 k DC and AC0 - 300 V 15-400 Hz

0-300 V

1) Response times at 1 µF system leakage capacitance2) DC internal resistance / impedance

Measuring principle

The C558.01 operates with a variant of a pulsemeasuring principle. This measuring principleensures reliable monitoring of modern controlvoltage systems. The frequency range of thesystem to be monitored may extend from15-400 Hz.

Standards

The C558.01 complies with the standardsDIN 57413 T8 / VDE 0413 T8, IEC 61557-8,EN 61557-8 and ASTM F1669M-96.

When installing the device, the safety instructionssupplied with the equipment have to be observed!

Insulation monitoring of AC,DC and AC/DC IT systemsVoltage ranges up to300 V AC and 300 V DCAutomatic adaptation to thesupply system conditionsConnection monitoringAdjustable responsethreshold 10 - 200 kΩCombined test and resetbuttonSelection between open-and closed-circuit principleFault storage selectableSealable enclosure2 c/o contacts3 LEDs for status indication

Fault indications

Indication Alarm LED Alarm relay

+ -

AC fault x x x

DC fault L+ x x

DC fault L- x x

Interruption o o x/KE or

L1/L2

o = flashingx = continuously on

Insulation monitors for ungrounded mixed AC/DC systemsC 558.01Ordering details

Measuring time

Enclosure width 45 mm

CE = System leakage capacitanceRF = Insulation faultt = Measuring time

Insulation monitoring device for AC IT systems with DC components and forDC IT systems

• Technical data ............................................................................ 67 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................. 68

Connection digram C558.01

Page 66: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

642CDC110004C0202

2

C 558.02

2CD

C 2

52 0

24 F

000

3

A1 A2

KE M+

L1 L2 11 12

PT LT2 21 22

14

24M- LT1

L3L2L1

R <

KA

1SA

R 4

71 0

20 F

000

51S

VC

110

000

F 0

526

C 558.10

Type Supply voltage Vc Order code Pack unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece

kg/lb

C 558.02 230 V AC 1SAR 471 020 R 0005 1 0.35/0.77C 558.02 90-132 V AC 1SAR 471 020 R 0004 1 0.35/0.77

Accessories (external k meter)

C 558.10 1SAR 477 000 R 0100 1 0.20/0.44

Response delay

Type *) Response time in *) Response time in Max. system leakagethe range of 10-200 k the range of 1-20 k capacitance

C 558.02 < 1 s < 3 s 20 µF

*) Response times acc. to IEC 61557-8 at RF = 0.5 x Ran and 1 µF system leakage capacitance.

Standards

The C558.02 complies with the standardsDIN 57413 Bl.2 / VDE 0413 T2, IEC 61557-8,EN 61557-8 and ASTM F1207-89.

When installing the device, the safety instructionssupplied with the equipment have to be observed!

Insulation monitoring ofungrounded single-phaseand three-phase AC ITsystems up to 793 VAdjustable threshold1 - 200 kΩCombined test and resetbuttonConnection monitoringSelection between open-and closed-circuit principleFault storage selectableSealable enclosureConnection of externalmeter possible2 c/o contacts

LED bar graph indicator

LEDs for status indication

Selecting the adjustment range

Changing the setting range from x 1 k to x 10 k,automatically changes the indication of the kvalues on the LED bar graph indicator:

Range x 1 k: Meter scale point x 1 k.

Range x 10 k: Meter scale point has to bemultiplied by 10.

Insulation monitor for AC IT systems

Single-phase and three-phaseAC systems without DCcomponents

Uncontrolled motor drives

Building installation

Simple machine drives

Generating sets, mobile generators

Power supply for public arenas

Lighting systems

Air ventilation and air conditioning systems

The standard power supply system is a pure AC system. It neither contains converters nor DCcomponents. The leakage capacitance is relatively low, i.e. usually it is below 1µF, sometimes slightlyabove this value.

The C558.02 can be used to monitor such systems with voltages of up to 793 V. The responsethreshold can be adjusted in a wide range, selectable from 1-20 kΩ or 10-200 kΩ.

Measuring principle

Superimposed DC voltage with reversingstage.

A K without function

A1-A2 Supply voltage

L1-L2-KA Measuring circuit

KE, PE connection

M+/M- External measuring instrument

PT External test button

LT1-LT2 External reset button or bridge for fault storage

11-12/14 c/o contacts

21-22/24 Open- or closed-circuit principle, selectable

Field of application

Enclosure width 99 mm

Insulation monitors for ungrounded AC systemsC 558.02Ordering details

• Technical data ............................................................................ 67 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................. 68

Connection digram C 558.02

Page 67: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

652CDC110004C0202

2

C558.03

2CD

C 2

52 0

25 F

000

3

1SA

R 4

72 0

20 F

000

51S

VC

110

000

F 0

526

A1 A2

KE M+

L1 L2 11 12

T R2 21 22

14

24M- R1

L3L2L1

R <

KE

C 558.10

Response delay

Type *) Response time in *) Response time in Max. system leakagethe range of 2-6 k the range of 6-500 k capacitance

C 558.03 < 8-35 s < 8-12 s 50 µF

*) Response times acc. to IEC 61557-8 at RF = 0.5 x Ran and 1 µF system leakage capacitance.

Measuring principle

Superimposed DC voltage with reversing stage.

Standards

The C558.03 complies with the standardsDIN 57413 Bl.2 / VDE 0413 T2, IEC 61557-8,EN 61557-8 and ASTM F1207-89.

When installing the device, the safety instructionssupplied with the equipment have to be observed!

Insulation monitoring of AC,DC and AC/DC IT systemsConnection monitoringAlarm or system faultindication selectableAMP measuring method(applied for EP)Automatic adaptation to thepower system2 continuously adjustableresponse thresholds2-50 kΩ and 20-500 kΩCombined test and resetbuttonSelection between open-and closed-circuit principleFault storage selectableSealable enclosure acc. toVDE 0106 T 101Environmental conditionscomply with EN 501552 x 1 c/o contactLED bar graph indicatorLEDs for status indication

Fault indications

Indication Alarm LED Alarm relay+ -

ALARM x x xInsulation fault AC

ALARM x xInsulation fault DC(L+)

ALARM x xInsulation fault DC(L-)

Interruption o o xL1/L2 or KE

o = flashingx = continuously on

Industrial control systemsAutomation systems

Machine control systems

Control systems in power plants and powersupply companies

Computer networks

Mobile generators

Elevator control systems

Lighting systems

Type Supply voltage Vc Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece

kg/lb

C 558.03 230 V AC 1SAR 472 020 R 0005 1 0.40/0.88C 558.03 90-132 V AC 1SAR 472 020 R 0004 1 0.40/0.88

Accessories (external k meter)

C 558.10 1SAR 477 000 R 0100 1 0.20/0.44

A1-A2 Supply voltage

L1-L2 Measuring circuit

KE, PE connection

M+/M- External measuring instrument

T External test button

R1-R2 External reset button or bridge for fault storage

11-12/14 c/o contacts

21-22/24 Open- or closed-circuit principle, selectable

Application in modern control voltage systems

Insulation monitor for AC and DC IT systems

The C558.03 monitors the insulation resistance of IT systems (ungrounded systems) with voltages of upto 690 V AC or 400 V DC. It can be universally used in AC, DC or mixed power systems.Measurement is not influenced by interference suppression measures and capacitances of up to 20µFto earth which are caused by long supply lines. The implemented AMP measuring method guaranteesreliable insulation monitoring even in power systems with fixed frequency converters (output and inputfrequency are static).

Enclosure width 99 mm

Insulation monitors for ungrounded AC and DC systemsC 558.03Ordering details

• Technical data ............................................................................ 67 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................. 68

Connection digram C 558.03

Page 68: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

662CDC110004C0202

2

CM-IWN-AC CM-IWN-DCSupply circuitSupply voltage - power consumption

24-240 V AC/DC A1-A2 approx. 8 VA / 2 W approx. 8 VA / 2 W110-130 V AC A1-B2 approx. 3 VA220-240 V AC A1-A2 approx. 3 VA

Supply voltage tolerance -15 %...+10 %Supply voltage frequency AC/DC version 15-400 Hz or DCSupply voltage frequency AC version 50-60 HzDuty time 100 %

Measuring circuitMonitoring function Insulation monitoring within electrically isolated...

AC systems DC systemsMeasuring range, threshold value min-max. 1-11 kΩ, 10-110 kΩ 10-110 kΩInternal resistance min. 57 kΩAC internal resistance min. 100 kΩDC internal resistance min. 100 kΩTest resistance 820 ΩIsolation voltage (L-PE) max. 415 V AC 300 V DCMeasuring DC voltage max. 30 V DC 24-240 V DCCable length for reset-test button max. 10 mDelay time refer to ordering details page <1 s if insulation <0.9 x response threshold

Indication of operational statesSupply voltage U: green LEDInsulation fault F: red LED - output relay energized L+: red LED, L-: red LED

Output circuits 15-16/18Number of contacts 1 c/o contactOperational principle 1) open-circuit principle open- or closed-circuit principle selectableContact material AgCdORated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664-1, IEC 60947-1 250 VMin. switching voltage -Max. switching voltage 400 V AC, 300 V DCMin. switching current -Rated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 5 Aacc. to IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A

DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 5 ADC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A

Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycleselectrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles

Short circuit proof, n/c contact 4 A fast, operating class gLmax. fuse rating n/o contact 6 A fast, operating class gL

General dataWidth of enclosure 45 mmWire size 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x14 AWG) stranded wire with wire end ferruleWeight approx. 300 gMounting position anyDegree of protection housing / terminals IP50 / IP20Operating temperature -25 °C ... +65 °CStorage temperature -40 °C ... +85 °CMounting DIN rail (EN 50022)

StandardsProduct standards IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6EMC Directives 89/336/EEC, 91/263/EEC, 92/31/EEC, 93/68/EEC, 93/67/EECElectromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6 kV / 8 kVHF radiation resistance acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10(3)V/mBurst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2(1) kV / 5 kHzSurge acc. to IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 3 2(1) kV L-LHF line emission acc. to IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10(3) VLow Voltage Directive 73/23/EECOperational reliability acc. to IEC 68-2-6 5 gMechanical resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 10 gEnvironmental testing acc. to IEC 68-2-30 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h

Approvals C-Tick (under preperation), cULus, GL, GOST

Isolation dataRating acc. to HD 625.1 S1, VDE 0110, IEC 664-1, IEC 60255-5Rated insulation voltage between supply, meas. and output circuits 250 VRated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits 4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µsTest voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.Pollution category IIIOvervoltage category III

1 ) Open-circuit principle: Output relay is energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.

Insulation monitorsCM-IWN-AC, CM-IWN-DCTechnical data

Page 69: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

672CDC110004C0202

2

C 558.01 C 558.02 C 558.03Supply circuitSupply voltage - power consumption 115 V AC A1-A2 3 VA 3 VA 3 VA

230 V AC A1-A2 3 VA 3 VA 3 VASupply voltage tolerance -20...+15 % -20...+15 % -20...+15 %Supply voltage frequency 15-400 Hz 50-400 Hz 15-400 HzDuty time 100 % 100 % 100 %

Measuring circuitMonitoring function Insulation monitoring within electrically isolated ...

AC and DC supply systems AC supply systems AC and DC supply systemsMeasuring range, threshold value min-max. 10-200 k 1-200 k 2-500 kAC internal resistance min. 94 k 180 k 180 kDC internal resistance min. 120 k 200 k 200 kTest resistance - -Insulation voltage (L-PE) max. 290 V DC, 300 V AC 690 V 630 VMeasuring voltage / current max. 13 V / 0.47 mA 40 V / max. 200 µA 20 V / 100 µACable length for reset-test button LT1-LT2 max. - -Delay time max. 5 s 1 s / 3 s 8-35 s

Indication of operational statesSupply voltage ON: green LEDIsolation fault (IEC 1557-8, EN 60557-8, ASTM F-25.10.11) "+": red LED, "-": red LED

Output circuitsNumber of contacts 2 c/o contacts 2 c/o contacts 2 c/o contactsOperational principle 1) open- or closed-circuit principle selectableContact material - - -Rated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664-1, IEC 60947-1 250 V AC / 300 V DCMin. switching voltage - - -Max. switching voltage - - -Min. switching current - - -Rated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 5 Aacc. to IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 2 A

DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 5 ADC-13 (inductive) 24 V 0.2 A

Maximum lifetime mechanical - - -electrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 1.2 x104 switching cycles

Short circuit proof, n/c contact - - -max. fuse rating n/o contact - - -

General dataWidth of enclosure 45 mm 99 mm 99 mmWire size 0.2-4 mm2 solid wire, 0.2-2.5 mm2 stranded wire with wire end ferruleWeight approx. 350 g 400 g 350 gMounting position anyDegree of protection housing / terminals IP 30 / IP 20Operating temperature -10 °C ... +55 °CStorage temperature -40 °C ... +70 °CMounting DIN rail (EN 50022)

StandardsProduct standardEMC Directive 89/336/EECElectromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6 kV / 8 kVHF radiation resistance acc. to IEC 61000-4-3 level 3 10(3) V/mBurst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2(1) kV / 5 kHzSurge acc. to IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 2HF line emission acc. to IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10(3) VLow Voltage Directive 73/23/EECVibration resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 10-150 Hz / 0.15 mmm - 2 gOperational reliability (IEC 68-2-27, IEC 68-2-29)Environmental testing acc. to IEC 68-2-30

Approvals cULus cULus, GL

Isolation sdataRating acc. to HD 625.1 S1, VDE 0110, IEC 664-1, IEC 60255-5Rated insulation voltage between supply, meas. and output circuits 250 V 690 V 630 VRated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits 4 kV / 1.2-50 µs 6 kV / 1.2-50 µs 6 kV / 1.2-50 µsTest voltage between all isolated circuits 2 kV 3 kV 3 kVPollution category IIIOvervoltage category - - -

1 ) Open-circuit principle: Output relay is energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.

Insulation monitorsC 558Technical data

Page 70: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

682CDC110004C0202

2

2CD

C 2

52 0

14 F

0004

2CD

C 2

52 0

15 F

0004

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

017

7

C558.01 C558.02, C558.03

CM-IWN

4,3

Insulation monitorsDimensional drawings

Page 71: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2

692CDC110004C0202

Content

Motor load monitors CM-LWN

Fields of application ............................................................................................................... 70

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 71

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 72

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Motor load monitors

Page 72: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

702CDC110004C0202

2

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

047

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

047

31S

VC

110

000

F 0

471

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

047

2

maxmin

cos

L1/k L1/l L2 L3 15 25

A1 16 18 26 28A2 K1

U V WM 3

18 26 28 L1/l16 A2

15 25 L1/k L2A1 L3

L1L2L3N

18 26 28 L1/l16 A2

15 25 L1/k L2A1 L3

L1/k L1/l L2 L3 15 25

A1 16 18 26 28A2

maxmin

cos

K1

U1 U2M 1

LN

maxmincos

L1/k L1/l L2 L3 15 25

A1 1618 26 28A2

18 26 28 L1/l16 A2

15 25 L1/k L2A1 L3

L1L2L3N

50-60 Hz 110-500 V, 15-400 Hz

K1

U V WM 3

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

013

1

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

013

2

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

013

3

Motor load monitorsFields of application

The motor load monitor monitors the load states of single-phase andthree-phase asynchronous motors.The evaluation of the phase angle between current and voltageallows a very precise monitoring of the load states.

Main applications

Pump monitoring

Dry-running protection (underload)

Closed valves (overload)

Pipe break (overload)

Heating, air-conditioning, ventilation

Monitoring of filter pollutionV-belt breakage (underload)Closed shutters/valves (overload)

Air ventilating volume

Agitating machines

High consistency within the tank (overload)Pollution of the tank (overload)

Transport/Conveyance

Congested conveyor belts (overload)

Jamming of belts (overload)

Material accumulation in spiral conveyors (overload)

Lifting platforms

Machine installation

Wear of tools, e.g. worn saw blades in circular saws, etc.(overload)

Tool breakage (underload)

V-belt drives (breakage underload)

• Accessories: Current transformers ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 48

Compared with other conventional measuring principles(e.g. pressure transducers, current measurement),cos ϕ monitoring is a more precise and economical alternative.The motor is used as a sensor for its own load status.

Wiring examples (for motor currents 20 A)

Detected fault -installation is switched off

Startingtime delay

Filter pollution

Detected fault -installation is switched off

Startingtime delay

Startingtime delay

Detected fault -installation is switched off

V-belt monitoring

Startingtime delay

Detected fault -installation is switched off

Dry-running protection

Pump control

Response delay Response delay

Ventilator monitoring

Filter pollution

Page 73: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

712CDC110004C0202

2

CM-LWN

1SV

R 4

50 3

35 F

0100

TS TSTR TR TR

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

013

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

052

9

Motor load monitorsCM-LWNOrdering details

The CM-LWN module monitors the load status of inductive loads.

The primary application is the monitoring of single- or three-phase asynchronous motors (squirrel cage)under varying load conditions. The measuring principle is based on the evaluation of the phase shift (ϕ)between the voltage and the current in one phase.

The phase difference is nearly inversely proportional to the load. Therefore, cos ϕ, measured relativelyfrom 0 to 1, measures the relationship of effective power to apparent power. A value towards 0 indicateslow load and a value towards 1 indicates high load.

Threshold values can be set individually for cos ϕ max and cos ϕ min. If the set threshold value isreached, an LED lights up and the relay is de-energized.If cos ϕ returns to the acceptable limits (taking into account the hysteresis), the relay is reset to its origi-nal state and the LED flashes permanently to indicate the occurrence of the trip event. This message canbe deleted using the reset button or by switching off the supply.

A time delay (Time S) of 0.3 to 30 s can be set for the starting phase of the motor. It is also possible toset a response delay time (Time R) of 0.2 to 2 s to suppress unwanted tripping due to unavoidable shortload changes during normal operation.

To guarantee correct operation of the response delay (Time R), the adjusted value for cos ϕ max. has tobe higher than the value for cos ϕ min. plus the hysteresis. Consequently, the overload and underloadindication must not be active at the same time.

Due to the internal electrical isolation of the supply circuit and the measuring circuit, it is also possible touse the device in systems with different supply voltages.

Functional digram CM-LWN

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece

kg/lb

Current ranges: 0.05-5 A;

CM-LWN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 335 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 330 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 331 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66

380- 440 V AC 1SVR 450 332 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66480-500 V AC 1SVR 450 334 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66

Current ranges: 2-20 A;

CM-LWN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 335 R 0100 1 0.30/0.66110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 330 R 0100 1 0.30/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 331 R 0100 1 0.30/0.66380-440 V AC 1SVR 450 332 R 0100 1 0.30/0.66480-500 V AC 1SVR 450 334 R 0100 1 0.30/0.66

Response delay "Time R"

Threshold for load limit"cos ϕ min."

cos ϕ max: red LED -cos ϕ max exceeded

cos ϕ min: red LED -below cos ϕ min

Reset button

U: green LED -supply voltage

Threshold for load limit"cos ϕ max."

Starting delay "Time S"

Load status monitoring forasynchronous motors

Under- and overloadmonitoring cosϕ min. andcosϕ max. in one unit

Adjustable starting delay0.3-30 s

Direct measurement ofcurrents up to 20 A

Adjustable response timedelay 0.2-2 s

Single-phase or three-phasemonitoring

2 x 1 c/o contact, closed-circuit principle

3 LEDs for status indication

A1-A2Current in L1

con ϕ max.hysteresis

con ϕ min.15-1815-1625-2825-26

Reset buttonRed LED - cos ϕ min.

Red LED - cos ϕ max.

A1-A2 Supply voltage

L1K-L1L Measuring currentL2L3

15-16/18 Output contacts -underload (con ϕ min.)

25-26/28 Output contacts -overload (con ϕ max.)closed-circuitprinciple

• Technical data ........................................... 72 • Dimensional drwaings .......................... 109 • Accessories .................................. 109

Connection diagram CM-LWN

Page 74: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

722CDC110004C0202

2

CM-LWN

Supply circuitSupply voltage - power consumption A1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC approx. 8.4 VA/W

A1-A2 110-130 V AC approx. 3.6 VAA1-A2 220-240 V AC approx. 3.6 VAA1-A2 380-440 V AC approx. 3.6 VAA1-A2 480-500 V AC approx. 3.6 VA

Supply voltage tolerance -15 %...+10 %Supply voltage frequency AC version 50-60 HzSupply voltage frequency AC/DC version 15-400 Hz or DCDuty time 100 %

Measuring circuit L1l-L1k-L2-L3Monitoring function Load monitoring by phase shift evaluation

between current and voltageVoltage range L1k-L2-L3 110-500 V AC single-phase or three-phaseCurrent range L1l-L1k 0.5-5 A version 2-20 A versionPermissible overload of current input 25 A for 3 s 100 A for 3 sThreshold cos ϕmin and cos ϕmax adjustable from 0 to 1

Hysteresis (related to phase angle ϕ in °) 4°Frequency of measuring voltage 15-400 HzMax. measuring cyle time 300 ms

Timing circuits Indication of over- and undervoltage faultStart-up time (time_S) 0.3-30 s, adjustableResponse delay (time_R) 0.2-2 s, adjustableTiming error within supply voltage tolerance ≤ 0.5 %Timing error within temperature range ≤ 0.06 % / °C

Indication of operational statesSupply voltage U: green LEDbelow cos Phi min cos ϕ min: red LED

cos Phi max exceeded cos ϕ max: red LED

Output circuits 15-16/18, 25-26/28Number of contacts 2 x 1 change-over contactOperational principle 1) closed-circuit principleContact material AgCdORated voltage acc. to VDE0110, IEC664-1, IEC947-1 250 VMax. switching voltage 400 V AC, 300 V DCRated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 Aacc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A

DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 ADC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A

Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycleselectrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles

Short circuit proof, n/c contact 4 A fast operation class gLmax. fuse rating n/o contact 6 A fast operation class gL

General dataWidth of enclosure 45 mmWire size 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG) stranded wire with wire end ferruleMounting position anyDegree of protection housing/ terminals IP50 / IP20Operating temperature -25 °C ... +65 °CStorage temperature -40 °C ... +85 °CMounting DIN rail (EN 50022)

StandardsProduct standard IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, 91/263/EEC, 92/31/EEC, 93/68/EEC, 93/67/EECElectromagnetic compatibilityacc. to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6 kV / 8 kVHF radiation resistance acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/mBurst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kV / 5 kHzSurge acc. to IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 4 2 kV L-LHF line emission acc. to IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 VLow Voltage Directive 73/23/EECOperational reliability acc. to IEC 68-2-6 5 gMechanical resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 10 gEnvironmental testing acc. to IEC68-2-30 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h

Approvals C-Tick (under preperation), cULus, GL, GOST

Isolation dataRating acc. to HD 625.1 S1, VDE 0110, IEC 664-1, IEC 60255-5Rated insulation voltage between supply- , measuring- and output circuit 250 V, 400 V, 500 V depending on the versionRated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits 4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µsTest voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.Pollution category IIIOvervoltage category III

1 ) Open-circuit principle: Output relay is energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.

Motor load monitorCM-LWNTechnical data

Page 75: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

732CDC110004C0202

2

Content

Benefits and advantages ...................................................................................................... 74

Selection table ........................................................................................................................ 74

Thermistor motor protection relays CM-MSE

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 75

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 79

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Thermistor motor protection relays CM-MSS

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 75

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 79

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Thermistor motor protection relays CM-MSN

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 77

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 79

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

PTC sensor C 011

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 78

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 78

Thermistor motor protectionrelays

Page 76: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

742CDC110004C0202

2

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

013

9

Thermistor motor protection relaysBenefits and advantagesSelection table

Operating principle and fields of application for thermistor motor protection relaysThe CM range of thermistor motor protection relays are used tocontrol motors equipped with PTC temperature sensors. The PTCtemperature sensors are incorporated in the motor windings tomeasure the motor heating. This enables direct control andevaluation of the following operating conditions:

heavy duty startingincreased switching frequencysingle-phase operationhigh ambient temperatureinsufficient coolingbreak operationunbalance

The relay is independent of the rated motor current, the insulationclass and the method of starting.The PTC sensors are connected in series to the terminals Ta andTb (or Ta and Tbx without short-circuit detection). The number ofpossible PTC sensors per measuring circuit is limited by the sum ofthe individual PTC sensor resistances.

RG = R1 + R2 + RN ≤ 1.5 kΩ.Under normal operating conditions the resistance is below theresponse threshold. If only one of the PTC resistors heats upexcessively, the output relay is de-energized.If the autoreset function is configured, the output relay is re-energized automatically after cooling down.Devices with manual (pushbutton on front-side) or remote resetconfiguration have to be controlled via the control input by therequired signal.

Further applications:Temperature monitoring of equipment with PTC sensors integrated,such as

machine rolling bearings,

hot-air ventilators,

oil,

air,

heating installations, etc.

1) configurable via terminals2) Auto reset without non-volatile fault storage configurable by permanent jumpering of connection terminals S1-T2

Resistance characteristicfor one single temperature sensor acc. to DIN 44 081.

Type CM-MSE CM-MSS CM-MSS CM-MSS CM-MSS CM-MSS CM-MSS CM-MSS CM-MSN

Function

Measuring range

Number of sensorcircuits 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 6

Wire breakmonitoring • • • • • • • • •Short-circuitdetection - - - • 1) • • • • •Non-volatilefault storage

- - - - • 2) • 2) - • 2) • 2)

Operation/ Reset

Auto reset • • • • • 2) • 2) • 2) • 2) • 2)

Manual reset - - • • • • • • •Remote reset - - • • • • • • •Test button - - - • • • • • •Output contacts

Operational principle closed-circuit principle

Number / type 1 c/o 1 n/o + 1 n/c 1 n/o + 1n/c1 n/o 1 c/o 2 c/o 2 c/o 1 n/o + 1 n/c 2 c/o per accumulative accumulative

sensor circuit evaluation evaluation

Width of enclosure 22.5 mm 45 mm

Supply voltagesand order codes

24 V AC 1SVR550805R9300 1SVR430811R930024 V AC/DC 1SVR430800R9100 1SVR430810R9300 1SVR430710R9300110-130 V AC 1SVR550800R9300 1SVR430811R0300 1SVR430711R0300220-240 V AC 1SVR550801R9300 1SVR430801R1100 1SVR430811R1300 1SVR430711R1300380-440 V AC 1SVR430711R230024-240 V AC/DC 1SVR430720R0400 1SVR430720R0300 1SVR430710R0200 1SVR430720R0500 1SVR450025R0100

NAT = Nominal response temperature

Product overview: Thermistor motor protection relaysNEW

Page 77: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

752CDC110004C0202

2

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

014

2

1SV

R 4

30 8

01 F

110

02C

DC

251

012

F 0

003

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

014

1

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

014

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

014

1

1SV

R 4

30 8

11 F

130

01S

VR

430

811

F 1

300

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

014

3

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

014

4

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

051

9

2CD

C 2

52 0

41 F

0003

CM-MSE

X1

T2

S1

M

L1 L2 L3

3

T2

T1

X1

Thermistor motor protection relaysCM-MSE, CM-MSSOrdering details

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb

CM-MSS (1) 24 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 800 R 9100 1 0.15/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 801 R 1100 1 0.15/0.33

Reset

F: red LED -fault tripping

U: green LED -supply voltage

CM-MSE

Automatic resetConnection of several sensors(max. 6 sensors conn. in series)Monitoring of bimetals1 n/o contactExcellent cost / performance ratio

CM-MSS, 1c/o contact with automatic reset

Automatic resetConnection of several sensorsMonitoring of bimetals1 c/o contact2 LEDs for status indication

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb

CM-MSE 24 V AC 1SVR 550 805 R 9300 1 0.11/0.242110-130 V AC 1SVR 550 800 R 9300 1 0.11/0.242220-240 V AC 1SVR 550 801 R 9300 1 0.11/0.242

CM-MSS, 2 c/o contacts with reset button

Fault storage can be switched offReset buttonRemote reset2 c/o contacts2 LEDs for status indication

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weight1) not electrically isolated pieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb

CM-MSS (2) 24 V AC/DC1) 1SVR 430 810 R 9300 1 0.15/0.3324 V AC 1SVR 430 811 R 9300 1 0.15/0.33

110-130 V AC 1SVR 430 811 R 0300 1 0.15/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 811 R 1300 1 0.15/0.33

Fault storage can be switched offStorage reset buttonRemote resetShort-circuit monitoring of the sensorcircuit configurable2 c/o contacts2 LEDs for status indicationATEX approved II (2) G, PTB 02 ATEX 3080

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb

CM-MSS (3) 24 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 710 R 9300 1 0.15/0.33110-130 V AC 1SVR 430 711 R 0300 1 0.15/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 711 R 1300 1 0.15/0.33380-440 V AC 1SVR 430 711 R 2300 1 0.15/0.33

Fernrück-stellung

S1-T2 remote reset =no storage

T1-T2x measuringcircuit without short-

circuit monitoring

T1-T2 measuring circuitwith short-circuit

monitoring

• Technical data ....................................................................... 79 • Dimensional drawings ....................................................... 109• Accessories: PTC sensors .................................................... 78 • Accessories ....................................................................... 109

CM-MSS, 2 c/o contacts with reset button and short-circuit monitoring configurable

CM-MSS, 2 c/o contactswith configurable short-circuit monitoring

CM-MSS, 2 c/o contactswith reset button

A1-A2 Supply voltage

T1-T2 Sensor circuit

11-12/14 Output contact -Closed-circuit principle

A1-A2 Supply voltage

T1-T2 Sensor circuit

13/14 Output contact -Closed-circuit principle

A1-A2 Supply voltage

11-12/14 Output contacts21-22/24 Closed-circuit principle

A1-A2 Supply voltage

T1-T2 Sensor circuit

S1-T2 Remote resetX1-T2 jumper = no storage

11-12/14 Output contacts -21-22/24 Closed-circuit principle

CM-MSS, 1 c/o contactwith automatic reset

Page 78: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

762CDC110004C0202

2

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

014

6

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

014

8

1SV

R 4

30 7

20 F

040

0

2CD

C 2

52 0

16 F

0004

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

014

5

1SV

R 4

30 7

10 F

020

0

2CD

C 2

52 0

17 F

0004A1 11 21

S2/X2 T1 T2

S1/X1 12 1422 24 A2

T1 11A1 21

T2 12A2 14 22 24

Thermistor motor protection relayCM-MSSOrdering details

Type Supply voltage Order number Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb

CM-MSS (4)1-channel 1n/c, 1n/o 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 720 R 0400 1 0.15/0.33

CM-MSS (5)1-channel 2 c/o 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 720 R 0300 1 x

CM-MSS, 1-channel

Short-circuit monitoring of the sensorcircuitContinuous voltage range:24-240 V AC/DCNon-volatile storage in case of faultselectableStorage reset and test buttonRemote resetAutomatic reset configurableOutput contacts:1 n/c and 1 n/o or 2 c/o2 LEDs for status indication

CM-MSS (4): ATEX approved

II (2) G, PTB 02 ATEX 3080

CM-MSS (5):ATEX approval (pending)

CM-MSS, 2-channel, single evaluation

Short-circuit monitoring forthe sensor circuitsWide supply voltage range:24-240 V AC/DC2 separate sensor circuits for moni-toring of two motors or one motorwith 2 sensor circuits (prewarningand final switch off)Storage reset and test buttonAutomatic reset configurableOutput contacts: 2 x 1 c/o3 LEDs for status indication

ATEX approved

II (2) G, PTB 02 ATEX 3080

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb

CM-MSS (6) 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 710 R 0200 1 0.15/0.33

A1-A2 Supply voltage

T1-T2 Sensor circuit

S1-T2 Remote reset

13-14 Output contacts -21-22 Closed-circuit

principle

S1-T2 jumpered = no storage

Fer

nrüc

k-st

ellu

ng

jumper =no storage

A1-A2 Supply voltage

11-12/14, Output contacts -21-22/24 Closed-circuit principle

1T1-T2 Sensor circuit

CM-MSS, 2-channel

• Technical data ....................................................................... 79 • Dimensional drwaings ....................................................... 109• Accessories: PTC sensor ...................................................... 78 • Accessories ........................................................................ 109

Reset / Test button

to F1-F2: red LED -fault tripping 1 to 2

U: green LED -supply voltage

Reset / Test button

F: red LED -fault tripping

U: green LED -supply voltage

CM-MSS, 1-channel

A1-A2 Supply voltage

T1-T2 Sensor circuit

S1/X1-S2/X2 Reset

11-12/14 Output contacts -21-22/24 Closed-circuit

principle

Connection diagram CM-MSS,1-channel, 2 c/o

Connection diagram CM-MSS,1-channel, 1 n/c, 1 n/o

NEW

Page 79: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

772CDC110004C0202

2

1SV

R 4

50 0

25 F

040

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

015

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

052

1

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

014

7

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

014

9

1SV

R 4

30 7

20 F

050

0

Thermistor motor protection relayCM-MSS, CM-MSNOrdering details

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piece

pieces kg/lb

CM-MSN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 025 R 0100 1 0.23/0.506

Reset / Test button

to F1-F6: red LED -fault tripping F1 to F6

U: green LED -supply voltage

Short-circuit monitoring of thesensor circuitContinuous voltage range:24-240 V AC/DCNon-volatile storage configurableRemote resetAutomatic reset configurableStorage reset and test buttonOutput contacts: 1 n/c, 1 n/o7 LEDs for status indicationATEX approved

II (2) G, PTB 02 ATEX 3080

1T1...6T1-T2 Sensor circuits

S1-T2 Remote reset,jumper = no storage

A1-A2 Supply voltage

13-14 Output contacts -21-22 Closed-circuit

principle

CM-MSN, 6 sensor circuits

• Technical data ....................................................................... 79 • Dimensional drwaings ....................................................... 109• Accessories: PTC sensor ...................................................... 78 • Accessories ........................................................................ 109

CM-MSS, 6 sensor circuits, accumulative evaluation

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb

CM-MSS (7) 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 720 R 0500 1 0.15/0.33

Short-circuit monitoring forthe sensor circuitsContinuous supply voltage range24-240 V AC/DCNon-volatile storage configurableRemote resetAutomatic reset configurableStorage reset and test buttonOutput contacts: 1 n/c, 1 n/o4 LEDs for status indicationATEX approved

II (2) G, PTB 02 ATEX 3080

Reset / Test button

to F1-F3: red LED -fault tripping 1 to 3

U: green LED -supply voltage

Fer

nrüc

k-st

ellu

ng

1T1-T2 Sensor circuits2T1-T23T1-T2

S1-T2 Remote reset jumpered = no storage

CM-MSS, 3 sensor circuits, accumulative evaluation

A1-A2 Supply voltage

13-14 Output contacts -21-22 Closed-circuit principle

CM-MSS, 3 sensor circuits

Page 80: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

782CDC110004C0202

2

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

053

01S

VC

110

000

F 0

531

Characteristic data Sensor type C 011

Cold-state resistance 50 -150 Ω at 25 °C

Warm-state resistance± 5 up to 6 K of nom. temperature, TNF (NAT) 10 000 Ω

Thermal time constant, sensor open 1) 2.5 - 3.5 s

Short-circuit current density 50 A/mm2 max.

Max. permitted voltageat the sensor terminals 2.5 V max.

Permitted ambient temperature

short-term + 275 °C

continuously + 175 °C

1) Not embedded in windings.

General information

The PTC temperature sensors (temperature-dependent with positive temperature coefficient) areselected by the manufacturer of the motordepending on:

the motor insulation class according toIEC Publication 34-11the special characteristics of the motor, suchas the conductor cross-section of the windings,the permissible overload factor etc.special conditions prescribed by the user, suchas the permissible ambient temperature, risksresulting from locked rotor, extent of permittedoverload etc.

One temperature sensor must be embedded ineach phase winding. For instance, in case of three-phase squirrel cage motors, three sensors areembedded in the stator windings. For pole-changingmotors with one winding (Dahlander connection), 3sensors are also sufficient. Pole-changing motors

Triple temperature sensor C 011-3

C 011- 70 70 white-brown GHC 011 0003 R 0001 3 0.02/0.044C 011- 80 80 white-white GHC 011 0003 R 0002 3 0.02/0.044C 011- 90 90 green-green GHC 011 0003 R 0003 3 0.02/0.044C 011-100 100 red-red GHC 011 0003 R 0004 3 0.02/0.044C 011-110 110 brown-brown GHC 011 0003 R 0005 3 0.02/0.044C 011-120 120 gray-gray GHC 011 0003 R 0006 3 0.02/0.044C 011-130 130 blue-blue GHC 011 0003 R 0007 3 0.02/0.044C 011-140 140 white-blue GHC 011 0003 R 0011 3 0.02/0.044C 011-150 150 black-black GHC 011 0003 R 0008 3 0.02/0.044C 011-160 160 blue-red GHC 011 0003 R 0009 3 0.02/0.044C 011-170 170 white-green GHC 011 0003 R 0010 3 0.02/0.044

Type Rated Color coding Order code Pack. Price Weighttemp. unit per 1 piece° C pieces pack kg/lb

Temperature sensorcharacteristic

Temperature sensor C 011, standard version acc. to DIN 44081

Thermistor motor protectionPTC temperature sensors C 011Ordering details, technical data

Technical data

C 011-3-150 150 black-black GHC 011 0033 R 0008 1 0.05/0.11

with two windings, however, require 6 sensors.

If an additional warning is required before themotor is switched off, separate sensors for acorrespondingly lower temperature must beembedded in the winding. They have to beconnected to a second control unit.

The sensors are suitable for embedding in motorwindings with rated operating voltages of up to660 V AC.Conductor length: 500 mm per sensor.

A 14 V varistor can be connected in parallel toprotect the sensors from overvoltage.

Due to their characteristics, the control units canalso be used with PTC temperature sensors ofother manufacturers which comply withDIN 44 081 and DIN 44 082.

Page 81: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

792CDC110004C0202

2

Thermistor motor protection relaysCM-MSE, CM-MSS, CM-MSNTechnical data

CM-MSE, CM-MSS, CM-MSN

Input circuitSupply voltage - power consumption A1-A2 24 V AC approx. 1.5 VA

A1-A2 24 V AC/DC approx. 1.1 VA / 0.6 WA1-A2 110-130 V AC approx. 1.5 VAA1-A2 220-240 V AC approx. 1.5 VAA1-A2 380-440 V AC approx. 1.7 VAA1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC approx. 1.4-1.7 W / approx. 3.5-5.7 VA

Supply voltage tolerance -15 %...+10 %Supply voltage frequency AC: 50-60 Hz, versions 24-240 V AC/DC: 15-400 HzDuty time 100 %

Measuring circuit T1-T2/T2x, 1Ta...1Tb-T2Monitoring function temperature monitoring by means of PTC sensorsNumber of sensor circuits 1, 2, 3 or 6, refer to ordering detailsShort-circuit monitoring refer to ordering detailsNon-volatile storage refer to ordering detailsTest function refer to ordering details

Sensor circuitTemperature switch-off resistance (relay de-energizes) CM-MSE: 2.7-3.7 kΩ, (3050550 Ω 2) ) 3.6 kΩ 5 %

Temperature switch-on resistance (relay energizes) CM-MSE: 1.7-2.3 kΩ, (1900400 Ω 2) ) 1.6 kΩ 5 %

Short-circuit switch-off resistance (relay de-energizes) <20 ΩShort-circuit switch-on resistance (relay energizes) >40 ΩMax. total resistance of sensors connected in series (cold states) 1.5 kΩMax. cable length for short-circuit detection 2 x 100 m at 0.75 mm2, 2 x 400 m at 2.5 mm2

Response time <100 ms

Control circuit for storage and hysteresis functionRemote reset S1-T2 n/o contactMax. no-load voltage approx. 25 V, 5.5 V (24-240 V AC/DC versions)Max. cable length 50 m, 100-200 m if shielded

Indication of operational statesSupply voltage U: green LEDFault tripping F: red LED

Output circuits 11-12/14, 21-22/24, 13-14, 21-22Number of contacts 1 n/o, 1 c/o, 2 c/o, 1 n/c + 1 n/oOperational principle closed-circuit principle (output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold)Contact material AgCdORated voltage acc. to VDE0110, IEC664-1, IEC947-1 250 VMax. switching voltage 250 VRated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 Aacc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A

DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 ADC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A (1.5 A - n/c contact1))

Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 (10 1) ) x 106 switching cycleselectrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles

Short circuit proof, n/c contact 2 A (4 A1)) fast, operation class gLmax. fuse rating n/o contact 10 A (6 A1)) fast, operation class gL

General dataEnclosure width CM-MSE: 22.5 mm CM-MSS: 22.5 mm CM-MSN: 45 mmWire size (stranded wires with wire end ferrule) CM-MSE: 2 x 1.5 mm2 (16 AWG) CM-MSS: 2 x 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG) CM-MSN: 2 x 2.5 mm2 (14 WG)Weight CM-MSE: approx. 110 g CM-MSS: approx. 150 g CM-MSN: approx. 150 gMounting position anyDegree of protection: housing / terminals IP50 / IP20Operating temperature CM-MSE: -20 °C ... +60 °C CM-MSS: -20 °C ... +60 °C CM-MSN: -25 °C ... +65 °CStorage temperature -40 °C...+80 °CMounting DIN rail (EN 50022)

StandardsProduct standard IEC 255-6, EN 60255-5EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, 91/263/EEC, 92/31/EEC, 93/68/EEC, 93/67/EECElectromagnetic compatibilityacc. to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6 kV / 8 kVHF radiation resistance acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/mBurst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kV / 5 kHzSurge acc. to IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 3/4 1/2 kVHF line emission acc. to IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 VLow Voltage Directive 73/23/EECOperational reliability acc. to IEC 68-2-6 CM-MSE: 6 g CM-MSS: 4 g CM-MSN: 5 gResistance to vibration acc. to IEC 68-2-6 CM-MSE: 10 g CM-MSS: 6 g CM-MSN: 10 gEnvironmental testing acc. to IEC 68-2-30 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 hApprovals partly cULus, GL in parts, ATEX in parts, GOST, C-TickIsolation dataRated voltage between supply, measuring and output circuit 250 VRated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits 4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µsTest voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.Pollution category IIIOvervoltage category III1 ) 1SVR 430 710 R 0200, 1SVR 430 8xx R xxxx 2 ) 1SVR 430 810 R 9300, 1SVR 430 800 R 9100

Page 82: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

802CDC110004C0202

2

Notes

Page 83: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

812CDC110004C0202

2

Content

Temperature monitoring relays C51x range

Benefits and advantages ...................................................................................................... 82

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 83

Functional diagrams, circuit diagrams ................................................................................. 84

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 85

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Temperature monitoring relaysC51x range

for PT100/1000, KTY83/84 andNTC sensors

Page 84: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

822CDC110004C0202

2

1 S

VC

110

000

F 0

555

1 S

VC

110

000

F 0

556

1 S

VC

110

000

F 0

557

-100 0 100 200 300 400 500

5000

4000

3000

2000

1000

0

NTC

KTY83 KTY84 PT1000

PT100

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

019

0

OverviewThe C51x temperature monitoring relays can be used for temperature measurement in solid, liquidand gaseous media. The temperature is acquired by the sensor in the medium, evaluated by thedevice and monitored to determine whether it is within an operating range (range monitoring function)or has exceeded or fallen below a threshold. The family is composed of analog adjustable deviceswith one or two thresholds, and digital devices which are a good alternative especially in the low-endrange. The output relay switches on or off at the thresholds, depending on the configured functionality(open- or closed-circuit principle selectable).

• Open-circuit or closed-circuit principleselectable.

• Hysteresis for both threshold values (1 to 99 K)• Storage function selectable via external signal

(Y1/Y2).• 1 n/o contact and 2 c/o contacts.• Adjustable time delay of 0-999 s.• Wire-break and short-circuit detection using a

dedicated signalling contact (1 n/o contact).• Non-volatile storage of parameter settings.• 45 mm wide enclosure with 24 terminals.• Measuring principle for 2-wire and 3-wire

sensors.• Electrical isolation (except 24 V AC/DC devices).• In the 3-sensor version the status of the single

sensors is displayed if the temperature exceedsor falls below the threshold. This way it can beeasily determined which one of the connectedsensors has exceeded or dropped below eitherone or both threshold values.

Benefit

• Version for evaluation of 1 to 3 sensors ina single device available, e.g. for multiplemonitoring within an installation or for motorprotection.

• Extremely simple operation without anycomplicated menus.

• Graduated product range; suitable devices forevery application.

• High-end tripping devices with digital display -suitable for a wide temperature range and forvarious sensor types.

• Adjustable hysteresis.• Quick fault diagnostic by short-circuit and wire-

break detection.• Wide voltage range power supply units reduce

the number of required part versions.• Easy-to-program two- or three-position control.

Temperature monitoring relaysC51x for PT100/1000, KTY83/84 and NTC sensorsBenefits and advantages

C512: 2 thresholds1 sensor

C513: 2 thresholds1-3 sensors

C510: 1 threshold

C511: 2 thresholds

Analog tripping devices...

• Sensor types: PT100.• Measuring principle for 2-wire and 3-wire

sensors.• Electrical isolation between the sensors and the

power supply (except for 24 V AC/DC devices).• Separate design for the crossing of the upper or

lower threshold.• Depending on the version, measurement ranges

for -50°C - +50°C / 0°C - 100°C / 0°C - 200°C.• Potentiometer for temperature limits and

hysteresis adjustment between 2-20 %.• Closed-circuit principle.• Slim 22.5 mm enclosure with 12 terminals.

...with one threshold:• Supply voltage 24 V AC/DC or 110/230 V AC .• LED indication for suppy voltage and relay

status.• 1 n/o and 1 n/c contact.

...with two thresholds:• Additional potentiomenter for J2 (hysteresis for

2nd threshold value is 5% of the meas. range).• Supply voltage 24-240 V AC/DC or 24 V AC/DC.• LED indication of suppy voltage and both relay

states.• Closed-circuit or open-circuit principle selectable.• 1 n/o and 1 n/c contact.

Digital tripping devices

• High-end temperature monitor for 1 or 1-3sensor circuits.

• Multifunctional digital display and three LEDs (forthreshold values and ready).

• Sensor type selectable.• Over- or undertemperature monitoring or range

monitoring function.

Fields of applicationThe C51x temperature monitoring relays can beused almost anywhere to prevent that the tempera-ture exceeds or drops below a given limit, e.g. formonitoring of adjusted temperature limits and outputof alarm messages for:• Motor and system protection.• Control cabinet temperature monitoring.• Frost monitoring.• Temperature limits for process variables, e.g.

in the packaging or electroplating industry.• Control of systems and machines like heating,

air-conditioning and ventilation systems, solarcollectors, heat pumps or hot water supplysystems.

• Monitoring of servomotors with KTY sensors.

• Bearing and gear oil monitoring.• Coolant monitoring.

Characteristic curves of resistance sensors

• Technical data ............................................................................ 85 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 109

Res

ista

nce

in

Temperature in °C

Page 85: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

832CDC110004C0202

2

Type Order code Sensor Description Monitoring Measuring range Contact Indications Control supply Pricefunction elements voltage 1 piece

C511, analog adjustable, 2 thresholds (warning and switch-off), 22.5 mm wideIn analog adjustable devices with two thresholds all of the settings are adjusted with a knob. Two thresholds and a hysteresis of 2 - 20% can beset. The hysteresis acts on threshold 1. For the second threshold a hysteresis of 5 % applies. This product series has been developed for simpleapplications where an adjustment precision of ± 5 % is sufficient.

C511.01-24 1SAR 700 011 R 0005 PT100 2 thresholds, Over- - 50 to + 50 °C 1 n/o + 3 LEDs 24 V AC/DCC511.01-W 1SAR 700 011 R 0010 open-circuit or temperature 1 n/c 24-240 V AC/DCC511.02-24 1SAR 700 012 R 0005 closed-circuit 0 to + 100 °C 24 V AC/DCC511.02-W 1SAR 700 012 R 0010 principle 24-240 V AC/DCC511.03-24 1SAR 700 013 R 0005 selectable, 0 to + 200 °C 24 V AC/DCC511.03-W 1SAR 700 013 R 0010 no storage 24-240 V AC/DC

C511.11-24 1SAR 700 014 R 0005 PT100 2 thresholds, Under- - 50 to + 50 °C 1 n/o + 3 LEDs 24 V AC/DCC511.11-W 1SAR 700 014 R 0010 open-circuit or temperature 1 n/c 24-240 V AC/DCC511.12-24 1SAR 700 015 R 0005 closed-circuit 0 to + 100 °C 24 V AC/DCC511.12-W 1SAR 700 015 R 0010 principle 24-240 V AC/DCC511.13-24 1SAR 700 016 R 0005 selectable, 0 to + 200 °C 24 V AC/DCC511.13-W 1SAR 700 016 R 0010 no storage 24-240 V AC/DC

C510, analog adjustable, 1 threshold, 22.5 mm wideIn analog adjustable devices all of the settings are adjusted with a knob. A threshold and a hysteresis of 2 - 20% can be set. This product serieshas been developed for applications where an adjustment precision of ± 5 % is sufficient.

C510.01-24 1SAR 700 001 R 0005 PT100 1 threshold, Over- - 50 to + 50 °C 1 n/o + 2 LEDs 24 V AC/DCC510.01-K 1SAR 700 001 R 0006 closed-circuit temperature 1 n/c 110/230 V ACC510.02-24 1SAR 700 002 R 0005 principle, 0 to + 100 °C 24 V AC/DCC510.02-K 1SAR 700 002 R 0006 no storage 110/230 V ACC510.03-24 1SAR 700 003 R 0005 0 bis + 200 °C 24 V AC/DCC510.03-K 1SAR 700 003 R 0006 110/230 V AC

C510.11-24 1SAR 700 004 R 0005 PT100 1 threshold, Under- - 50 to + 50 °C 1 n/o + 2 LEDs 24 V AC/DCC510.11-K 1SAR 700 004 R 0006 closed-circuit temperature 1 n/c 110/230 V ACC510.12-24 1SAR 700 005 R 0005 principle, 0 to + 100 °C 24 V AC/DCC510.12-K 1SAR 700 005 R 0006 no storage 110/230 V ACC510.13-24 1SAR 700 006 R 0005 0 to + 200 °C 24 V AC/DCC510.13-K 1SAR 700 006 R 0006 110/230 V AC

C512, C513, digitally adjustable, 2 thresholds, 45 mm wideThe three-digit LED display always displays the current temperature. Sensor monitoring is provided by a dedicated relay with one n/o contactwhich reports a sensor failure or short-circuit. In programming mode the relay is switched off. Digitally adjustable temperature monitoring relaysare particularly easy to operate.

The following parameters can be adjusted:

• Sensor type: PT100/1000, KTY 83/84, NTC-B57227-K333-A1 • 1 delay time; acts on both thresholds• Up to three sensors (C513-W) • Open-circuit or closed-circuit principle selectable• 2 thresholds, ϑ1, ϑ2 • Monitoring function: Over-/undertemperature or range monitoring• 1 hysteresis; acts on both thresholds • Storage function can be selected by external bridge

C512-24 1SAR 700 100 R 0005 PT100/ 1 sensor, Over- - 50 to 1 c/o + 3 LEDs + 24 V AC/DCC512-W 1SAR 700 100 R 0010 1000 storage / no temperature, + 500 °C 1 c/o + digital 24-240 V AC/DC

KTY storage under- 1 n/o display 83/84; temperature, NTC1) range moni-

toring

C513-W 1SAR 700 110 R 0010 1 to 3 sensors 24-240 V AC/DCstorage /no storage

Limitation depending on the selected sensor type

Depending on the sensor type, the measuring range of digitaldevices is limited as follows:

Type Measuring range °C

PT100 – 50 to + 500PT1000 – 50 to + 500KTY 83 – 50 to + 175KTY 84 – 40 to + 300NTC 1) + 80 to + 160

1) NTC, type Siemens Matsushita B 57272-4333-A1 - 100 °C: 1.8 kΩ; 25 °C: 32.762 kΩ

Temperature monitoring relaysC51x, accessoriesOrdering details

Accessories

Replaceable cover marking for digital devices

Type Order code Price1 piece

C512-D 1 sensor German 1SAR 700 101 R 0100C512-E English 1SAR 700 102 R 0100

C513-D 1 to 3 sensors German 1SAR 700 111 R 0100C513-E English 1SAR 700 112 R 0100

Page 86: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

842CDC110004C0202

2

A2

A1

K1 15

1618

K2 25

28

K3 33

34

26

Y2Y1

1T11T21T32T12T22T33T13T23T3

Memory

Ready

ϑ1

ϑ 2

A2

A1

T1

K1 15

16T2T3

18

K2 25

28

K3 33

34

26

Y2Y1

Memory

Ready

ϑ 1

ϑ 2

A2

A1

T1

T2

T3

K111

14

23K2

12

24

ϑ 1

ϑ 2

A2

ϑ

A1

T1

T2

T3

K1

1113

1412

A3

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

019

8

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

020

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

020

1

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

020

2

t

t

t

Us

K1

K2

t

t t

Us

K1

K2

t

t t

Us

K1

K2

t

t

t

Us

K1

K2

t

t

t

Us

K1

K2

tt

t

Us

K1

K2

t

t

Us

-Y1 Y2

K1

tK2

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

019

1

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

019

2

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

019

3

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

019

4

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

019

5

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

019

6

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

019

7

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

0205

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

0206

Temperature error depending on the line length and conductor cross section for PT100 sen-sors at an ambient temperature of 20 °C (in K)

Line length Conductor cross section mm2

in mm 0.50 0.75 1 1.5

0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.010 1.8 1.2 0.9 0.625 4.5 3.0 2.3 1.5

50 9.0 6.0 4.5 3.075 13.6 9.0 6.8 4.5

100 18.1 12.1 9.0 6.0

200 36.3 24.2 18.1 12.1500 91.6 60.8 45.5 30.2

Connection of resistance thermometer sensors2-wire measurementWhen using 2-wire temperature sensors thesensor resistance and the wire resistanceare added together.The resulting systematic errors must betaken into account when adjusting thetripping device.

A jumper must be connected between theterminals T2 and T3.The following table can be used for PT100sensors to determine the temperatureerrors caused by the line length.

Error caused by the line

The error resulting from the line resistanceamounts to approx. 2.5 Kelvin/Ohm. If theresistance of the line is not known and it isnot possible to measure it, the error causedby the line can be estimated using thefollowing table.

3-wire measurement

To minimize the influence of the wireresistance, a three-wire connection isusually used.By means of the additional wire twomeasuring circuits are created. One ofthese two circuits is used for reference.This way, the tripping device can calculateand take into account the wire resistanceautomatically.

Digital tripping devicesOnce the temperature has reached the set threshold ofϑ1, output relay K1 changes its switching state after theset time delay t has elapsed (K2 reacts in the same wayfor ϑ2).

Analog tripping devicesOnce the temperature has reached the set threshold,output relay K1 changes its switching state. In deviceswith 2 thresholds relay K2 reacts correspondingly if thesecond threshold is reached.No time delay can be set (t = 0).The relays immediately return to their original switchingstate if the temperature reaches the set hysteresisvalue.

Once the temperature has reached the upper thresholdof ϑ1, output relay K1 changes its switching state afterthe set time t.The relay immediately returns to its original switchingstate if the temperature reaches the set hysteresisvalue.K2 reacts correspondingly at the lower threshold valueof ϑ2.

Once the temperature has reached the set threshold ofϑ1, output relay K1 changes its switching state after theset time t has elapsed. (K2 reacts in the same way atϑ2).

The relays return to their original state if the temperaturedrops below the set hysteresis value and the connectionY1-Y2 is interrupted for a short time.

Functional principle with storage function,

using overtemperature with closed-circuit principle as an example

Circuit diagramsConnection examples

C510 C511 C512 C513

General marking of the devices

A1, A2, A3 Supply voltage connectionsK1, K2, K3 Output relay

Marking for C510/C511LED: "Supply voltage present"ϑ1 = LED: "Relay 1 energized"ϑ2 = LED: "Relay 2 energized"T1-T3 = Sensor connection

Marking for C512

ϑ1 = LED: "Relay 1 energized"ϑ2 = LED: "Relay 2 energized"Ready = LED: "Device operative"T1-T3 = Sensor connectionY1/Y2 = Connection for storage bridge

Marking for C513ϑ1 = LED: "Relay 1 energized"ϑ2 = LED: "Relay 2 energized"

Ready = LED: "Device operative"1T1 -1T3 = Connection of sensor 12T1 - 2T3 = Connection of sensor 23T1 - 3T3 = Connection of sensor 3Y1/Y2 = Connection of bridge for

memory function

ATTENTION!

When using resistance sensors with two-wire connection a bridge must be insertedbetween terminals T2 and T3.

FunctionsOvertemperatureOpen-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle

UndertemperatureOpen-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle

Range monitoringOpen-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle

.............

absolute limit

hysteresis

Temperature monitoring relaysC51x for PT100/1000, KTY83/84 and NTC sensorsFunctional diagrams / circuit diagrams

Page 87: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

852CDC110004C0202

2

Type C510 C511 C512/C513

Sensor type PT100 PT100 PT100, PT1000KTY83, KTY84,NTC

General data

Enclosure width 22.5 mm 45 mm

Operating range of supply voltage 0.85 V - 1.1 V x VS

Rated power consumption < 2 W/VA < 4

Auxiliary circuit

Contact elements 1 n/o + 1 n/c 1 c/o + 1 n/o 1 c/o + 1 c/o + 1n/o

Rated operating currents Ie AC-15 230 V 3 ADC-13 24 V 1 A

DC-13 240 V 0.1 A

Fusing DIAZED 4 A, operating class gL/gG

Electrical lifetime AC-15 at 3 A 1 x 105 switching cycles

Mechanical lifetime 30 x 106 switching cycles

Tripping device

Measuring precision at an ambient temperature of 20°C typically < ± 5 % of full-scale value < ±2 K(T20) ± 1digit

Reference junction precision — — —

Deviation caused by ambient temperature 0.05 °C per Kin % of the measuring range < 2 % < 2 % deviation from T20

Measuring cycle 500ms

Hysteresis settings for temperature 1 2 to 20 % of full-scale value 1 to 99 kelvinfor temperature 2 5% of full-scale value for both values

Sensor circuit

Typical sensor current PT100 1 mA typically 1 mA typically 1 mA typicallyPT1000 / KTY83 / KTY84 / NTC 0.2 mA typically 0.2 mA typically 0.2 mA typically

Wire-break detection no yes 1)

Short-circuit detection no yes

3-wire connection yes 2) yes 2) yes 2)

Enclosure

Permissible ambient temperature – 25 °C ... 60 °C

Permissible storage temperature – 40 °C ... 80 °C

Mounting position any

Protection class acc. to EN 60529 terminals: IP20; cover: IP40

Rated insulation voltage Vi (pollution degree 3) 300 V AC

Wire size solid-wire 1 x 4 mm2 (1 x 12 AWG), 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG)

stranded wire with wire end ferrule 1 x 2.5 mm2 (1 x 14 AWG), 2 x 1.5 mm2 (2 x 16 AWG)

Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 5 to 26 Hz / 0.75 mm

Shock resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-27 15 g1) Not for NTC (B57227-K333-A1) (100°C: 1.8 kW; 25 °C: 32. 762 kW) 2) 2-wire connection of sensors with terminals T2 and T3 bridged.

Standards

IEC 60 721-3-3 "EnvironmentalConditions"

IEC 947-5-1 "Low-Voltage SwitchingDevices"

EN 50 081-2 "RFI Emissions TechnicalStandards (Industry)"

EN 61 000-6-2 "RFI EmissionsTechnical Standards (Industry)"

DIN EN 50 042 "Connection Markingfor Terminals"

UL/CSA pending

C-Tick pending

Temperature monitoring relaysC51x for PT100/1000, KTY83/84 and NTC sensorsTechnical data

Page 88: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

862CDC110004C0202

2

Notes

Page 89: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

872CDC110004C0202

2

Content

Liquid level relay CM-ENE MIN, CM-ENE MAX

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 88

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 94

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Liquid level relay CM-ENS

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 89

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 95

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Liquid level relay CM-ENS UP/DOWN

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 90

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 95

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Liquid level relay CM-ENN

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 91

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 95

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Liquid level relay CM-ENN UP/DOWN

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 92

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 95

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Accessories for liquid level relays

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 93

Liquid levelmonitoring and control

Page 90: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

882CDC110004C0202

2

CM-ENE MIN

1SV

R 5

50 8

51 F

950

0

CM-ENE MAX

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

015

1

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

015

31S

VC

110

000

F 0

154

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

015

2

1SV

R 5

50 8

51 F

940

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

049

4

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

049

5

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

049

6

Liquid level relaysCM-ENE MIN, CM-ENE MAXOrdering details

The liquid level relays CM-ENE MIN and CM-ENE MAX are used to monitor levels of conductive liquids,for example in pump control systems for dry-running or overflow monitoring.

The measuring principle is based on the occurring resistance change when moisting single-poleelectrodes. The single-pole electrodes (see also section Accessories) are connected to the terminalsC and MIN or MAX.

If the supply voltage is applied to A1-A2 and the electrodes are wet, the output relay of theCM-ENE MIN is energized and the output relay of the CM-ENE MAX is de-energized.

The output relay of the CM-ENE MIN de-energizes if the electrodes are no longer wet. The output relayof the CM-ENE MAX energizes if the electrodes are no longer wet.

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piece

pieces kg/lb

CM-ENE MIN 24 V AC 1SVR 550 855 R 9500 1 0.15/0.33110-130 V AC 1SVR 550 850 R 9500 1 0.15/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 550 851 R 9500 1 0.15/0.33

CM-ENE MAX 24 V AC 1SVR 550 855 R 9400 1 0.15/0.33110-130 V AC 1SVR 550 850 R 9400 1 0.15/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 550 851 R 9400 1 0.15/0.33

R: yellow LED -relay status

Monitoring of pumpsystems for dry running(ENE MIN) and overflow(ENE MAX)

Connection of 2 electrodespossible at C andMIN/MAX

3 supply voltage versions

Optimal price/performanceratio

1 n/o contact:Open-circuit principle forCM-ENE MIN

Closed-circuit principle forCM-ENE MAX

LED for status indication

Functional diagram CM-ENE MIN

A1-A2

13-14

MINC

Functional diagram CM-ENE MAX

If a metal tank is used, the ground reference electrode C is not required. In this case the cable can beconnected directly to the metal surface of the tank.

A1-A2

13-14

MINC

Suitable for Not suitable for

spring water acids, bases chemically pure water ethylene glycoldrinking water liquid fertilizers fuel concentrated alcoholsea water milk, beer, coffee oils paraffinsewage non-concentrated alcohol explosive areas (liquid gas) lacquers

... ...

Application examples

A1-A2 Supply voltage

C Ground referenceelectrode

MIN Minimum level

13-14 Output contact -open-circuit principle

A1-A2 Supply voltage

C Ground referenceelectrode

MAX Max. level

13-14 Output contact -closed-circuit principle

CM-ENE MIN CM-ENE MAX CM-ENE MIN und CM-ENE MAX

• Accessories ........................................... 93 • Technical data ......................................... 94 • Dimensional drawings .................... 109

Connection diagram CM-ENE MIN

Connection diagram CM-ENE MAX

Page 91: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

892CDC110004C0202

2

CM-ENS

1SV

R 4

30 8

51 F

110

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

015

9

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

015

5

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

015

8

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

016

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

015

6

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

015

7

"Sens." - sensitivitypotentiometer for adjustingthe response sensitivity

R: yellow LED -relay status

U: green LED -supply voltage

Monitoring and control ofliquid levels (when drainingor filling liquids in tanks)

Monitoring and control ofmixture ratios (conductivityof liquids)

Adjustable responsesensitivity 5-100 kΩ4 supply voltage versions24 - 415 V AC

VDE approved versionwith safe isolationacc. to VDE 0160

1 c/o contact

2 LEDs for status indication

The CM-ENS monitors levels of conductive liquids and is used for example for liquid level control inpump systems. It can be used for filling or draining tanks for example.

It is also suitable for monitoring the conductivity of liquids. The measuring prinicple is based on theresistance change sensed by single-pole electrodes. After the supply voltage is applied to the terminalsA1 and A2, the output relay is de-energized. The probes must be connected to C, MAX, MIN.

The output relay energizes if the liquid exceeds the maximum level (C and MAX wet) and de-energizesif the liquid level is below the minimum level (MAX and MIN dry).

Based on the measuring circuit there will be a response delay of approx. 250 ms at maximumsensitivity. Different levels in one tank can be controlled by up to 5 CM-ENS without interfering witheach other.

When using a metaltank the electrode Cis not required. Inthis case the cablecan be connecteddirectly to the metalsurface of the tank.

Max.

Min.

C

11-1411-12

A1-A2

Functional diagram CM-ENS

A1-A2 Supply voltage

C Ground reference electrode

MAX Maximum level

MIN Minimum level

11(15)-12(16)/14(18)Output contacts -open-circuit principle

CascadingThe electrode inputs can beinterconnected as required,which ensures simplemonitoring of different liquidlevels.

RedundancyRedundant liquid levelmonitoring or control can beimplemented by connectingthe electrodes to two units.

This makes the applicationmuch safer.

Application examples

Liquid level relaysCM-ENSOrdering details

fill drain

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piece

pieces kg/lb

CM-ENS 24 V AC 1SVR 430 851 R 9100 1 0.15/0.33110-130 V AC 1SVR 430 851 R 0100 1 0.15/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 851 R 1100 1 0.15/0.33380-415 V AC 1SVR 430 851 R 2100 1 0.15/0.33

220-240 V AC1) 1SVR 430 851 R 1300 1 0.15/0.33

1) Version with safety isolation acc. to VDE 0160, 1 n/o, 1 n/c

Suitable for Not suitable for

spring water acids, bases chemically pure water ethylene glycoldrinking water liquid fertilizers fuel concentrated alcoholsea water milk, beer, coffee oils paraffinsewage non-concentrated alcohol explosive areas (liquid gas) lacquers

... ...

• Accessories ........................................... 93 • Technical data ......................................... 95 • Dimensional drawings .................... 109

Connection diagram CM-ENS

Page 92: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

902CDC110004C0202

2

CM-ENS UP/DOWN

1SV

R 4

30 8

51 F

120

0

1214 A2

CA1

MAX11

MIN

MIN 11MAXC

A2A1 12 14

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

015

9

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

016

4

2CD

C 2

52 0

42 F

0003

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

016

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

016

1

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

016

2

"DOWN"

"UP"

Liquid level relaysCM-ENS UP/DOWNOrdering details

"Func." - function selectorswitch:"UP"- fill"DOWN" - drain

"Sens." - sensitivitypotentiometer foradjusting the responsesensitivity

R: yellow LED -relay status

U: green LED -supply voltage

Monitoring and control ofliquid levels

Selectable function "fill" or"drain"

Adjustable responsesensitivity 5-100 kΩ

1 c/o contact

2 LEDs for statusindication

The CM-ENS UP/DOWN monitors levels of conductive liquids and other media, and is used e.g. for liquidlevel control in pump systems.

The measuring principle is based on the resistance change sensed by single-pole electrodes.

The output relay functions fill (UP) or drain (DOWN) can be selected on a front-face selector switch.

If the "UP" function is selected, the output relay is energized until the MAX electrode becomes wet.Then it is de-energized and not re-energized until the MIN electrode becomes dry.

If the "DOWN" function is selected, the output relay is energized as soon as the MAX electrode becomeswet. It remains energized until the liquid level has dropped below the MIN electrode.

The electrodes can be connected to more than one CM-ENS unit without interference.

11-1411-12

Liquid level control - fill -switch position "UP"

Liquid level control - drain -switch position "DOWN"

When using a metal tankthe C electrode is notrequired. In this case thecable can be connecteddirectly to the metalsurface of the tank.

Max.

Min.

C

11-1411-12

A1-A2

Functional diagram CM-ENS UP/DOWN

A1 - A2 Supply voltage

C Ground reference electrode

MAX Maximum level

MIN Minimum level

11-12/14 Output contacts -open-circuit or closed-circuitprinciple selectable

Application examples

Cascading of electrodesThe electrode inputs canbe interconnected asrequired, which ensuressimple monitoring ofdifferent liquid levels.

RedundancyRedundant liquid levelmonitoring or control canbe implemented byconnecting the electrodesto two units.

This makes theapplication much safer.

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piece

pieces kg/lb

CM-ENS UP/DOWN 24 V AC 1SVR 430 851 R 9200 1 0.15/0.33110-130 V AC 1SVR 430 851 R 0200 1 0.15/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 851 R 1200 1 0.15/0.33

Suitable for Not suitable for

spring water acids, bases chemically pure water ethylene glycoldrinking water liquid fertilizers fuel concentrated alcoholsea water milk, beer, coffee oils paraffinsewage non-concentrated alcohol explosive areas (liquid gas) lacquers

... ...

• Accessories ........................................... 93 • Technical data ......................................... 95 • Dimensional drawings .................... 109

Connection diagramCM-ENS UP/DOWN

Page 93: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

912CDC110004C0202

2

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

016

9

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

016

5

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

016

6

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

016

7

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

016

8

CM-ENN

1SV

R 4

50 0

55 F

0000

Liquid level relaysCM-ENNOrdering details

"Function" - time functionselector switch:

ON-delay

OFF-delay

"Sens.-sector" -measuring range selectorswitch

"Sens. " - sensitivitypotentiometer for adjustingthe response sensitivity

"Time value" - fineadjustment of time delay

R: yellow LED -relay status

U: green LED -supply voltage

Monitoring and control ofliquid levels (whenemptying or filling liquids intanks)

Monitoring and control ofmixture ratios (conductivityof liquids)

3 response sensitivitiesfrom 250 Ω - 500 kΩ inone unit

5 supply voltage versions24 V AC/DC - 415 V AC

Selectable ON- or OFF-delay 0.1-10 s

2 c/o contacts2 LEDs for statusindication

MAX

MIN

C

Circuit with 2 electrodes

tA = ON-delay, tR = OFF-delay

Circuit with 3 electrodes

oder

oder

When using a metal tank the C electrode is not required. In this case the cable can be connected directly to the metal surface of the tank.

15/1815/16

A1-A2

MAX

MINC

15/1815/16

A1-A2

Functional diagrams CM-ENN

fill drain

Application examples

For commissioning, set both potentiometers (response sensitivity = R value and ON-delay = time value) tothe minimum value (5) and select a suitable resistance range (sector).After all electrodes have been wetted by the liquid being monitored, turn the sensitivity potentiometertowards maximum value (100) until the relay energizes. If the relay does not energize, select a higher Ω value(sector) on the device and proceed as before.Then it has to be checked if the relay de-energizes properly as soon as the electrodes C and MIN are nolonger wet. Liquid levels higher than the maximum level electrode can be obtained by setting an ON-delay(TA = 0.1...10 s).

Liquid levels lower than the minimum level electrode can be obtained by setting an OFF-delay time (TR =0.1...10 s), e.g. for emptying tanks.

A1-A2 Supply voltage

C Ground referenceelectrode

MIN Min. level electrode

MAX Max. level electrode

15-16/18 Output contacts -25-26/28 open-circuit principle

The CM-ENN monitors levels of conductive liquids and is used for example for liquid level monitoring inpump control systems, for dry-running protection of submersible pumps or overflow monitoring of tanks.It is also suitable for conductivity monitoring of liquids.The measuring principle is based on the resistance change sensed by single-pole electrodes (wet ordry).

Instead of electrodes, other sensors or transducers can also be used if their output quantities are diffe-rent resistance values. The measuring, output and supply circuits are electrically isolated for potentialseparation and to prevent electrical interference.

Due to the integrated ON- or OFF-delay, it is possible to set up time-dependent liquid controls using onlytwo electrodes (C, MAX). Different liquid levels in one tank can be controlled by up to 5 CM-ENN (ACversion) without mutual interference.

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piece

pieces kg/lb

CM-ENN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 055 R 0000 1 0.30/0.6624 V AC 1SVR 450 059 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66

110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 050 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 051 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66380-415 V AC 1SVR 450 052 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66

Response Max. electrode Max. cable Max. cablesensitivity current capacity length

250 Ω - 5 kΩ 8 mA 200 nF 1000 m

2,5 kΩ - 50 kΩ 2 mA 20 nF 100 m

25 kΩ - 500 kΩ 0,5 mA 4 nF 20 m

• Accessories ........................................... 93 • Technical data ......................................... 95 • Dimensional drawings .................... 109

Connection diagramCM-ENN

Page 94: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

922CDC110004C0202

2

CM-ENN UP/DOWN

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

015

9

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

017

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

017

2

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

016

0

CAL1Min.MAxAL2

21-22

31-32

11-1411-1211-1411-12

"DOWN"

"UP"

A1-A2

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

017

1

1SV

R 4

50 0

51 R

010

0

Liquid level relays - Liquid level control with two alarm outputs CM-ENN UP/DOWNOrdering details

"Func." - function selectorswitch:"UP"- fill"DOWN" - drain

"Sens." - sensitivitypotentiometer foradjusting the responsesensitivity

R AL1: yellow LED -relay status AL1

R AL2: yellow LED -relay status AL2

R: MIN/MAX: yellow LED -relay status MIN/MAX

U: green LED -supply voltage

Liquid level relay with5 electrode inputs

Level control withintegrated overflow anddry-running protection

Adjustable responsesensitivity 5-100 k

1 c/o contact and2 n/c contacts as alarmoutputs

4 LEDs for statusindication

The CM-ENN UP/DOWN monitors levels of conductive liquids and media and is used e.g. for liquid levelcontrol in pump systems. The measuring principle is based on the resistance change sensed by single-pole electrodes.

The function of the output relay 11-12/14 can be selected by a selector switch on the front of the unit tofill "UP" or drain "DOWN". If the "UP" function is selected, the output relay is energized until the MAXelectrode becomes wet. Then it is de-energized and not re-energized until the MIN electrode becomesdry.

If the "DOWN" function is selected, the output relay is energized as soon as the MAX electrode becomeswet. It remains energized until the liquid level has dropped below the MIN electrode.

The electrode inputs AL1 and AL2 energize/de-energize the correspopnding output relays RAL1 (21-22)and RAL2 (31-32). AL1 opens if contact RAL1 (21-22) is wet. AL2 closes if contact RAL2 (31-32) is wet.This way, two additional alarm outputs for exceeding or dropping below the normal level can beimplemented in addition to the filling levels MAX and MIN.

When using a metal tank the C electrode is not required. In this case the cable can be connected directly to the metal surface of the tank.

Functional diagram CM-ENN UP/DOWN

Application example

Cascading of electrodesThe electrode inputs can beinterconnected as required,which ensures simplemonitoring of different liquidlevels.

RedundancyRedundant liquid levelmonitoring or control can beimplemented by connectingthe electrodes to two units.

This makes the applicationmuch safer.

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piece

pieces kg/lb

CM-ENN UP/DOWN 24 V AC 1SVR 450 059 R 0100 1 0.15/0.33110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 050 R 0100 1 0.15/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 051 R 0100 1 0.15/0.33380-415 V AC 1SVR 450 052 R 0100 1 0.15/0.33

Electrode Relay LED

AL1 not wet RAL1 (21-22) closed off

AL1 wet RAL1 (21-22) open on

AL2 wet RAL2 (31-32) closed off

AL2 not wet RAL2 (31-32) open on

Supply voltage RAL1 (21-22)failure RAL2 (31-32)

closed off

Reserve pump for emptying

Pump control ("UP" or "DOWN")

Reserve pump for filling

A1-A2 Supply voltage

C Ground reference electrode

MIN Minimum level electrode

MAX Maximum level electrodeAL1 Alarm electrode 1AL2 Alarm electrode 2

11-12/14 Output contacts -21-22 open-circuit or closed-circuit31-32 principle selectable

Suitable for Not suitable for

spring water acids, bases chemically pure water ethylene glycoldrinking water liquid fertilizers fuel concentrated alcoholsea water milk, beer, coffee oils paraffinsewage non-concentrated alcohol explosive areas (liquid gas) lacquers

... ...

• Accessories ........................................... 93 • Technical data ......................................... 95 • Dimensional drawings .................... 109

Connection diagramCM-ENN UP/DOWN

Page 95: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

932CDC110004C0202

2

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

047

7

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

047

6

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

047

5

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

047

9

1SV

R 4

50 0

56 F

600

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

047

8

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

052

2

L

Liquid level relays -AccessoriesElectrodesOrdering details, dimensional drawings

1" thread

Compact support KH-3 for 3 bar electrodes

sealing ring

1" counter nut(order code: 1SVR 450 056 R8000)(optional)

distance plate(order code: 1SVR 4 450 056 R7000)(optional)

Suspension electrode

Steel electrode(X 12 CR Mo S 17) withsleeve(Lupulen 6011 L)suitable up to 60°C max.

Type Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb

1SVR 402 902 R 0000 1 0.080/0.176

M16screwed cable gland

screw-in barelectrodes withM4 thread(available as anoption, see below)

Ideally suited for use with liquid level relaysCM-ENS and CM-ENN

Wire connection by screw terminals

Pull relief by M16 screwed cable glands

Temperature range up to 90 °C

Food safe material (PPH)

Screw-in electrodes (M4 thread)

Distance plate (AH-3) and locking nut (GM-1)optionally available as an accessory

Type Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece

kg/lb

CM-KH-3 Compact support for 3 bar electrodes 1SVR 450 056 R 6000 1 0.060/0.132CM-AH-3 Distance plate for 3 bar electrodes 1SVR 450 056 R 7000 1 0.060/0.132CM-GM-1 Counter nut for 1" thread 1SVR 450 056 R 8000 1 0.060/0.132

(Dimensions in mm)

spanner size 36

electrodes

distance plate AH-3

counter nut GM-1"

M4 thread

Compact support KH-3

Counter nut GM-1Distance plate AH-3

Technical data compact support

Type of mounting: G 1" threadMounting position: anyEnclosure material: PPHSealing: NBR 70Temperature range: 90 °C max.Pressure: 10 bar max. (60 °C)

Length Order code Pack. unit Price Weightmm pieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb

300 1SVR 450 056 R 0000 1 0.080/0.176600 1SVR 450 056 R 0100 1 0.080/0.176

1000 1SVR 450 056 R 0200 1 0.080/0.176

Screw-in bar electrodes for compact support KH-3

Thread M4

Material: stainless steel 304,high-grade steel 14301

Page 96: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

942CDC110004C0202

2

Liquid level monitoring and controlCM-ENE MIN, CM-ENE MAXTechnical data

CM-ENE MIN, CM-ENE MAX

Supply circuitSupply voltage - power consumption A1-A2 24 V AC approx. 1.5 VA

A1-A2 110-130 V AC approx. 1.2 VAA1-A2 220-240 V AC approx. 1.4 VAA1-A2 380-415 V AC -A1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC -

Supply voltage tolerance -15 %...+15 %Supply voltage frequency 50-60 HzDuty time 100 %

Measuring circuit MIN-C, MAX-CMonitoring function CM-ENE MIN: dry-running protection, CM-ENE MAX: overflow protectionResponse sensitivity 0-100 kΩ, not adjustableMax. electrode voltage 30 V ACMax. electrode current 1.5 mAElectrode supply line max. cable capacity 3 nF

max. cable length 30 mResponse delay approx. 200 ms

Timing circuitDelay time -

Indication of operational statesSupply voltage -Output relay energized R: yellow LEDCM-ENN UP/DOWN alarm relay AL1 -CM-ENN UP/DOWN alarm relay AL2 -

Output circuits 13-14Number of contacts 1 n/o contactOperational principle open-circuit principle 1) CM-ENE MIN

closed circuit principle 1) CM-ENE MAXContact material AgCdoRated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 250 VMin. switching voltage -Max. switching voltage 250 VMin. switching current -Rated operating current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 Aacc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A

DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 ADC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A

Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycleselectrical (AC-12, 230V, 4A) 0.3 x 106 switching cycles

Short circuit proof, n/c contact -maximum fuse rating c/o contact 10 A fast, operating class gL

General dataEnclosure width 22.5 mmWire size 2 x 1.5 mm2 (2 x 16 AWG) stranded wire with wire-end ferruleMounting position anyDegree of protection: housing/ terminals IP50 / IP20Operating temperature -20 °C ... +60 °CStorage temperature -40 °C ... +85 °CMounting DIN rail (EN 50022)

StandardsProduct standard IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6EMC Directive 89/336/EECElectromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6 kV / 8 kVHF radiation resistance acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/mBurst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kV / 5 kHzSurge acc. to IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 4 2 kV L-LHF line emission acc. to IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 VLow Voltage Directive 73/23/EECResistance to vibration acc. to 68-2-6 6 gMechanical resistance acc. to IEC68-2-6 10 g

Approvals C-Tick (under preperation), cULus, GOST

Isolation dataRat. insulation volt. betw. supply, meas. & output circuit acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947 250 VRated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits

acc. to VDE0 110, IEC 664 4 kV / 1.2-50 µsTest voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.Pollution category acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III / COvervoltage category acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III / CEnvironmental testing acc. to IEC 68-2-30 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h

1 ) Open-circuit principle: Output relay is energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.

Page 97: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

952CDC110004C0202

2

Liquid level monitoring and controlCM-ENS, CM-ENNTechnical data

CM-ENS, CM ENS UP/DOWN, CM-ENN UP/DOWN CM-ENN

approx. 1.5 VA, CM-ENN UP/DOWN approx. 4 VAapprox. 1.5 VA, CM-ENN UP/DOWN approx. 4 VA approx. 2.5 VAapprox. 1.5 VA, CM-ENN UP/DOWN approx. 4 VA approx. 3 VAapprox. 1.5 VA, CM-ENN UP/DOWN approx. 4 VA approx. 4 VA

approx. 2 VA/W-15 %...+10 % -15 %...+10 %

50-60 Hz 50-60 Hz or DC100 % 100 %

MAX-MIN-C MAX-MIN-Cliquid level control

5-100 k, adjustable 250 - 500 k, adjustable30 V AC 20 V AC

1 mA10 nF100 m

approx. 250 ms

0.1-10 s, adjustable, ON- or OFF-delay

U: green LED U: green LEDR MAX/MIN: yellow LED R: yellow LED

R AL1: yellow LED -R AL2: yellow LED -

11-12/14, 21-22, 31-32 15-16/18, 25-26/281 c/o contact, CM-ENN UP/DOWN: 1 c/o + 2 n/c contacts 2 c/o contacts

CM-ENS, CM-ENS UP/DOWN, CM-ENN UP/DOWN CM-ENNCM-ENS UP/DOWN, CM-ENN UP/DOWN -

AgCdo AgCdo250 V 400 V

250 V 400 V

4 A 5 A3 A 3 A4 A 5 A2 A 2,5 A

30 x 106 switching cycles 30 x 106 switching cycles0.3 x 106 switching cycles 0.1 x 106 switching cycles

10 A fast, operating class gL 5 A fast, operating class gL10 A fast, operating class gL 5 A fast, operating class gL

22.5 mm, CM-ENN UP/DOWN 45mm 45 mm2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x AWG 14) stranded wire with wire end ferrule 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x AWG 14) stranded wire with wire end ferrule

any anyIP50 / IP20 IP50 / IP20

-20 °C...+60 °C -25 °C...+65 °C-40 °C...+85 °C -40 °C...+85 °C

DIN rail (EN50022) DIN rail (EN50022)

IEC255-6 IEC255-689/336/EEC 89/336/EEC

level 3 6 kV / 8kV level 3 6 kV / 8 kVlevel 3 10 V/m level 3 10 V/mlevel 3 2 kV / 5 kHz level 3 2 kV / 5 kHzlevel 4 2 kV L-L level 4 2 kV L-Llevel 3 10 V level 3 10 V

73/23/EEC 73/23/EEC4 g 4 g 5 g 5 g6 g 6 g 10 g 10 g

C-Tick (under preperation), cULus, GL (CM-ENS), VDE (CM-ENS version with safe isolation), GOST C-Tick (under preperation), cULus, GL, GOST

250 V 500 V

4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µs 4 kV / 1.2-50 µs2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min. 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.

III / C III / CIII / C III / C

24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h

Page 98: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

962CDC110004C0202

2

Notes

Page 99: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

972CDC110004C0202

2

Content

Contact protection relays CM-KRN

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 98

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 100

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Sensor interface relay CM-SIS

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 99

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 101

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Contact protection relays,Sensor interface module

Page 100: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

982CDC110004C0202

2

CM-KRN

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

017

3

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

017

4

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

017

6

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

017

5

1SV

R 4

50 0

81 F

0000

Contact protection relayCM-KRNOrdering details

The CM-KRN protects sensitive control contacts from excessive load. It can be used with latching actionor without. Bounce time of control contacts can be bypassed by the adjustable response delay time.

Use for contact protectionThe contact to be protected is connected to terminals Y1 and Y2.

Use for contact protection with latching actionThe output relay energizes after contact Y1-Y3 has been closed for at least 20 ms. It remains energizeduntil contact Y1-Y4 closes. The switching positions are stored.The relay is suitable for load reduction purposes for devices with minimum and maximum contacts. TheCM-KRN can be operated via 3-wire proximity sensors for switching of higher power. The supply circuit,the control circuit and the output circuit are electrically isolated against each other.

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price Weight 50-60 Hz unit 1 piece 1 piece

pieces kg/lb

with timer 0.05-30 s

CM-KRN 24 V AC 1SVR 450 089 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 080 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 081 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66380-415 V AC 1SVR 450 082 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66

without timer

CM-KRN 24 V AC 1SVR 450 099 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 090 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 091 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66

Time range selectorswitch

Response (ON-)delay

U: green LED -supply voltage

R: yellow LED -relay status

Protects (and reducesload from) sensitivecontrol contacts

Adjustable ON-delay0.05-30 s

Acts as two-positionswitch

Stores switch positions

Electrically isolatedcircuits

2 c/o contacts

2 LEDs for statusindication

Functional diagram CM-KRN

Use, applications

A1-A2 Supply voltage

Control circuits:

Y1-Y2 "On-Off" input(max. switch-on resistance 6-10 k,min. switch-off resistance 15-20 k)

Y1-Y3 "Set" input(max. switch-on resistance 6-10 k)

Y1-Y4 "Reset" input(max. switch-off resistance 15-20 k)

15-16/18 Output contacts -25-26/28 open-circuit

principle

A1/A2

Y1/Y2

Y1/Y3

Y1/Y4

15/1815/16

25/2825/26

Operation via 3-wireproximity sensors NPN

On; relay energizes, Y1/Y3 or Y2

Off; relay de-energizes, Y1/Y4 or Y2

Actuators with 2 contacts and one common point can be connected to 2separate CM-KRN units.Connect the common point of contacts to terminals Y2 of the two CM-KRNunits.

• Technical data ......................................... 100 • Dimensional drawings .......................... 109 • Accessories .................................. 109

Connection diagram CM-KRN

Page 101: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

992CDC110004C0202

2

A1 I1

A2

A1 I2

A2

11

12 14

2422

21

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

048

0

2CD

C 2

52 0

26 F

000

3

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

048

2

CM-SIS

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

048

11S

VC

110

000

F 0

483

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

048

4

1SV

R 4

30 5

00 F

230

0

Functional diagram CM-SIS

L - N Supply voltage

L+ - L- Output voltage24 V DC / 0.5 A

I1 Senosr input 1I2 Sensor input 2

11-12/14 Output contacts -21-22/24 Open-circuit principle

Connection of 2-wire sensors

Connection of 3-wire sensors

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piece

pieces kg/lb

CM-SIS 110-240 V AC / 105-260 V DC 1SVR 430 500 R 2300 1 0.22/0.48

• Technical data ......................................... 101 • Dimensional drawings .......................... 109 • Accessories .................................. 109

The CM-SIS is used to supply 2- or 3-wire NPN or PNP sensors with power and to evaluate theirswitching signals. Two sensors of the types NPN or PNP can be connected simultaneously. Selection isdone via the front-face selection switch.The CM-SIS (terminals L+, L-) supplies the connected sensors with voltage (24 V DC), the maximumpower supply current is 0.5 A. The supply voltage and the sensor inputs are electrically isolated from thesupply circuit. To ensure maximum safety when using these sensors, the principle of safe isolation hasbeen included. Each sensor input signal energizes the corresponding output relay without delay. Therelay is energized as soon as a threshold current is exceeded at input I1 or I2. Sensor leakage currentsof up to 8mA don't affect the evaluation. The threshold value is about 9 mA.If the threshold value at input I1 or I2 is exceeded the corresponding relay R1 or R2 energizes and thecorresponding LED lights up.The wide-range supply voltage input of CM-SIS allows its application in nearly all supply systems.The CM-SIS is also suitable for other applications, for example it is also possible to connect PTC or NTCresistors instead of PNP or NPN sensors or to operate the SIS directly by switching contacts.

Rotary switch, sensor type selection

U: green LED -supply voltage

R1: red LED -relay status R1

R2: red LED -relay status R2

High efficiency

Low heating

Wide range of supplyvoltage

Constant output voltage24 V DC

Safe isolation acc. toEN 50178 (VDE 0160)

Short-circuit andoverload proof

Input protected by internalfuse

2 x 1 c/o contact

3 LEDs for status indication

Sensor interface moduleCM-SISOrdering details

Connection diagram CM-SIS

Page 102: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1002CDC110004C0202

2

Contact protection relayCM-KRNTechnical data

Supply circuit

Supply voltage, power consumption A1-A2 24 V AC - approx. 3.5 VA

A1-A2 110-130 V AC - approx. 3.5 VA

A1-A2 220-240 V AC - approx. 3.5 VA

A1-A2 380-415 V AC - approx. 3.5 VA

Supply voltage tolerance -15 % ... +10 %

Supply voltage frequency 50...60 Hz

Duty time 100 %

Timing circuit

ON-delay time 0.05-1 s, 1.5-30 s

OFF-delay time 50 ms

Min. contact time for latching (CM-KRN without ON-delay) 20 ms

Measuring circuit / contact circuit Y1...Y4

Control contacts contact protection without latching Y1, Y2

contact protection with latching Y1, Y3, Y4

Switching resistance Y1-Y2 for closing, max. 6-10 kΩ

Y1-Y2 for opening, min. 15-20 kΩ

Y1-Y3 for closing, max. 6-10 kΩ

Y1-Y4 for opening, max. 15-20 kΩ

No-load voltage (Y1, Y2) (Y1, Y3, Y4) ≤ 10 V DC

Switching current ≤ 3 mA

Continuous voltage sustaining capability of control input ≤ ±30 V (contact voltage)

Indication of operational states

Supply voltage U: green LED

1st output relay energized R: yellow LED

Output circuit 15-16/18, 25-26/28 Relay, 2 c/o contacts, open-circuit principle

Rated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 947-1 400 V

Rated switching voltage 400 V AC

Rated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 5 A

acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A

DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 5 A

DC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2.5 A

Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycles

electrical (AC-12, 230 V, 5 A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles

Short-circuit proof, maximum fuse rating 5 A / fast, operating class gL

General data

Rated impulse withstand voltage Vimp 4 kV

Operating temperature -25 °C ... +65 °C

Storage temperature -40 °C ... +85 °C

Mounting position any

Mounting on DIN rail (EN 50022) snap-on mounting / screw mounting with adapter

Wire size 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG) stranded with wire end ferrule

Page 103: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1012CDC110004C0202

2

Input

Supply voltage L-N AC 110-240 V AC (-15 % ... + 10 %)

DC 110-240 V (max. 105-260 V DC)

Frequency, AC supply 47-440 Hz

Supply voltage failure bridging time 10 ms min. at 100 % load

Input current at nominal load 0.35 A max. / 0.27 A at 115 V AC / 0.14 A at 230 V AC

Inrush current at 25°C (≤ 2 ms) 33 A

Internal input fuse 800 mA slow-acting

Output

Output voltage L+ L- 24 V DC ± 3%

Output current / output power 0.5 A / 12 W max.

Residual ripple 100 mVpp max.

Input voltage regulation ± 0.5 % max.

Deviation of output with static load change ± 0.5 % max.

Deviation of output with dyn. load change 10-90 % 5 % max.

Short-circuit protection overcurrent switch-off with automatic restart

Overload protection excess temperature and overcurrent switch-off

Reset after thermal overload switch-off automatic reset after cooling down

Sensor inputSensor type connection possibilities 2- or 3-wire connection, NPN or PNP selectable by front-face switch

Input resistance approx. 2.5 kΩInput threshold value for relays R1, 2 Vemitter-collector < 2,3 V (I1, 2 > 8 mA)Maximum switching frequency approx. 20 Hz

Output circuit 11-12/14, 21-22/24 2 relays, 1 c/o contact each, open-circuit principle

Rated voltage 250 V

Max. switching voltage 250 V AC

Rated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 A

acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A

DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 A

DC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A

Maximum lifetime mechanical 10 x 106 switching cycles

electrical 0.1 x 106 switching cyclesShort-circuit proof, maximum fuse rating 6 A n/o contact, 2 A n/c contact / fast, operating class gL

StandardsElectrical safety IEC(EN) 60255-5 /EN 50178 (VDE 0160)/EN60950/UL 508/CSA 22.2

Galvanic isolation safe isolation between L+,L-, I1,I2, and L,N,11,12,14,21,22,24

Insulation testing 2.5 kV AC routine test, 3 kV AC type test

Clearance and creepage distances overvoltage category 2, degree of pollution 2

Electromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61000-6-2

ESD acc. to EN 61000-4-2 level 3 - 6/8 kV

HF radiation acc. to EN 61000-4-3 level 3 - 10 V/mBurst acc. to EN 61000-4-4 level 4 - 4 kV

Surge acc. to EN 61000-4-5 inst. class 3, 2 kV

HF emission acc. to EN 61000-4-6 level 3 - 10 V

Emitted interferences acc. to EN 50081-2 radiated noise EN 55011, class B

Input current harmonics no limitation

General dataEfficiency at nominal load approx. 84 % (at 230 V AC)

Operational status indication green LED, output voltage OKOperating temperature 0 ° ... +55 °C

Storage temperature -25 ° ... +75 °C

Wire size screw terminals, 2 x 14 AWG (2 x 2.5 mm2)

Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 mm x 78 mm x 120 mm (0.89 x 3.07 x 4.72")

Mounting position normal mounting position: horizontally mounted on DIN rail

Clearances to other modules left-hand side 1 cm, vertical distance 5 cm

Sensor interface moduleCM-SISTechnical data

Page 104: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1022CDC110004C0202

2

Notes

Page 105: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1032CDC110004C0202

2

Content

Cycle monitor with watchdog function CM-WDS

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 104

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 105

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Cycle monitorwith watchdog function

NEW

Page 106: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1042CDC110004C0202

2

CM-WDS

2CD

C 2

51 0

01 F

0004

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

B C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

t2 t2

t1

A B C

1 8...

B

...

2CD

C 2

52 0

57 F

0003

2CD

C 2

52 0

51 F

0003

2CD

C 2

52 0

62 F

0003

CM-WDS 24 V DC 1SVR 430 896 R0000

A1(+)

IR

12(2) (0) A2(0)

R(9) I(8)

D(3) 11(4) 14(1)

A1

A2

11

12 14 D

A1(+)

IR

12(2) (0) A2(0)

R(9) I(8)

D(3) 11(4) 14(1)

A1

A2

11

12 14 D

SPS / IPC

Reset

L+

L-H1 H2

O 5.3

Cycle monitor with watchdog functionCM-WDSOrdering details

• Technical data ......................................... 105 • Dimensional drawings .......................... 109 • Accessories .................................. 109

Type Supply voltage Order code

The cycle monitor CM-WDS (watchdog) observes if a regularly intermittent pulse is applied to its pulseinput “I“. It is, for example, possible to connect the output of a programmable logic controller (plc), whichis set and reset regularly (e. g. once each cycle). The connected cycle pulse must be generated bysuitable programming of the plc/ipc. Now, the CM-WDS monitors if the cycle time of the plc/ipc programis smaller than the cycle monitoring time setted by means of the front-face selector switch “time value(ms)“.

The output relay 11-12/14 of the CM-WDS energizes and the red LED is switched off, if there areminimum 8 successive regular pulses on input “I“. When the pulse signal stays out or is not regular, theoutput relay de-energizes and the red LED is illuminated.

In case the monitoring time is too short or too long, this can be adjusted by a modified programming ofthe plc/ips or by modified setting of the monitoring time “time value (ms)“.A fault recognized and stored with the CM-WDS can be reset by an H-impulse (0-1-transition) on thereset input “R(9)“, so that the cycle monitoring is again released. The reset impulse can be generated bymeans of a reset button or by suitable programming of the controller (plc/ipc).

Setting the lower thres-hold value of cyclemonitoring time

F: red LED -cycle error

U: green LED -supply voltage

Wiring diagram

Marker label

Cycle monitor formonitoring the function ofprogrammable logiccontrollers or industrial pcs

4 selectable cyclemonitoring time rangesfrom 0.5 to 1000 ms

24 V DC supply

1 c/o contact

2 LEDs for statusindication

A1/A2Interrogation

window

I

R

red LED

11/1411/12

A = Cycle monitorB = Cycle is correct, no cycle errorC = Cycle failure 1: pulse > monitoring window

Cycle failure 2: pulse stays outt1 = 300 mst2 = 260 ms

A1/A2 Supply voltageI Cycle pulse inputR Reset input11-12/14 Output relayD Protected output

(freewheelingdiode)

Application

The CM-WDS is designed for the externalmonitoring of the correct function ofprogrammable logic controllers (plc) andindustrial pcs (ipc).

Funktional diagram CM-WDS

Example of application - circuit diagram

Connection diagram CM-WDS

NEW

Page 107: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1052CDC110004C0202

2

Cycle monitor with watchdog functionCM-WDSTechnical data

Input circuit

Supply voltage - power consumption A1-A2 24 V DC approx. 1 WTolerance of the supply voltage -30 % - +30 %Duty time 100 %

Measuring circuit I

Monitoring function cycle monitoringInput voltage 24 V DCInput current approx. 5 mASetting range of cycle monitoring time 0.5-150 ms

0.5-260 ms0.5-500 ms0.5-1000 ms

Cycle duration of one pulse approx. 0.5-1000 msMeasuring cycle at switching ON 2.2-10 sMeasuring error within the supply voltage tolerance 0.5 %Measuring error within the temperature range 0.06 % / °C

Timing circuit

ON-delay time approx. 2.2-10 sDelay on release time approx. 260 ms

Indication of operational states

Supply voltage U: green LEDOutput relay de-energized / cycle error F: red LED

Output circuit 11-12/14

Number of contacts 1 c/oOperating principle (output relay de-energizes if cycle error) Closed-circuit principleContact material AgCdoRated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 250 VMinimum switching voltageMaximum switching voltage 250 V AC, 250 V DCMinimum switching currentRated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 Aacc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive)230 V 3 A

DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 ADC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A

Maximum life mechanical 10 x 106 switching cycleselectrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles

Short-circuit proof, n/c 10 A fast operating class gLmaximum fuse rating n/o 10 A fast operating class gL

General data

Width of the enclosure 22.5 mmWire size 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG) stranded with wire end ferrulesMounting position anyDegree of protection enclosure / terminals IP 50 / IP 20Temperature range operation -20 °C ... +60 °C

storage -40 °C ... +85 °CMounting DIN rail (EN 50022)

Page 108: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1062CDC110004C0202

2

Cycle monitor with watchdog functionCM-WDSTechnical data (continued)

Standards /directives

Product standard IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6EMC Directive 89/336/EECEMC-test acc. to EN 61000-6-2

acc. to EN 61000-6-4ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6 kV / 8 kVHF radiation resistance acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/mBurst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kV / 5 kHzSurge acc. to IEC 61000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 3 2 kV L-LHF line emission acc. to IEC 61000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 VLow Voltage Directive 73/23/EECOperational reliability acc. to IEC 68-2-6 4 gMechanical shock resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 6 g

Isolation data

Rated insulation voltage between supply-, control- andoutput circuit acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 250 VRated impulse withstand between all isolated circuits 4 kV / 1.2-50 µs

acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664Test voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 minPollution degree acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III/COvervoltage category acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 IIIEnvironmental tests acc. to IEC 68-2-30 24 h cycle, 55 °C, 93 % rel. 96 h

Page 109: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1072CDC110004C0202

2

Content

Load limit curves ................................................................................................................... 108

Accessories ........................................................................................................................... 109

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109

Technical data and accessories

2

Page 110: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1082CDC110004C0202

2

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

018

8

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

018

9

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

018

5

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

018

4

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

018

6

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

018

7

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

018

5

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

018

3

Contact lifetimeReduction factor for inductive AC load

Reduction factor F

for inductive load

Contact lifetime /

number of operations N

220 V 50 Hz 1 AC

360 operations/h

DC load (resistive)AC load (resistive)

Contact lifetimeReduction factor for inductive AC load

Reduction factor F

for inductive load

Contact lifetime /

number of operations N

220 V 50 Hz 1 AC

360 operations/h

DC load (resistive)AC load (resistive)

CM-N (45 mm) range

Measuring and monitoring relaysCM rangeLoad limit curves

Load limit curves

CM-S (22.5 mm) and CM-E (22.5 mm) range

Page 111: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1092CDC110004C0202

2

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

017

7

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

018

2

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

018

1

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

017

9

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

018

0

745

5 87

5930

6312

81 014

,22 5 865

6210

5728

74 80 100

14,4

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

020

3

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

020

4

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

0423

Adapter for screw mounting

Marker

Sealable cover

Width Order code Pack. unit Pricein mm pieces 1 piece

22.5 1SVR 430 029 R 0100 145.0 1SVR 440 029 R 0100 1

Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces 1 piece

1SVR 366 017 R 0100 1

Width Order code Pack. unit Pricein mm pieces 1 piece

22.5 1SVR 430 005 R 0100 145.0 1SVR 440 005 R 0100 1

CM-S

22.5 mm

CM-N

45.5 mm

CM-E

22.5 mm

Cover for CM-S

22.5 mm

Cover for CM-N

45 mm

Measuring and monitoring relaysCM and C51xAccessories and dimensional drawings

Accessories

Dimensional drawingsTemperature monitoring relays C51x range

Measuring and monitoring relays CM range

C510 / C51122.5 mm

C512/C51345 mm

Dimensions in mm

Page 112: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1102CDC110004C0202

2

Notes

Page 113: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

3

1112CDC110004C0202

Safety relays

C57x and C67xx range

Content

Selection tables ...................................................................................................................... 112

Safety for man and machine, General information ............................................................. 114

Safety for man and machine, Safety category acc. to EN 954-1 ...................................... 115

Safety for man and machine, Standards, functions, applications ...................................... 116

Safety for man and machine, Cross circuit detection ........................................................ 117

EMERGENCY STOP monitors and safety gate monitorsC571, C571-AC, C573, C576, C577, C572, C574

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 118

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 130

Approvals ............................................................................................................................... 112

Dimensions ............................................................................................................................ 131

TWO-HAND control C575

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 123

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 130

Approvals ............................................................................................................................... 112

Dimensions ............................................................................................................................ 131

Extension unit C579 for contact expansion

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 124

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 130

Approvals ............................................................................................................................... 112

Dimensions ............................................................................................................................ 131

Safety relays with solid-state output C67xx

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 125

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 132

Approvals ............................................................................................................................... 113

Dimensions ............................................................................................................................ 133

Accessories for C57x and C67xx range

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 128

Safety relays C57x

Conversion table ESTOP, SGATE, 2HAND, EBLOC to C57x .......................................... 129

Page 114: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2CDC110004C0202

112

3

2CD

C 2

63 0

12 F

0004

Safety relaysC57x rangeSelection table

Type C571 C573 C576 C577 C572 C574 C575 C579

Function EMERGENCY STOP 5) 5) 5) 5) - -

Safety gate monitoring 6) 6) - -

Press control - - - - - - -

Cross circuit detection - - -

Safety categorie B 4)

acc. to EN 954-1 1) 1 4)

2 4)

3 4)

4 1) 1) 3) 7) 4)

Connection single channel - - - -

two channel - - -

Enabling circuits undelayed 2 n/o 3 n/o 2 n/o 2 n/o 3 n/o 2 n/o 2 n/o 4 n/o

Enabling circuits delayed - - - - - 2 n/o - -

Signaling circuits - 1 n/c - - 2 n/c 1 n/c 2 n/c -

Start automatic - , - - -

monitored - - - , - - -

1) Possible with additional external measures. The figures apply only if the cables and sensors are laid safely and protected mechanically. See also user manualand application manual.

2) The maximum safety category acc. EN 954-1, which can be reached, depends essentially on the external wiring, the choice of the sensors and the position ofthe machine. The nominal regulations for the safety at machines have to be observed.

3) Possible with undelayed enable contact.4) The safety category acc. to EN 954-1 corresponds to those of the basic unit.5) The ON-button is not monitored. Valid only for C574 devices with auto-start.6) With monitored ON-button possible. Valid only for C574 devices with monitored start.7) Acc. to EN 574, type III C.

Approvals

BG-PRÜFZERT

BGFE98xxx

(not for C579), , , SUVA, C-Tick (under preperation)

Page 115: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1132CDC110004C0202

32C

DC

263

031

F00

04

Type C6700 C6701 C6702

Function EMERGENCY-STOP

Safety gate monitoring

Press control - - -

Tread mats -

Electronic sensors -

Cascade input 24 V DC - 1 1

Cross short-circuit detection

Safety categorie B

acc. to EN 954-1 1) 1

2

3

4 -

Connection single channel

two channel

Enabling circuits Stop-Cat. 0 2 n/o 2) 2 n/o 1 n/o

Enabling circuits Stop-Cat. 1 - - 1 n/o

Signaling circuits 1) - - -

Start automatic

monitored

1) One safety circuit can be used as signaling circuit.2) The outputs are only safe in connection with an external contactor.

Safety relays with solid-state outputsC67xx rangeSelection table

Approvals TÜV, , , SUVA

Page 116: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2CDC110004C0202

114

3

Safety relaysSafety for man and machineGeneral information

Safety for man and machine

Machinery Directive 98/37/EEC

The Machinery Directive 98/37/EEC is valid throughout Europe. ThisDirective obliges the machine manufacturer to guarantee, byattaching the CE mark, that all European Standards relevant to thismachine type have been observed.The CE mark is attached by the manufacturer at his responsibility.No machine may be put into circulation or marketed without this CEmark.

Important notice:

The products described here in are designed to be components of acustomized machinery safety-oriented control system. A completesafety-oriented system may include safety sensors, evaluators,actuators and signaling components. It is the responsibility of eachcompany to conduct its own evaluation of the effectiveness of thesafety system by trained individuals.ABB AG, its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively "ABB") are not ina position to evaluate all of the characteristics of a given system orproduct or machine not designed by ABB.ABB accepts no liability for any recommendation that may be impliedor stated here in. The warranty contained in the contract of sale byABB is the sole warranty of ABB. Any statements contained here indo not create new warranties or modify existing ones.

Further Information:

User manual

A user manual with a device description, connection diagrams andapplication information in several languages is enclosed with everysafety switching device of C570 and C67xx range.

Application manual “Safety Engineering”

You can find further information in the "Safety Engineering"application manual. It provides you with the required information onthe relevant safety standards and project planning information.The entire range of components used for safety applications isexplained in this Manual, from the sensor (emergency stopcommand devices and position switches), through evaluation units(safety switching devices C57x and fail-safe control AC 31 S) to theactuator (e. g. contactor for switching motors). All these componentsmust be selected correctly in order to meet the requirementsapplicable to modern safety facilities.Please order the "Safety Engineering" application manual:English: 1SAC 103 201 H 0201German: 1SAC 103 201 H 0101

Safety circuits must meet the following requirementsdepending on the safety categorie acc, to EN 954-1:

Coping with an individual fault including all sequential faults in thecontrol circuit (single-fault tolerance).

Prevention of automatic restart of the machine when theEMERGENCY STOP facility is reset.

Setting up a redundant circuit by at least two contactor relays.

Creating diversity, e. g. by combining n/c and n/o contacts of theauxiliary contactors.

Cyclic monitoring of the safety circuit with each ON-OFF cycle.

The ABB safety switching devices comply withall requirements of EN 60204, part 1, and areapproved by the German Employers’ LiabilityInsurance Associations (BG) and/or TÜV(German Technical Inspection Authority).

Fields of application:

EMERGENCY STOP circuits

Safety gate monitoring

Two-hand controls

Safety tread mats

Practical experience has shown that, in a few applications, it isnecessary to also monitor the sensing elements (EMERGENCYSTOP buttons, limit switches of the safety gates etc.).A two-channel and/or cross circuit safe configuration is advisablein systems with a high level of contamination. In case of the two-channel control configuration, the contact part of the command unithas a redundant design. The supply leads can also be monitoredfor cross circuits.In case of a fault, the system reverts to safe state after the safetycontacts (enabling circuits) are opened. Enabling circuits aresafety contacts which reliably switch off the hazardous drives ormachines. (n/o contacts which reliably open in case of faults).Depending on the device type, there are additional signallingcontacts (n/c contacts which close in the event of a fault orsemiconductor outputs). Of course, it is possible to also useenabling contacts as signaling contacts.Unique and clear terminal identification permits simple, reliable andrapid wiring. The risk of a wiring fault is appreciably reduced.

Standards for the safety of machinery

EN 60204-1 "Functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems"

EN 418 "Safety of machinery; emergency stopequipment"

EN 574 "Two-hand control devices"

EN 954-1 "Safety-related parts of control systems"

EN 1050 "Principles for risk assessment"

EN 1088 "Interlocking devices associated with guards"

IEC 61508 "Functional safety of electrical/programmableelectronic safety related system"

Page 117: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1152CDC110004C0202

3

B 1 2 3 4

S1

S2

F1

F2

P1

P2

P1

P2

2CD

C 2

62 0

01 F

0004

Safety relaysPersonnel safety and machine protectionSafety category according to EN 954-1

S- Serious injuriesS1 Slight (and normally reversible) injuries.S2 Serious (normally irreversible) injuries, including death.

F- Frequency and/or duration of the risk exposureF1 Rare to frequent and/or short duration of exposure.F2 Frequent to sustained and/or longduration of exposure.

P- Options for risk avoidance(generally referred to the speed and frequency at which thedangerous component moves and to the clearance fromthe dangerous component)P1 Possible under certain conditions.P2 Hardly possible.

B, 1, 2, 3 and 4: Categories for safety-related components ofcontrols

Preferred category. Possible category requiring additional measures. Disproportionately extensive measures by comparison

with the risk.

Summary of the requirements for categories according to EN 954-1

Safety Summary of requirements System behavior2) Principles for

category1) achieving safety

B The safety-related components of controls and/or their protection The occurrence of a fault may leaddevices and their components must be designed, constructed, to loss of the safety function.selected, assembled and combined in compliance with theapplicable standards, such that they can withstand the anticipated Predominantly characterizedinfluences. by selection of componentsl

1 The requirements of B must be complied with. The occurrence of a fault may leadTime-proven components and time-proven safety principles to loss of the safety function but thehave to be applied. probability of occurrence is less than

in category B.

2 The requirements of B and the use of the time-proven safety principles The occurrence of a fault may leadmust be complied with. to loss of the safety function betweenThe safety function has to be checked at appropriate intervals the inspection intervals.by the machine control.

The loss of the safety function is3 The requirements of B and the use of the time-proven safety principles detected by the check/inspection.

must be complied with. If the single fault occurs, the safetySafety related components must be designed in a way that: function is always maintained.

a single fault in any of these components does not lead to loss Certain faults but not all faults areof the safety function and detected.the individual fault is detected, whenever feasible in an An accumulation of undetected faultsappropriate manner. may lead to loss of the safety function.

Predominantly characterizedby the structure

4 The requirements of B and the use of the time-proven safety principles If the faults occur, the safety functionmust be complied with. is always maintained.Safety related components must be designed in a way that: The faults are detected in good time to

a single fault in any of these components does not lead to loss prevent loss of the safety function.of the safety function andthe individual fault is detected at or before the next requirementapplicable to the safety function or, if this is not possible,that an accumulation of faults may not lead to loss of thesafety function.

1) The categories are not intended to be applied in any specific order or hierarchical arrangements with respect to the technical-safety requirements.2) The risk assessment will indicate whether full or partial loss of the safety function(s) as the result of fault is acceptable.

Classification of a machine into categories according to

EN 954-1

Pursuant to the Machinery Directive 98/37/EEC, every machinemust comply with the relevant directives and standards. Measuresmust be taken to keep the risk to persons below a tolerable extent.

This mandatory classification runs like a red thread from selection ofthe smallest limit switch through to the overall concept of the entiremachine, always raising a permanent conflict between what istechnically feasible and what is permitted on the basis of "puretheory".

In the first step, the project planner performs a risk evaluation acc.to EN 1050 "Risk Assessment". This must take into account themachine's ambient conditions for instance. Then, any overall riskmust be assessed. This risk assessment has to be conducted in aform that allows documentation of the procedure and the resultsachieved. The risks, dangers and possible technical measures toreduce risks and dangers must be stipulated in this riskassessment.

After stipulating the extent of the risk, the category on the basis ofwhich the safety circuits are to be designed is determined with theaid of EN 954-1 "Safety-Related Components of Controls".The category determined this way defines the technicalrequirements applicable to the design of the safety equipment. Thereare five categories (B, 1, 2, 3 and 4), where B (standing for basiccategory) defines the lowest risk and thus also the minimumrequirements applicable to the controller.

Thus: Depending on the application, not every technically feasiblesafety category is also permitted. For instance, in case ofcontactless protection devices (light barriers etc.) only categories 2or 4 are permitted. In contrast, in case of tread mats, categories B to4 can be used depending on risk assessment, provided that thesecategories can be reached at all owing to the design.

Starting point for therisk assessment of thesafety-relatedcomponent of thecontroller.

Possible selection of categories according to EN 954-1

Page 118: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2CDC110004C0202

116

3

Safety relaysPersonnel and machine protectionStandards, functions, applications

Stop categories acc. to EN 60204

Standard EN 60204 demands that every machine must feature thestop function of category 0. Stop functions of categories 1 and/or 2must be provided if necessary for technical safety and/or functionalrequirements of the machine. Category 0 and category 1 stops mustbe operable independent of the operating mode, and a category 0stop must have priority.

There are three categories of stop functions:

Category 0:Shut-down by immediate switch-off of the energy supply to themachine drives.

Category 1:Controlled shut-down, where the energy supply to the machinedrives is retained in order to achieve shut-down and where theenergy supply is only interrupted after standstill has been reached.

Category 2:A controlled shut-down where the energy supply to the machinedrives is retained.

Scope of applicationPotential risks and hazards posed by a machine must be eliminatedas fast as possible in the event of danger. For dangerous move-ments, the safe state is generally a standstill. All safety switching de-vices of C 570 range switch to de-energized state, i.e. standstill fordrives, in the event of danger or fault.

EMERGENCY STOP

EMERGENCY STOP devices must have priority over all other func-tions.The energy supplied to the machine drives which may cause dange-rous states must be switched off as fast as possible without furtherrisks or dangers. Resetting the drives may not trigger a restart. TheEMERGENCY STOP must act either as a stop of category 0 or as astop of category 1.According EN 418 "EMERGENCY STOP equipment, functionalaspects, principles for design" the resetting of the control devicemay only be possible as a result of an action by hand at the controldevice. Resetting the control device may not release a restart in-struction. A restart of the machine may only be possible when allconcerned operating elements have been reset individually andconsciously by hand.The basic devices of the C57x range of safety switching devicescan be used for EMERGENCY STOP applications up to category 4acc. to EN 954-1. Depending on external wiring and cable routing ofthe sensors, category 3 or 4 acc. to EN 954-1 can be reached.

Safety gate monitoring

According to EN 1088, a distinction is made between interlocking gu-ards and interlocking guards with guard locking.Here as well, the safety switching devices are used for EMERGEN-CY STOP applications. Controls up to category 4 to EN 954-1 arepossible.

Presses and punchesTwo-hand control is intended for devices on which the operator mustuse both hands simultaneously, thus protecting him against risksand dangers.

Safety functions

Auto-startWhen the sensor circuit is closed the device is active.

If an ON-button is installed in the feedback circuit, a cross circuit ofthe feedback circuit is not monitored. Safety categories B, 1, 2, and3 do not dictate a cross-circuit detection.

If a device with the function "auto-start" shall be used for safety ca-tegories 4 and EMERGENCY STOP, the user has to guarantee afault exclusion in the ON-button circuit, e. g. by a safe laying of theON-button line.

Monitored startAfter a supply voltage failure or a saftey-related switch-off, the de-vice will be started only by actuation of the ON-button.

Especially for presses type III C to DIN 574 is possible.Safety category 4 to EN 954-1 is possible if the feed and the feed-back circuit are monitored for cross circuits.

After closing the sensor line the ON-button has to be actuated.

Cross circuit safetyCross circuit safety denotes the ability of monitoring modules to de-tect faults (caused by pinched cable, earth-leakage, ect.) that canoccur in the application being monitored and to prevent the releaseof the safety circuits until external faults have been removed.

Device outputs

Safety outputs

The safety-related function must be controlled via safe output con-tacts, the so-called safety outputs. Safety outputs are always nor-mally open contacts and switch off without delay.

Signalling outputs

For the signalling outputs, normally open contacts and normallyclosed contacts which may not perform safety-related functions areused. Safety outputs also be used as signalling outputs.

Delayed safety outputs

Drives which have a long overtravel must be decelerated in theevent of danger. For this purpose, the energy supply must bemaintained for electrical braking (stop category 1 acc. toEN 60 204-1).

Contact expansion

If the safety outputs of the basic device do not suffice, positively dri-ven contactors (e. g. B6, B7) may be used for contact expansion.

Page 119: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1172CDC110004C0202

3Y22

ϑ

1

3

2414 34 42

2313Y11Y10

A2

A1 33 41

4

5

52

51Y21Y12

Y34Y33PE Y44Y43

L-/N

L+/L1

6

7

8

2

PE

2CD

C 2

62 0

24 F

0004

Safety relaysPersonnel and machine protectionCross circuit detection

Cross circuit safety

On ABB Safety relays C57x and C67xx, wich are designed to monitor EMERGENCY STOP, two-hand control units and safety gates, crosscircuit safety is achieved by two channel (redundant) wiring of EMERGENCY STOP control devices (see diagram below). The twoEMERGENCY STOP channels are operated at different voltages; thus the units will detect excessive current flow between the two pointsand disconnect the enabling circuits.

Type of fault

+ Connection (cross circuit) between Y12 and Y21 The fault will be detected as a short-circuit (excessive current flow). The unit will disconnect the enabling circuits.

Earthing of Y21 The fault will be detected as a short-circuit (excessive current flow). The unit will disconnect the enabling circuits.

+ Next operation of EMERGENCY STOP button will detect the fault as no voltage change will occur on Y12. The unit will prevent restarting unitl the fault has been removed and the EMERGENCY STOP module reset.

- Immediate detection of the line interruption (voltage change on Y12) and opening of the enabling circuits The unit will prevent restarting unitl the fault has been removed and the EMERGENCY STOP module reset.

The units incorporate internal electrical short-circuit protection which will trip when a fault occurs (short-circuit, cross circuit, ...)and disconnect the enabling circuits. After a fault has been removed, the safety relay will recognize this and again be ready foroperation. Neither the unit nor any internal fusibles will need to be exchanged.

Page 120: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1182CDC110004C0202

3C571

1SA

R 5

01 0

20 F

000

1

2CD

C 2

62 0

13 F

0004

2CD

C 2

62 0

02 F

0004

2CD

C 2

62 0

14 F

0004

2CD

C 2

62 0

11 F

0004

13 23A1 Y11 Y12

A214 24

A1

A2

13

14

23

24

Y33

Y21Y34

Y22

13 23A1 Y1 Y2

A214 24

A1

A2

13

14

23

24

ϑ

2

1

3

2414

2313Y2Y1

A2

A1

4

5

K1 K2

K1

K2

K1

K2

M3~

L+

L-L-/N

L+/L1

C57

1

76

1

2

3

4

Y34Y22Y12 14 24

Y33

Y34

Y21Y11

Y22Y12

A2

A1 13 23

K1

L-/N

K2

K1

K2

L1

N

L-/L1

C57

1-A

C

K1

K2

M3~

5

6

Safety relaysC571 and C571-ACOrdering details

EMERGENCY STOP monitor and safety gate monitor C571

• Technical data ...................................................................... 130 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 131

1) Possible in combination with additional external measures. Information given in brackets only apply if cables and sensors are installed safely andmechanically protected.

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price WeightUc unit 1 piece 1 piece

piece kg/lb

C571 24 V DC 1SAR 501 020 R 0003 1 0,240/0.53C571 24 V AC/DC 1SAR 501 020 R 0001 1 0,240/0.53

C571-AC 115 V AC 1SAR 501 020 R 0004 1 0,260/0.57C571-AC 230 V AC 1SAR 501 020 R 0005 1 0,260/0.57

Auto-start / monitored startOperating voltage Vc atEMERGENCY STOPbutton or limit switchFeedback loop formonitoring of externalcontactorsSafety outputs:2 n/o contacts,positively guided3 LEDs for statusindicationSafety category acc. toEN 954-1: B, 1, 2, 3, 41)

PTC-fuse Power pack Control logic Channel1 Channel 2 External starting conditions Start pushbutton

Connection diagram C571

Block diagram C571

A1/A2 Supply voltage13-14, 23-24 Safety outputs

(n/o)

Y1-Y2 Feedback loop,ON-button

Power pack Control logic Channel 1 Channel 2 External starting conditions Start pushbutton

Connection diagram C571-AC

Block diagram C571-AC

A1/A2 Supply voltage13-14, 23-24 Safety outputs

(n/o)Y11-Y12 Channel 1Y21-Y22 Channel 2Y33-Y34 Feedback loop,

ON-button

Application

The safety relays C571 and C571-AC can be used in EMERGENCY STOP circuits according to EN 418and in safety circuits according to VDE 0113 Part 1 (11.98) and/or EN 60 204-1 (11.98), e. g. with mo-vable covers and guard doors. Depending on the external connections, safety categories B, 1, 2, 3 or 41)

according to DIN EN 954-1 are achievable.

When the safety combination is used in "automatic start" mode, automatic restarting (according toEN 60 204-1, sections 9.2.5.4.2 and 10.8.3) must be prevented by the higher-level control system in theevent of EMERGENCY STOP.

Functions

The safety relays C571 and C571-AC have two enabling (safe) circuits which are configured as n/o con-tacts. The number of enabling circuits can be increased by adding one or more C579 extension units.Three LEDs (Power, Channel 1, Channel 2) indicate the operating state and function.When the EMERGENCY STOP button or the limit switch is unlocked and when the ON-button ispressed, the internal circuits of the safety relays and the external contactors are checked for properfunctioning.

Page 121: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1192CDC110004C0202

3C573

1SA

R 5

01 0

31 F

000

1

2CD

C 2

62 0

04 F

0004

13 23 33A1 Y1 Y2

41 42 A214 24 34

A1

A2

13

14

23

24

41

42

33

34

2CD

C 2

62 0

15 F

0004

ϑ

2

1

3

2414 34 42

2313Y2Y1

A2

A1 33 41

4

5

K1 K2 H1

K2

K1

L+

L-L-/N

L+/L1

K1

K2

M3~

C57

3

7

6

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price WeightUc unit 1 piece 1 piece

piece kg/lb

C573 24 V DC/AC 1SAR 501 031 R 0001 1 0,240/0.53

Operating voltage Vc atEMERGENCY STOPbutton or limit switchSingle- or two-channelconnectionFeedback loop formonitoring of externalcontactorsSafety outputs:3 n/o contacts,positively guidedSignalling contacts:1 n/c contact,positively guided3 LEDs for statusindicationSafety category acc. toEN 954-1: B, 1, 2, 3, 41)

Safety relaysC573Ordering details

EMERGENCY STOP monitor and safety gate monitor C573Application

The safety relay C573 can be used in EMERGENCY STOP circuits according to EN 418 and in safetycircuits according to VDE 0113 Part 1 (11.98) and/or EN 60 204-1 (11.98), e.g. with movable covers andguard doors. Depending on the external connections, safety categories B, 1, 2, 3 or 41) according toDIN EN 954-1 are achievable.

Functions

The safety relay C573 has three enabling circuits (safety outputs) which are configured as n/o contactsand a signal circuit configured as a n/c contact. The number of enabling circuits can be increased by ad-ding one or more C579 extension units.Three LEDs (Power, Channel 1, Channel 2) indicate the operating state and function.When the EMERGENCY STOP button or the limit switch is unlocked and when the ON-button ispressed, the internal circuits of the safety relays and the external contactors are checked for properfunctioning.

Connection diagram C573

Block diagram C573

A1/A2 Supply voltage13-14, 23-24 Safety outputs

(n/o)41-42 Signalling output

(n/c)Y1-Y2 Feedback loop,

ON-button

PTC-fuse Power pack Control logic Channel 1 Channel 2 External starting conditions Start pushbutton

• Technical data ...................................................................... 130 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 131

1) Possible in combination with additional external measures. Information given in brackets only apply if cables and sensors are installed safely andmechanically protected.

Page 122: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1202CDC110004C0202

3

1SA

R 5

01 1

20 F

000

11S

AR

501

220

F 0

001

C576

C577

2CD

C 2

62 0

07 F

0004

13 23 Y33A1 Y11 Y12

Y21 Y22 A214 24 Y34

A1

A2

13

14

23

24

2CD

C 2

62 0

19 F

0004

ϑ

2

1

3

4

5

Y34Y22Y12 14 24

Y33Y21Y11

A2

A1 13 23

K1 K2

K1

K2

L+/L1

L-/N

Y12 Y22

K1

K2

M3~

C57

6 /

C57

7

Y34

67

• Technical data ...................................................................... 130 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 131

EMERGENCY STOP monitor and safety gate monitor C576 and C577

Application

The safety relays C576 and C577 can be used in safety circuits according to VDE 0113 Part 1 (11.98)or EN 60 204-1 (11.98), e. g. with movable covers and safety gates in EMERGENCY STOP circuitsaccording to EN 418. Depending on external connections, safety categories B, 1, 2, 3 or 4 according toDIN EN 954-1 are achievable.

Functions

The safety relays C576 and C577 have two enabling circuits (safety outputs) configured as n/o con-tacts. The number of enabling circuits can be increased by adding one or more C579 extension units.Three LEDs (Power, Channel 1, Channel 2) indicate operating state and function.When the EMERGENCY STOP button or the limit switch is unlocked and when the ON-button ispressed, the internal circuit of the safety relay and the external contactors are checked for properfunctioning. On the C577, the ON circuit Y33-Y34 is checked for short circuit. This means that a faultis detected when Y33-Y34 is closed before the EMERGENCY STOP button is closed.

Safety relaysC576 and C577Ordering details

C576:

Auto-Start

C577:Monitored Start

C567 and C577:Cross circuit detection atEMERGENCY STOPbutton or limit switch24 V DC at the EMER-GENCY STOP buttonTwo-channel connectionFeedback loop formonitoring of externalcontactorsSafety outputs:2 n/o contacts,positively guided3 LEDs for statusindicationSafety category acc. toEN 954-1: B, 1, 2, 3, 4

Type Supply voltage Start Order code Pack Price WeightUc unit 1 piece 1 piece

piece kg/lb

C576 24 V AC/DC auto 1SAR 501 120 R 0001 1 0,240/0.53

C577 24 V AC/DC monitored 1SAR 501 220 R 0001 1 0,240/0.53

Connection diagram C576 and C577

Block diagram C576 and C577

A1/A2 Supply voltage13-14, 23-24 Safety outputs

(n/o)

PTC-fuse Power pack Control logic Channel 1 Channel 2 External starting conditions Start pushbutton

Y11-Y12 Channel 1:EMERGENCY STOP or limit switch

Y21-Y22 Channel 2:EMERGENCY STOP or limit switch

Y33-Y34 Feedback loop, ON-button

Page 123: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1212CDC110004C0202

3C572

1SA

R 5

01 0

32 F

000

2

2CD

C 2

62 0

16 F

0004

2CD

C 2

62 0

03 F

0004

13 33 41A1 Y11 Y21

Y33 Y43 PE14 34 42

A1

A2

13

14

23

24

51

52

33

34

23 51Y10 Y12 Y22

Y34 Y44 A224 52

41

42

Y22

ϑ21

3

2414 34 42

2313Y11Y10

A2

A1 33 41

4

5

52

51Y21Y12

Y34Y33PE Y44Y43

L-/N

L+/L1

K1

K2

K1 K2 H1

K1

K2

M3~

C57

2

76

Safety relaysC572Ordering details

EMERGENCY STOP monitor and safety gate monitor C572Application

The safety relay C572 can be used in EMERGENCY STOP circuits according to EN 418, in safety cir-cuits according to VDE 0113 Part 1 (06.93) and/or EN 60 204-1 (12.97), e.g. with movable covers andsafety gates. Depending on the external connection, safety categories B, 1, 2, 3 or 4 according toDIN EN 945-1 are achievable with this device.

Functions

The safety relay C572 has three enabling circuits (safety outputs) which are configured as n/o contactsand two signal circuits configured as a n/c contact.Three LEDs (Power, Channel 1, Channel 2) indicate operating state and function.When the EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton or limit pushbutton is unlocked and the ON-button ispressed, the redundant safety relays, electronic circuitry and external contactors are tested for properfunctioning.On the C572, the ON circuit Y33-Y34 is checked for short circuit. This means that a fault ist detectedwhen Y33-Y34 is closed before the EMERGENCY STOP button is closed.

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price WeightUc unit 1 piece 1 piece

piece kg/lb

C572 24 V DC 1SAR 501 032 R 0003 1 0,360/0.7924 V AC 1SAR 501 032 R 0002 1 0,360/0.79

115 V AC 1SAR 501 032 R 0004 1 0,450/0.99230 V AC 1SAR 501 032 R 0005 1 0,450/0.99

Auto-start / monitored start24 V DC at EMERGENCYSTOP button or limit switchCross circuit detection atEMERGENCY STOPbutton or limit switchFeedback loop formonitoring of externalcontactorsSafety outputs:3 n/o contacts,positively guidedSignalling contacts:2 n/c contacts,positively guided3 LEDs for statusindicationSafety category acc. toEN 954-1: B, 1, 2, 3, 4

Connection diagram C572

Block diagram C572

A1/A2 Supply voltage13-14, 23-24 Safety outputs33-34 (n/o)41-42, 51-52 Signalling outputs

(n/c)

Power pack PTC-fuse Control logic Channel 1 Channel 2 External starting conditions Start pushbutton

• Technical data ...................................................................... 130 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 131

Y43-Y44 jumper = Auto-startwithout jumper = monitored start

Y10-Y11 jumper = two channel operation, EMERGENCYSTOP at Y11-Y12 and Y21-Y22

Y11-Y12, jumper = single channel operation, EMERGENCYSTOP at Y10-Y12, Y21-Y22 jumpered

Y33-Y34 Feedback loop, ON-button

Page 124: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1222CDC110004C0202

3

2CD

C 2

62 0

17 F

0004

C574

1SA

R 5

03 0

41 F

000

2

2CD

C 2

62 0

05 F

000413 31 47

A1 Y11 Y21

Y33 PE14 32 48

A1

A2

13

14

23

24

23 57Y10 Y12 Y22

Y34 A224 58

31

32

47

48

57

58

Y22

ϑ21

3

2414 32 48

2313Y11Y10

A2

A1 31 47

4

5

6

7

58

57Y21Y12

Y34Y33PE

K1H1 K2

K1

K2

L+/L1

L-/N

C57

4

K1

K2

M3~

9

8

Safety relaysC574Ordering details

1) For undelayed enabling circuits only.

EMERGENCY STOP monitor and safety gate monitor with time delay C574Application

The safety relay C574 can be used in EMERGENCY STOP devices according to EN 418, in safetycircuits according to VDE 0113 Part 1 (06.93) and/or EN 60 204-1 (12.97), such as for monitoring safetygates, or in circuits with controlled stand-still requirement (STOP Category 1). Depending on the externalcircuitry, this device can be used to realize safety categories B, 1, 2, 3 or 41) for undelayed enablingcircuits according to DIN EN 954-1.

Functions

The C574 safety relay possesses two delayed and two undelaled enabling circuits (safety outputs) asn/o contacts and one undelayed signal output as n/c contact.Five LEDs (Power, Channel 1, Channel 2, delayed channel 1, delayed channel 2) indicate theoperating status and the functions.The redundant safety relays, the electronics and the operated motor contactors are tested for properfunctioning when the EMERGENCY STOP button or the limit switch button is unlatched, and when ONcircuit Y33-Y34 is closed. On the C574 (monitored start), the ON circuit Y33-Y34 is checked for shortcircuit. This means that a fault ist detected when Y33-Y34 is closed before the EMERGENCY STOPbutton is closed.Auto-start/ monitored start

Single- or two-channelconnectionFeedback loop formonitoring of externalcontactorsDelay time tv continuouslyadjustableSafety outputs:2 n/o contacts(stop cat. 0),2 n/o contacts(stop cat. 1),time delayed, pos. guidedSignalling output:1 n/c contact,positively guided5 LEDs for statusindicationSafety category acc. toEN 954-1: B, 1, 2, 3, 41)

Type Supply Delay- Start Order code Pack. Price Weightvoltage time unit 1 piece 1 piece

Uc tv piece kg/lb

C574 24 V DC 1SAR 503 041 R 0003 1 0,450/0.9924 V AC

0,5-30 smoni- 1SAR 503 041 R 0002 1 0,450/0.99

115 V AC tored 1SAR 503 041 R 0004 1 0,450/0.99230 V AC 1SAR 503 041 R 0005 1 0,450/0.99

C574 24 V DC 1SAR 503 141 R 0003 1 0,430/0.9524 V AC

0,5-30 s auto1SAR 503 141 R 0002 1 0,430/0.95

115 V AC 1SAR 503 141 R 0004 1 0,600/1.32230 V AC 1SAR 503 141 R 0005 1 0,600/1.32

C574 24 V DC 1SAR 533 241 R 0003 1 0,430/0.9524 V AC

0,05-3 s moni- 1SAR 533 241 R 0002 1 0,430/0.95

115 V AC tored 1SAR 533 241 R 0004 1 0,600/1.32230 V AC 1SAR 533 241 R 0005 1 0,600/1.32

C574 24 V DC 1SAR 533 141 R 0003 1 0,430/0.9524 V AC

0,05-3 s auto1SAR 533 141 R 0002 1 0,430/0.95

115 V AC 1SAR 533 141 R 0004 1 0,600/1.32230 V AC 1SAR 533 141 R 0005 1 0,600/1.32

• Technical data ...................................................................... 130 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 131

Block diagram C574

Power pack PTC-fuse Control logic Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 (+) Channel 2 (+) External starting conditions Start pushbutton

Connection diagram C574

A1/A2 Supply voltage13-14, 23-24 Safety outputs

undelayed (n/o)31-32 Signalling outputs

undelayed (n/c)47-48, 57-58 Safety outputs delayed

(n/o)for monitored start:Y11-Y12, jumper = singel channelY21-Y22 operation, EMERGENCY

STOP at Y10-Y11Y10-Y11 jumper = two channel

operation, EMERGENCYSTOP at Y11-Y12 andY21-Y22

Y33-Y34 Feedback loop, ON-button

Page 125: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1232CDC110004C0202

3

1SA

R 5

04 0

22 F

000

2

C575

2CD

C 2

62 0

18 F

0004

13 31 41A1 Y12 Y22

Y31 Y33

14 32 42

A1

A2

13

14

23

24

41

42

23Y11 Y21 Y23

Y32 A224

31

32

2CD

C 2

62 0

06 F

0004

Y23

ϑ21

3

2414 32 42

2313Y12Y11

A2

A1 31 41

4

5

Y22Y21

Y31 Y33Y32

S2

S1

K1 K2 H1

J

K1

K2

L+/L1

L-/N

K1

K2

M3~

C57

5

7

Safety relaysC575Ordering details

Two-Hand control acc. toEN 574 Type III C24 V DC at the two-handcontrol switchesSimultaneity monitoring:0.5 sCross circuit detectionFeedback loop for monito-ring of external contactorsSafety outputs:2 n/o contacts,positively guidedSignaling contacts:2 n/c contacts,positively guided5 LEDs for statusindicationSafety category acc. toEN type III C: B4

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack Price WeightUc unit 1 piece 1 piece

piece kg/lb

C575 24 V DC 1SAR 504 022 R 0003 1 0,350/0.7724 V AC 1SAR 504 022 R 0002 1 0,350/0.77

115 V AC 1SAR 504 022 R 0004 1 0,350/0.77230 V AC 1SAR 504 022 R 0005 1 0,350/0.77

• Technical data ...................................................................... 130 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 131

TWO-HAND control C575Application

C575 is suitable for installation in controls for presses: Hydraulic presses DIN EN 693, eccentric andrelated presses EN 692, screw presses EN 692.

Functions

The two-hand control unit C575 possesses two enabling circuits (safety outputs) configure as n/ocontacts and two signal outputs configured as n/c contacts.Five LEDs (Power, S1 ON, S1 OFF, S2 ON, S2 OFF) indicate the operating status and the functions.The safety outputs are closed by simultaneous operation (< 0.5 s) of the pushbuttons S1 and S2. Ifone pushbutton is no longer pressed, the outputs open. They do not close again until both pushbuttonsare no longer pressed and then simultaneously pressed again.

Connection diagram C575

Block diagram C575

A1/A2 Supply voltage13-14, 23-24 Safety outputs

(n/o)31-32, 41-42 Signalling outputs

(n/c)

Power pack PTC-fuse Control logic Channel 1 Channel 2 Safety output External starting conditions

Y11-Y12 Feedback loopY21, 22, 23 Pushbutton S1Y31, Y32, Y33 Pushbotton S2

1) According to EN 574, Type III C

Page 126: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1242CDC110004C0202

3

1SA

R 5

02 1

40 F

000

1

C579

2CD

C 2

62 0

09 F

0004

13 23 33A1 43 44

51 52 A214 24 34

A1

A2

13

14

23

24

51

52

33

34

43

44

2CD

C 2

62 0

20 F

0004

ϑ

2

1

3 4

5

K2

K1

L+/L1

Y33

Y34

L-/N

13 23 33

14 24 34 342414 44 52

332313

A2

A1 43 51

K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6

K5

K6

K3

K4

C57

9

C57

x

7

6

Safety relays - Contact expansionC579Ordering details

Extension unit C579 for contact expansion

Applications

The C579 expansion unit can be used in combination with all C57x basic units. It extends the number ofenabling circuits. Depending on the external connection, safety categories B, 1, 2, 3 or 4 according toDIN EN 954-1 are achievable with this device.

Functions

The C579 expansion unit has four enabling circuits (safety circuits) configured as n/o circuits.Two LEDs (channel 1, channel 2) indicate operating state and function.The device is controlled via one enabling circuit of the safety relays C57x.When the EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton or the limit switch is unlocked and the ON-button ispressed, the internal circuit of the safety relay and the external contactors are checked for correctfunctioning.

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price WeightUc unit 1 piece 1 piece

piece kg/lb

C579 24 V AC/DC 1SAR 502 040 R 0001 1 0,240/0.53C579-AC 115 V AC 1SAR 502 040 R 0004 1 0,240/0.53C579-AC 230 V AC 1SAR 502 040 R 0005 1 0,240/0.53

1 safety output contact ofthe basic device isrequired for connection tothe extension unit.Safety outputs:4 n/o contacts,positively guided2 LEDs for statusindicationSafety category acc. toEN 954-1: B, 1, 2, 3, 4depending on the externalconnection

Connection diagram C579

Block diagram C579

A1/A2 Supply voltage13-14, 23-24, Safety outputs33-34, 43-44 (n/o)51-52 Signalling output

(n/c)

PTC-fuse Power pack Control logic Channel 1 Channel 2 External starting conditions Start pushbutton

• Technical data ...................................................................... 130 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 131

Page 127: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1252CDC110004C0202

3

2CD

C 2

61 0

26 F

0004

C6700

2CD

C 2

62 0

10 F

0004Y11 Y12 Y34

A1 Y33

Y20 Y21 A2Y22 14 24

A1

14 24

2CD

C 2

62 0

21 F

0004

1

2

3

4

Y34Y22Y12 14 24

Y33Y34

Y21Y20Y11

Y22Y12

A2 (-)

A1 (+)

K1 K2

2,5A

K1

K2

L+

L-

K1

K2

M3~

C67

00

6

5

Safety relay with solid-state outputC6700Ordering details

Electronic safety relay with solid-state output C6700

Applications

The C6700 safety combination can be used in EMERGENCY STOP circuits according to EN 418 and insafety circuits according to EN 60 204-1 (11.98), e. g. for moving covers and safety gates. Safetycatetories B, 1, 2 or 3 according to DIN EN 954-1 or SIL 1 or SIL 2 according to IEC 61508 can beachieved, depending on the external circuits.

Functions

The C6700 safety relay has two solid-state outputs.Three LEDs (Power, Run, Fail) indicate the operating state and the function.During operation, all internal circuit elements are cyclically monitored for faults. Safety category 3according to EN 954-1 is achieved only in combination with 2 external actuators with positively drivenfeedback contacts.

• Technical data ...................................................................... 132 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 133

Type Supply Release time Order code Pack. Price Weightvoltage after unit 1 piece 1 piece

Uc EMERG. STOP piece kg/lb

C6700 24 V DC < 30 ms 1SAR 510 120 R 0003 1 0.150/0.33

Connection diagram C6700

Block diagram C6700

Power pack Control logic Channel 1 Channel 2 External starting conditions Start pushbutton

Auto-start / monitored startFeedback loop for monito-ring of external contactorsSafety outputs:2 solid-state componentsá 0,5 A3 LEDs for statusindicationSafety category acc. toEN 954-1: B, 1, 2, 3Safety integrity level acc.to IEC 61508: SIL 1, SIL 2

A1/A2 Supply voltage14, 24 Safety outputs

(electronic outputs)

Y20-Y21 with jumper = single channelwithout jumper = two channel

Y11-Y12 Channel 1: EMERGENCY STOP or limit switchY21-Y22 Channel 2: EMERGENCY STOP or limit switchY33-Y34 Feedback loop (Auto-start)A1-Y34 Feedback loop, ON-button (monitored start)

Page 128: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1262CDC110004C0202

3

2CD

C 2

61 0

27 F

0004

C6701

2CD

C 2

62 0

22 F

0004

2CD

C 2

62 0

29 F

0004Y11 Y12 Y34

A1 Y32

Y35 Y21 A2Y22 14 24

A1

14 24

1

1

2

Y34Y22Y12 141 24

Y32Y35Y11 Y21

A2 (-)

A1 (+)

K1 K2

6,3A

L+

L-

µC1 µC2

L+

14

3

4

K1

K2

M3~

C67

01

Y34

K1

K2

Y22Y126

5

Safety relay with solid-state outputsC6701Ordering details

Type Supply Release time Order code Pack. Price Weightvoltage after unit 1 piece 1 piece

Uc EMERG. STOP piece kg/lb

C6701 24 V DC 30 ms min. 1SAR 511 320 R 0003 1 0.150/0.33

Electronic safety relay with solid-state output C6701

Application

The C6701 safety relay can be used in EMERGENCY STOP circuits according to EN 418 and in safetycircuits according to EN 60 204-1 (11.98), e.g. in movable guards and safety gates. Depending on theexternal circuit elements, safety categories B, 1, 2, 3 or 4 according to DIN EN 954-1 or SIL 1, SIL 2 orSIL 3 according to IEC 61508 can be achieved.

Functions

The C6701 safety relay has two reliable solid-state outputs.Three LEDs (Power, Run, Fail) indicate the operating state and the function.When the device is put into operation it runs through a self-test to test the correct functioning of theinternal electronics. All internal circuit components are monitored for faults cyclically during operation.External actuators or loads can be switched via safe outputs 14 and 24.

• Technical data ...................................................................... 132 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 133

Power pack Control logic Channel 1 Channel 2 External starting conditions Start pushbutton

Connection diagram C6701

Block diagram C6701

Auto-start / monitored startCross circuit detectionconfigurableFeedback loop for monito-ring of external contactors2 solid-state componentsà 1,5 ACascading input3 LEDs for statusindicationSafety category acc. to EN954-1: B, 1, 2, 3, 4Safety integrity level acc.to IEC 61508: SIL 1, SIL 2,SIL 3

A1/A2 Supply voltage14, 24 Electronic outputs1 Cascading input

Y32 to supply = Auto-startopen = monitored start

Y35 to supply = without cross circuit detectionopen = with cross circuit detection

Y11-Y12 Channel 1: EMERGENCY STOP or limit switchY21-Y22 Channel 2: EMERGENCY STOP or limit switchA1-Y34 Feedback loop, ON-button

Page 129: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1272CDC110004C0202

3

2CD

C 2

61 0

28 F

0004

C6702

2CD

C 2

62 0

23 F

0004

2CD

C 2

62 0

30 F

0004Y11 Y12 Y34

A1 Y32

Y35 Y21 A2Y22 14 28

A1

14 28

1

t

1

2

Y34Y22Y12 141 28

Y32Y35Y11 Y21

A2 (-)

A1 (+)

K1 K2

6,3A

L+

L-

µC1 µC2

L+

14

3

4

C67

02

Y34

K1

K2

Y22Y12

K1

K2

M3~

6

5

Electronic safety relays with solid-state output C6702

Application

The C6702 safety relays can be used in EMERGENCY STOP circuits according to EN 418 and in safetycircuits according to EN 60 204-1 (11.98), e.g. in movable guards and safety gates. Depending on theexternal circuit elements, safety categories B, 1, 2, 3 or 4 according to DIN EN 954-1 or SIL 1, SIL 2 orSIL 3 according to IEC 61508 can be achieved.

Functions

The C6702 solid-state safety relays have one safe solid-state output and one time-delayed safe solid-state output.Three LEDs (Power, Run, Fail) indicate the operating state and the function.When the device is put into operation it runs through a self-test to test the correct functioning of theinternal electronics. All internal circuit components are monitored for faults cyclically during operation.External actuators or loads can be switched via safe outputs 14 and 28.

• Technical data ...................................................................... 132 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 133

Type Supply Release time Order code Pack. Price Weightvoltage after unit 1 piece 1 piece

Uc EMERG. STOP piece kg/lb

C6702 24 V DC 0.05-3 s 1SAR 543 320 R 0003 1 0.150/0.33C6702 24 V DC 0.5-30 s 1SAR 513 320 R 0003 1 0.150/0.33

Safety relays with solid-state outputsC6702Ordering details

Connection diagram C579

Block diagram C579

Power pack Control logic Channel 1 Channel 2 External starting conditions Start pushbutton

Auto-start / monitored startCross circuit detectionconfigurableFeedback loop for monito-ring of external contactors2 Safety outputs à 1,5 A:1 solid-state componentundelayed:stop category 01 solid-state componentdelayed (delay timeadjustable from 0,05-3 s or0,5-30 s): stop category 1Cascading input3 LEDs for statusindicationSafety category acc. to EN954-1: B, 1, 2, 3, 4Safety integrity level acc.to IEC 61508: SIL 1, SIL 2,SIL 3

A1/A2 Supply voltage14 Electronic output24 Delayed electronic output1 Cascading input

Y32 to supply = Auto-startopen = monitored start

Y35 to supply = without cross circuit detectionopen = with cross circuit detection

Y11-Y12 Channel 1: EMERGENCY STOP or limit switchY21-Y22 Channel 2: EMERGENCY STOP or limit switchA1-Y34 Feedback loop, ON-button

Page 130: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1282CDC110004C0202

3

1SA

R 3

90 0

00 F

200

0

C565.20

Accessories

Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piecesets kg/lb

C560.10, sealable cover

For protection against unauthorized 1SAR 390 000 R 1000 5 0.240/0.53re-adjustment of the delay time forC574 and C6702

C560.20, plug-in tab for screw mounting

For mounting the C560 time relay 1SAR 390 000 R 2000 5 with 2 0.240/0.53on a mounting panel (without a DIN rail) pcs. each

Safety relaysAccessories for C57x and C67xx rangeOrdering details

Page 131: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1292CDC110004C0202

3

Safety relaysConversion tableESTOP, SGATE, 2HAND, EBLOC C57x range

ESTOP, SGATE, 2HAND, EBLOC

Type order code old release circuits / cross short-circuit detection

EMERGENCY STOP / safety gate

ESTOP-2 2 450 800 00 2 / - / auto-start →ESTOP-2 2 450 800 10 2 / - / auto-start →ESTOP-2 2 450 800 20 2 / - / auto-start →

ESTOP-3 2 450 801 00 3 / - / auto-start →

ESTOP-2a 2 450 803 00 2 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-2a 2 450 803 10 2 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-2a 2 450 803 20 2 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →

ESTOP-2b 2 450 804 00 2 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-2b 2 450 804 10 2 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-2b 2 450 804 20 2 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →

ESTOP-3a 2 450 805 00 3 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-3a 2 450 805 10 3 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-3a 2 450 805 20 3 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →

ESTOP-3b 2 450 806 00 3 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-3b 2 450 806 10 3 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-3b 2 450 806 20 3 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →

ESTOP-6a 2 450 807 00 6 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-6a 2 450 807 10 6 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-6a 2 450 807 20 6 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →

ESTOP-6b 2 450 808 00 6 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-6b 2 450 808 10 6 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-6b 2 450 808 20 6 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →

ESTOP-3+2 2 450 802 00 3, 2 (del.) / yes / auto-start / monitored start→ESTOP-3+2 2 450 802 10 3, 2 (del.) / yes / auto-start / monitored start→ESTOP-3+2 2 450 802 20 3, 2 (del.) / yes / auto-start / monitored start→

Safety gateSGATE-3 2 450 820 00 3 / yes / monitored start →SGATE-3 2 450 820 10 3 / yes / monitored start →SGATE-3 2 450 820 20 3 / yes / monitored start →

Two-hand control2HAND-2 2 450 811 00 2 / yes →

2HAND-2 2 450 811 10 2 / yes →2HAND-2 2 450 811 20 2 / yes →

Extension unitEBLOC-4 2 450 830 00 4 / yes →EBLOC-4 2 450 830 10 4 / yes →EBLOC-4 2 450 830 20 4 / yes →

EBLOC-8 2 450 831 00 8 / yes →EBLOC-8 2 450 831 10 8 / yes →EBLOC-8 2 450 831 20 8 / yes →

C57x

Type order code new release circuits / cross short-circuit detection

EMERGENCY STOP / safety gateC571 1SAR 501 020 R 0003 2 / - / auto-start / monitored startC571 1SAR 501 020 R 0001 2 / - / auto-start / monitored startC571-AC 1SAR 501 020 R 0004 2 / - / auto-start / monitored startC571-AC 1SAR 501 020 R 0005 2 / - / auto-start / monitored start

C573 1SAR 501 031 R 0001 3 / - / auto-start / monitored start

C567 1SAR 501 120 R 0001 2 / yes / auto-startC577 1SAR 501 220 R 0001 2 / yes / monitored start

on request

C572 1SAR 501 032 R 0003 3 / yes / auto-start / monitored startC572 1SAR 501 032 R 0002 3 / yes / auto-start / monitored startC572 1SAR 501 032 R 0004 3 / yes / auto-start / monitored startC572 1SAR 501 032 R 0005 3 / yes / auto-start / monitored start

on request

on request

on request

C574 1SAR 503 141 R 0003 2, 2 (delayed) / - / auto-startC574 1SAR 503 141 R 0002 2, 2 (delayed) / - / auto-startC574 1SAR 503 141 R 0004 2, 2 (delayed) / - / auto-startC574 1SAR 503 141 R 0005 2, 2 (delayed) / - / auto-start

C574 1SAR 503 041 R 0003 2, 2 (delayed) / - / monitored startC574 1SAR 503 041 R 0002 2, 2 (delayed) / - / monitored startC574 1SAR 503 041 R 0004 2, 2 (delayed) / - / monitored startC574 1SAR 503 041 R 0005 2, 2 (delayed) / - / monitored start

C574 1SAR 533 141 R 0003 2, 2 (delayed) / - / auto-startC574 1SAR 533 141 R 0002 2, 2 (delayed) / - / auto-startC574 1SAR 533 141 R 0004 2, 2 (delayed) / - / auto-startC574 1SAR 533 141 R 0005 2, 2 (delayed) / - / auto-start

C574 1SAR 533 241 R 0003 2, 2 (delayed) / - / monitored startC574 1SAR 533 241 R 0002 2, 2 (delayed) / - / monitored startC574 1SAR 533 241 R 0004 2, 2 (delayed) / - / monitored startC574 1SAR 533 241 R 0005 2, 2 (delayed) / - / monitored start

Safety gate

on request

Two-hand controlC575 1SAR 504 022 R 0003 2 / yesC575 1SAR 504 022 R 0002 2 / yesC575 1SAR 504 022 R 0004 2 / yesC575 1SAR 504 022 R 0005 2 / yes

Extension unitC579 1SAR 502 040 R 0001 4 / -C579-AC 1SAR 502 040 R 0004 4 / -C579-AC 1SAR 502 040 R 0005 4 / -

on request

Supply voltage

24 V DC24 V AC/DC115 V AC230 V AC

24 V AC/DC

24 V AC/DC115 V AC / 24 V AC/DC230 V AC

24 V AC/DC115 V AC230 V AC

24 V DC24 V AC/DC115 V AC / 110 V AC230 V AC

24 V AC/DC115 V AC230 V AC

24 V AC/DC115 V AC230 V AC

24 V AC/DC115 V AC230 V AC

24 V DC24 V AC/DC / 24 V AC115 V AC / 110 V AC230 V AC

24 V DC24 V AC110 V AC230 V AC

24 V DC24 V AC110 V AC230 V AC

24 V DC24 V AC110 V AC230 V AC

24V AC/DC115 V AC230 V AC

24 V DC24 V AC115 V AC / 110 V AC230 V AC

24 V AC/DC115 V AC230 V AC

24 V AC/DC115 V AC230 V AC

Page 132: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2CDC110004C0202

130

3

Safety relaysC57x rangeTechnical data

Type C571 C573 C576 C577 C579 C572 C574 C575

Input circuit

Supply voltage see ordering details

Supply voltage tolerence

AC versions -15 % ... +10 %

DC versions -15 % ... +20 % -15 % ... +10 %

Power consumption 1.5 W / VA 3 W / VA 4 W / VA 3 W / VA

Duty time 100 %

Time response

Response time 30 ms 1) 100 ms

monitored start - - - 30 ms - 25 ms 80 ms -

auto-start 200 ms 2), 3) 200 ms 2) 100 ms - - 150 ms 80 ms -

Release time 20 ms

at EMERGENCY STOP 200 ms 200 ms 80 ms 20 ms - 25 ms 25 ms -

at power failure 200 ms 200 ms 100 ms 150 ms 25 ms 4) 350 ms 100 ms -

Recovery time 250 ms

at EMERGENCY STOP 200 ms 200 ms 200 ms 400 ms - 200 ms after time lapse -

at power failure 200 ms 200 ms 200 ms 600 ms 100 ms 500 ms 1 s -

Mains buffering 60 ms 60 ms 30 ms 80 ms 35 ms 100 ms 30 ms 40 ms

Minimum EMERGENCY STOP 200 ms 8) 200 ms 25 ms 25 ms - 25 ms 25 ms -

command time ON-button 150 ms 8) 150 ms 40 ms 25 ms - 25 ms 25 ms -

Simultaneity unlimited 500 ms

Output circuits

Number of contacts 2 n/o 3 n/o + 1 n/c 2 n/o 2 n/o 4 n/o 3 n/o + 2 n/c 4 n/o + 1 n/c 2 n/o + 2 n/c

Contact material

Rated switching current

acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 115 V 5 A 6 A 5 A / 2 A 5) 6 A

AC-15 230 V 5 A 6 A 5 A / 2 A 5) 6 A

DC-13 24 V 5 A 6 A 5 A / 2 A 5) 6 A

Rated thermal current 5 A 6 A 5 A 6 A

for 2-4 release circuits

at UT = 70 °C 2 RC: 4 A 3 RC: 3.5 A 4 RC: 3 A 5 A 4 A 5 A

at UT = 60 °C 2 RC: 4.5 A 3 RC: 4 A 4 RC: 3.5 A 6 A 5 A 6 A

at UT = 50 °C 2 RC: 5 A 3 RC: 4.5 A 4 RC: 4 A 6 A 5 A 6 A

Maximum lifetime mechanical 1x107 switching cycles

electrical 1x105 switching cycles

Operating frequency 1000/h at load with rated switching current

Short-circuit proof IK = 1 kA 6),

max. fuse rating 6 A slow, 10 A fast 7), operating class gL/gG

1) at 115 V AC, 230 V AC: max. 200 ms2) at 24 V AC: max. 300 ms3) at 115 V AC, 230 V AC: max. 300 ms4) at 115 V AC, 230 V AC: max. 80 ms5) undelayed / delayed release circuits6) other fuses on request7) signal circuit of C573 = 6 A

Page 133: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1312CDC110004C0202

3

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

031

4

C571, C573, C576, C577, C579

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

031

3

C572, C574, C575

Safety relaysC57x rangeTechnical data (continued), dimensional drawings

Dimensions in mmDimensional drawings

Type C571 C573 C576 C577 C579 C572 C574 C575

General data

Width of enclosure 22.5 mm 45 mm

Wire size rigid 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG), 1 x 4 mm2 (1 x 12 AWG)

stranded with wire end ferrules 2 x 1.5 mm2 (2 x 16 AWG), 1 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG)

Weight approx. 260 g 270 g 360 g 350 g 180 g 450 g 320 g 190 g

Mounting position any

Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP40 / IP 20 IP20 / IP 20

Temperature range operation -25 °C ... +60 °C

storage -40 °C ... +80 °C

Mounting DIN rail (EN 50022)

Standards

Standards EN 60204-1 (VDE 0113-1), EN 292, EN 954-1

Safety catagory as basic

acc. to EN 954-1 41) 41) 4 4 device 3) 4 42) 44)

acc. to EN 574 - - - - - - - Type III C

Mechanical resistanceacc. to EN 60068 8 g, 10 ms

Approvals C-Tick (under preperation), BG (not for C579), SUVA, UL, CSA

Isolation data

Rated insulation voltageacc. to VDE 0110, IEC 947-1 300 V

Rated impulse withstand voltageacc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664 4 kV

Pollution degreeacc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 3

Overvoltage categoryacc. to VDE 0110 III

1) Possible with additional external measures. The figures apply only if the cables and sensors are laid safely and protected mechanically. See also user manualand application manual.

2) Possible with undelayed enable contact.3) The safety category acc. to EN 954-1 corresponds to those of the basic unit.4) Acc. to EN 574, type III C.

Page 134: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2CDC110004C0202

132

3

Safety relays with solid-state outputsC67xx rangeTechnical data

Type C6700 C6701 C6702

Input circuit

Supply voltage 24 V DC

Supply voltage tolerence -10 % ... +15 %

Power consumption 1.5 W 1.3 W 1.3 W

Duty time 100 %

Time response

Response time monitored start 125 ms 60 ms 60 ms

auto-start 250 ms 60 ms 60 ms

Release time at EMERGENCY STOP 30 ms 45 ms 45 ms 1) adjustable 0,05-30 s

at power failure 25 ms 100 ms 2) 100 ms 2)

Recovery timeat EMERGENCY STOP 20 ms 400 ms 400 ms

at power failure 0,02 s max. 7 s max. 7 s

Mains buffering 25 ms 3) 25 ms 2) 3) 25 ms 2) 3)

Minimum EMERGENCY STOP 20 ms 25 ms 30 ms

command time ON-button 0,02 s 0,2-5 s 0,2-5 s

Simultaneity unlimited

Output circuits

Number of contacts 2 S

Contact material solid-state

Rated switching current

acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 115 V - - -

AC-15 230 V - - -

DC-13 24 V 0.5 A 1.5 A 1.5 A

Maximum lifetime mechanical

electrical unlimited as switching electronically

Operating frequency 3000/h at load with rated switching current

Short-circuit proof,

max. fuse rating short-circuit proof, no fusing necessary

General data

Width of enclosure 22,5 mm

Wire size rigid 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG), 1 x 4 mm2 (1 x 12 AWG)

stranded with wire end ferrules 2 x 1.5 mm2 (2 x 16 AWG), 1 x 2.5 mm2 (1 x 14 AWG)

Weight approx. 180 g 150 g 150 g

Mounting any

Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP40 / IP 20

Temperature range operation -25 °C ... +60 °C

storage -40 °C ... +80 °C

Mounting DIN rail (EN 50022)

Standards

Standards EN 60204-1 (VDE 0113-1), EN 292, EN 954-1, IEC 61508, DIN EN 0116 4)

Safety categoryacc. to EN 954-1 3 4 4

Mechanical resistanceacc. to EN 60068 8 g / 10 ms, 15 g / 5 ms

Safety integrity levelacc. to IEC 61508 2 3 3

1) only for undelayed output2) When the casade input is supplied from A1, the maximum reaction time after an EMERGENCY STOP aplies.3) No supply of the drivers, only internal supply bridging, SELV-/PELV power supply buffers.4) Electrical equipment of furnaces. VDE-Certificat for C6701 and C6702 available.

Page 135: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1332CDC110004C0202

31S

VC

110

000

F 0

310

Y11 Y12 Y34

POWERRUN

FAIL

A1 Y33

Y20 Y21 A2

Y22 14 24

22,5

82 62

15

110

86

73,5

63,5

35

26,5

5

80 100

C6700 / C6701 / C6702

Safety relays with solid-state outputsC67xx rangeTechnical data (continued), dimensional drawing

Dimensions in mmDimensional drawing

Type C6700 C6701 C6702

Approvals TÜV, UL, CSA, SUVA

Insulation data

Rated insulation voltageacc. to VDE 0110, IEC 947-1 50 V

Rated impulse withstand voltageacc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664 500 V

Pollution degreeacc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5

Overvoltage categoryacc. to VDE 0110

Page 136: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2CDC110004C0202

134

3

Notes

Page 137: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1352CDC110004C0202

4

Switching power suppliesCP range,

Linear power suppliesCP-L range

Content

Switching power supplies, primary switch mode, CP range

Benefits and advantages ...................................................................................................... 136

Approvals ............................................................................................................................... 137

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 138

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 141

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 147

Linear power supplies CP-L range

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 140

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 145

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 147

Page 138: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1362CDC110004C0202

4

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

031

52C

DC

273

001

F 0

003

Switching power suppliesCP rangeBenefits and advantages

Switching power supplies, primary switchmode

High efficiency

Wide-range supply voltage input

Mounting on DIN rail

Small design

Tested according to EN 60950

Complies with EMC directivesEN 61000-6-2 and EN 61000-6-4

Approvals (depending on type):

UL 508

UL 1604, Class 1, Div. 2(hazardous locations)

UL 1310, Class 2(low voltage limited energy)

C US UL 60950(safety for information technology equipment)

GOST

C-Tick

Characteristics

Versions with output voltages from 5 up to 48 V DC andoutput currents from 300 mA up to 20 A available.

Constant or adjustable output voltage (depending on type).

Most types provide a wide input range from 90 up to260 V AC and a frequency range of 47 up to 440 Hz. Noadjustment is necessary.

Integrated input fuse

Almost all types can be supplied with DC voltage from105 up to 260 V DC.

High efficiency of up to 90 %.

Extended lifetime through low power dissioation and lowheating.

No-load, overload and continuous short-circuit proof,automatic restart.

Fast and easy mounting on DIN rail.

Compact slim design.

Special characteristics

Power factor correction (PFC) acc. to EN 61000-3-2 forCP-24/5.0 and CP-24/5.0 adj.

Parallel connection possible for CP-24/10 adj andCP-24/20 adj.

Redundancy module available

Page 139: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1372CDC110004C0202

4

2CD

C 2

53 0

10 F

000

3

2CD

C 2

53 0

11 F

000

32C

DC

273

002

F 0

003

2CD

C 2

71 0

05 F

000

3

Switching power suppliesCP rangeBenefits and advantages

Approvals

Applicability of the all importantapprovals and the observance of thevalid EU standards provide high safetywhen using the power supply.

All units are approved according toUL 508 and GOST.

High interference immunity combinedwith reduced interference emissionacc. to EN 61000-6-4 enable the use inrough industrial environments as wellfor building installations.

Almost all power supply types areapproved acc. to UL 1604 andCSA 22.2 No. 213-M1987.The units can be used in hazardouslocations acc. to class 1, division 2,groups A, B, C and D or in non-hazardous locations.

Some power supply types additionallyare approved acc. to UL 1310, class 2or UL 60950.

Double-chamber cage connectingterminals

Connection of up to two wires with aconductor cross section of up to 2.5 mm2

(14 AWG), solid or stranded wire, with orwithout wire end ferrule. Potentialdistribution does not require additionalterminals, this saving time and money.Wiring is considerably simplified throughintegrated cable guiding.

Integrated markers

Integrated markers allow the product tobe marked quickly and simply. Noadditional marking labels are required.

Safety

The "real distance" is hidden.

The air and creepage distances of ourproducts exceed international standardsand substantially increase safety.

Adjustable output voltage

On the CP adj units the output voltage canbe adjusted by means of a potentiometer.This way, the power supply can beadjusted optimally according to thespecific application, e.g. by compensatingthe voltage drop caused by a long linelength.

Application under extreme conditions

Due to their reliable construction, theCP range power supplies can be usedalso in harsh industrial environments.

Safety of the application is ensured byclosed construction, touch-proofedconnection terminals and 3-wayelectrical isolation.

Because of the wide input range AC orDC it is possible to use these powersupplies also in high fluctuatingnetworks and battery-powered plants.

Adjustable output voltage compensatesvoltage drops in the DC power line.

Approvals

UL 508

UL1604, Class 1, Div. 2

UL 1310, Class 2

C US UL 60950

GOST

C-Tick

CP

-5/3

.0

CP

-6/3

.0

CP

-12/

2.0

CP

-12/

2.0

adj

CP

-24/

0.3

CP

-24/

0.5

CP

-24/

1.0

CP

-24/

1.5

adj

CP

-24/

2.0

CP

-24/

2.0

adj

CP

-24/

4.2

CP

-24/

5.0

CP

-24/

5.0

adj

CP

-24/

10 a

dj

CP

-24/

20 a

dj

CP

-48/

0.7

Page 140: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1382CDC110004C0202

4 CP-24/1.0

CP-24/0.5

CP-24/2.0

CP-48/0.7

CP-24/5.0

2CD

C 2

71 0

12 F

000

3

2CD

C 2

71 0

11 F

000

3

2CD

C 2

71 0

09 F

0003

2CD

C 2

71 0

13 F

000

32C

DC

271

014

F 0

003

Type Supply voltage Output voltage Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piece

pieces kg/lb

CP-5/3.0 90-260 V AC/ 5 V DC / 3 A 1SVR 423 418 R 3000 1 0.22/0.49105-260 V DC

CP-6/3.0 90-260 V AC/ 6 V DC / 3 A 1SVR 423 418 R 4000 1 0.22/0.49105-260 V DC

CP-12/2.0 90-260 V AC/ 12 V DC / 2 A 1SVR 423 418 R 1000 1 0.22/0.49105-260 V DC

CP-24/0.3 90-260 V AC/ 24 V DC / 0.3 A 1SVR 423 418 R 2000 1 0.22/0.49105-260 V DC

CP-24/0.5 90-260 V AC/ 24 V DC / 0.5 A 1SVR 423 414 R 0000 1 0.22/0.49105-260 V DC

CP-24/1.0 90-260 V AC/ 24 V DC / 1 A 1SVR 423 418 R 0000 1 0.22/0.49105-260 V DC

CP-24/2.0 90-140 V AC 24 V DC / 2 A 1SVR 423 417 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66

CP-24/2.0 140-260 V AC/ 24 V DC / 2 A 1SVR 423 417 R 1000 1 0.30/0.66160-260 V DC

CP-24/4.2 90-260 V AC/ 24 V DC / 4.2 A 1SVR 423 416 R 1000 1 0.58/1.28127-260 V DC

CP-24/5.0 90-260 V AC/ 24 V DC / 5 A 1SVR 423 416 R 0000 1 0.58/1.28127-260 V DC

CP-48/0.7 90-260 V AC/ 48 V DC / 0.7 A 1SVR 423 418 R 6000 1 0.22/0.49105-260 V DC

Switching power suppliesCP trangeOrdering details

Compared with conventional power supplies, CP range power supplies provide many advantages:

DIN rail mountable compact modulesLow weightHigh efficiencyLow heatingWide supply voltage rangeConstant output voltageShort-circuit and overload proofInput protection by internal fuseSafe isolation acc. to EN 50178 (VDE 0160)

• Technical data .......................................................................... 141 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................. 147

Constant output voltage

Page 141: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1392CDC110004C0202

4

CP-24/2.0 adj

CP-24/5.0 adj

CP-24/10 adj

CP-24/20 adj

1SV

R 4

23 4

15 F

000

01S

VR

423

415

F 1

000

2CD

C 2

71 0

06 F

000

3

CP-RUD

2CD

C 2

71 0

05 F

000

3

2CD

C 2

71 0

15 F

000

3

Switching power suppliesCP rangeOrdering details

Type Supply voltage Output voltage Order code Pack. Price Weigthunit 1 piece 1 piece

pieces kg/lb

CP-12/2.0 90-260 V AC/ 12 V DC / 2 A 1SVR 423 418 R 1100 1 0.22/0.49adj 105-260 V DC

CP-24/1.5 90-260 V AC/ 24 V DC / 1.5 A 1SVR 423 418 R 5000 1 0.22/0.49adj 105-260 V DC

CP-24/2.0 140-260 V AC/ 24 V DC / 2 A 1SVR 423 417 R 1100 1 0.28/0.616adj 160-260 V DC

CP-24/5.0 90-260 V AC/ 24 V DC / 5 A 1SVR 423 416 R 0100 1 0.58/1.28adj 127-260 V DC

CP-24/10 93-132 V AC/ 24 V DC / 10 A 1SVR 423 415 R 0000 1 1.05/2.31adj 187-264 V AC

CP-24/20 93-132 V AC/ 24 V DC / 20 A 1SVR 423 415 R 1000 1 2.20/4.84adj 187-264 V AC

Adjustable output voltage

Type Input current Output current Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piece

pieces kg/lb

CP-RUD 5 A max. 5 A max. 1SVR 423 418 R 9000 1 0.15/0.33

Redundant module

Monitors two CP range power supplies with an output current of up to 5 A each. If one power supplyfails, CP-RUD automatically switches to the alternate supply without interruption of the load current.Max. voltage 40 V.

• Technical data ........................................................................... 141 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................... 147

Page 142: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1402CDC110004C0202

4

CP-L

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

031

61S

VC

110

000

F 0

315

1SV

R 4

19 5

00 F

300

0

Type Supply Output voltage Order code Pack. 1) Price Weightvoltage pcs. 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb

CP-L5/1.0 115 V AC 5 V DC / 1 A 1SVR 419 500 R 3000 1 0.82/1.80230 V AC 5 V DC / 1 A 1SVR 419 500 R 3100 1 0.82/1.80

CP-L12/0.5 115 V AC 12 V DC / 0.5 A 1SVR 419 501 R 1000 1 0.82/1.80230 V AC 12 V DC / 0.5 A 1SVR 419 501 R 1100 1 0.82/1.80

CP-L12/1.0 115 V AC 12 V DC / 1 A 1SVR 419 501 R 3000 1 0.78/1.72230 V AC 12 V DC / 1 A 1SVR 419 501 R 3100 1 0.78/1.72

CP-L15/0.5 115 V AC 15 V DC / 0.5 A 1SVR 419 502 R 1000 1 0.82/1.80230 V AC 15 V DC / 0.5 A 1SVR 419 502 R 1100 1 0.82/1.80

CP-L15/1.0 115 V AC 15 V DC / 1 A 1SVR 419 502 R 3000 1 0.78/1.72230 V AC 15 V DC / 1 A 1SVR 419 502 R 3100 1 0.78/1.72

CP-L24/0.25 115 V AC 24 V DC / 0.25 A 1SVR 419 503 R 0000 1 0.82/1.80230 V AC 24 V DC / 0.25 A 1SVR 419 503 R 0100 1 0.82/1.80

CP-L24/0.75 115 V AC 24 V DC / 0.75 A 1SVR 419 503 R 2000 1 1.05/2.31230 V AC 24 V DC / 0.75 A 1SVR 419 503 R 2100 1 1.05/2.31

Type Supply Output voltage Order code Pack. 1) Price Weightvoltage pcs. 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb

CP-L±12/0.5 115 V AC ±12 V DC / 0.5 A 1SVR 419 511 R 1000 1 1.07/2.35230 V AC ±12 V DC / 0.5 A 1SVR 419 511 R 1100 1 1.07/2.35

CP-L±15/0.5 115 V AC ±15 V DC / 0.5 A 1SVR 419 512 R 1000 1 1.07/2.35230 V AC ±15 V DC / 0.5 A 1SVR 419 512 R 1100 1 1.07/2.35

Linear power suppliesCP-L rangeOrdering details

Compact linear power supplies providing many advantages:

Universal combination base for snap-on mounting to all common DIN/EN rails(acc. to EN 50022 and EN 50035)

All power supplies are available for supply voltage 115 V or 230 V AC

All power supplies provide stabilized (regulated) DC output voltage with low residual ripple of ±1%

Double connection terminals on the supply and the output side allow easy potential distributionby line looping

The output is short-circuit and overload proof

LED for status indication

approved

5 V DC, 12 V DC,15 V DC, 24 V DC

±12 V DC stabilized±15 V DC stabilized

• Technical data .......................................................................... 145 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................. 147

1) Pack. unit

Page 143: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1412CDC110004C0202

4

Switching power suppliesCP-5/3.0, CP-6/3.0, CP-12/2.0 (adj), CP-24/3.0Technical data

CP-5/3.0 CP-6/3.0 CP-12/2.0 CP-12/2.0 adj CP-24/0.3

Order code 1 SVR 423 418 ... R 3000 R 4000 R 1000 R 1100 R 2000

InputSupply voltage 90-260 V AC

105-260 V DCFrequency, AC input 47-440 HzSupply voltage fail. bridging time at 100 % load 10 ms min.Input current at nom. load at 90 V AC 0.4 A 0.5 A 0.6 A 0.7 A 0.2 A

at 260 V AC 0.2 A 0.25 A 0.27 A 0.3 A 0.1 AInrush current at 25 °C (≤ 2 ms) 7.5 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 33 A 7.5 AInternal input fuse 3 A (slow-acting)

OutputOutput voltage 5 V DC ± 3 % 6 V DC ± 3 % 12 V DC ± 3 % 12 V DC ± 3 % 24 V DC ± 3 %Output voltage adjustment range - - - 9-15 V DC

36 W max. -Output current / power 3 A / 15 W 3 A / 18 W 2 A / 24 W 2 A / 24 W 0.3 A / 7 WMax. residual ripple 50 mVpp 50 mVpp 300 mVpp 200 mVpp 100 mVpp

Max. input voltage regulation ± 0.5 % ± 0.5 % ± 0.1 % ± 0.5 % ± 0.5 %Max. deviation of output with static load change ± 2.5 % ± 2.5 % ± 0.5 %Max. deviation of output with dyn. load change 5 %(load change 10-90 %)Short-circuit protection overcurrent switch-off with automatic restartOverload protection overtemperature and overcurrent switch-offReset after thermal overload switch-off disconnection of AC input voltage 30 s min.

Standards

Electrical safety EN 50178 (VDE 0160) / UL 508 / CSA 22.2Galvanic isolation IEC 664-1 EN 60950 IEC 664-1safe isolation acc. to DIN VDE 0106-101 DIN VDE 0106-101 DIN VDE 0106-101Isolation testing 2.5 kV AC routine test, 3 kV AC type testClearances and creepage distances overvoltage category 2, degree of pollution 2Electromagnetic compatibility ESD EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6/8 kVacc. to EN 61000-6-2 HF radiation EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/m

Burst EN 61000-4-4 level 4 4 kVSurge EN 61000-4-5 3 kV

conducted HF, input EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 VInterference emission acc. to EN 61000-6-4Radiated noise acc. to EN 55011 class BInput current harmonics no limitationDegree of protection, terminals IP20Degree of protection, enclosure IP50 IP50 IP50 IP20 IP50Protection class 1

General data

Efficiency at nom. load approx. 78 % 80 % 80-83 % 79-84 % 70 %Indication of operational states green LED, output voltage OKOperating temperature 0 °C ... +55 °CStorage temperature -25 °C ... +75 °CWire size screw terminals, 2 x 2.5 mm2 (AWG 14)Weight approx. 0.22 kg (0.49 lb)Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 45 x 78 x 100 45 x 78 x 100 45 x 78 x 100 45 x 78 x 100 45 x 78 x 120

Normal mounting position: Horizontally, mounted on DIN rail.Clearances to other devices: Left-hand side 1 cm, vertically 5 cm.

Page 144: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1422CDC110004C0202

4

Normal mounting position: Horizontally, mounted on DIN rail.Clearances to other devices: Left-hand side 1 cm, vertically 5 cm.

Switching power suppliesCP-24/0.5, CP-24/1.0, CP-24/1.5 adj, CP-24/2.0Technical data

CP-24/0.5 CP-24/1.0 CP-24/1.5 adj CP-24/2.0 CP-24/2.0

Order code 1 SVR 423 ... 414 R 0000 418 R 0000 418 R 5000 417 R 0000 417 R 1000

Input

Supply voltage 90-260 V AC 90-140 V AC 140-260 V AC105-260 V DC - 160-260 V DC

Frequency, AC input 47-440 Hz 47-63 Hz 47-440 HzSupply voltage fail. bridging time at 100 % load 10 ms min.Input current at nom. load max. at 90 V AC 0.35 A 0.6 A 0.8 A 1 A -

max. at 140 V AC - - - - 0.65 Amax. at 260 V AC - 0.27 A 0.38 A - -

typ. at 115 V AC 0.27 A - - - -typ. at 230 V AC 0.14 A - - - -

Inrush current at 25 °C (≤ 2 ms) at 140 V - - - 18 A -at 260 V 33 A 7.5 A 33 A - 7.5 A

Internal input fuse 0.8 A (slow-acting) 3 A (slow-acting)

Output

Output voltage 24 V DC ± 3 %Output voltage adjustment range - - 21-28 V DC - -

36 W max.

Output current / power 0.5 A / 12 W 1 A / 24 W 1.5 A / 36 W 2 A / 48 WMax. residual ripple 200 mVpp 300 mVpp 200 mVpp 200 mVpp

Max. input voltage regulation ± 0.5 % ± 0.1 % ± 0.5 % ± 0.5 %Max. deviation of output with static load change ± 0.5 %Max. deviation of output with dyn. load change 5 %(load change 10-90 %)Short-circuit protection overcurrent switch-off with automatic restartOverload protection overtemperature and overcurrent switch-offReset after thermal overload switch-off automatic reset disconnection of AC input voltage 30 s min.

after cooling

Standards

Electrical safety EN 50178 (VDE 0160) / UL 508 / CSA 22.2Galvanic isolation EN 60950 IEC 664-1 EN 60950 IEC 664-1 IEC 664-1safe isolation acc. to DIN VDE 0106-101 DIN VDE 0106-101 DIN VDE 0106-101 DIN VDE 0106-101 DIN VDE 0106-101Isolation testing 2.5 kV AC routine test, 3 kV AC type testClearances and creepage distances overvoltage category 2, degree of pollution 2Electromagnetic compatibility ESD EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6/8 kVacc. to EN 61000-6-2 HF radiation EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/m

Burst EN 61000-4-4 level 4 4 kVSurge 2/4 kV EN 61000-4-5 3 kV

conducted HF, input EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 VInterference emission acc. to EN 61000-6-4Radiated noise acc. to EN 55011 class BInput current harmonics no limitationDegree of protection, terminals IP20Degree of protection, enclosure IP20 IP50 IP20 IP20 IP20Protection class 2 (terminal 1

cover required)

General dataEfficiency at nom. load approx. 80-84 % 82-84 % 83-85 % 86 %

(90-260 V AC) (90-260 V AC) (90-260 V AC) (90-260 V AC)Operational state indication green LED, output voltage OKOperating temperature 0 °C ... +55 °CStorage temperature -25 °C ... +75 °CWire size screw terminals, 2 x 2.5 mm2 (AWG 14)Weight approx. 0.22 kg (0.49 lb) 0.3 kgDimensions (W x H x D) mm 22,5 x 78 x 120 45 x 78 x 100 45 x 78 x 120

Page 145: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1432CDC110004C0202

4

Normal mounting position: Horizontally, mounted on DIN rail.Clearances to other devices: Left-hand side 1 cm, vertically 5 cm.

Switching power suppliesCP-24/2.0 adj, CP-24/4.2, CP-24/5.0 (adj), CP-48/0.7Technical data

CP-24/2.0 adj CP-24/4.2 CP-24/5.0 CP-24/5.0 adj CP-48/0.7

Order code 1 SVR 423 ... 417 R 1100 416 R 1000 416 R 0000 416 R 0100 418 R 6000

Input

Supply voltage 140-260 V AC 90-260 V AC 90-260 V AC160-260 V DC 127-260 V DC 105-260 V DC

Frequency, AC input 47-440 Hz 47-63 Hz 47-440 Hz

Supply voltage fail. bridging time at 100 % load 20 ms min. 10 ms min.Input current at nom. load max. at 90 V AC - 1.5 A 1.8 A 1.8 A 0.8 A

max. at 140 V AC 0.7 A - - - -max. at 260 V AC 0.45 A - - - 0.4 A

typ. at 115 V AC - 1.1 A 1.3 A 1.3 A -typ. at 230 V AC - 0.52 A 0.63 A 0.63 A -

Inrush current at 25 °C (≤ 2 ms) at 260 V AC 33 A 40 A 33 AInternal input fuse 3 A (slow-act.) 2 A (slow-acting) 3 A (slow-acting)

OutputOutput voltage 24 V DC ± 3 % 48 V DC ± 3 %Output voltage adjustment range 21-28 V DC - - 23-28 V -

48 W max. 120 W max.Output current / power 2 A / 48 W 4.2 A / 100 W (T ≤ 55 °C) 5 A / 120 W / Ta 40 °C 0.7 A / 33 W

Derating - - -1.33 W/°C / Ta > 40 °C -- - 4.2 A / 100 W / Ta = 55 °C -

Derating for Ta > 45 °C - - - - -10 mA/°CDerating for Vin < 105 V AC / 120 V DC - - - - -6,667 mA/VMax. residual ripple 100 mVpp 200 mVpp 200 mVpp 200 mVpp 300 mVpp

Max. input voltage regulation ± 0.5 % ± 0.05 % ± 0.5 %Max. deviation of output with static load change ± 0.5 %Max. deviation of output with dyn. load change 5 %(load change 10-90 %)Short-circuit protection overcurrent switch-off with automatic restartOverload protection overtemperature and overcurrent switch-offReset after thermal overload switch-off disconnection of AC input voltage 30 s min.

Standards

Electrical safety EN 50178 (VDE 0160) / UL 508 / CSA 22.2Galvanic isolation safe isolation acc. to EN 60950, DIN VDE 0106-101Isolation testing routing test 2.5 kV AC 1.5 kV AC 1.5 kV AC 1.5 kV AC 2.5 kV AC

type test 3 kV AC 3 kV AC 3 kV AC 3 kV AC 3 kV ACClearances and overvoltage category 2creepage distances degree of pollution 2Electromagnetic compatibility ESD EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6/8 kVacc. to EN 61000-6-2 HF radiation EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/m

Burst level 4 4 kV EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kV 4 kVSurge 3 kV EN 61000-4-5 2 kV 3 kV

conducted HF, input EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 VInterference emission acc. to EN 61000-6-4Radiated noise acc. to EN 55011 class B class A class A class A class BInput current harmonics no limitation acc. to EN 61000-3-2 A no limitationDegree of protection, terminals IP20Degree of protection, enclosure IP20Protection class 1

General dataEfficiency at nom. load approx. 86 % 77-85 % 77-85 % 77-85 % 83-85 %

(140-260 V AC) (90-260 V AC) (90-260 V AC) (90-260 V AC) (90-260 V AC)Operational state indication green LED, output voltage OKOperating temperature 0 °C ... +55 °CStorage temperature -25 °C ... +75 °CWire size screw terminals, 2 x 2.5 mm2 (AWG 14)Weight approx. 0.28 kg 0.58 kg 0.58 kg 0.58 kg 0.22 kgDimensions (W x H x D) mm 45 x 78 x 120 90 x78 x 120 90 x 78 x 120 90 x 78 x 120 45 x 78 x 100

Page 146: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1442CDC110004C0202

4

Normal mounting position: Horizontally, mounted on DIN rail.Clearances to other devices: 5 cm on both sides, vertically 8 cm.

Switching power suppliesCP-24/10 adj, CP-24/20 adjTechnical data

CP-24/10 adj CP-24/20 adj

Order code 1 SVR 423 ... 415 R 0000 415 R 1000

Input

Supply voltage 93-132 V AC 93-132 V AC187-264 V AC 187-264 V AC

Frequency, AC input 47-63 Hz 47-63 HzSupply voltage fail. bridging time at 100 % load 20 ms (115 V) 15 ms (115 V AC)Input current at nom. load max. at 93 V AC 4,3 V 8.9 A

typ. at 115 V AC 3.5 A 7.2 Atyp. at 230 V AC 1.7 A 3.5 A

Inrush current at 25 °C at 115 V AC 35 A (≤ 1 ms) 33 A (≤ 2 ms)at 230 V AC 69 A (≤ 1 ms) 65 A (≤ 2 ms)

Internal input fuse 6.3 A (slow-act.) 12 A (slow-acting)

Output

Output voltage 24 V DC ± 1 %Output voltage adjustment range 24-28 V DCOutput current / powerDerating for Vin 93-132 V AC T ≤ 60 °C 10 A / 240 W 20 A / 480 Wor Vin 187-264 V DC T > 60 °C -2%/°C -2 %/°C

T = 70 °C 8 A / 192 W 16 A / 384 W

Max. residual ripple 50 mVpp

Max. input voltage regulation ± 0.2 %Max. deviation of output with static load change -Max. deviation of output with dyn. load change ± 0.3 % max.(load change 10-90 %) (± 1.5 % parallel operation)Short-circuit and overload protection overload limiting

(typ. 110 % of nom. current)Reset after thermal overload -Overvoltage protection triggered at typ. 140 %

of nominal output voltageParallel operation (optional) up to 5 units (has to be

activated by internal jumper)

Standards

Electrical safety EN 60950 / UL 508 / UL 60950 / CSA 22.2Galvanic isolation safe isolation acc. to EN 60950Isolation testing type test 3 kV ACClearances and overvoltage category 2creepage distances degree of pollution 2Electromagnetic compatibility ESD EN 61000-4-2 4/8 kVacc. to EN 61000-6-2 HF radiation EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/m

Burst EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kVSurge EN 61000-4-5 2/4 kV

conducted HF, input EN 61000-4-6 10 VInterference emission acc. to EN 61000-6-4Radiated noise acc. to EN 55011 class BInput current harmonics no limitationDegree of protection, terminals IP20Degree of protection, enclosure IP20Protection class 1

General dataEfficiency at nominal load typ. 90 % 88 %

(230 V AC) (230 V AC)Operational state indication green LED, output voltage OKOperating temperature -25 °C ... +70 °CStorage temperature -25 °C ... +85 °CWire size screw terminals 2.5 mm2 (AWG 14)Weight approx. 1.05 kg (2.31 lb) 2.2 kg (4.84 lb)Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 100 x 125 x 125 220 x 125 x 125

Page 147: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1452CDC110004C0202

4

Linear power suppliesCP-L rangeTechnical data

115 V AC suply CP-L5/1.0 CP-L12/0.5 CP-L15/0.5 CP-L24/0.25 CP-L± 12/0.5CP-L12/1.0 CP-L15/1.0 CP-L24/0.75 CP-L± 15/0.5

Order code 1 SVR 419 ... 500 R 3000 501 R 1000 502 R 1000 503 R 0000 511 R 1000501 R 3000 502 R 3000 503 R 2000 512 R 1000

InputSupply voltage 103-127 V ACFrequency, AC input 47-63 HzSupply voltage fail. bridging time at 100 % load 5 ms min.Input current at nom. load typ. at 0.25 A - - - 0.14 A -

typ. at 0,5 A - 0.14 A 0.14 A - 0.32 A / 0.35 Atyp. at 0.75 A - - - 0.35 A -

typ. at 1 A 0.16 A 0.32 A 0.35 A - -Internal input fuse typ. at 0,25 A - - - 0.2 A (slow-act.) -

typ. at 0.5 A - 0.2 A (slow-act.) 0.2 A (slow-act.) - 0.4 A (slow-act.)typ. at 0.75 A - - - 0.4 A (slow-act.) -

typ. at 1 A 0.2 A 0.4 A (slow-act.) 0.4 A (slow-act.) - -

Output

Output voltage 5 V DC 12 V DC 15 V DC 24 V DC ± 12 V DC /± 15 V DC

Output current 1 A 0.5 A / 1 A 0.5 A / 1 A 0.25 A / 0.75 A 0.5 AResidual ripple ± 1 %Short-circuit protection overcurrent switch-off with automatic restartOverload protection overtemperature and overcurrent switch-offReset after thermal overload switch-off automatic reset after cooling

Standards

Electrical safety EN 50178 (VDE 0160)Galvanic isolation safe isolation acc. to EN 60950Isolation testing type test 4 kV AC, routine test 4 kV ACClearances and creepage distances overvoltage category 3, degree of pollution 2Electromagnetic compatibility ESD EN 61000-4-2 6/8 kVacc. to EN 61000-6-2 HF radiation EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/m

Burst EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kVSurge EN 61000-4-5 2 kV

conducted HF, input EN 61000-4-6 10 VInput current harmonics no limitationDegree of protection, terminals IP20Degree of protection, enclosure IP20Protection class 2, if the unit is covered additionally

General dataOperational state indication green LEDOperating temperature -20 °C - +50 °CStorage temperature -40 °C - +80 °CWire size screw terminals 2.5 mm2 (AWG 14)Weight approx. 0.82 kg* 0.82 kg/0.78 kg* 0.82 kg/0.78 kg* 0.82 kg/1.05 kg* 1.07 kg*Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm at 0.25 A - - - 100 x 104 x 79 -

(3.94 x 4.09 x 3.11 ")at 0.5 A - 100 x 104 x 79 135 x 104 x 90

(3.94 x 4.09 x 3.11 ") - (5.31 x 4.09 x 3.54 ")at 0.75 A - - - 135 x 104 x 90 -

(5.31 x 4.09 x 3.54 ")at 1 A 100 x 104 x 90 - -

(3.94 x 4.09 x 3.54 ")Mounting note Normal mounting position: Horizontally, mounted on DIN rail.

Clearances to other devices: 20 mm on both sides, top 100 mm, bottom 50 mm.

* 0.78 kg = 1.72 lb0.82 kg = 1.80 lb1.05 kg = 2.31 lb1.07 kg = 2.35 lb

Page 148: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1462CDC110004C0202

4

Linear power suppliesCP-L rangeTechnical data

230 V AC supply CP-L5/1.0 CP-L12/0.5 CP-L15/0.5 CP-L24/0.25 CP-L± 12/0.5CP-L12/1.0 CP-L15/1.0 CP-L24/0.75 CP-L± 15/0.5

Order code 1 SVR 419 ... 500 R 3100 501 R 1100 502 R 1100 503 R 0100 511 R 1100501 R 3100 502 R 3100 503 R 2100 512 R 1100

Input

Supply voltage 207-253 V ACFrequency, AC input 47-63 HzSupply voltage fail. bridging time at 100 % load 5 ms min.Input current at nom. load typ. at 0.25 A - - - 0.07 A -

typ. at 0.5 A - 0.07 A 0.07 A - 0.16 A / 0.175 Atyp. at 0.75 A - - - 0.175 A -

typ. at 1 A 0.08 A 0.16 A 0.175 A - -Internal input fuse at 0.25 A - - - 0.125 A (slow-act.) -

at 0.5 A - 0.125 A (slow-act.) 0.125 A (slow-act.) - 0.2 A (slow-act.)at 0.75 A - - - 0.2 A (slow-act.) -

at 1 A 0.125 A (slow-act.) 0.2 A (slow-act.) 0.2 A (slow-act.) - -

OutputOutput voltage 5 V DC 12 V DC 15 V DC 24 V DC ± 12 V DC /

± 15 V DCOutput current 1 A 0.5 A / 1 A 0.5 A / 1 A 0.25 A / 0.75 A 0.5 AResidual ripple ± 1 %Short-circuit protection overcurrent switch-off with automatic restartOverload protection overtemperature and overcurrent switch-offReset after thermal overload switch-off automatic reset after cooling

Standards

Electrical safety EN 50178 (VDE 0160)Galvanic isolation safe isolation acc. to EN 60950Isolation testing type test 4 kV AC, routine test 4 kV ACClearances and creepage distances overvoltage category 3, degree of pollution 2Electromagnetic compatibility ESD EN 61000-4-2 6/8 kVacc. to EN 61000-6-2 HF radiation EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/m

Burst EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kVSurge EN 61000-4-5 2 kV

conducted HF, input EN 61000-4-6 10 VInput current harmonics no limitationDegree of protection, terminals IP20Degree of protection, enclosure IP20Protection class 2, if the unit is covered additionally

General dataOperational state indication green LEDOperating temperature -20 °C - +50 °CStorage temperature -40 °C - +80 °CWire size screw terminals 2.5 mm2 (AWG 14)Weight approx. 0.82 kg* 0.82 kg/0.78 kg* 0.82 kg/0.78 kg* 0.82 kg/1.05 kg* 1.07 kg*Dimensions (W x H x D) mm at 0.25 A - - - 100 x 104 x 79 -

(3.94 x 4.09 x 3.11 ")at 0.5 A - 100 x 104 x 79 135 x 104 x 90

(3.94 x 4.09 x 3.11 ") - (5.31 x 4.09 x 3.54 ")at 0.75 A - - - 135 x 104 x 90 -

(5.31 x 4.09 x 3.54 ")at 1 A 100 x 104 x 90 - -

(3.94 x 4.09 x 3.54 ")Mounting note Normal mounting position: Horizontally, mounted on DIN rail.

Clearances to other devices: 20 mm on both sides, 100 mm on top, 50 mm on bottom.

* 0.78 kg = 1.72 lb0.82 kg = 1.80 lb1.05 kg = 2.31 lb1.07 kg = 2.35 lb

Page 149: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1472CDC110004C0202

4

CP-L12/0.5, CP-L15/0.5,CP-L24/0.25

CP-L5/1.0, CP-L12/1.0CP-L15/1.0

CP-L24/0.75CP-L±12/0.5,CP-L±15/0.5

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

006

7

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

006

6

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

006

8

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

006

9

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

066

1

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

066

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

065

91S

VC

110

000

F 0

657

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

065

8

Switching power supplies CP range,linear power supplies CP-L rangeDimensional drawings

Dimensions in mm

CP-24/0.5CP-5/3.0, CP-6/3.0, CP-12/2.0, CP-12/2.0 adj

CP-24/0.3, CP-24/1.0, CP-48/0.7, CP-24/1.5 adj

CP-24/2.0 CP-24/2.0 adj CP-24/4.2 CP-24/5.0, CP-24/5.0 adj

CP-24/20 adjCP-24/10 adj

rail centre rail centre

rail centre rail centre

Page 150: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1482CDC110004C0202

4

Notes

Page 151: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1492CDC110004C0202

5

Analog signal convertersCC range

Serial data convertersIPLH range

Content

Analog signal converters CC range .......................................................................... 151

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 155

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 168

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 173

Serial data converters ILPH range ............................................................................ 175NEW

Page 152: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1502CDC110004C0202

5

Notes

Page 153: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1512CDC110004C0202

5

Analog signal convertersCC range

Content

Benefits and advantages of analog signal converters ....................................................... 152

Application, approvals ........................................................................................................... 154

Analog standard signal convertersCC-E/STD, CC-E x/x, CC-U/STD, CC-U/STDR

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 155

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 168

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 173

Temperature signal converters for RTD sensorsCC-E/RTD, CC-U/RTD, CC-U/RTDR

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 158

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 168

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 173

Temperature signal converters for thermocouplesCC-E/TC, CC-U/TC, CC-U/TCR

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 157

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 168

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 173

Measuring converters for currents (E/I) and (U/I) and voltages (U/V)

CC-E/I, CC-E IAC / ILPO, CC-U/I, CC-U/V

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 164

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 169

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 173

Page 154: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1522CDC110004C0202

5

2CD

C 2

83 0

17 F

0003

Analog signal convertersCC rangeBenefits and advantages

Universally configurable devices and single-function devicesAdjustment and operating elements on thefront sideSafe operation by electrical 3-way isolationUnambiguous and clear connecting terminalmarkings

Conversion, measurement and separation of

standard signals(0-5 V, 0-10 V, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA)

temperature signals of RTD sensors (PT 100)

thermocouple signals (types J and K)

current measurement signals(0-5 A, 0-20 A AC/DC)

Characteristics of single-function devices

No adjustment or balancing necessary.

Characteristics of universal devices

The required input and output ranges can beconfigured by means of directly accessible DIPswitches positioned on the side

Gain adjustment of ± 5 % by means of anadjustment potentiometer on the front-side

Offset adjustment of ± 5 % by means ofadjustment potentiometers on the front-side

CC-E product range for analog signal processing

Page 155: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1532CDC110004C0202

5

2CD

C 2

83 0

16 F

0003

Analog signal convertersCC rangeBenefits and advantages

8 different standard signal outputs on onedeviceInput and output side universally configurableAlso available with 2 threshold relay outputsAdjustment and operating elements on thefront sideSafe operation by electrical 3-way isolationPlug-in connecting terminals, unambiguouslyand clearly marked

Conversion, measurement and separation of

standard signals

signals of RTD sensors (PT10, PT100, PT1000)

thermocouple signals

RMS values of currents and voltages

Characteristics

The required input and output ranges can beconfigured for all devices by means of directlyaccessible DIP switches positioned on the side.

Due to the wide input range of the gain and offsetstages all input signals between the minimumand the maximum input value can be universallyconverted to all common output signals.

Devices for DC or AC (50/60 Hz) supplyavailable.

CC-U product range for analog signal processing

Page 156: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1542CDC110004C0202

5

CC

-E/S

TD

CC

-U/S

TD

CC

-U/S

TD

R

CC

-E/R

TD

CC

-U/R

TD

CC

-U/R

TD

R

CC

-E/T

C

CC

-U/T

C

CC

-U/T

CR

CC

-E/I

CC

-E I

AC /

ILP

O

CC

-U/I

CC

-U/V

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

055

0

Analog signal convertersCC rangeApplication, approvals

Nearly every process includes a control system that receives databy means of analog signals and then evaluates the data and setsthe respective parameters correspondingly.

When transmitting analog signals numerous problems may arisewhich can disturb or even block an ideal behavior of the process.

Below we have listed some processing problems together with therespective solutions to solve these problems:

Signal conversionSometimes the available signals cannot be processed by thecontroller or the actuator. In this case, signal converters arerequired to convert the input signal (or different input signals) to thedesired output signal.

Signal amplificationIf long lines or high burdens have to be operated, it may benecessary to amplify the signal. CC analog signal convertersrequire only low input power and provide high output power.

Thus, there are no restrictions for the converter's position on theline, i.e. it can be used

for signal refreshing at the end of the line (low input power) or for signal amplification at the beginning of the line (high

output power).

Signal filteringParticularly on long lines or in rough industrial environments thesignals are exposed to high electromagnetic interferences. Thefrequency of the coupled interference signals may be in the range ofthe common mains frequency (50 Hz) or even much higher (in caseof frequency converters). According to the specific requirements,analog signal converters are available which provide reliablesuppression of those interferences by means of an input low-passfilter.

Applications for analog signal processing andcorrect solution using CC-E and CC-Uconverters

100 m

Analog signal converter(e.g. CC-E or CC-U)

0-20 mA

Measuring sensor

Actuator

4-20 mA

0-10 V0-10 V

Analog signal converter(e.g. CC-E or CC-U)

Controllere.g. for series 90

100 m

Signal separation Protection against overvoltage

The increased use of micro-electronics make controls muchmore sensitive against overvoltages, resulting from lightningdischarges or switching processes. Suppression diodes areincorporated in the input of the CC analog signal converterswhich enable the converters to arrest overvoltages with lowenergy level (resulting from switching processes) bythemselves. The products furthermore provide electricalisolation between input, output and supply circuit for protectionof the controller connected to the output.

Protection against ground loopsIf components are used which refer to ground, the measuringsignals can be falsified by a so-called ground loop. In this case,certain parts of the signal are transmitted via earth and not viathe analog transmission line, thus causing incorrect evaluationof the signal. The electrical isolation between the input and theoutput disconnects these ground loops and thus enablescorrect signal transmission.

Approvals

UL 508

1604 class 1, div. 2

(hazardous locations)

C-Tick

all devices

specific devices

Page 157: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1552CDC110004C0202

5

CC-E/STD

2CD

C 2

81 0

01 F

000

3

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

020

7

2CD

C 2

82 0

01 F

0004

2CD

C 2

82 0

02 F

0004

Analog standard signal convertersCC-E/STD, C-E x/xOrdering details

CC-E/STD analog signal converter with 3-way electrical isolation

Universally configurable device (type E-STD)

10 single-function devices

"Plug and Play", no adjustment of single-function devices required

Approvals

, 1604 class I, div. 2 (universal device) 1),

Gain adjustment

Offset adjustment

U: green LED -supply voltage

DIP switch for input andoutput configuration (onlyavailable on universaldevices)

Type Input signal Output signal Order code Price1 piece

Supply voltage: 24 V DC

universal

CC-E/STD 0-5 V, 0-10 V 0-5 V, 0-10 V 1SVR 011 700 R 00001)

0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA

single-function

CC-E V/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 710 R 2100CC-E V/I 0-10 V 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 711 R 1600CC-E V/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 712 R 1700

CC-E I/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 713 R 1000CC-E I/I 0-20 mA 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 714 R 1100CC-E I/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 715 R 1200

CC-E I/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 716 R 1300CC-E I/I 4-20 mA 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 717 R 1400CC-E I/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 718 R 2500

CC-E V/V -10...+10 V -10...+10 V 1SVR 011 719 R 2600

Supply voltage: 110-240 V AC

universal

CC-E/STD 0-5 V, 0-10 V 0-5 V, 0-10 V 1SVR 011 705 R 21000-20 mA, 4-20 mA 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA

single-function

CC-E V/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 720 R 2300CC-E V/I 0-10 V 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 721 R 1000CC-E V/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 722 R 1100

CC-E I/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 723 R 1200CC-E I/I 0-20 mA 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 724 R 1300CC-E I/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 725 R 1400

CC-E I/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 726 R 1500CC-E I/I 4-20 mA 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 727 R 1600CC-E I/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 728 R 2700

CC-E V/V -10...+10 V -10...+10 V 1SVR 011 729 R 2000

BurdenR ≥ 1.0 KΩ

BurdenR ≤ 500 Ω

Supply24 V DC or 110-240 V AC

DIP switch settings

Pack. units: 1 piece

• Technical data ........................................................................... 168 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................... 173

Input Output Switch

Legend

ONOFF

Page 158: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1562CDC110004C0202

5

CC-U/STD

2CD

C 2

81 0

02 F

0003

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

0209

2CD

C 2

82 0

19 F

0003

2CD

C 2

82 0

20 F

0003

2CD

C 2

82 0

03 F

0004

2CD

C 2

82 0

18 F

0003

Analog standard signal converterCC-U/STDOrdering details

Plug-in terminals

Gain: Coarse adjustment

Gain: Fine adjustment

Offset adjustment

U: green LED -supply voltage

Marker

CC-U/STD universal signal converter with 3-way electrical isolation

More than 120 configurations possible

Configurable output signal response on input signal interruption (low fail safe / high fail safe)

Adjustment and operating elements on the front-side

Short-circuit proof signal outputs

Plug-in connecting terminals for inputs, outputs and supply

Very fast signal transmission enables use in control systems

Approvals , 1604 class I, div. 2,

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece

CC-U/STD 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 1SVR 040 000 R 1700 1110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC 1SVR 040 001 R 0400 1

Continuously variable adjustment range:Example :Input configuration: 0...10 VOutput configuration: -5...5 V

• Technical data ........................................................................... 170 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................... 173

DIP switch settings

Supply

BurdenR ≥ 4.7 KΩ

BurdenR ≤ 600 Ω

*) Detection of input signal interruptions:

If the input signal circuit is interrupted, the output signal changes to theadjusted minimum value (low fail safe) or maximum value (high failsafe). If "No fail safe" is configured, input signal interruptions are notdetected.

Gain CoarseType

Output

Legend

ONOFF

no influence

Offsetremote poti

Gain"gain-coarse"and"gain-fine"

Input

Page 159: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1572CDC110004C0202

5

2CD

C 2

81 0

03 F

0003

CC-U/STDR

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

021

7

2CD

C 2

82 0

05 F

0004

2CD

C 2

82 0

46 F

0003

2CD

C 2

82 0

21 F

000

3

2CD

C 2

82 0

03 F

0004

2CD

C 2

82 0

46 F

0003

11/1411/12

21/2421/22

0 ... 10 V0 ... 5 V0 ...1 V

-10 ... +10 V1 ... 5 V

0 ... 20 mA4 ... 20 mA

Analog standard signal converterCC-U/STDR with relay outputOrdering details

CC-U/STDR universal signal converter for standard signals, with 2 threshold relayoutputs and with 3-way electrical isolation

Standard signal converter with 7 setting ranges

2 threshold relay outputs with one c/o contact each (threshold and respective hysteresis can beadjusted independently from each other)

Open-circuit or closed-circuit principle configurable by means of a DIP switch

2 yellow LEDs for clear status indication of the output relays

Plug-in connecting terminals for inputs, outputs and supply

Approvals ,

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece

CC-U/STDR 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 1SVR 040 010 R 0000 1110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC 1SVR 040 011 R 2500 1

DIP switch settings

• Technical data ........................................................................... 172 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................... 173

Plug-in connectingterminals

Threshold value for R1

Hysteresis for R1

Threshold value for R2

Hysteresis for R2

U: green LED -supply voltage

R2: yellow LED -Relay 2 energized

R1: yellow LED -Relay 1 energized

Marker

Switching points of the output relay depending on the input range,configuration open-circuit principle

Value R1

Value R2

threshold hysteresis

Legend

ONOFF

no influence

Closed-circuit principle

Open-circuit principle

Value R1Hysteresis R1

Temperature

Hysteresis R2Value R2

R1 11/1411/12

R2 21/2421/22

Value R1Hysteresis R1

Temperature

Hysteresis R2Value R2

R1 11/1411/12

R2 21/2421/22

Functional diagrams CC-U/STDR

threshold value R12-100 % of

input range

threshold value R22-100 % of

input range

Hysteresis R1

5-50 % ofthresholdvalueR1

Actual

vvalu

e

Hysteresis R2

5-50 % ofthresholdvalue R2

Closed-circuit principle

Open-circuit principle

Input

Page 160: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1582CDC110004C0202

5

CC-E/RTD

2CD

C 2

81 0

04 F

000

3

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

021

4

2CD

C 2

82 0

06 F

0004

2CD

C 2

82 0

03 F

0004

SW 1

Temperature signal converter for RTD sensorsCC-E/RTDOrdering details

Gain adjustment

Offset adjustment

U: green LED -supply voltage

CC-E/RTD temperature signal converter for RTD sensors, linearized with 3-wayelectrical isolation

Universally configurable device (type E-RTD)

12 single-function devices

"Plug and Play", no adjustment of single-function devices required

Temperature signal converter for PT100 sensors

2- or 3-wire connection

Approvals

, 1604 class I, div. 2 (universal device) 1),

DIP switch settings

Supply24 V DC or 110-240 V AC

Burden ≥ 1.0 KΩ

Burden ≤ 500 Ω

Type Input signal Output signal Order code Price1 piece

Supply voltage: 24 V DC

universal

CC-E/RTD refer to table 0-10 V, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 701 R 25001)

single-function

CC-E RTD/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 730 R 2500CC-E RTD/I PT100 0...100 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 731 R 1200CC-E RTD/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 732 R 1300

CC-E RTD/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 733 R 1400CC-E RTD/I PT100 -50...+50 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 734 R 1500CC-E RTD/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 735 R 1600

CC-E RTD/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 736 R 1700CC-E RTD/I PT100 0...300 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 737 R 1000CC-E RTD/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 738 R 2100

CC-E RTD/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 739 R 2200CC-E RTD/I PT100 -50...+250 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 740 R 0700CC-E RTD/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 741 R 2400

Supply voltage: 110-240 V AC

universal

CC-E/RTD refer to table 0-10 V, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 706 R 2200

single-function

CC-E RTD/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 788 R 2400CC-E RTD/I PT100 0...100 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 789 R 2500CC-E RTD/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 790 R 2200

CC-E RTD/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 791 R 1700CC-E RTD/I PT100 -50...+50 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 792 R 1000CC-E RTD/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 793 R 1100

CC-E RTD/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 794 R 1200CC-E RTD/I PT100 0...300 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 795 R 1300CC-E RTD/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 796 R 1400

CC-E RTD/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 797 R 1500CC-E RTD/I PT100 -50...+250 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 798 R 2600CC-E RTD/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 799 R 2700

• Technical data ............................................................................ 168 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 173

Pack. units: 1 piece

Legend

ONOFF

no influence

Input Output

Page 161: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1592CDC110004C0202

5

CC-U/RTD

2CD

C 2

81 0

05 F

0003

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

022

12C

DC

282

022

F00

032C

DC

282

003

F00

04

2CD

C 2

82 0

23 F

000

3

2CD

C 2

82 0

24 F

000

3

Temperature signal converter for RTD sensorsCC-U/RTDOrdering details

CC-U/RTD universal signal converter for PT10, PT100, PT1000 temperature sensors(acc. to IEC 751 and JIS C 1604*), linearized with 3-way electrical isolation

BurdenR ≥ 4.7 KΩ

BurdenR ≤ 600 Ω

DIP switch settings

Plug-in connectingterminals

Gain: Coarse adjustment

Gain: Fine adjustment

Offset adjustment

U: green LED -supply voltage

Marker

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece

CC-U/RTD 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 1SVR 040 002 R 0500 1110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC 1SVR 040 003 R 0600 1

Supply24 V DC or 110-240 V AC

• Technical data ............................................................................ 170 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 173

Characteristic curves: Resistance of PT10, PT100 and PT1000 sensors depending on the temperature

Configurable output signal response oninput signal interruption (low fail safe / highfail safe)

Adjustment and operating elements on thefront-side

Short-circuit proof signal outputs

Plug-in connecting terminals for inputs,outputs and supply

Approvals , 1604 class I, div. 2,

*) Detection of input signal interruptions:

If the input signal circuit is interrupted, the output signalchanges to the adjusted minimum value (low fail safe) ormaximum value (high fail safe).

*) Japanese standard

Legend

ONOFF

no influence

GaincoarseInput

Output

Page 162: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1602CDC110004C0202

5

CC-U/RTDR

υG

J

H

K M

B (22)C (21)A (24)

E (12)F (11)D (14)

R1

R2

2CD

C 2

81 0

06 F

000

3

2CD

C 2

82 0

25 F

000

3

2CD

C 2

82 0

45 F

0004

2CD

C 2

82 0

07 F

0004

2CD

C 2

82 0

03 F

0004

2CD

C 2

82 0

46 F

0003

2CD

C 2

82 0

46 F

0003

11/1411/12

21/2421/22

Temperature signal converter for RTD sensorsCC-U/RTDR with relay outputOrdering details

Plug-in connectingterminals

Threshold value for R1

Hysteresis for R1

Threshold value for R2

Hysteresis for R2

U: green LED -supply voltage

R2: yellow LED -Relay 2 energized

R1: yellow LED -Relay 1 energized

Marker

CC-U/RTDR universal signal converter for temperature and resistance signals,with 2 threshold relay outputs and 3-way electrical isolation

Temperature signal converter for PT100 signals (5 ranges up to 800 °C) and variable resistancesfrom 0-380 Ω2 threshold relay outputs with one c/o contact each (threshold and respective hysteresis can beadjusted independently from each other)

Open-circuit or closed-circuit principle configurable by means of a DIP switch

2 yellow LEDs for clear status indication of the output relays

Plug-in connecting terminals for inputs, outputs and supply

Approvals ,

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece

CC-U/RTDR 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 1SVR 040 012 R 2600 1110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC 1SVR 040 013 R 2700 1

DIP switch settings

• Technical data ............................................................................ 172 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 173

Value R1

Value R2

threshold hysteresis

Supply24 V DC or 110-240 V AC

Switching points of the output relay depending on the input range,configuration open-circuit principle

Legend

ONOFF

no influence

Closed-circuit principle

Open-circuit principle

Value R1Hysteresis R1

Temperature

Hysteresis R2Value R2

R1 11/1411/12

R2 21/2421/22

Value R1Hysteresis R1

Temperature

Hysteresis R2Value R2

R1 11/1411/12

R2 21/2421/22

Functional diagrams CC-U/RTDR

Closed-circuit principle

Input PT100

Open-circuit principle

threshold value R12-100 % of

input range

threshold value R22-100 % of

input range

Hysteresis R1

5-50 % ofthreshold-value R1

Actual

valu

e

Hysteresis R2

5-50 % ofthresholdvalue R2

Page 163: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1612CDC110004C0202

5

CC-E/TC

2CD

C28

1 00

7 F

000

3

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

022

7

2CD

C 2

82 0

09 F

0004

2CD

C 2

82 0

03 F

0004

SW1

TC-J: 0 ... 600 C 0 ... 10 VTC-J: 0 ... 600 C 0 ... 20 mATC-J: 0 ... 600 C 4 ... 20 mA

TC-K: 0 ... 1000 C 0 ... 10 VTC-K: 0 ... 1000 C 0 ... 20 mATC-K: 0 ... 1000 C 4 ... 20 mA

High fail saifeLow fail safe

Temperature signal converter for thermocouplesCC-E/TCOrdering details

CC-E/TC analog signal converter for thermocouple signals of the types J and K with3-way electrical isolation

Universally configurable device (type E/TC)6 single-function devices"Plug and Play", no adjustment of single-function devices required

Approvals , 1604 class I, div. 2 (universal device) 1),

DIP switch settings

Supply24 V DC or 110-240 V AC

Type Input signal Output signal Order code Price1 piece

Supply voltage: 24 V DC

universal

CC-E/TC thermocouple types J and K 0-10 V, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 702 R 26001)

single-function

CC-E TC/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 750 R 0100CC-E TC/I type J 0-600 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 751 R 2600CC-E TC/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 752 R 2700

CC-E TC/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 753 R 2000CC-E TC/I type K 0-1000 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 754 R 2100CC-E TC/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 755 R 2200

Supply voltage: 110-240 V AC

universal

CC-E/TC thermocouple types J and K 0-10 V, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 707 R 2300

single-function

CC-E TC/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 760 R 0300CC-E TC/I type J 0-600 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 761 R 2000CC-E TC/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 762 R 2100

CC-E TC/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 763 R 2200CC-E TC/I type K 0-1000 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 764 R 2300CC-E TC/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 765 R 2400

• Technical data ............................................................................ 168 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 173

Pack. units: 1 piece

BurdenR ≥ 1 KΩ

BurdenR ≤ 500 Ω

Gain adjustment

Offset adjustment

U: green LED -supply voltage

Legend

ONOFF

no influence

Input Output

Page 164: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1622CDC110004C0202

5

CC-U/TC

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

023

0

2CD

C 2

81 0

08 F

000

3

2CD

C 2

82 0

10 F

0004

2CD

C 2

82 0

20 F

0003

2CD

C 2

82 0

26 F

000

31S

VC

110

000

F 0

229

2CD

C 2

82 0

03 F

0004

*)*)

Temperature signal converter for thermo-couples of the types K, J, T, S, E, N, R, B

Continuously adjustable voltage signal input0-10 mV and 0-50 mV

Differential temperature meas. possible 1)

Configurable output signal response on inputsignal interruption (low fail safe / high fail safe)

Adjustment and operating elements on thefront-side

Short-circuit proof signal outputs

Plug-in connecting terminals for inputs, outputsand supply

Approvals , 1604 class I, div. 2 ,

Temperature signal converter for thermocouplesCC-U/TCOrdering details

without cold-junction compensation:

switch SW2.2 = OFF

CC-U/TC universal signal converter for thermocouples with 3-way electrical isolation

DIP switch settings

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece

CC-U/TC 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 1SVR 040 004 R 0700 1110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC 1SVR 040 005 R 0000 1

Plug-in connectingterminals

Gain: Coarse adjustment

Gain: Fine adjustment

Offset adjustment

U: green LED -supply voltage

Marker

1)

• Technical data ............................................................................ 170 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 173

Characteristic curves:Thermocouple voltagesdepending on thetemperature

*) Detection of input signal interruptions:

If the input signal circuit is interrupted, the output signalchanges to the adjusted minimum value (low fail safe) ormaximum value (high fail safe).

BurdenR ≥ 4.7 KΩ

BurdenR ≤ 600 Ω

Supply

Output

Legend

ONOFF

no influence

Input

Typ Temperature range

Temperature [°C]

Th

erm

oco

up

le v

olta

ge

V]

Page 165: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1632CDC110004C0202

5

CC-U/TCR

2CD

C 2

81 0

09 F

000

3

2CD

C 2

82 0

27 F

000

3

2CD

C 2

82 0

04 F

0004

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

023

22C

DC

282

003

F00

04

2CD

C 2

82 0

46 F

0003

2CD

C 2

82 0

46 F

0003

11/1411/12

21/2421/22

Temperature signal converter for thermocouplesCC-U/TCR with relay outputOrdering details

CC-U/TCR universal signal converter for thermocouples, with 2 threshold relay outputsand 3-way electrical isolation

Temperature signal converter for thermocouples of the types K, J, T, S

2 threshold relay outputs with one change-over contact each (threshold and respective hysteresiscan be adjusted independently from each other)

Open-circuit or closed-circuit principle configurable by means of a DIP switch

2 yellow LEDs for clear status indication of the output relays

Plug-in connecting terminals for inputs, outputs and supply

Approvals ,

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece

CC-U/TCR 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 1SVR 040 014 R 2000 1110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC 1SVR 040 015 R 2100 1

DIP switch settings

• Technical data ............................................................................ 172 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 173

Plug-in connectingterminals

Threshold value for R1

Hysteresis for R1

Threshold value for R2

Hysteresis for R2

U: green LED -supply voltage

R2: yellow LED -Relay 2 energized

R1: yellow LED -Relay 1 energized

Marker

Value R1

Value R2

threshold hysteresis

supply

Switching points of the output relay depending on the input range,configuration open-circuit principle

Legend

ONOFF

no influence

Closed-circuit principle

Open-circuit principle

Value R1Hysteresis R1

Temperature

Hysteresis R2Value R2

R1 11/1411/12

R2 21/2421/22

Value R1Hysteresis R1

Temperature

Hysteresis R2Value R2

R1 11/1411/12

R2 21/2421/22

Functional diagrams CC-U/TCR

InputTemperature range

Closed-circuit principle

Open-circuit principle

Temperature

Threshold value R2= 400 °C

Releasehysteresis

Releasehysteresis

Th

erm

oco

up

le

volta

ge

Characteristic curve:Temperature-voltage of different thermocouples Threshold value R1 = 1000 °C

type J

type K

type S

type T

Page 166: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1642CDC110004C0202

5

CC-E/I

2CD

C 2

81 0

10 F

000

3

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

023

5

2CD

C 2

82 0

11 F

0004

2CD

C 2

82 0

08 F

0004

2CD

C 2

82 0

02 F

0004SW1

Measuring converter for sinusoidal and DC currentsCC-E/IOrdering details

CC-E/I current measuring converter for current signals 0-5 A, 0-20 A (AC/DC) with3-way electrical isolation

Universally configurable device (type E/I)

6 single-function devices

"Plug and Play", no adjustment of single-function devices required

Approvals

, 1604 class I, div. 2 (universal device) 1),

DIP switch settings

Type Input signal Output signal Order code Price1 piece

Supply voltage: 24 V DC

universal

CC-E/I 0-5 A, 0-20 A, AC/DC 0-10 V, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 703 R 27001)

single-function

CC-E IAC/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 770 R 0500CC-E IAC/I 0-5 A, 0-20 A, AC 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 771 R 2200CC-E IAC/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 772 R 2300

CC-E IDC/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 773 R 2400CC-E IDC/I 0-5 A, 0-20 A, DC 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 774 R 2500CC-E IDC/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 775 R 2600

Supply voltage: 110-240 V AC

universal

CC-E/I 0-5 A, 0-20 A, AC/DC 0-10 V, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 708 R 0400

single-function

CC-E IAC/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 780 R 1100CC-E IAC/I 0-5 A, 0-20 A, AC 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 781 R 0600CC-E IAC/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 782 R 0700

CC-E IDC/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 783 R 0000CC-E IDC/I 0-5 A, 0-20 A, DC 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 784 R 0100CC-E IDC/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 785 R 1100

• Technical data ............................................................................ 169 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 173

Pack. units: 1 piece

Gain adjustment

Offset adjustment

U: green LED -supply voltage

DIP switch for input andoutput configuration (onlyavailable on universaldevices)

BurdenR ≥ 1 KΩ

BurdenR ≤ 500 Ω

Supply24 V DC or 110-240 V AC

Legend

ONOFF

Input Output

Select input range by terminals

Input range 5 A

Connected lines

Used terminals

Terminal marking

Input range 20 A

Connected lines

Used terminals

Terminal marking

Page 167: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1652CDC110004C0202

5

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

023

8

Measuring converter for sinusoidal currentsCC-E IAC/ILPOOrdering details

CC-E IAC/ILPO current measuring converter without auxiliary power for sinusoidalcurrents 0-1 A, 0-5 A, output 4 - 20 mA

Measuring converter for sinusoidal AC currents (0-1 A, 0-5 A)

Measuring range selection by front-side slide switch

4-20 mA output current in proportion to input current

no additional power supply required

Approvals ,

Type Input signal Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces 1 piece

CC-E IAC/ILPO 0-1 A, 0-5 A, AC 1SVR 010 203 R 0500 1

• Technical data ............................................................................ 169 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 173

e.g. measuring board

Page 168: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1662CDC110004C0202

5

CC-U/I

2CD

C 2

81 0

12 F

000

3

2CD

C 2

82 0

33 F

000

3

2CD

C 2

82 0

28 F

0003

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

023

9

2CD

C 2

82 0

29 F

0003

2CD

C 2

82 0

03 F

0004

Measuring converter for current RMS valuesCC-U/IOrdering details

CC-U/I universal current measuring converter for RMS values of 0-1 A and 0-5 A,with 3-way electrical isolation

RMS converter for current signals up to 1 A and up to 5 A of any wave form (DC, DC withsuperimposed AC components, pure sinusoidal, triangular, phase-angle controlled, etc. in ameasuring range of 0-600 Hz)

Adjustment and operating elements on the front-side

Short-circuit proof signal outputs

Plug-in connecting terminals for inputs, outputs and supply

Approvals , 1604 class 1, div. 2,

DIP switch settings

Supply24 V DC or 110-240 V AC

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece

CC-U/I 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 1SVR 040 006 R 0100 1110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC 1SVR 040 007 R 0200 1

BurdenR ≥ 4.7 KΩ

BurdenR ≤ 600 Ω

• Technical data ............................................................................ 171 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 173

Example of application:RMS measurement and conversion of a current signal

Plug-in connectingterminals

Gain adjustment

Offset adjustment

U: green LED -supply voltage

Marker

Legend

ONOFF

no influence

Input range 1 A

Connected lines

Used terminals

Terminal marking

Input range 5 A

Connected lines

Used terminals

Terminal marking

Select input range by terminals

Output

resultingRMS value

Page 169: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1672CDC110004C0202

5

CC-U/V

2CD

C 2

81 0

13 F

000

3

2CD

C 2

82 0

12 F

0004

2CD

C 2

82 0

29 F

0003

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

024

2

2CD

C 2

82 0

30 F

0003

2CD

C 2

82 0

03 F

0004

Supply24 V DC or 110-240 V AC

Measuring converter for voltage RMS valuesCC-U/VOrdering details

CC-U/V universal voltage measuring converter for RMS values of 0-600 V,with 3-way electrical isolation

RMS converter for voltage signals up to 600 V of any wave form (DC, DC with superimposed ACcomponents, pure sinusoidal, triangular, phase-angle controlled, etc. in a measuring range of0-600 Hz)

Adjustment and operating elements on the front-side

Short-circuit proof signal outputs

Plug-in connecting terminals for inputs, outputs and supply

Approvals , 1604 class 1, div. 2,

Measuring voltage ranges

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack unit Price50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece

CC-U/V 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 1SVR 040 008 R 1300 1110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC 1SVR 040 009 R 1400 1

• Technical data ............................................................................ 171 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 173

Plug-in connectingterminals

Input voltage rangeselection

Gain adjustment

Offset adjustment

U: green LED -supply voltage

Marker

BurdenR ≥ 4.7 KΩ

BurdenR ≤ 600 Ω

Example of application:RMS measurement and conversion of a phase-angle controlled voltage signal L1 = 230 V

DIP switch settings

Legend

ONOFF

no influence

Selecting input range by front-face rotary switch

Switchposition

Output

resultingRMS value

operating angel

Page 170: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1682CDC110004C0202

5

Analog signal convertersCC-E/STD, CC-E/RTD, CC-E/TCTechnical data

CC-E/STD CC-E/RTD CC-E/TC

Input circuits J-G-H Current Voltage Temperature seosors Thermocouples(IEC 584-1 and -2)

Input signal 0-20 mA / 0-5 V / PT100 TC.K, TC.J4-20 mA 0-10 V /

-10...+10 V

Input measuring range -50 ... +300 °C TC.K 0-1000 °C, TC.J 0-600 °C

Limitation of input signals +55 mA ± 11 V

Influence of line resistance < 0.01 %/ > 0.5 % / 100

Gain adjustment range ± 5 % (universal devices)

Offset adjustment range ± 5 % (universal devices)

Input impedance 50 1 m

Suppression at 50 Hz > 35 dB

Common-mode rejection 100 dB

Output circuits D-F A-C Current Voltage

Output signal 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 0-5 V, 0-10 V

Output burden 500 1.0 K

Accuracy

Factory setting ± 0,1 % of full-scale

Repeat accuracy 1) ± 0,5 % of full-scale

Temperature coefficient ± 500 ppm/°C

Residual ripple < 0.5 %

Response time 200 µs 10 ms

Transmission frequency 2 kHz 80 Hz 2 Hz (up to -3 dB)

Response to input circuit Low Fail Safe: Output voltage > 15 % of measuring range 2)

interruption Low Fail Safe: Output voltage < -0.6 V, output current = 0 mA

Supply circuits K - M DC versions AC versions

Supply voltage 24 V DC 110-240 V AC - 50/60 Hz

Supply voltage tolerance -15 % ... + 15 % -15 % ... + 10 %

Power consumption 1.5 W typ. 1.5 VA typ.

Indication of operational states

Supply voltage U: green LED

Isolation data

Test voltage between all isolatedcircuits 2.5 kV AC

Rated insulation voltage - - -

General data

Operating temperature 0 °C ... +60 °C

Storage temperature -20 °C ... +80 °C

Degree of protection acc. to DIN 40050 IP20

Mounting position ventilation slots on top and bottom

Mounting on DIN rail snap-on mounting

Wire size solid wire 4 mm2 (10 AWG)

stranded wire 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)

1) Constant parameters2) Only -/RTD and -/TC: Single-function devices respond with LOW FAIL SAFE to input signal interruptions

Page 171: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1692CDC110004C0202

5

Analog signal convertersCC-E/I, CC-E IAC/ILPOTechnical data

CC-E/I CC-E IAC/ILPO

Input circuits J-G-H C-DAC cur. meas. DC cur. meas. 2 meas. ranges selectable

0-5 A / 0-5 A /0-20 A 0-20 A

Input signal 0-1 A / 0-5 A / sinusoidal

Measuring frequency 50/60 Hz

Overload capacity of inputs 10 x INom. for max. 1 s 10 x INom. for max. 2 s

Gain adjustment range ± 5 % (univ. devices) -

Offest adjustment range ± 5 % (univ. devices) -

Imput impedance / resistance 5A = 65 20 A =2.5 m 5 m

Output circuits D-F A-C F-ECurrent Voltage passive current output in

proportion to input current

Output signal 0-20 mA 0-10 V 4-20 mA4-20 mA

Output burden / load 500 1.0 12 V DC - 150 24 V DC - 750

30 V DC - 1050

Accuracy

Factory setting ± 0,1 % of full-scale

Repeat accuracy 1) ± 2 % of full-scale

Offset adjustment range - ± 5 %

Gain adjustment range - ± 20 %

Temperature coefficient ± 500 ppm/°C 300 ppm/°C

Residual ripple < 0,5 % -

Response time 0,5 s -

Transmission frequency DC or 50/60 Hz -

Response to Low Fail Safe: Output voltagecircuit interruption < 200 mA, output current < 400 µA -

Supply circuits K - M DC Versions AC Versions

Supply voltage 24 V DC 110-240 V AC 12-30 V DC50/60 Hz

Supply voltage tolerance -15 % ... + 15 % -15 % ... + 10 % -

Power consumption typ 1.5 W typ 1.5 VA -

Indication of operational states

Supply voltage U: green LED -

Isolation data

Test voltage between allisolated circuits 2.5 kV AC

Rated insulation voltage - 250 V AC

General data

Operating temperature 0 °C ... +60 °C -20 °C ... +60 °C

Storage temperature -20 °C ... +80 °C -40 °C ... +80 °C

Degree of protection acc. to DIN 40050 IP20

Mounting position ventilation slots on top and bottom

Mounting on DIN rail snap-on mounting

Wire size solid wire 4 mm2 (10 AWG) 1x2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)

stranded wire 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)

1) Constant parameters

Page 172: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1702CDC110004C0202

5

Analog signal convertersCC-U/STD, CC-U/RTD, CC-U/TCTechnical data

CC-U/STD CC-U/RTD CC-U/TC

Input circuits J-G-H Current Voltage Potentio- temperature sensors Thermocouplesmeter (IEC 584-1 and 2)

Input signals 0-20 mA 0-100 mV 470 PT10, PT100, PT1000 TC.K TC.J4-20 mA 0-1 V ... 1 M (IEL 751 and JICC 1604) TC.T TC.S

10-50 mA 0-5 V TC.E TC.N0-1 mA 1-5 V TC.R TC.B

0-10 V2-10 V± 10 V

Limitation of input signals ± 55 mA ± 11 V 10 k - -

Temperature range - - - Max. Temperature adjustable: refer to temperature specs.6-60 °C for PT1000 of individual thermocouples

50-500 °C for PT100500-850 °C for PT 10

Influence of line resistance - - - 0.015 °C/ < 0.01 % / 100

Gain adjustment range 0.9- 45 mV - - - -(univ. devices) 110 mA 22 V

Offset adjustment range -137.5 % ... +62.5 % ± 5 % ± 10 %(univ. devices)

Input impedance for different ranges - -

without detection of input signal interruption 51 6 M 3 G - -

with detection of input signal interruption 51 3.5 M 9.5 G - -

Supression at 50 Hz - - - - > 40 dB

Common-mode rejection - - - 120 dB 105 dB

Output circuit D-F A-C Current Voltage

Output signals 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 0-5 V, 1-5 V, 0-10 V, 2-10 V, ±10 V

Output burden 600 4,7 K

Accuracy ±0,1 % of full-scale ±0,2 % of full-scale ±0,1 % of full-scale

Temperature coefficient ±150 ppm/°C ±250 ppm/°C ±200 ppm/°C at min offset±400 ppm/°C at max. offset

Residual riple - - - < 0,15 % -

Response time 200 µs 10 ms 200 ms

Transmission frequency 1 kHz 80 Hz 2 Hz (bis -3 dB)

Supply circuits K - M

Supply voltage 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC

Supply voltage tolerance DC: -15 % ... + 15 % AC: -15 % ... + 10 %

Power consumtion 2 W at 24 V DC 4.5 VA at 230 V AC

Indication of operational states

Supply voltage U: green LED

Isolation data

Test voltage between allisolated circuits 1.5 kV

Electromagnetic compartibility acc. to EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2

General data

Operating temperature -20 °C ... +60 °C

Storage temperature -40 °C ... +80 °C

Mounting position any

Mountinh on DIN rail snap-on mounting / screw mounting with adapter

Wire size solid wire plug-connector with screw terminals 1.5 mm2 (16 AWG)

stranded wire plug-connector with screw terminals 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)

Page 173: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1712CDC110004C0202

5

Analog signal convertersCC-U/I, CC-U/VTechnical data

CC-U/I CC-U/V

Input circuits J-G-H any current signals, any voltage signals,RMS measurement RMS measurement

Measuring signals 0-1 A 0-100 V, 0-200 V0-5 A 0-300 V, 0-400 V

0-500 V, 0-600 V

Measuring frequency 0-600 Hz

Overload capacity of inputs 10 x INon. for max. 2 s -

Gain adjustment range ±20 %

Offset adjustment range ±15 %

Input impedance / resistance 60 m / 12 m > 800 k

Output circuits D-F A-C Current Voltage

Output signal 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 0-5 V, 1-5 V, 0-10 V, 2-10 V, ±10 V

Output load 600 4,7 K

Accuracy 0,5 %

Temperature coefficient ±250 ppm/°C max. ±300 ppm/°C max.

Residual riple < 0.15 %

Response time 150 ms

Supply circuit K - M

Supply voltage 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC

Supply voltage tolerance DC: -15 % ... + 15 % AC: -15 % ... + 10 %

Power consumption 2 W at 24 V DC 4.5 VA at 230 V AC

Indication of operational states

Supply voltage U: green LED

Isolation data

Test voltage between allisolated circuits 1.5 kV

Electromagnetic compartibility acc. to EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2

General data

Operating temperature -20 °C ... +60 °C

Storage temperature -40 °C ... +80 °C

Mounting position any

Mounting on DIN rail (EN 50022) snap-on mounting / screw mounting with adapter

Wire solid wire plug-connector with screw terminals 1.5 mm2 (16 AWG)

size stranded wire plug-connector with screw terminals 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)

Page 174: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1722CDC110004C0202

5

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

030

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

018

5

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

030

2

Analog signal converters with relay outputCC-U/STDR, CC-U/RTDR, CC-U/TCRTechnical data

CC-U/STDR CC-U/RTDR CC-U/TCR

Input circuits J - H Current Voltage Temperature sensors Thermocouples(IEC 584-1 and -2)

Measuring signal / input range 0-20 / 0-1 V / 1-5 V / PT100 TC.K, TC.J,4-20 mA 0-10 / ±10 V TC.T, TC.S

Input burden 50 > 5 m

Adjustable threshold 2-100 % of selected input range

Adjustable hysteresis 5-50 % of threshold

Accuracy 0.5 %

Temperature coefficient ±300 ppm/°C

Output circuits E - D - F, B - C - A Relay, 2 c/o contacts

Rated switching voltage 250 V AC

Rated switching currentAC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 A

AC-15 (inductive)230 V 3 A

DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 A

DC-13 (inductive) 24V 2 A

Min. switching voltage 12 V

Min. switching current 10 mAmin. switching power 0.6 VA (W)

Response time 10 ms

Max. lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycles

electrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 Mio. switching cycles

Supply circuits K - M

Supply voltage 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC

Supply voltage tolerance DC: -15 %...+15 % AC: -15 % ... +10 %

Power consumption 2 W at 24 V DC 4.5 VA at 230 V AC

Indication of operational states

Supply voltage U: green LED

1st output relay energized R1: yellow LED

2nd output relay energized R2: yellow LED

Isolation data

Insulation voltage between all 1.5 kVisolated circuits

Electromagnetic compartibility acc. to EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2

General data

Operating temperature -20 °C ... +60 °C

Storage temperature -40 °C ... +80 °C

Mounting position any

Mounting on DIN rail (EN 50 022) snap-on mounting / screw mounting with adapter

Wire solid wire plug-connector with screw terminals 1.5 mm2 (16 AWG)

size stranded wire plug-connector with screw terminals 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)

Load limit curves

AC load (resistive) DC load (resistive) Derating curve

Page 175: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1732CDC110004C0202

5.039

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

024

9

A B C

M L K

J H G

D E F

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

024

81S

VC

110

000

F 0

247

CC-E/x CC-E IAC/ILPO

CC-U/x , CC-U/xR

22.50,88 "

180.71"

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

030

8

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

030

9

Analog signal convertersCC-E, CC-UDimensional drawings, Connecting terminals

Dimensions in mm

Connecting terminals CC-U/xWidth 22.5 mm / .886 "

rail centre

rail centre

Page 176: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1742CDC110004C0202

5

Notes

Page 177: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1752CDC110004C0202

5

Serial data convertersIPLH range

Content

Serial data converters ILPH range ............................................................................ 176NEW

Page 178: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

176 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C020

RS-232 RS-485

RS-232 RS-232RS-422

RS-422 RS-422

RS-422

RS-232

RS-232 RS-232 RS-232 RS-232

RS-232 RS-23215 mmax.

1.2 kmmax.

15 mmax.

1.2 kmmax.

Serial data converters

In the field of industrial data transmission, various processes of datatransmission and interfaces are used today. Thus, the user often feelsthe need to convert the existing interface into another interface.Simple point to point connections are most often made using thestandard RS-232 (V.24), and multipoint with the RS-422 or RS-485standard, with a current tendency to use optical fiber.

For the conversion of various interfaces, ABB ENTRELEC offersconnection interfaces ILPH, a large range of products for industrialuse.

Uses

Adaptation :

The use of converters allows the connection of two devices usingDifferent interfaces.To add new equipment to existing installations.

Galvanic Isolation.

To protect sensitive equipment it is sometimes necessary to useconverters which allow galvanic isolation.

Type of connection Immunity to noiseRS232 LowRS422 HighRS485 HighCL HighOF Very high

To cross a disturbed environment.

Some interfaces are more sensitive to noise. Electrically, it is preferable,in some cases, to change the interface or support.

Multipoint connections

Some equipments are only designed to communicate in RS232 pointto point connection. To communicate with several devices it is thennecessary to use converters RS232 to RS422, RS485, BDC or FO toreach multipoint mode.

Type of connection ConnectionRS232 Point to pointRS422 12 pointsRS485 32 pointsCL 5-6 pointsOF 32 points

Type of connection Max. distances *RS232 15mRS422 1.2kmRS485 1.2kmCL 300-500mOF 4km

Increase in the transmission and amplification distancesfrom the Signals.

Every connection has its own limits, to increase the communicationdistances you only have to change the type of link (converter) oramplify the signal (Repeater) using an ILPH.

* Depending on transmission speed.

Example :

Example :

Line 1

Line 2

Power

Converter Repeater

Example :

Example :

Example :

Noisyelements

RS-485 2-/4 wires

Page 179: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

177ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

• •• •

• •• •• •• •

• •• •• •

• •• •

• •• •

• •• •

• •• •

1SNA 684 234 R2000

1SNA 684 244 R0200

1SNA 684 231 R2500

1SNA 684 233 R2700

1SNA 684 333 R2300

1SNA 684 334 R2400

1SNA 684 202 R0100

1SNA 684 236 R2200

1SNA 684 237 R2300

1SNA 684 238 R0400

1SNA 684 239 R0500

1SNA 684 212 R2200

1SNA 684 232 R2600

1SNA 684 246 R0400

1SNA 684 247 R0500

1SNA 684 248 R1600

1SNA 684 249 R1700

0084 234.12

0084 244.24

0084 231.17

0084 233.11

0084 333.15

0084 334.16

0084 202.23

0084 236.14

0084 237.15

0084 238.26

0084 239.27

0084 212.14

0084 232.10

0084 246.26

0084 247.27

0084 248.00

0084 249.01

1SVR 084 236 R1400

1SVR 084 237 R1500

1SVR 084 238 R2600

1SVR 084 239 R2700

1SVR 084 246 R2600

1SVR 084 247 R2700

1SVR 084 248 R0000

1SVR 084 249 R0100

RS232

RS422 / RS485

RS485

RS2

32R

S422

-485

24 V

DC

24-4

8 V

DC

110-

240

V AC

24-4

2 V

AC/D

C

Old

ABB

pa

rt nu

mbe

rsRS 232 - EIA-232 / V.24 / V.28Point-to-point connectionMax. 15 m transmission distanceRate up to 19.2 kbit/sFull-duplex

RS 422 - EIA-422 / V.11Point-to-point connection(1 Transmitter - 10 Receivers)Differential voltage transmissionFull-duplexUp to 1200 m/ 10Mbit/sGood EMC characteristics

Current loop(TTY)Point-to-point / multi-point connectionActive or passive current loopFull-duplexUp to 1200 m/19.2 kBit/sGood EMC characteristics

RS 485 - ISO/IEC/EIA-485Multi-point connection up to 32 unitsDifferential voltage transmissionHalf-duplex on 1 pairFull-duplex on 2 pairsUp to 1200 m / 10Mbit/sGood EMC characteristics

Optical fiber interfacePoint-to-point connectionFull-duplexFrom 40m up to 4km transmission distanceaccording to optical fiber material (plastic / glass)and wavelength used up to 10 Mbit/sExcellent EMC characteristics

In-Ps-O

In-Ps-O

Wi

In-O

In-Ps-O

In-Ps-O

In-O

In-Ps-O

In-Ps-O

In-Ps-O

In-Ps-O

In-O

In-O

In-Ps-O

In-Ps-O

In-Ps-O

In-Ps-O

Insu

latio

n *

New

pa

rt nu

mbe

rs

Old

Ent

rele

c

part

num

bers

* In=Input, Ps=Power supply, O=Output, Wi=Without insulation

CL

OF-

SO

F-P

Product overview

Page 180: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

178 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C020

RRt E

R

E

R

E

Rt

Rt

Rt

R

E

ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-485 1 0,1

Serial data converters"ILPH Range"

ILPH RS 232 / RS 422 - 485RS 232 to RS 422-485 serial link without isolation

Economic version without isolation Baudrate up to 38,4 kbit/s Transmission distance up to 1200 m RS 485 1 or 2 pair handling Usable in "noisy" environments 24 V DC power supply CE mark

center of rail

Configuration ofthe jumper

Power supply polarizedVoltage 24 V DCVoltage tolerance 8,5...28 V DCSupply current 100 mA maxConnections removable screw connectors (AWG 20)

RS 232-1 serial link EIA RS 232 C / CCITT V24 V28Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50 µs)Baud rate / Transmission distance max. 38,4 kbits/s / max. 1200 mConnections 2,5 mm² screw connectors (AWG 20)

RS 422-485-2 serial link EIA RS 485 and EIA RS 422 / CCITT V11Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50 µs)Baud rate / Transmission distance max. 38,4 kbits / max. 1200 mConnections 2,5 mm² screw connectors (AWG 20)

Traffic indicationVoltage 1 yellow LEDStatus of signal 2 green LED (RxD, TxD)

EMC behaviorElectrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6/8 kVRadiated electromagnetic field EN 61000-4-3 level 310 V/mBurst EN 61000-4-4 level 3 1 kVElectromagnetic compatibility EN 55022 class B

Other characteristicsGalvanic isolation betweeninput / power supply / output noConfiguration of the operating mode using internal jumperOperating temperature 0°C ... +50°CStorage temperature -25°C ... +80°CMounting any requiredDIN rail fixing (EN 50002) snap-on mountingWire size 2,5 mm² / stranded with ferrule, 4 mm² solidDimensions (LxBxH) 88 x 22,5 x 102 mmWeight 100 g

*CAUTION :When the RTS Signal is not activated,M terminal (RxD ILPH) has to beconnected to L terminal (CTRL IN).

RS 422 - RS 485SERIAL LINK (2 wires)

Product RS 232

Connector J1

24 V DCpower supply

Product RS 422-RS 485

** CAUTION :To be connected to 2 wired RS 485 only(not possible for 4 wired RS 422).When the RTS Signal is not activated, Mterminal (RxD ILPH) has to be connected toL terminal (CTRL IN).

RS 422 - RS 485SERIAL LINK (4 wires)

Product RS 232

Connector J1

24 V DCpower supply

Product RS 422-RS 485

RS 485 LINK ON ONE PAIR

R ON/OFF Jumper R in position R ON/OFF

E ON/OFF Jumper E in position E ON/OFF

The Receiver and the Transmitter are activated alternately (neverat the same time) depending on the status of the CTRL IN signal.

CTRL IN STATUS ACTION ON RS 4850 logic (+3V ≤ U ≤ +25V) Transmitter active /

Receiver inactive1 logic (-25V ≤ U ≤ -3V) Transmitter inactive /

Receiver activeHigh impedance Transmitter inactive /

Receiver active

NOTE : For RS 232 products running the RTS ( REQUEST TO SEND) signal, connectRTS to CTRL IN.Otherwise, connect M (RxD ILPH) to L (CTRL IN).

RS 485 LINK ON 2 PAIRS

R ON Jumper R in position R ON

E ON/OFF Jumper E in position E ON/OFF

Receiver permanently activeTransmitter controlled by the signal CTRL IN (see table for Transmitter operation asa function of CTRL IN)

RS 422 LINK ON TWO PAIRS

R ON Jumper R in position R ON

E ON Jumper E in position E ON

The Transmitter and Receiver are both permanently active.

POLARIZATION OF THE RS 422 - RS 485 LINE

The line must always be polarized. The ILPH is used to polarize the receptionchannel :Connection by 1 wire P+ (J1.1) with 5V (J1.4)Connection by 1 wire P- (J1.2) with 0V (J1.3)

ADAPTING THE RS 422 - RS 485 LINE

The line must always be adapted to the level of the reception channel of eachsubscriber forming the end of the bus. The ILPH is used to adapt the receptionchannel by setting the jumper Rt correctly :

* Line adaptation, Rt = 120 Ω ( general case )

* Line adaptation, Rt = 220 Ω

* No line adaptation, Rt = ∝

Serial link interfacewithout galvanic isolation

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Technical data

1SNA 684 231 R2500

Page 181: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

179ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-485 1 0,1

R

Rt

E

R

E

R

E

R

E

Rt

Rt

Rt

ILPH RS 232 / RS 422 - 485

Serial data converters"ILPH Range"

Galvanic isolated converter for RS 232 to RS 422-485 serial links. Galvanic isolation between input/output and output/power supply Baudrate up to 38,4 kbit/s Transmission distance up to 1200 m RS 485 1 or 2 pair handling Usable in "noisy" environments 24 V DC power supply CE mark

** CAUTION :Only to be connected for RS 485 two pairs (ofno use for RS 422 two pairs). If the RTS signalis not generated, connect M (RxD ILPH)to L (CTRL IN).

* CAUTION :If the RTS signal is not generated,connect M (RxD ILPH) to L (CTRL IN).

RS 422 - RS 4852 WIRE SERIAL LINKS

RS 422 - RS 4854 WIRE SERIAL LINKS

Connector J1

24 V DCpower supply

RS 422-RS 485product

RS 232 product

Connector J1

24 V DCpower supply

RS 422-RS 485product

RS 232 product

Serial link interfacewith galvanic isolation

Configuration ofthe jumpers

center of railRS 422 LINK ON TWO PAIRS

R ON Jumper R in position R ON

E ON Jumper E in position E ON

The Transmitter and Receiver are both permanently active.

POLARIZATION OF THE RS 422 - RS 485 LINEThe line must always be polarized. The ILPH is used to polarizethe reception channel :Connection by 1 wire P+ (J1.1) with 5V (J1.4)Connection by 1 wire P- (J1.2) with 0V (J1.3)

ADAPTING THE RS 422 - RS 485 LINEThe line must always be adapted to the level of the receptionchannel of each subscriber forming the end of the bus.The ILPH is used to adapt the reception channel by setting thejumper Rt correctly :

* Line adaptation, Rt = 120 Ω ( general case )

* Line adaptation, Rt = 220 Ω

* No line adaptation, Rt = ∝

RS 485 LINK ON ONE PAIR

R ON/OFF Jumper R in position R ON/OFF

E ON/OFF Jumper E in position E ON/OFF

The Receiver and the Transmitter are activated alternately (neverat the same time) depending on the status of the CTRL IN signal.

CTRL IN STATUS ACTION ON RS 485

0 logic (+3V ≤ U ≤ +25V) Transmitter active /Receiver inactive

1 logic (-25V ≤ U ≤ -3V) Transmitter inactive /Receiver active

High impedance Transmitter inactive /Receiver active

CAUTION : For RS 232 products running the RTS ( REQUEST TOSEND) signal, connect RTS to CTRL IN. Otherwise, connect M(RxD ILPH) to L (CTRL IN).

RS 485 LINK ON 2 PAIRS

R ON Jumper R in position R ON

E ON/OFF Jumper E in position E ON/OFF

Receiver permanently activeTransmitter controlled by the signal CTRL IN ( see table forTransmitter operation as a function of CTRL IN )

Technical dataPower supply polarizedVoltage 24 V DCVoltage tolerance 8,5...28 V DCSupply current 100 mA maxConnections Removable screw connectors (Omniconnect)

RS 232-1 serial link EIA RS 232 C / CCITT V24 V28Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50µs)Baud rate / Transmission distance max. 38,4 kbits/s / max. 15 mConnections 2,5 mm² screw connectors (AWG 20)

RS 422-RS485-2 serial link EIA RS 485 and EIA RS 422 / CCITT V11Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50 µs)Baud rate / Transmission distance max. 38,4 kbits / max. 1200 mConnections 2,5 mm² screw connectors (AWG 20)

Traffic indicationVoltage 1 yellow LEDStatus of signal 3 green LED (RxD, TxD and CTRL-IN)

EMC behaviorElectrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6/8 kVRadiated electromagnetic field EN 61000-4-3 level 310 V/mBurst EN 61000-4-4 level 3 1 kVElectromagnetic compatibility EN 55022 class B

Other characteristicsGalvanic isolation betweenRS 232/RS 422-485 and RS 422-485/power supply 500 V DCConfiguration of the operating mode using internal jumperOperating temperature 0°C ... +50°CStorage temperature -25°C ... +80°CMounting any requiredDIN rail fixing (EN 50002) snap-on mountingWire size 2,5 mm² / stranded with ferrule, 4 mm² solidDimensions (LxBxH) 88 x 22,5 x 102 mmWeight 100 g

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

1SNA 684 233 R2700

Page 182: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

180 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C020

ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-4851 0,11 0,1

ILPH RS 232 / RS 422 - 485

Serial data converters"ILPH Range"

RS 422 - RS 4852 WIRE SERIAL LINK

3 way galvanic isolated converter for RS 232 to RS 422-485 serial links. 3 way galvanic isolation between power supply and input/output RS 485 switch on 2 or 4 wires Baudrate up to 38,4 kbit/s Transmission distance up to 1200 m RS 485 1 or 2 pair handling Usable in "noisy" environments 24...48 V DC and 115...230 V AC power supply CE marking

**CAUTION :Only to be connected for RS 485 twopairs (of no use for RS 422 two pairs).If the RTS signal is not generated, setSW2-1 in position ON.

*CAUTION :When the RTS signal is not generated, setSW2-1 in position ON.

RS 422 - RS 4854 WIRE SERIAL LINKS

Connector J1

Powersupply

Product RS 232

Connector J1

Powersupply

ProductRS 422 - RS 485

Product RS 232

ProductRS 422 - RS 485

Power supply Polarization for DC modelVoltage 24...48 V DC 115...230 V AC (50/60 Hz)Voltage tolerance -15% ... +20% -15% ... +15%Supply current 24 V DC<110 mA, 48 V DC<55 mA,115 V AC<40 mA, 230 V DC<26 mASupply power ~ 3 W ~ 3 VAConnections Removable screw connector (Omniconnect)

RS 232-1 serial link EA / TIA RS 232 new revision / CCITT V24 V28Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50 µs)Baud rate / Transmission distance max. 38,4 kbits/s / max. 15 m / 2500 pFConnections 2,5 mm² screw (AWG 20)

RS 422/485-2 serial link EIA RS 485 and EIA RS 422 CCITT V11Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50 µs)Baud rate / Transmission distance max. 38,4 kbits / max. 1200 mConnections 2,5 mm² screw (AWG 20)

Traffic indicationVoltage 1 yellow LEDStatus of signal 3 green LED (RxD, TxD and CTRL-IN)

EMC behaviorElectrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6/8 kVRadiated electromagnetic field EN 61000-4-3 level 310 V/mBurst EN 61000-4-4 level 3 1 kVElectromagnetic compatibility EN 55022 class B

Other characteristicsGalvanic isolation betweenRS 232 / Power supply / RS 422-RS 485 1,5 kVConfiguration of the operating mode using internal jumperOperating temperature 0°C ... +50°CStorage temperature -25°C ... +80°CMounting any requiredDIN rail fixing (EN 50002) snap-on mountingWire size 2,5 mm² / stranded with ferrule, 4 mm² solidDimensions (LxBxH) 88 x 22,5 x 102 mmWeight 100 g

RS 485 LINK ON ONE PAIR

Set SW1-1, SW1-3, SW1-6, SW1-7 and SW1-8 to position ON. Thereceiver and the transmitter are activated alternately (never at thesame time), depending on the status of the CTRL IN signal.

CTRL IN STATUS Action on RS 485

0 Logic (3V ≤ U ≤ + 25V) Transmitter active /Receiver inactive

1 Logic (-25V ≤ U ≤ -3V) Transmitter inactive /Receiver active

High impedance Transmitter inactive /Receiver active

CAUTION : For RS 232 products running the RTS signal (REQUESTTO SEND), connect RTS to CTRL IN. Otherwise, set SW2-1 toposition ON.

RS 485 LINK ON TWO PAIRS

Set SW1-1, SW1-3, SW1-7 in position OFF.Set SW1-6, SW1-8 in position ON.The receiver is permanently active.The transmitter is controlled by the signal CTRL IN (see table fortransmitter operation as a fonction of CTRL IN).

RS 422 LINK ON TWO PAIRS

Set SW1-1, SW1-3, SW1-7 and SW1-8 in position OFF.Set SW1-6 in position ON.Transmitter and receiver are both permanently active.

POLARIZATION OF THE RS 422 - RS 485 LINE

The line must always be polarized.The ILPH is used to polarize the reception channel :Set SW1-4 and SW1-5 in position ON.

ADAPTING THE RS 422 - RS 485 LINE

The line must always be adapted to the level of the receptionchannel of each subscriber forming the end of the bus.

The ILPH is used to adapt the reception channel by setting thejumper SW1-2 correctly :

SW1-2 in position ON ⇒ line adaptation, Rt = 120 Ω(standard)SW1-2 in position OFF ⇒ no line adaptation, Rt = ∝

center of rail

Configurationof the jumper

Serial link interface3 way galvanic isolation 24...48 V DC power supply

115...230 V AC power supply

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Technical data

1SNA 684 333 R23001SNA 684 334 R2400

Page 183: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

181ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

ILPH RS 232 / RS 2321 0,11 0,1

ILPH RS 232 / RS 232

Serial data converters"ILPH Range"

3 way galvanic isolator between RS 232 serial interface and anotherRS 232 serial interface.

Ensures triple insulation between the 2 serial interfaces andbetween each and power supplyBaudrate up to 19,2 kbit/s (up to 64 kbit/s depending on cable)Transmission distance up to 15 mCan be used in "noisy" environmentsPower supply from 24...48 V DC and 115...230 V ACCE marking

Power supply DC model polarizedVoltage 24...48 V DC 115...230 V AC (50/60Hz)Voltage tolerance -15%...+20% -15%...+15%Supply current 24 V DC<155 mA;48 V DC<77 mA;110 V AC<40 mA;230 V DC<26 mASupply power ~ 3,15 W ~ 3,15 VAConnections Removable screw connector (Omniconnect)

RS 232-1 interface EIA / TIA RS 232 new revision / CCITT V24 V28Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50 µs)Transmission capacity /Transmission distance max. 19,2 kbits/s / max. 15 m / 2500 pFConnections 2,5 mm² screw (AWG 20)

RS 232-2 interface EIA / TIA RS 232 new revision / CCITT V24 V28Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50µs)Transmission capacity /Transmission distance max. 19,2 kbits/s / max. 15 mConnections 2,5 mm² screw (AWG 20)

Traffic indicationVoltage 1 yellow LEDStatus of signal 4 green LED (RxD, RxC/D, TxD, TxC/D)

EMC behaviorElectrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6/8 kVRadiated electromagnetic field EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/mBurst EN 61000-4-4 level 3 1 kVElectromagnetic compatibility EN 55022 class B

Other characteristicsGalvanic isolation betweeninput / power supply / output 1,5 kVConfiguration of the operating mode NoOperating temperature 0°C ... +50°CStorage temperature -25°C ... +80°CMounting any requiredDIN rail fixing (EN 50002) snap-on mountingWire size 2,5 mm² / stranded with ferrule, 4 mm² solidDimensions (LxBxH) 88 x 22,5 x 102 mmWeight 100 g

Connectionnot advisedaccording toEIA/TIA 232E

standard

or

Connectionnot advisedaccording toEIA/TIA 232E

standard

(to be connected)

Terminal equipment for ETTD(DTE) data processing

Data transmissionend equipment

ETCD (DCE)

center of rail

Serial link interface3 way galvanic isolation 24...48 V DC power supply

115...230 V DC power supply

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Technical data

1SNA 684 234 R20001SNA 684 244 R0200

Page 184: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

182 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C020

ILPH RS 422 - 485 / RS 422 - 4851 0,1

OFF

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 5 6

OFF

INT 3

INT 4

INT 3.1

INT 3.2

INT 4.1

INT 4.2

OFFOFF

INT 31 2 3 4 5 6

INT 41 2 3 4

OFF

1 2 3 4

OFF

1 2 3 4INT 1 INT 2

OFF

INT 11 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

INT 2

OFF

OFF

INT 41 2 3 4 5 6

OFF

INT 31 2 3 4

500 Kb/s187,5 Kb/s93,75 Kb/s38,4 Kb/s19,2 Kb/s9,6 Kb/s4,8 Kb/s2,4 Kb/s1,2 Kb/s

INT 11 2 3 40 0 0 01 1 1 11 1 1 11 1 1 11 1 1 11 1 1 11 1 1 01 1 0 01 0 0 00 0 0 0

INT 21 2 3 40 0 0 01 1 1 11 1 1 01 1 0 01 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 0

INT 31 2 3 4X X X 1X X X 0X X X 0X X X 0X X X 0X X X 0X X X 0X X X 0X X X 0X X X 0

INT 41 2 3 4 5 6X X X 1 0 1X X X 0 0 0X X X 0 0 0X X X 0 0 0X X X 0 0 0X X X 0 0 0X X X 0 0 0X X X 0 0 0X X X 0 0 0X X X 0 0 0

ILPH RS 422 - 485 / RS 422 - 485

Serial data converters"ILPH Range"

Galvanic isolated connection between an RS 422-485 (1 or 2 pairs) and an RS422 485 (1 or 2 pairs) serial link. It amplifies the signal beyond the 1200 m limitdistance of the RS 422-485 and only needs a minimum of 1,5 character delaytime to switch off the RS 485 drivers.

Galvanic isolation between power supply/output and input/outputBaudrate up to 500 kbit/s (up to 200 m)Transmission distance up to 1200m at 38,4 kbit/sUsable in "noisy" environments2/4 wires automatic handling24 V DC power supplyCE mark

Power supply DC model polarizedVoltage 24 V DCVoltage tolerance +/-15%Supply current 120 mA max.Connections Removable screw connector (Omniconnect)

RS 422-485-1 interface EIA / RS 432 and EIA RS 422 / CCITT V11Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50 µs)RS 485 data switching Time switching / Time delay transmission/reception 27 µs ...10 msBaudrate / Transmission distance from 1,2 to 500 kbits/s / max. 1200 m up to 38,4 kbit/sConnections 2,5 mm² screw (AWG 20)

RS 422-485-2 interface EIA / RS 485 and EIA RS 422 / CCITT V11Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50 µs)RS 485 data switching Time switching / Time delay transmission/reception 27 µs ...10 msBaudrate / Transmission distance from 1,2 to 500 kbits/s / max. 1200 m up to 38,4 kbit/sConnections 2,5 mm² screw (AWG 20)

Traffic indicationVoltage 1 yellow LEDStatus of signal 2 green LED (RxD, TxD, )

EMC behaviorElectrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6/8 kVRadiated electromagnetic field EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/mBurst EN 61000-4-4 level 3 1 kVElectromagnetic compatibility EN 55022 class B

Other characteristicsGalvanic isolation betweeninput / power supply / output 500 V DCConfiguration of the operating mode using internal DIP switchesOperating temperature 0°C ... +50°CStorage temperature -25°C ... +80°CMounting any requiredDIN rail fixing (EN 50002) snap-on mountingWire size 2,5 mm² / stranded with ferrule, 4 mm² solidDimensions (LxBxH) 88 x 22,5 x 102 mmWeight 100 g

Caution :The transmission channels of bothRS 422 - RS 485 serial link interfaces alwayshave to be independently polarized.

RS 422 - RS 4854 wire serial link

RS 422 - RS 4852 wire serial link

24 V DCpower supply

Connector J1

24 V DCpower supply

Connector J1

"ON", polarizes the reception channel R x 2

"ON", polarizes the reception channel R x 1

RS 422 - RS 485 DRIVERS CONTROLThe RS 422 - RS 485 Drivers Control (transmitters and receivers)makes the ILPH easy to use. The control of the 2 channels iscompletely automatic ; you only have to configure the baud rateneeded.The minimum turn off delay is about 1,5 character/time from 27 µsto 10 ms depending on the baud rate selected.POLARIZATION OF THE RS 422 - RS 485 CONNECTIONSThe connections must always be polarized. The ILPH is used topolarize the reception channels :

ADAPTING THE RS 422 - RS 485 CONNECTIONSThe connections must always be adjusted to the level of thereception channel of each subscriber forming the end of the bus.The ILPH is used to adjust the reception channel by setting themicro-switch INT 3.3 and INT 4.3.

BAUD RATEBy using the 8 micro-switches inside the box.

Permits to define up to 8 transmission speeds and to select the FullDuplex operation mode (RS 422 / RS 422) in addition with the INT3.4 INT 4.4 and INT 4.5 micro switches.

INT 3.3 and INT 4.3 "ON"120 Ω set adjustment

Nu = not used X = zerocenter of rail

Channel 1Configuration of the

micro-switch

Channel 2Configuration of the

micro-switch

Baud rateConfiguration

of the micro-switch

1 = contact closed0 = contact open (aus) (off)

BAUD RATEFULL DUPLEX

Serial link interfacewith galvanic isolation 24 V DC power supply

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Technical data

1SNA 684 212 R2200

Page 185: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

183ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

ILPH RS 232 / FO-S1 0,151 0,15

ILPH RS 232 / FO-P1 0,151 0,15

RS 232 / FO

RxDOV

TxD

OV

←→

~+

~-

(L)

(K)(M)

(J H G)

(E)

(F)(D)

(B)

(C)

(A)

ILPH RS 232 / FO

Serial data converters"ILPH Range"

3 way galvanic isolated Converter for RS 232 to optical fiber serial linkglass (S) or plastic (P).

3 way galvanic isolation between power supply and input/outputBaud rate up to 115,2 kbit/sAvailable for glass or plastic fiberTransmission distance up to 4 kmUsable in "very noisy" environments20...42 V AC/DC and 110...240 V AC/DC power supplyCE marked

Power suppliesSupply voltage 24...42 V AC/DC (50/60 Hz) 110...240 V AC/DC (50/60 Hz)Voltage tolerance -15% ... +10% -15% ... +10%Connections Omniconnect pluggable connector

RS 232 Interface 1 CCITT V.24/DIN 66020- CCITT V.28 DIN 66259-EIA 232 EProtection Integrated (transil 8 kV 1.2/50µs)Max. speed /Max. distance Max. 115.2 kbits/s / max. 15 m / 2500 pFConnections Omniconnect pluggable connector

Fiber optic interface 2 DIN VDE 0888-1Type of fiber / Connections Multimode fiber

Glass : ST connectorPlastic : FSMA screw connector

Wavelength Glass : 820 nmPlastic : 655 nm

Max. transmission power Glass : 50/125 µm : -14.4 db/mGlass : 62.5/125 µm : -14 db/mPlastic : 980/1000 µm : -8 db/m

Max. reception power Glass : -28 db/mPlastic : -20 db/m

Max. speed Max. 115.2 kbits/sMax. distance Glass : 50/125 µm : 3 km

Glass : 62.5/125 µm : 4 kmPlastic : 980/1000 µm : 40 m

Status indicationPower supply / Data exchange 1 green LED / 2 green LEDs (RxD, TxD)

EMC behaviorElectrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 6/8 kVRadiated electromagnetic field EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 10 V/mBurst EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 1 kVElectromagnetic compatibility EN 55022 Class B

Other characteristicsGalvanic isolation input /power supply / output 2.5 kVOperating temperature -20°C ... +60°CStorage temperature -40°C ... +85°CMounting Onto DIN Rail (EN 50002)Connections 14 AWG (2.5 mm²) fine stranded / 12 AWG (4 mm²) rigidDimensions (LxWxH) 105 x 22.5 x 112 mm / 4.13 x 0.89 x 4.41"Weight 150 g / 0.33 lb

Technical data

Shielding

FOSending

FOReceiving

Shielding

Serial link interface3 way galvanic isolation 24...42 V AC/DC Power supply

110...240 V AC/DC Power supply

Serial link interface3 way galvanic isolation 24...42 V AC/DC Power supply

110...240 V AC/DC Power supply

U : power supply

FO sending

FO receiving

Pluggableomniconnectterminals

Approvals : in process

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

1SNA 684 236 R22001SNA 684 237 R2300

1SNA 684 238 R04001SNA 684 239 R0500

Page 186: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

184 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C020

ILPH RS 485 / FO-S1 0,151 0,15

ILPH RS 485 / FO-P1 0,151 0,15

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8SW 1

OFF

SW 21 2 3 4 5 6

ILPH RS 485 / FO

RS 485 / FO

OVD - D +

OV

~-

~+

onoff

Serial data converters"ILPH Range"

3 way galvanic isolated converter for RS 485 (1 pair) to optical fiberserial link glass (S) or plastic (P).

3 way galvanic isolation between power supply and input/outputBaud rate up to 1.5 Mbit/sAvailable for glass fiber or plastic fiberTransmission distance up to 4 kmUsable in "very noisy" environments20...42 V AC/DC and 110...240 V AC/DC power supplyCE marked

Baud rate :SW1 DIP switch configuration

Legend

Approvals : in process

End-of-line resistor, polarizationSW2 DIP switch configuration

Baudrate bit/s

U : power supply

Pluggableomniconnectterminals

FO sending

FO receiving

PolarizationConfiguration of the

micro-switch

Baud rateConfiguration of the

micro-switch

Power suppliesSupply voltage 24...42 V AC/DC (50/60 Hz) 110...240 V AC/DC (50/60 Hz)Voltage tolerance -15% ... +10% -15% ... +10%Connections Omniconnect pluggable connector

RS 485 interface 1 ISO / IEC 8482 / DIN 66 259-4; EIA 485Protection Integrated (8 kV 1.2/50µs)Max. speed / max. distance Max. 1.5 Mbits/s / max. 1200 m (38.4 kbit/s)Connections Omniconnect Pluggable connector

Optic fiber interface 2 DIN VDE 0888-1Type of fiber / Connections Multimode fiber

Glass : ST connectorPlastic : FSMA screw connector

Wavelength Glass : 820 nmPlastic : 655 nm

Max. transmission power Glass : 50/125 µm : -14.4 db/mGlass : 62.5/125 µm : -14 db/mPlastic 980/1000 µm : -8 db/m

Max. reception power Glass : -28 db/mPlastic : -20 db/m

Max. speed Max. 1.5 Mbit/sMax. distance Glass : 50/125 µm : 3 km

Glass : 62.5/125 µm : 4 kmPlastic 980/1000 µm : 40 m

Status indicationPower supply / Data exchange 1 green LED / 2 green LEDs (RxD, TxD)

EMC behaviorElectrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 6/8 kVRadiated electromagnetic field EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 10 V/mBurst EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 1 kVElectromagnetic compatibility EN 55022 Class B

Other characteristicsGalvanic isolation input /power supply / output 2.5 kVFunction configuration With DIP-SwitchesOperating temperature -20°C ... +60°CStorage temperature -40°C ... +85°CMounting Onto DIN RailConnections 14 AWG (2,5mm²) / fine stranded, 12 AWG (4 mm²) rigidDimensions (LxWxH) 105 x 22.5 x 112 mm / 4.13 x 0.89 x 4.41"Weight 150 g / 0.33lb

Technical data

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Serial link interface3 way galvanic isolation 24...42V AC/DC Power supply

110...240 V AC/DC Power supply

Serial link interface3 way galvanic isolation 24...42V AC/DC Power supply

110...240 V AC/DC Power supply

Shielding

FOSending

FOReceiving

Shielding

1SNA 684 246 R04001SNA 684 247 R0500

1SNA 684 248 R16001SNA 684 249 R1700

Page 187: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

185ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

ILPH BdC / RS 422 - 4851 0,1

INT4INT4INT4INT4INT4

RRRRR

EEEEE

INT2INT2INT2INT2INT2

INT3INT3INT3INT3INT3

RRRRR

EEEEE

INT2 R ONINT2 R ONINT2 R ONINT2 R ONINT2 R ONINT3 EINT3 EINT3 EINT3 EINT3 EON / OFFON / OFFON / OFFON / OFFON / OFF

RRRRR

EEEEE

INT2 R ONINT2 R ONINT2 R ONINT2 R ONINT2 R ON

INT3 E ONINT3 E ONINT3 E ONINT3 E ONINT3 E ON

RtRtRtRtRt

RtRtRtRtRt INT1INT1INT1INT1INT1

INT1INT1INT1INT1INT1

S1 S2 S3 S4S1 S2 S3 S4S1 S2 S3 S4S1 S2 S3 S4S1 S2 S3 S4ONONONONON

OFFOFFOFFOFFOFF

INT4INT4INT4INT4INT4

INT1INT1INT1INT1INT1 INT2INT2INT2INT2INT2 INT3INT3INT3INT3INT3

RtRtRtRtRt EEEEE RRRRR

S1S1S1S1S1 S2S2S2S2S2 S3S3S3S3S3 S4S4S4S4S4

INT4INT4INT4INT4INT4

LINE AMPLIFIER CONFIGURATIONConfiguration of amplifiers of the RS 422 - RS 485 (Receiver,Transmitter) line provides greater flexibility of use.The various configurations can be selected using the 2 jumpers(R INT2, E INT1) located inside the box.

RS 485 LINK ON ONE PAIR

The Receiver and the Transmitter are activated alternately (never atthe same time) depending on the status of the Current LoopReception signal.

RS 485 LINK ON TWO PAIRS

Receiver permanently active. Transmitter controlled by the CurrentLoop Reception signal.

RS 422 LINK ON TWO PAIRS

The Receiver and the Transmitter are both permanently active.

Serial data converters"ILPH Range"

Configuration ofthe jumper

Configurationof the micro-switches

Polarization

center of rail

Galvanic isolated converter for current loop to RS 422-485 (1 or 2pairs) serial link.

Galvanic isolation between power supply/current loopand RS 422-485/current loopActive/passive 0...20 mA / 4...20 mA selectablePositive or negative logic selectableBaudrate up to 38,4 kbit/s (up to 2400 m)Transmission distance up to 2400 m (1200 m RS 485 and1200 m current loop)Usable in "noisy" environments24 V DC power supplyCE marking

Serial link interfacewith galvanic isolation 24 V DC power supply

Technical data

RS 422 - RS 4852 wire serial link

CONNECTIONSExample of connection with a CL (currentLoop) product, Transmission (TxD) in activemode and Reception (RxD) in passive mode.Then, the ILPH must be configured andconnected Reception (RxD) in passive modeand Transmission (TxD) in active mode.Note : For any other configuration, seeschematic diagram or front sticker of theproduct.

Note :The TxD channel of the RS 422 - RS 485 linkmust be polarized independently too.

RS 422 - RS 4854 wire serial link

Current LoopCurrent LoopCurrent LoopCurrent LoopCurrent Loop

Connector J1Connector J1Connector J1Connector J1Connector J1

24 V DC24 V DC24 V DC24 V DC24 V DCpower supplypower supplypower supplypower supplypower supply

Current LoopCurrent LoopCurrent LoopCurrent LoopCurrent Loop

Connector J1Connector J1Connector J1Connector J1Connector J1

24 V DC24 V DC24 V DC24 V DC24 V DCpower supplypower supplypower supplypower supplypower supply

Protection ON Protection OFF, used if power supply atminimum value (21,6 V).

Power supply DC model polarizedVoltage 24 V DCVoltage tolerance +/-10%Supply current 120 mA max.Connections Removable screw connector (Omniconnect)

CL interface (Current Loop 1) active/passive 0...20 mA / 4...20 mA, mode is settableLogic level 0 = 20 mA or 1 = 20 mA, settableBaud rate / Transmission distance max. 38,4 kbit/s / max. 1200 mConnections 2,5 mm² screw (AWG 20)

RS 422/485-2 serial link EIA RS 485 and EIA RS 422 / CCITT V 11Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50 µs)Baud rate / Transmission distance max. 38,4 kbit/s / max. 1200 mConnections 2,5 mm² screw (AWG 20)

Traffic indicationVoltage 1 yellow LEDStatus of signal 2 green LED (RxD, TxD)

EMC behaviorElectrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6/8 kVRadiated electromagnetic field EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/mBurst EN 61000-4-4 level 3 1 kVElectromagnetic compatibility EN 55022 class B

Other characteristicsGalvanic isolation between depending on Current Loop (active/passive)input /output and power supply / output 500 V DC (active) / 2000 V DC (passive)RS 422-485 power supply 500 V DCConfiguration of the operating mode using internal DIP switchesOperating temperature 0°C ... +50°CStorage temperature -25°C ... +80°CMounting any requiredDIN rail fixing (EN 50002) snap-on mountingWire size 2,5 mm² / stranded with ferrule, 4 mm² solidDimensions (LxBxH) 88 x 22,5 x 102 mmWeight 100 g

E ON/OFF Jumper E in position E ON/OFFR ON/OFF Jumper R in position R ON/OFF

R ON Jumper R in position R ONE ON/OFF Jumper E in position E ON/OFF

R ON Jumper R in position R ONE ON Jumper E in position E ON

POLARIZATION OF THE RS 422 - RS 485 LINEThe line must always be polarized. The ILPH is used to polarizethe reception channel :Connection by 1 wire P+ (J1.1) with 5 Viso (J1.4)Connection by 1 wire P- (J1.2) with 0 Viso (J1.3)

ADAPTING THE RS 422 - RS 485 LINEThe line must always be adapted to the level of the reception channel ofeach subscriber forming the end of the bus. The ILPH is used to adaptthe reception channel by setting the jumper Rt correctly :

POLARIZATIONThe polarization can be configured using the INT4 jumper.

* Line adaptation, Rt = 120 Ω (Standard)

* No line adaptation, Rt = ∞

Transmission (TxD) activeTransmission(TxD) passiveReception (RxD) activeReception (RxD) passive4...20 mA Signal0...20 mA SignalSignal logic 1 = 20 mASignal logic 0 = 20 mA

LegendLegendLegendLegendLegendONONONONONOFFOFFOFFOFFOFF

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

ILPH CL / RS 422 - 485

CL

1SNA 684 232 R2600

Page 188: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

186 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C020

ILPH RS 232 / BdC1 0,1

S1 S2 S3 S4

S1 S2 S3 S4ON

OFF

S1 S2 S3 S4ON

OFF

S1 S2 S3 S4ON

OFF

Serial data converters"ILPH Range"

Technical data

Galvanic isolated Converter for RS 232 to current loop serial link.

Galvanic isolation between power supply/current loopand RS 232/current loopActive/Passive 0...20 mA / 4...20 mA selectablePositive or negative logic selectableBaudrate up to 38,4 kbit/sTransmission distance up to 1200 mUsable in "noisy" environments24 V DC power supplyCE marking

Configuration ofthe micro-switches

center of rail

Serial link interfacewith galvanic isolation 24 V DC power supply

Power supply DC model polarizedVoltage 24 V DCVoltage tolerance +/-10%Supply current 120 mA max.Connections Removable screw connector (Omniconnect)

RS 232-1 serial link EIA RS 232 C / CCITT V 24 V 28Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50 µs)Baud rate / Transmission distance max. 38,4 kbit/s / max. 15 mConnections 2,5 mm² screw (AWG 20)

BdC serial link (current loop) 2 active/passive 0...20 mA / 4...20 mA mode settableLogic level 0=20 mA or 1=20 mA settableBaud rate / Transmission distance max. 38,4 kbit/s / max. 1200 mConnections 2,5 mm² screw (AWG 20)

Traffic indicationVoltage 1 yellow LEDStatus of signal 2 green LED (RxD, TxD)

EMC behaviorElectrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6/8 kVRadiated electromagnetic field EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/mBurst EN 61000-4-4 level 3 1 kVElectromagnetic compatibility EN 55022 class B

Other characteristicsGalvanic isolation between depending on current loop (active/passive)Current loop / RS 232 500 V DC (active) / 2000 V DC (passive)Current loop / power supply 500 V DC (active) / 2000 V DC (passive)Configuration of the operating mode using internal DIP switchesOperating temperature 0°C ... +50°CStorage temperature -25°C ... +80°CMounting any requiredDIN rail fixing (EN 50002) snap-on mountingWire size 2,5 mm² / stranded with ferrule, 4 mm² solidDimensions (LxBxH) 88 x 22,5 x 102 mmWeight 100 g

Current loop

24 V DCpower supply

CONNECTIONSExample of connection with a CL (Current Loop) product,Transmission (TxD) in active mode and Reception (RxD) in passivemode. Then, the ILPH must be configured and connectedReception (RxD) in passive mode and Transmission (TxD) in activemode.

CAUTION : For any other configuration, see schematic diagram orfront sticker of the product.

CONFIGURATIONThe various configurations can be selected using the 4 micro-switches located inside the box.

OPERATING MODE ACTIVE OR PASSIVEThe Current Loop's Transmission and Reception can beindependently in active or passive mode.Select operating mode using S1 and S2.

S1 Transmission(TxD) ON = Active / OFF = PassiveS2 Reception (RxD) ON = Active / OFF = Passive

SIGNAL LEVELSelect signal level 4-20 mA or 0-20 mA.This selection is made using micro-switch S3

S3 ON = 4-20 mA / OFF = 0-20 mA

Caution :It is not possible to select a 4-20 mA signal when theReception is in active mode.

LOGIC LEVEL

Configuration : Positive logic (0 Logic = 20 mA)or negative logic (1 Logic = 20 mA)

using micro-switch S4

S4 ON = (1 = 20 mA) / OFF = (0 = 20 mA)

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

ILPH RS 232 / CL

CL

1SNA 684 202 R0100

Page 189: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1872CDC110004C0202

6

Pluggable interface relaysRT, PT and MT range

Interface relays and optocouplerRxxx range

Content

Pluggable interface relays ............................................................................................ 189

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 191

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 194

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 196

Interface relays and optocoupler ............................................................................... 197NEW

Page 190: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1882CDC110004C0202

6

Notes

Page 191: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1892CDC110004C0202

6

Pluggable interface relaysRT, PT and MT range

Content

Pluggable interface relays RT, PT, MT

Benefits and advantages, approvals ................................................................................... 190

Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 191

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 194

Circuit diagrams .................................................................................................................... 196

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 196

Page 192: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1902CDC110004C0202

6

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

057

2

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

057

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

057

1

Pluggable interface relaysRT, PT and MT rangeBenefits and advantages

Pluggable pcb relays

RT range

1 or 2 change-over contacts

Up to 16 A switching current

Safe isolation according to VDE 0106

Protection circuit selectable

(plug-in modules)

Cadmiun-free contact material

Width: 15.5 mm

Pluggable miniature relays

PT range

2, 3 or 4 change-over contacts

Up to 3000 VA switching capacity

Integrated test button

Locking selectable

Protection circuit selectable

(plug-in modules)

Cadmiun-free contact material

Width: 27 mm

Pluggable universal relays

MT range

2 or 3 change-over contacts

New test system:

+ protection against accidental contact

+ locking lever integrated in the cover

+ front-side access to test button

Protection circuit selectable

(plug-in modules)

Cadmiun-free contact material

Width: 38 mm

Approvals RT

rel

ay

RT

soc

ket

PT

rel

ay

PT

soc

ket

MT

rel

ay

MT

soc

ket

Page 193: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1912CDC110004C0202

6

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

057

1

Pluggable pcb relaysRT rangeOrdering details

RT range

15.5 mm wide

Sensitive DC or AC coil

Protection class II / VDE 0700,

safe isolation acc. to VDE 0106

• Technical data .......................................................................... 194 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................. 196

RT range, pluggable pcb relays

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces/set 1 piece

1 change-over contact

RT 314 524 24 V AC E2 405 600 00 20RT 314 024 24 V DC E2 405 600 10 20RT 314 615 115 V AC E2 405 600 20 20RT 314 730 230 V AC E2 405 600 30 20

2 change-over contacts

RT 424 524 24 V AC E2 405 601 00 20RT 424 024 24 V DC E2 405 601 10 20RT 424 615 115 V AC E2 405 601 20 20RT 424 730 230 V AC E2 405 601 30 20

Accessories

Type Socket Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces/set 1 piece

ES 50/3 Logic socket E2 405 650 00 10ES 50 Standard socket E2 405 650 10 10MS 16 Retaining clip E4 405 659 00 10TR Marker E4 405 658 00 10

1 x 16 A or 2 x 8 A change-over contacts

Cadmium-free contact material

5 mm pinning

Easy to plug in DIN rail socket through solid

pins

Plug-in modules for RT range

Type Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces/set 1 piece

22 Free-wheeling diode 1N4007, E2 405 651 00 206...230 V DC, A 1+, A2-

42 Module with diode and red LED, E2 405 652 00 206...24 V DC, A1+, A2-

42 V Module with diode and green LED, E2 405 652 10 206...24 V DC, A1+, A2-

52 B RC element, 6...24 V AC E2 405 653 00 2052 C RC element, 110...240 V AC E2 405 653 10 2062 Module with red LED, 6...24 V AC/DC, E2 405 654 00 20

no reverse polarity protection62 V Module with green LED, 6...24 V AC/DC, E2 405 654 10 20

no reverse polarity protection92 Module with red LED, 110...230 V AC/DC, E2 405 654 01 20

no reverse polarity protection92 V Mod. with green LED, 110...230 V AC/DC, E2 405 654 11 20

no reverse polarity protection62 C Module with varistor and red LED, E2 405 655 00 20

6...24 V AC/DC, no reverse polarity prot.62 CV Module with varistor and green LED, E2 405 655 10 20

6...24 V AC/DC, no reverse polarity prot.92 C Module with varistor and red LED, E2 405 655 01 20

110...230 V AC/DC,no reverse polarity protection

92 CV Module with varistor and green LED, E2 405 655 11 20110...230 V AC/DC,no reverse polarity protection

72 Varistor module without LED, 24 V AC E2 405 656 00 2072 A Varistor module without LED, 115 V AC E2 405 656 10 2082 Varistor module without LED, 230 V AC E2 405 656 20 20

Plug-in module

Relay

Socket

RT range

Page 194: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1922CDC110004C0202

6

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

570

Pluggable miniature relaysPT rangeOrdering details

PT range

27 mm wide

Only 29 mm high

Touch-proof test button

Locking selectable

• Technical data .......................................................................... 194 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................. 196

PT range, pluggable miniature relays

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces/set 1 piece

2 change-over contacts

PT L70 524 24 V AC E2 405 611 00 10PT L70 024 24 V DC E2 405 611 10 10PT L70 615 115 V AC E2 405 611 20 10PT L70 730 230 V AC E2 405 611 30 10

3 change-over contacts

PT K70 524 24 V AC E2 405 612 00 10PT K70 024 24 V DC E2 405 612 10 10PT K70 615 115 V AC E2 405 612 20 10PT K70 730 230 V AC E2 405 612 30 10

4 change-over contacts

PT D70 524 24 V AC E2 405 613 00 10PT D70 024 24 V DC E2 405 613 10 10PT D70 615 115 V AC E2 405 613 20 10PT D70 730 230 V AC E2 405 613 30 10

Accessories

Type Socket Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces/set 1 piece

ES 15/4N for 2 and 4 c/o cont. relays E2 405 651 30 10ES 15/3N for 3 c/o contact relays E2 405 651 20 10ES 15/2N for 2 c/o contact relays E2 405 651 10 10TR 1 Marker E4 405 658 10 10MS 28 Retaining clip E4 405 659 10 10

2, 3 or 4 change-over contacts

Cadmium-free contact material

Switching capacity up to 3000 VA

Mechanical state indication

Plug-in modules for PT range

Type Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces/set 1 piece

22 Free-wheeling diode 1N4007, E2 405 651 00 206...230 V DC, A 1+, A2-

42 Module with diode and red LED, E2 405 652 00 206...24 V DC, A1+, A2-

42 V Module with diode and green LED, E2 405 652 10 206...24 V DC, A1+, A2-

52 B RC element, 6...24 V AC E2 405 653 00 2052 C RC element, 110...240 V AC E2 405 653 10 2062 Module with red LED, 6...24 V AC/DC, E2 405 654 00 20

no reverse polarity protection62 V Module with green LED, 6...24 V AC/DC, E2 405 654 10 20

no reverse polarity protection92 Module with red LED, 110...230 V AC/DC, E2 405 654 01 20

no reverse polarity protection92 V Module with green LED, 110...230 V AC/DC, E2 405 654 11 20

no reverse polarity protection62 C Module with varistor and red LED, E2 405 655 00 20

6...24 V AC/DC, no reverse polarity protection62 CV Module with varistor and green LED, E2 405 655 10 20

6...24 V AC/DC, no reverse polarity protection92 C Module with varistor and red LED, E2 405 655 01 20

110...230 V AC/DC,no reverse polarity protection

92 CV Module with varistor and green LED, E2 405 655 11 20110...230 V AC/DC,no reverse polarity protection

72 Varistor module without LED, 24 V AC E2 405 656 00 2072 A Varistor module without LED, 115 V AC E2 405 656 10 2082 Varistor module without LED, 230 V AC E2 405 656 20 20

Plug-in module

Relay

Socket

PT range

Page 195: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1932CDC110004C0202

6

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

057

2

Pluggable universal industrial relaysMT rangeOrdering details

• Technical data .......................................................................... 194 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................. 196

MT range, pluggable universal industrial relays

Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces/set 1 piece

2 change-over contacts

MT J26 024 24 V AC E2 405 621 00 10MT J21 024 24 V DC E2 405 621 10 10MT J26 115 115 V AC E2 405 621 20 10MT J26 230 230 V AC E2 405 621 30 10

3 change-over contacts

MT K26 024 24 V AC E2 405 622 00 10MT K21 024 24 V DC E2 405 622 10 10MT K26 115 115 V AC E2 405 622 20 10MT K26 230 230 VAC E2 405 622 30 10

Accessories

Type Socket Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces/set 1 piece

ES 9 8-p. socket for 2 c/o MT relays E2 405 670 00 10ES 12 11-p. socket for 3 c/o MT relays E2 405 660 00 10MH 1 Metal retaining clip E4 405 669 00 10

MT range

38 mm wide

2 or 3 change-over contacts

DC and AC coil

Cadmium-free contact material

Mechanical and electrical state indication

New test system:

+ protection against accidental contact

+ locking lever integrated in the cover

+ front-side access to test button

Type Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces/set 1 piece

11 Free-wheeling diode 1N4007, E2 405 661 00 206...230 V DC, A 1+, A2-

41 Module with diode and red LED, E2 405 662 00 206...24 V DC, A1+, A2-

41 V Module with diode and green LED, E2 405 662 10 206...24 V DC, A1+, A2-

51 B RC element, 6...24 V AC E2 405 663 00 2051 C RC element, 110...240 V AC E2 405 663 10 2061 Module with red LED, 6...24 V AC/DC, E2 405 664 00 20

no reverse polarity protection61 V Module with green LED, 6...24 V AC/DC, E2 405 664 10 20

no reverse polarity protection91 Module with red LED, 110...230 V AC/DC, E2 405 664 01 20

no reverse polarity protection91 V Mod. with green LED, 110...230 V AC/DC, E2 405 664 11 20

no reverse polarity protection61 C Module with varistor and red LED, E2 405 665 00 20

6...24 V AC/DC, no reverse polarity prot.61 CV Module with varistor and green LED, E2 405 665 10 20

6...24 V AC/DC, no reverse polarity prot.91 C Module with varistor and red LED, E2 405 665 01 20

110...230 V AC/DC,no reverse polarity protection

91 CV Module with varistor and green LED, E2 405 665 11 20110...230 V AC/DC,no reverse polarity protection

71 Varistor module without LED, 24 V AC E2 405 666 00 2071 A Varistor module without LED, 115 V AC E2 405 666 10 2081 Varistor module without LED, 230 V AC E2 405 666 20 20

Plug-in modules for MT range

Plug-in module

Relay

Socket

MT range

Page 196: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1942CDC110004C0202

6

Pluggable interface relaysRT, PT and MT rangeTechnical data

Type RT 314 524 RT 424 524 PT L70 524 PT K70 524 PTD70 524 MT J26 024 MT K26 024RT 314 024 RT 424 024 PT L70 024 PT K70 024 PTD70 024 MT J21 024 MT K21 024RT 314 615 RT 424 615 PT L70 615 PT K70 615 PTD70 615 MT J26 115 MT K26 115RT 314 730 RT 424 730 PT L70 730 PT K70 730 PTD70 730 MT J26 230 MT K26 230

Order code E2 405 ... 600 00 601 00 611 00 612 00 613 00 621 00 622 00600 10 601 10 611 10 612 10 613 10 621 10 622 10600 20 601 20 611 20 612 20 613 20 621 20 622 20600 30 601 30 611 30 612 30 613 30 621 30 622 30

Output 1 c/o contact 2 c/o contacts 2 c/o contacts 3 c/o contacts 4 c/o contacts 2 c/o contacts 3 c/o contacts

Input circuit

Rated power PN 24 V DC 400 mW 0.75 mW 4.2 W(at rated voltage VN) 24 V AC 0.75 VA 0.75 VA 2.3 VA

115 V AC 0.75 VA 0.75 VA 2.3 VA230 V AC 0.75 VA 0.75 VA 2.3 VA

Make voltage 24 V DC 16.8 V DC 18 V DC(at rated voltage VN) 24 V AC 18.0 V AC 19.2 V AC

115 V AC 86.3 V AC 92.0 V AC230 V AC 172.5 V AC 184.0 V AC

Break voltage 24 V DC 2.4 V DC 2.4 V DC(at rated voltage VN) 24 V AC 7.2 V AC 9.6 V AC

115 V AC 34.5 V AC 46 V AC230 V AC 69.0 V AC 92.0 V AC

Maximum voltage 24 V DC 61.2 V DC - 61.2 V DC(at rated voltage VN) 24 V AC 36 V AC - 31.2 V AC

115 V AC 172.5 V AC - 149.5 V AC230 V AC 345.0 V AC - 299.0 V AC

Coil resistance 24 V DC 1440 ± 10 % 777 ± 10 % 475 ± 10 %(at rated voltage VN) 24 V AC 350 ± 10 % 192 ± 10 % 86 ± 10 %

115 V AC 8100 ± 15 % 4845 ± 15 % 2000 ± 10 %230 V AC 32500 ± 15 % 19465 ± 15 % 8300 ± 12 %

Coil current 24 V DC 16.7 mA 31.3 mA 50.5 mA(at rated voltage VN) 24 V AC 31.6 mA 41.6 mA 94.2 mA

115 V AC 6.6 mA 8.8 mA 20.6 mA230 V AC 3.2 mA 4.3 mA 10.1 mA

Output circuit

Contact type single contacts

Contact material AgNi 90/10

Switching current min. / max. 10 mA / 16 A 10 mA / 8 A 10 mA / 12 A 10 mA / 10 A 10 mA / 6 A 10 mA / 10 A

Inrush current 20 A

Switching voltage typ. / max. 250 V AC / 400 V AC 250 V / 440 V AC 250 V / 250 V AC 250 V AC / 400 V AC

Switching capacity per contact 4000 VA 2000 VA 3000 VA 2500 VA 1500 VA 2500 VA

Rated operating voltage 250 V

Rated operating currentAC 12 (resistive) at 230 V 16 A 8 A 12 A 10 A 6 A 10 A

AC 15 (inductive) at 230 V 6 A 3 A 5 A 5 A 4 A 5 A (n/o contact) / 3 A (n/c contact)

DC 12 (resistive) at 24 V 16 A 8 A 12 A 10 A 6 A 10 A

DC 13 (inductive) at 24 V 2 A 2 A 8 A 8 A 6 A 2 A

Mechanical lifetimeDC coil > 30 x 10

6> 30 x 10

6> 20 x 10

6

AC coil > 10 x 106

> 5 x 106

> 20 x 106

> 20 x 106

Electrical lifetime 3 x 104

1 x 105

1 x 105

acc. to VDE 0435 (typ., 1 c/o cont., 250 V AC / 16 A) (typ., 4 c/o contacts, 250 V AC / 6 A) (c/o contact, 250 V AC / 10 A)

Insulation data

Voltage sustaining capabilitycoil contacts 5000 Vrms 2500 Vrms

open contact circuit 1000 Vrms 1500 Vrms

adjacent contacts 2500 Vrms 2000 Vrms 2500 Vrms

• Circuit diagrams, position of connecting terminals ..................................................... 196 • Dimensional drawings .................................................................................................... 196

Page 197: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1952CDC110004C0202

6

2CD

C 2

92 0

16 F

0003

2CD

C 2

92 0

08 F

0003

2CD

C 2

92 0

01 F

0003

2CD

C 2

92 0

09 F

0003

2CD

C 2

92 0

17 F

0003

2CD

C 2

92 0

02 F

0003

Pluggable interface relaysRT, PT and MT rangeTechnical data (continued)

• Circuit diagrams, position of connecting terminals ..................................................... 196 • Dimensional drawings .................................................................................................... 196

RT range PT range MT range

DC load (resistive)

Sw

itchi

ng v

olta

ge (V

-)

2-pole resist.load, 8 A,

2 contacts in series

1-pole resistiveload, 16 A

Switching current (A)

Type RT 314 524 RT 424 524 PT L70 524 PT K70 524 PTD70 524 MT J26 024 MT K26 024RT 314 024 RT 424 024 PT L70 024 PT K70 024 PTD70 024 MT J21 024 MT K21 024RT 314 615 RT 424 615 PT L70 615 PT K70 615 PTD70 615 MT J26 115 MT K26 115RT 314 730 RT 424 730 PT L70 730 PT K70 730 PTD70 730 MT J26 230 MT K26 230

Order code E2 405 ... 600 00 601 00 611 00 612 00 613 00 621 00 622 00600 10 601 10 611 10 612 10 613 10 621 10 622 10600 20 601 20 611 20 612 20 613 20 621 20 622 20600 30 601 30 611 30 612 30 613 30 621 30 622 30

Output 1 c/o contact 2 c/o contacts 2 c/o contacts 3 c/o contacts 4 c/o contacts 2 c/o contacts 3 c/o contacts

General data

Ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +70 °C -45 ... +50 °C-45 ... +60 °C (DC coils)

Max. switching freqency with/without load 6 min-1 / 1200 min-1 6 min-1 / 600 min-1 20 min-1 / 100 min-1

Pick-up-/drop-off time DC coil 7 ms / 3 ms 7 ms / 2 ms 15 ms / 10 ms 12 ms / 5 msBouncing time (n/c / n/o contact) 1 ms / 3 ms 5 ms 4 msConnection pluggable on socketWeight approx. 14 g 30 g 80 gDimensions (L x W x H) 29 x 12.7 x 15.7 mm 28 x 22.5 x 29 mm 35.5 x 35.5 x 69 mm

Technical data of the socket

Rated current 12 A 2 x 12 A 4 x 6 A 3 X 10 A 2 X 12 A 10 A

Rated voltage 300 V AC 400 V AC

Voltage sustaining capability > 4000 Vrms > 3500 Vrms

Ambient temperature -25 ... +80 °C -45 ... +70 °C -45 ... +80 °C

Prot. against accidental contact / VBG 4 /degree of protection IP20

Conductor cross section 2 x 2.5 mm2 (AWG 14)

Weight approx. 44 g 58 g 63 g

DC load (resistive) DC load (resistive)

Sw

itchi

ng v

olta

ge (V

-)

Switching current (A)

Sw

itchi

ng v

olta

ge (V

-)

Switching current (A)

in series4 contacts3 contacts2 contacts

1 pole

4 pole3 pole2 pole

1 contact

2 contactsin series

3 contactsin series

Load limit curves

Electrical lifetimeAC load (resistive)

Sw

itchi

ng c

ycle

s

Switching current (A)

AC load (resistive) AC load (resistive)

Sw

itchi

ng c

ycle

s

Switching current (A)

Sw

itchi

ng c

ycle

s

Switching current (A)

Page 198: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

1962CDC110004C0202

6

2CD

C 2

92 0

12 F

0003

2CD

C 2

92 0

10 F

0003

2CD

C 3

29 0

11 F

0003

2CD

C 2

92 0

20 F

0003

2CD

C 2

92 0

06 F

0003

2CD

C 2

92 0

05 F

0003

2CD

C 2

92 0

13 F

0003

2CD

C 2

92 0

18 F

0003

2CD

C 2

92 0

19 F

0003

2CD

C 2

92 0

03 F

0003

2CD

C 2

92 0

04 F

0003

2CD

C 2

92 0

21 F

0003

2CD

C 2

92 0

22 F

0003

2CD

C 2

92 0

14 F

0003

Pluggable interface relaysRT, PT and MT rangeCircuit diagrams, Dimensional drawings

1 c/o contact

RT range PT range MT range

2 c/o contacts

Circuit diagrams

2 c/o contacts 3 c/o contacts

4 c/o contacts

3 c/o contacts

4 c/o contacts

Dimensional drawings

Relay

Standard socket

Logic socket

Relay

Socket

Relay

Socket for 11- and 8-pole relays

Fixing

Relay

Functionmodul

FixingRelay

Functionmodul

Fixing

Relay

Funkctionmodul

Marker label4/2 pole 3 pole

Dimensions in mm

Page 199: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

6

1972CDC110004C0202

Interface relays and optocouplerRxxx range

Content

Interface relays and optocoupler ............................................................................... 198NEW

Page 200: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

198 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

AC110VAC230V

DC24V DC24V AC110VAC230V

AC380V

IN OUT

IN OUT IN OUT

R500R900R1800

R500R900R910R1800

Relay interfacesOptocoupler modulesApplications - Technical data

Applications

R500 series

The relay is pluggable

Spacing : 5.08 mm (smallest on the market)

Wire size : 2.5 mm² (4 mm² solid)

1 SPDT contact 10 mA to 6 A / 250 VA

Transistor : 330 mA to 100 mAMOS : 1 A to 2 ATriac : 1 A

All the electrical signals from/to sensors/actuators must be adapted to the PLC's electrical level.It is the first function of the relay or optocoupler interfaces.Secund function of the relay and optocoupler interfaces is electrical isolation between sensors/actuators and the PLC.

An optocoupler is used as input interface. It is a function ofinsulation and adaptation.

A relay is used as output interface. It is voltage adaptation and itallows more power. The power optocoupler is used when thenumber of operations is important.

Technical data

PushbuttonPosition switchSensor

Optocoupler Relay orOptocoupler

PLCMotorcontactor

Motor

OptocouplerPLC

Relay oroptocoupler

PLC

R900 series

It is the standard enclosure

Spacing : 9 to 15 mm

Wire size : 2.5 mm² (4 mm² solid)

1 or 2 SPDT contacts 1 mA to 6 A / 250 V

Transistor : 100 mA to 5 AMOS : 5 ATriac : 1 A to 5 A

R910 series

It is a terminal block !

Spacing : 9 mm

High wiring capacity 4 mm²

1 N/O contact 10 mA to 5 A / 250 V

High isolation 3 kV

R1800 series

It is a compact enclosure (small height)

Spacing : 18 to 23 mm

Wire size : 2.5 mm² (4 mm² solid)

1 or 2 SPDT contacts 10-7 A to 6 A / 250 V

Transistor : 100 mA

See cross reference table old part numbers / new part numbers at the end of the relay section.

Page 201: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

199

R900

12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V AC/DC 48 V DC

R500

R500

R910 R910

R910 R910

R900

R1800

R500

R1800

R900

R900

R1800

R1800

R900

R1800

Selection guideRelay modules

1 DPDT with LED

1 NO without LED

1 NO with lamp

1 SPDT without LED

1 SPDT with LED

1 SPDT with LED +switch

spacing : 9 mmM 4/9.R111 12 V DC

spacing : 9 mmM 4/9.R111 24 V DC

spacing : 9 mmM 4/9.R111L 12 V DC

spacing : 9 mmM 4/9.R111L 24 V DC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-R121 24 V DC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-R121L 24 V DC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-R121AL

24 V AC/DC

1 DPDT with LEDvery low level

spacing : 11.5 mmRB 121 12 V DC

spacing : 11.5 mmRB 121 A 24 V AC/DC

spacing : 11.5 mmRB 121 AI 24 V AC/DC

spacing : 18 mmRB 121 A 12 V DC

spacing : 18 mmRB 121 A 24 V AC/DC

spacing : 15 mmRB 122 24 V DC

spacing : 18 mmRB 122 AV

24 V AC/DC

spacing : 18 mmRB 122 24 V DC

spacing : 11,5 mmRB 122 A 24 V AC/DC

spacing : 18 mmRB 122 48 V DC

Contact

Coil

1SNA 607 029 R0100 1SNA 607 030 R0600

1SNA 607 001 R0600 1SNA 607 002 R0700

1SNA 607 217 R0200

1SNA 607 201 R1300 1SNA 607 231 R0000

1SNA 630 001 R0000 1SNA 630 002 R0100

1SNA 630 007 R0600

1SNA 610 125 R2400 1SNA 610 004 R0700

1SNA 630 019 R0100

1SNA 610 121 R2000

1SNA 610 059 R1500

1SNA 630 011 R2100

1SNA 610 060 R1200

Page 202: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

200 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

48 V AC/DC 110 V AC/DC 110 V AC 50 Hz 115 V AC 60 Hz230 V AC

230 V AC/DC

R500 R500 R500R500

R900

R1800 R1800

R900 R900 R900

R1800

R1800 R1800 R1800

R900 R900

R1800 R1800

Selection guideRelay modules

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-R121AL

48 V AC/DC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-R121BL

110 V AC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-R121BL

230 V AC

spacing : 11.5 mmRB 121 A 48 V AC/DC

spacing : 11.5 mmRB 121 B 110 V AC

spacing : 11.5 mmRB 121 B 115 V AC

spacing : 11.5 mmRB 121 B 230 V AC

spacing : 18 mmRB 121 AV 48 V AC/DC

spacing : 18 mmRB 121 A

230 V AC/DC

spacing : 23 mmRB 122 AR

110 V AC/DC

spacing : 15 mmRB 122 B 110 V AC

spacing : 23 mmRB 122 BR 110 V AC

spacing : 15 mmRB 122 B 115 V AC

spacing : 23 mmRB 122 A

230 V AC/DC

spacing : 23 mmRB 122 BR 230 V AC

spacing : 18 mmRB 122 AV 48 V AC/DC

spacing : 18 mmRB 121 A

110 V AC/DC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-R121BL

115 V AC1SNA 607 232 R0100 1SNA 607 264 R1100 1SNA 607 265 R1200

1SNA 630 003 R0200 1SNA 630 004 R0300 1SNA 630 005 R0400 1SNA 630 006 R0500

1SNA 610 006 R0100 1SNA 610 132 R2300

1SNA 610 011 R2500

1SNA 630 021 R2300

1SNA 610 115 R2200

1SNA 630 022 R2400

1SNA 610 123 R2200

1SNA 610 089 R0400

1SNA 610 122 R2100

1SNA 610 132 R2300

1SNA 607 264 R1100

Page 203: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

201

D 2,5/5-R121AL-24V

D 2,5/5-R121 D 2,5/5-R121L D 2,5/5-R121AL D 2,5/5-R121BL

D 2,5/5-R121 24 V DC 10 0.032

D 2,5/5-R121L 24 V DC 10 0.032

D 2,5/5-R121AL 24 V AC/DC 10 0.04D 2,5/5-R121AL 48 V AC/DC 10 0.04

D 2,5/5-R121BL 110 V AC 10 0.04D 2,5/5-R121BL 230 V AC 10 0.04

BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50

PCMS V0

BNMS R24V-1 4

DCB (1) 10

FC2 10

16 RC55

D 2,5/5-R121AL-48V

BAMH BADH

PCMS

BNMS R24V-1

DCBFC2

D 2,5/5-R121BL

D 2,5/5-R121...L D 2,5/5-R121

D 2,5/5-R121

D 2,5/5-R121L

24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V AC 24 V DC 48 V AC 48 V DC 110 V AC 230 V AC0.17 W 0.3 W 0.35 VA 0.35 W 0.44 VA 0.47 W 1.08 VA 2.13 VA7 mA 12 mA 12.4 mA 10 mA 7.6 mA 6.8 mA 8.4 mA 8 mA2.4 V 2.4 V 4.8 V 4.8 V 10 V 10 V 25 V 45 V

12 V / 250 V AC10 mA / 6 A

0.6 W / 140 W

10 x 106

5 ms 5 ms8 ms 8 ms

1.5 ms

UL 94 V00.2-4 mm² / 24-12 AWG

0.22-2.5 mm² / 24-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG

10 mm .394"3.5 mm .137"IP 20 NEMA 1

0.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in

DC12 AC12 DC13 AC1524 V 6 A 6 A 1 A 3 A

110/120 V 0,3 A 6 A 0,2 A 3 A220/230 V 0,2 A 6 A 0,1 A 3 A

A1

11

14

A2

12

1 : 24 V2 : 48 V3 : 110 V4 : 230 V

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Relay module 24 V DC

Relay module with LED 24 V DC

Relay module with LED 24 V AC/DCRelay module with LED 48 V AC/DC

Relay module with LED 110 V ACRelay module with LED 230 V AC

Accessories

(1) Only on top decks.

High end stop

Comb type jumper bar 2 to 22 poles see accessories

Plug

Test device blue

Test plug DIA. 2 mm

Marking method see markers

Order codes

center of rail

Relay characteristicsCOILRated voltage +20%, -15%PowerRated currentDrop-out voltageStatus device

CONTACTTypeVoltage switching range min./max.Current switching range min./max.Load switching range

AC1 min. / max.DC1 min. / DC13 max.

Number of on-load operationsNumber of off-load operationsPull-in time (delay time)Drop-out time (delay time)Bounce timeInsulation coil / contactsBreakdown voltage coil / contactsInsulation contacts/contactsStorage ambient temperatureOperating ambient temperature

Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals

green LED

1 SPDT

0.6 VA / 1500 VA (ohmic load)

105 in AC15

4000 V RMS4000 V RMS1000 V RMS

- 40°C to + 80°CSee derating curve

Limited load in CC

Current (Acc)

Vol

tage

(V

cc)

Derating curves

RelayInterfacesR500 pluggable relay modules DIN 3

D 2,5/5-R121... - 2.5 mm² blocks - 5.08 mm .200" spacingCharacteristics

1SNA 607 217 R0200

1SNA 607 201 R1300

1SNA 607 231 R00001SNA 607 232 R0100

1SNA 607 264 R11001SNA 607 265 R1200

1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700

1SNA 031 820 R1400

1SNA 105 028 R2100

1SNA 007 865 R2600

Page 204: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

202 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

M 4/9.R111...

M 4/9.R111 M 4/9.R111L

12 V 24 V 12 V 24 V0.3 W 0.3 W 0.6 W 0.8 W24 mA 14 mA 52 mA 33 mA

1.2 V DC 2.4 V DC 1.2 V 2.4 V

12 V / 150 V DC - 250 V AC10 mA / 5 A

0.6 VA / 1250 VA0.6 W / 150 W

1 x 106

2 x 107

5 ms6 ms 7 ms

4 ms

UL 94 V00.2-4 mm² / 22-12 AWG

0.22-2.5 mm² / 22-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG

9 mm .354"3.5 mm .137"IP 20 NEMA 1

0.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in

M 4/9.R111 12 V DC 10 0.02M 4/9.R111 24 V DC 10 0.02

M 4/9.R111L 12 V DC 10 0.02M 4/9.R111L 24 V DC 10 0.02

11

A2

A1

14

M 4/9.R111...

1

2

5

7

4

6

3

M 4/9.R111

M 4/9.R111L

8

9

BAMH 9,1 mm 50

AL2 (1) 50AL3 (1) 50

DCG 10

FC2 10

BJS9 (1)(2)BJS9 (1)(2)

EV6D (1)(2) 20

AD2,5 50

PC9 10

11

RelayInterfacesR910 relay modules DIN 1-3

M 4/9.R111... - 2.5 mm² blocks - 9 mm .354" spacing

center of rail

Relay characteristicsCOILRated voltage +20%, -20% on DCPowerRated currentDrop-out voltageStatus device

CONTACTTypeVoltage switching range min./max.Current switching rangeLoad switching range

AC1 min. / max.DC1 min. / max.

Number of on-load operationsNumber of off-load operationsPull-in time (delay time)Drop-out time (delay time)Bounce timeInsulation coil / contactsBreakdown voltage with 1.2/50µ waveInsulation contacts/contactsStorage ambient temperatureOperating ambient temperature

Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals

lamp

1 NO

3000 V RMS4000 V RMS750 V RMS

-40°C to +80°CSee derating curve hereunder

Characteristics

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Relay module 12 V DCRelay module 24 V DC

Relay module with lamp 12 V DCRelay module with lamp 24 V DC

Order codes

Accessories

Derating curve

1 High end stop (all rails)

2 Test socket DIA. 2 mmDIA. 3 mm

3 Test device grey

4 Test plug

5 Jumper bar 8 polesnot assembled 16 poles

6 Sub-assembly for jumper bar(screw + jumper + post)

7 IDC jumper

8 Comb type jumper bar

9 Marking method RC65 and RC610 see markers

(1) These accessories can be used on the lower connection only.(2) Use of these accessories requires the user to cut out the precut partition.

1SNA 607 029 R01001SNA 607 030 R0600

1SNA 607 001 R06001SNA 607 002 R0700

1SNA 114 836 R0000

1SNA 163 070 R00001SNA 163 261 R0000

1SNA 163 218 R0500

1SNA 007 865 R2600

1SNA 177 583 R12001SNA 177 584 R1300

1SNA 168 400 R1600

1SNA 114 205 R2000

1SNA 210 160 R1200

Page 205: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

203

RB 121 - 12 V RB 121 A - 24 V RB 121 A - 48 V

12 V DC 24 V AC 24 V DC 48 V AC 48 V DC0.5 W 0.52 VA 0.44 W 0.62 VA 0.48 W42 mA 22 mA 18 mA 13 mA 10 mA2.8 V 4.6 V 4.6 V 5.8 V 5.8 V7.5 V 12 V AC 14 V DC 26 V AC 30 V DC

3.5 mA 2.2 mA 1.8 mA 1 mA 1 mA

5 V / 150 V DC - 250 V AC1 mA / 6 A

5 mVA / 1500 VA5 mW / 192 W

1 x 105

5 x 106

5 ms11 ms 12 ms

1 ms

UL 94 V00.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12 AWG

0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG

7 mm .276"3.5 mm .137"IP20 NEMA1

0.4 - 0.6 Nm 3.5 - 5.3 Ib.in

RB 121 12 V DC 1 0.04RB 121 A 24 V AC/DC 1 0.04RB 121 A 48 V AC/DC 1 0.04

RB 121

12 V

RB 121 A

RB 121...

BADH 50BAMH 50BAMH V0 50

RLV

RC55

BADHBAMH

RLV

RelayInterfacesRelay modules R900 DIN 1-3

RB 121 A - instant relay blocks - 11.5 mm .453" spacing

center of rail

Characteristics

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Relay module 12 V DCRelay module 24 V AC/DCRelay module 48 V AC/DC

Order codes

Relay characteristicsCOILRated voltage +20%,-15% on DC, ±15% on ACPowerRated currentDrop-out voltage at 20°CDrop-in voltage at 20°CPermissible leakage current

CONTACTTypeVoltage switching range min./max.Current switching range min./max.Load switching range

AC1 min. / max.DC1 min. / max.

Number of on-load operationsNumber of off-load operationsOperating speed F

OBounceInsulation coil / contactResistance to shock coil / contactInsulation contact / contactAmbient temperature storage

operating

Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals

1 SPDT

3500 V RMS4000 V RMS1000 V RMS

-40°C to +80°CSee derating curve

Relay blocks R900

a : horizontal positionb : vertical position

High end section

Lengthwise marker

Marking method see markers

Accessories

Derating curve

VOLTAGE

CU

RREN

T

1SNA 630 001 R00001SNA 630 002 R01001SNA 630 003 R0200

1SNA 116 900 R27001SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R0100

1SNA 103 849 R0300

Page 206: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

204 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

RB 121 B RB 121 AI

RB 121 B 110 V AC 1 0.05RB 121 B 115 V AC 1 0.05RB 121 B 230 V AC 1 0.05

RB 121 AI 24 V AC/DC 1 0.05

BADH 50BAMH 50BAMH V0 50

RLV

RC55

BADHBAMH

RLV

RB 121 B

RB 121 AI

RB 121 B RB 121 AI

110 V AC/50 Hz 115 V AC/60 Hz 230 V AC 24 V AC ±10% 24 V DC ±10%1.5 VA 1.6 VA 3.22 VA 0.53 VA 0.44 W14 mA 14 mA 14 mA 22 mA 18 mA

30 V AC 30 V AC 60 V AC 5.5 V 4.6 V60 V AC 60 V AC 120 V AC 12.5 V AC 14.5 V DC

2 mA max. 2 mA max. 3.6 mA max. 2.2 mA 1.8 mA

5 V / 150 V DC - 250 V AC1 mA / 5 A 1 mA / 6 A

5 mVA / 1250 VA 5 mVA / 1500 VA5 mW / 192 W

1 x 105

5 x 106

5 ms10 ms 11 ms

1 ms

UL 94 V00.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12 AWG

0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG

7 mm .276"3.5 mm .137"IP20 NEMA1

0.4 - 0.6 Nm 3.5 - 5.3 Ib.in

RelayInterfacesRelay modules R900 DIN 1-3

RB 121... - instant relay blocks - 11.5 mm .453" spacing

center of rail

Characteristics

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Relay module 110 V AC 50 HzRelay module 115 V AC 60 HzRelay module 230 V AC 50 Hz

Relay module 24 V AC/DC

Order codes

Relay characteristicsCOILRated voltage +20%,-15% on DC, ±15% on ACPowerRated currentDrop-out voltage at 20°CDrop-in voltage at 20°CPermissible leakage current

CONTACTTypeVoltage switching range min./max.Current switching range min./max.Load switching range

AC1 min. / max.DC1 min. / max.

Number of on-load operationsNumber of off-load operationsOperating speed F

OBounceInsulation coil / contactResistance to shock coil / contactInsulation contact / contactAmbient temperature storage

operating

Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals

1 SPDT

3000 V RMS4000 V RMS1000 V RMS

-40°C to +80°Csee derating curves

Relay blocks R900

a : horizontal positionb : vertical position

High end section

Lengthwise marker

Marking method see markers

Accessories

Derating curves

VOLTAGE

CU

RREN

T

1SNA 630 004 R03001SNA 630 005 R04001SNA 630 006 R0500

1SNA 630 007 R0600

1SNA 116 900 R27001SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R0100

1SNA 103 849 R0300

Page 207: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

205

RB 122 A 24 V AC/DC 1 0.05

RB 122 24 V DC 1 0.05

RB 122 B 110 VAC/50Hz 1 0.06RB 122 B 115 VAC/60Hz 1 0.06

BADH 50BAMH 50BAMH V0 50

RLV

RC55

BADH

BAMH

RLV

RB 122

RB 122 B

RB 122 A RB 122

RB 122 A RB 122 RB 122 B

RB 122 A

RB 122 B

24 V AC 24 V DC 24 V DC 110 V AC/50Hz 115 V AC/60Hz0.4 VA 0.35 W 0.48 W 3.6 VA 4 VA

16.8 mA 14.4 mA 20 mA 33 mA 35 mA9.2 V 6.5 V 2.4 V DC 11 V AC 11.5 V AC

2 mA max. 2 mA max. 1.5 mA 2 mA 2.6 mA

10-5 V / 250 V AC 12 V / 250 V10-5 A / 3 A 100 mA / 7 A 100 mA / 7 A 100 mA / 7 A

10-10 VA / 250 VA 1.2 VA / 1750 VA 1.2 VA / 1750 VA 1.2 VA / 1750 VA10-10 W / 90 W

1.8 x 106 (2 A / 60 W)108 30 x 106

6 ms 8 ms 6 ms11 ms 15 ms 12 ms1 ms 2 ms

UL 94 V00.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12 AWG

0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG

7 mm .276"3.5 mm .137"IP20 NEMA1

0.4 - 0.6 Nm 3.5 - 5.3 Ib.in

RelayInterfacesRelay modules R900 DIN 1-3

RB 122... - instant relay blocks - 11.5 mm .453" or 15 mm .591" spacing

center of rail

Characteristics

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Relay block 24 V AC/ DC 11.5 mm spacing

Relay block 24 VDC 15 mm spacing

Relay block 110 V AC/50 Hz 15 mm spacingRelay block 115 V AC/60 Hz 15 mm spacing

Order codes

Relay characteristicsCOILRated voltage +15%,-10% on DC ±15% on ACPowerRated currentDrop-out voltage at 20°CDrop-in voltage at 20°CPermissible leakage current

CONTACTTypeVoltage switching range min./max.Current switching range min./max.Load switching range

AC1 min. / max.DC1 min. / max.

Number of on-load operationsNumber of off-load operationsOperating speed F

OBounceInsulation coil / contactResistance to shock coil / contactInsulation contact / contactAmbient temperature storage

operating

Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals

Relay blocks R900

a : 110 V AC/50 Hz blockb : 115 V AC/60 Hz block

High end section

Lengthwise marker

Marking method see markers

Accessories

Derating curves

VOLTAGE

CU

RREN

T

1 DPDT

1.2 W / see curve hereunder

1500 V RMS 2500 V RMS4000 V RMS1000 V RMS

-40°C to +80°Csee derating curves

1SNA 116 900 R27001SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R0100

1SNA 103 849 R0300

1SNA 630 011 R2100

1SNA 630 019 R0100

1SNA 630 021 R23001SNA 630 022 R2400

Page 208: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

206 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

RB 121 12 V DC 1 0.05RB 121 A 24 V AC/DC 1 0.05

RB 121 AV 48 V AC/DC 1 0.05

RB 121 A 110-220 V AC/DC 1 0.05

BADL V0 50BAM 50BAM V0 50

RLV

5 RC55RLV

RB 121 AV 48 VAC/DC

RB 121 A 110-220 VAC/DC

RB 121 12 VDCRB 121 A 24 VAC/DC

RB 121 AV 48 VAC/DC

RB 121 RB 121 A RB 121 AV RB 121 A

RB 121 12 VDCRB 121 A 24 VAC/DC

RB 121 A 110-220 VAC/DC

BADLBAM

12 V DC 24 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC 110 V AC/DC 220 V AC/DC0.5 W 0.7 W 0.96 W 0.5 W 1.1 VA41 mA 29 mA 20 mA 4.3 mA 5 mA

3.2 V DC 5 V AC/DC 5.6 V AC/DC 14.5 V AC/DC 25.2 V AC

12 V / 380 V10 mA / 8 A

0.6 VA / 2000 VA

2 x 105

2 x 107

7 ms6 ms2 ms

UL 94 V00.2 - 4 mm² / 22 - 12 AWG

0.22 - 2.5 mm² / 22 - 12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG

7 mm .276"3.5 mm .137"IP20 NEMA1

0.4 - 0.6 Nm 3.5 - 5.3 Ib.in

RelayInterfacesRelay modules R1800 DIN 1-3

RB 121... - instant relay blocks - 18 mm .709" spacing

center of rail

Characteristics

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Relay block 12 V DCRelay block 24 V AC/DC

Relay block 48 VAC/DC

Relay block 110-220 V AC/DC

Order codes

Relay characteristicsCOILRated voltage +15%, -10% on DC

±15% on ACPowerRated currentDrop-out voltage at 20°CDrop-in voltage at 20°CPermissible leakage current

CONTACTTypeVoltage switching range min./max.Current switching range min./max.Load switching range

AC1 min. / max.DC1 min. / max.

Number of on-load operationsNumber of off-load operationsOperating speed F

OBounceInsulation coil / contactResistance to shock coil / contactInsulation contact / contactAmbient temperature storage

operating

Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals

1 SPDT

1.2 W / see curve below

2500 V RMS4000 V RMS1000 V RMS

-40°C to +80°Csee derating curves

Relay blocks R1800

1 : 110 V AC/DC block2 : 220 V AC block

End section

Lengthwise marker

Marking method see markers

Accessories

Derating curves

VOLTAGE

CU

RREN

T

1SNA 610 125 R24001SNA 610 004 R0700

1SNA 610 006 R0100

1SNA 610 132 R2300

1SNA 399 903 R02001SNA 103 002 R26001SNA 399 306 R0300

1SNA 103 849 R0300

Page 209: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

207

RB 122 AV 24 V AC/DC 1 0.05RB 122 AV 48 V AC/DC 1 0.05

RB 122 AR 110 V AC/DC 1 0.05

RB 122 A 220 V AC/DC 1 0.05

RB 122 24 V DC 1 0.05RB 122 48 V DC 1 0.05

RB 122 BR 110 V AC 1 0.05RB 122 BR 220 V AC 1 0.05

BADL V0 50BAM 50BAM V0 50

RLV

5 RC55RLV

RB 122 AV

RB 122 ARRB 122 A

RB 122

RB 122 AV RB 122 AR RB 122 A RB 122 RB 122 BR

RB 122 BR

BADL BAM

RB 122 AV - RB 122 AR

RB 122

RB 122 BR

24 VAC/DC 48 VAC/DC 110 VAC/DC 220 VAC/DC 24 V DC 48 V DC 110 V AC 220 V AC0.7 W 0.7 W 0.7 W - 1.8 VA 1.2 W 0.31 W 0.48 W 4.8 VA 1.1 VA26 mA 14 mA 16 mA 5.5 mA 13 mA 10 mA 45 mA 5.1 mA

2.4 V AC/DC 4.8 V AC/DC 11 V AC/DC 22 V AC/DC 2.4 V DC 4.8 V DC 11 V AC 22 V AC

1.6 mA 3 mA

12 V / 250 V 10-3 V / 250 V 12 V / 250 V 10-3 V / 250 V10 mA / 5 A 10-7 A / 5 A

0.6 VA / 1250 VA 10-10 VA / 1000 VA

2 x 105 5A/100W - 5A/1kVA : 105

2 x 107 2 x 108

7 ms 8 ms4 ms 3 ms3 ms 0.5 ms

UL 94 V00.2 - 4 mm² / 22 - 12 AWG

0.22 - 2.5 mm² / 22 - 12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG

7 mm .276"3.5 mm .137"IP20 NEMA1

0.4 - 0.6 Nm 3.5 - 5.3 Ib.in

RB 122 A

RelayInterfacesRelay modules R1800 DIN 1-3

RB 122... - instant relay blocks - 18 mm .709" or 23 mm .906" spacing

center of rail

Characteristics

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Relay module 24 V AC/DC 18 mm spacingRelay module 48 VAC/DC 18 mm spacing

Relay module 110 V AC/DC 23 mm spacing

Relay module 220 V AC/DC 23 mm spacing

Relay module 24 V DC 18 mm spacingRelay module 48 V DC 18 mm spacing

Relay module 110 V AC 23 mm spacingRelay module 220 V AC 23 mm spacing

Order codes

Relay characteristicsCOILRated voltage +15%, -10% on DC

±15% on ACPowerRated currentDrop-out voltage at 20°CDrop-in voltage at 20°CPermissible leakage current

CONTACTTypeVoltage switching range min./max.Current switching range min./max.Load switching range

AC1 min. / max.DC1 min. / max.

Number of on-load operationsNumber of off-load operationsOperating speed F

OBounceInsulation coil / contactResistance to shock coil / contactInsulation contact / contactAmbient temperature storage

operating

Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals

1 DPDT

0.6 W / see curve hereunder 10-10 W / see curve hereunder

2000 V RMS 1500 V RMS4000 V RMS 4000 V RMS1500 V RMS 2000 V RMS

-40°C to +80°Csee derating curves

Relay blocks R1800

End section

Lengthwise marker

Marking method see markers

Accessories

Derating curves

horizontal position, 2 loaded contacts

2 loaded contacts

2 loaded contacts

VOLTAGE

CU

RREN

T

1SNA 399 903 R02001SNA 103 002 R26001SNA 399 306 R0300

1SNA 103 849 R0300

1SNA 610 121 R20001SNA 610 122 R2100

1SNA 610 011 R2500

1SNA 610 123 R2200

1SNA 610 059 R15001SNA 610 060 R1200

1SNA 610 115 R22001SNA 610 089 R0400

Page 210: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

208 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

D 2,5/5 R121 24 VDCD 2,5/5 R121L 24 VDCD 2,5/5 R121AL 24 VAC/DCD 2,5/5 R121AL 48 VAC/DCD 2,5/5 R121BL 110 VACD 2,5/5 R121BL 230 VAC

M 4/9 R111 12 VDCM 4/9 R111 24 VDCM 4/9 R111L 12 VDCM 4/9 R111L 24 VDC

RB121 12 VDCRB121A 24 VAC/DCRB121A 48 VAC/DCRB121B 110 VAC 50 HzRB121B 115 VAC 60 HzRB121B 230 VACRB121AI 24 VAC/DCRB122A 24 VAC/DCRB122B 110 VAC 50 HzRB122B 115 VAC 60 HzRB122A 24 VAC/DC

RB121A 12 VDCRB121A 24 VAC/DCRB121AV 48 VAC/DCRB121A 110-230 VAC/DCRB122AV 24 VAC/DCRB122AV 48 VAC/DCRB122AR 110 VAC/DCRB122A 220 VACRB122 24 VDCRB122 48 VDCRB122BR 110 VACRB122BR 220 VAC

D 2,5/5-OBIC 0030 24 VDCD 2,5/5-OBIA 0030 24 VACD 2,5/5-OBIC 0030 48 VDCD 2,5/5-OBIA 0030 48 VACD 2,5/5-OBIA 0030 110 VACD 2,5/5-OBIA 0030 230 VACD 2,5/5-OBOC 0100 5 VDCD 2,5/5-OBOC 0100 24 VDCD 2,5/5-OBOC 0100 48 VDCD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 5 VDCD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 24 VDCD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 24 VAC/DCD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 48 VAC/DCD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 110 VACD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 230 VACD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 5 VDCD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 24 VDCD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 24 VAC/DCD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 48 VAC/DCD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 110 VACD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 230 VACD 2,5/5-OBOA 1000 24 VDCD 2,5/5-OBOA 1000 24 VAC/DCD 2,5/5-OBOA 1000 48 VAC/DCD 2,5/5-OBOA 1000 110 VACD 2,5/5-OBOA 1000 230 VAC

OBC 0100 48 VDCOBC 0100 110 VACOBC 0100 230 VACOBC 1000 5 VDC

OBC 1000 48 VDCOBC 1000 110 VACOBC 1000 230 VACORC 111 24 VDCOBA 1000 5 VDC

OBA 1000 48 VDCOBA 1000 110 VACORA 111 24 VDC

EBO1 24 VAC/DCEBO1 127 VAC/DCEBO1 230 VAC/DC

R500

R910

R900

R1800

R500

R900

R1800

Cross reference

Type New part numbers Old part numbers

Relays

Optocouplers

OBC 0100 12 to 24 VDC

OBC 1000 12 to 24 VDC

OBA 0100 12 to 24 VDC

EBO3DC 5 to 48 VDC

1SNA 607 217 R0200 1SNA 007 217 R24001SNA 607 201 R1300 1SNA 007 201 R05001SNA 607 231 R00001SNA 607 232 R01001SNA 607 264 R11001SNA 607 265 R1200

1SNA 607 029 R0100 1SNA 007 029 R23001SNA 607 030 R0600 1SNA 007 030 R20001SNA 607 001 R0600 1SNA 007 001 R20001SNA 607 002 R0700 1SNA 007 002 R2100

1SNA 630 001 R0000 1SNA 030 001 R22001SNA 630 002 R0100 1SNA 030 002 R23001SNA 630 003 R0200 1SNA 030 003 R24001SNA 630 004 R0300 1SNA 030 004 R25001SNA 630 005 R0400 1SNA 030 005 R26001SNA 630 006 R0500 1SNA 030 006 R27001SNA 630 007 R0600 1SNA 030 007 R20001SNA 630 019 R0100 1SNA 030 019 R23001SNA 630 021 R2300 1SNA 030 021 R15001SNA 630 022 R2400 1SNA 030 022 R16001SNA 630 011 R2100 1SNA 030 011 R1300

1SNA 610 125 R2400 1SNA 010 125 R16001SNA 610 004 R0700 1SNA 010 004 R21001SNA 610 006 R0100 1SNA 010 006 R23001SNA 610 132 R2300 1SNA 010 132 R15001SNA 610 121 R2000 1SNA 010 121 R12001SNA 610 122 R2100 1SNA 010 122 R13001SNA 610 011 R2500 1SNA 010 011 R17001SNA 610 123 R2200 1SNA 010 123 R14001SNA 610 059 R1500 1SNA 010 059 R07001SNA 610 060 R2000 1SNA 010 060 R04001SNA 610 115 R2200 1SNA 010 115 R14001SNA 610 089 R0400 1SNA 010 089 R2600

1SNA 607 210 R1700 1SNA 007 210 R01001SNA 607 211 R0400 1SNA 007 211 R26001SNA 607 212 R0500 1SNA 007 212 R27001SNA 607 213 R0600 1SNA 007 213 R20001SNA 607 214 R0700 1SNA 007 214 R21001SNA 607 215 R0000 1SNA 007 215 R22001SNA 607 203 R1500 1SNA 007 203 R07001SNA 607 204 R1600 1SNA 007 204 R00001SNA 607 205 R1700 1SNA 007 205 R01001SNA 607 206 R1000 1SNA 007 206 R02001SNA 607 207 R1100 1SNA 007 207 R03001SNA 607 250 R27001SNA 607 251 R14001SNA 607 270 R23001SNA 607 271 R10001SNA 607 208 R2200 1SNA 007 208 R14001SNA 607 209 R2300 1SNA 007 209 R15001SNA 607 255 R10001SNA 607 256 R11001SNA 607 272 R11001SNA 607 273 R12001SNA 607 238 R17001SNA 607 240 R25001SNA 607 241 R12001SNA 607 268 R25001SNA 607 269 R2600

1SNA 608 017 R0600 1SNA 008 017 R20001SNA 608 021 R0200 1SNA 008 021 R24001SNA 608 024 R0500 1SNA 008 024 R27001SNA 608 027 R2200 1SNA 008 027 R22001SNA 608 014 R2200 1SNA 008 014 R25001SNA 608 018 R1700 1SNA 008 018 R01001SNA 608 022 R0300 1SNA 008 022 R25001SNA 608 025 R0600 1SNA 008 025 R20001SNA 608 028 R1100 1SNA 008 028 R03001SNA 608 068 R2100 1SNA 008 068 R13001SNA 608 015 R0400 1SNA 008 015 R26001SNA 608 019 R1000 1SNA 008 019 R20001SNA 608 023 R0400 1SNA 008 023 R26001SNA 608 026 R0700 1SNA 008 026 R21001SNA 608 069 R2200 1SNA 008 069 R1400

1SNA 610 230 R1100 1SNA 010 230 R03001SNA 610 022 R2000 1SNA 010 022 R12001SNA 610 108 R1400 1SNA 010 108 R06001SNA 610 023 R2100 1SNA 010 023 R1300

Page 211: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

209

5 V DC 24 V DC 24 V AC12 V DC 24 V AC/DC

R500

R500

R500

R500R500

R900

R1800 R1800 R1800

R1800

R900

R900R900R900

R500 R500 R500

R500 R500 R500

R900

R900R900R900

R900

R500

Selection guideOptocoupler modules

< 50 mA /10 to 58 V DC

1 A /10 to 58 V DC

1 A /24 to 250 V AC

2 A /10 to 30 V DC

5 A /10 to 58 V DC

5 A /20 to 135 V AC

spacing : 18 mmEBO3DC 5 to 48 VDC

spacing : 9 mmOBC 0100 12 to 24 VDC

spacing : 9 mmOBC 1000 12 to 24 VDC

100 mA /10 to 58 V DC

InputOutput

spacing : 18 mmEBO3DC 5 to 48 VDC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBIC 0030

24 VDC

spacing : 18 mmEBO3DC 5 to 48 VDC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBIA 0030

24 VAC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 0100 5 VDC

spacing : 9 mmOBC 0100 12 to 24 VDC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 0100 24 VDC

spacing : 18 mmEBO1 24 VAC/DC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 5 VDC

spacing : 9 mmOBC 1000 5 VDC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 24 VDC

spacing : 9 mmOBC 1000 12 to 24 VDC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000

24 VAC/DC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 5 VDC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 24 VDC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000

24 VAC/DC

spacing : 9 mmORC 111 24 VDC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOA 1000

24 VDC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOA 1000

24 VAC/DC

spacing : 9 mmOBA 1000 5 VDC

spacing : 9 mmOBA 1000 12 à 24 VDC

spacing : 9 mmOBA 1000 12 à 24 VDC

spacing : 9 mmORA 111 24 VDC

Page 212: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

210 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

48 V DC 48 V AC 110 V AC 127 V AC/DC 230 V AC48 V AC/DC 230 V AC/DC

R500 R500 R500 R500

R500

R1800

R1800 R1800

R900 R900 R900

R900R900R900

R500 R500 R500

R500R500R500

R900R900

R500 R500 R500

Selection guideOptocoupler modules

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBIC 0030 48

VDC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBIA 0030 48

VAC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBIA 0030 110

VAC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBIA 0030 230

VAC

spacing : 18 mmEBO3DC 5 to 48 VDC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 0100 48

VDC

spacing : 9 mmOBC 0100 48 VDC

spacing : 9 mmOBC 0100 110 VAC

spacing : 9 mmOBC 0100 230 VAC

spacing : 18 mmEBO1 127 VAC/DC

spacing : 18 mmEBO1 220 VAC/DC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 48

VAC/DC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 110

VAC

spacing : 9 mmOBC 1000 48 VDC

spacing : 9 mmOBC 1000 110 VAC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 230

VAC

spacing : 9 mmOBC 1000 230 VAC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 48

VAC/DC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 110

VAC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 230

VAC

spacing : 9 mmOBA 1000 110 VAC

spacing : 9 mmOBA 1000 48 VDC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOA 1000 48

VAC/DC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOA 1000 110

VAC

spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOA 1000 230

VAC

Page 213: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

211

D 2,5/5-OBIC-0030 D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030

BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50

PCMS V0

BNMS T24V-1 4BNMS T48V-1 4BNMS T24V-1 4BNMS T48V-1 4BNMS T115V-1 4BNMS T230V-1 4

DCB (1) 10

FC2 10

16 RC55

BAMH BADH

PCMS

BNMS T24V-1

DCBFC2

D 2,5/5-OBI...-0030

D 2,5/5-OBIC-0030

14

A2

A1

13

D 2,5/5-OBIC-0030 24 V DC 1 0.032D 2,5/5-OBIC-0030 48 V DC 1 0.032

D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 24 V AC 1 0.032D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 24 V AC 1 0.032

D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 115 V AC 1 0.032D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 230 V AC 1 0.032

D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030

14

A2

A1

13

5 mA 4.1 mA 8.5 mA 4.5 mA 8 mA 7 mA12 V 21 V 13 V 22 V 50 V 95 V

20 µs / 1.3 ms 20 µs / 1.3 ms 6 ms / 10 ms 6 ms / 10 ms 6 ms / 10 ms 6 ms / 10 ms400 Hz 400 Hz 30 Hz 30 Hz 30 Hz 30 Hz1 mA 0.8 mA 1 mA 1 mA 2 mA 2 mA

0.5 mA30 mA

2.3 V DC2.7 VDC

UL 94 V00.2-4 mm² / 24-12 AWG

0.22-2.5 mm² / 24-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG

10 mm .394"3.5 .137"

IP 20 NEMA 10.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in

1 : 24 V - 48 V2 : 115 V - 230 V

IN

IN

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Optocoupler module 24 V DCOptocoupler module 48 V DC

Optocoupler module 24 V ACOptocoupler module 48 V AC

Optocoupler module 115 V ACOptocoupler module 230 V AC

Accessories

(1) Only on top decks.

High end stop

Comb type jumper bar 2 to 22 poles see accessories

Plug OBIC 24 V whitePlug OBIC 48 V whitePlug OBIA 24 V yellowPlug OBIA 48 V yellowPlug OBIA 115 V yellowPlug OBIA 230 V yellow

Test device blue

Test plug DIA. 2 mm

Marking method see markers

Order codes

center of rail

Derating curve

ElectronicInterfacesR500 pluggable optocoupler modules DIN 3

D 2,5/5-OBI...-0030 - 2.5 mm² blocks - 5.08 mm .200" spacing

center of rail

Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current

OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical

max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output

TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage

operating

Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals

19.2 V to 27.6 V DC 38.4 V to 55.2 V DC 20.4 V to 26.4 V AC 40.8 V to 52.8 V AC 98 V to 126.5 V AC 195.5 V to 253 V AC

4.5 V to 58 V DC

2500 V RMS

- 40°C to + 80°CSee derating curve

Characteristics

1SNA 607 210 R17001SNA 607 211 R0400

1SNA 607 212 R05001SNA 607 213 R0600

1SNA 607 214 R07001SNA 607 215 R0000

1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700

1SNA 031 800 R21001SNA 031 801 R16001SNA 031 802 R17001SNA 031 803 R10001SNA 031 804 R11001SNA 031 805 R1200

1SNA 105 028 R2100

1SNA 007 865 R2600

Page 214: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

212 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 5 V DC / 24 V DC D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 48 V DC

D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 5 V DC 1 0.032D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 24 V DC 1 0.032

D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 48 V DC 1 0.032

BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50

PCMS V0

BNMS P5V-3 4BNMS P24V-3 4BNMS P48V-3 4

DCB (1) 10

FC2 10

16 RC55

BAMH BADH

PCMS

BNMS P...

DCBFC2

D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 5 V DC / 24 V DC

D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100

8.5 mA 4.8 mA 3.9 mA2.9 V DC 16 V DC 26 V DC

20 µs / 1.3 ms 20 µs / 1.3 ms 20 µs / 1.3 ms400 Hz 400 Hz 400 Hz1 mA 1 mA 1 mA

1 mA100 mA

1 V DC1.3 V DC

UL 94 V00.2-4 mm² / 24-12 AWG

0.22-2.5 mm² / 24-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG

10 mm .394"3.5 mm .137"IP 20 NEMA 1

0.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in

A1

13+

14

A2

100I(mA)

Θ(°C)

0 20 30 40 5057

60

D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 48 V DC

LR

Fmax = (1-0,007 x Us) / (L x Is²)

Fmax = (1-0,007 x Us) / (P x )

IN

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Optocoupler module 5 V DCOptocoupler module 24 V DC

Optocoupler module 48 V DC

Accessories

(1) Only on top decks.

High end stop

Comb type jumper bar 2 to 22 poles see accessories

Plug for OBOC 5 V DC redPlug for OBOC 24 V DC redPlug for OBOC 48 V DC red

Test device blue

Test plug DIA. 2 mm

Marking method see markers

Order codes

center of rail

Derating curves

ElectronicInterfacesR500 pluggable optocoupler modules DIN 3

D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 - 2.5 mm² blocks - 5.08 mm .200" spacing

or

Us = Output voltageIs = Output currentL = Inductance of loadP = Power of loadR = Resistance of load

Note 1 :

Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current

OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical

max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output

TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage

operating

Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals

4.5 V to 5.5 V DC 20.4 V to 28.8 V DC 40.8 V to 57.6 V DC

4.5 to 58 V DC

See Note 12500 V RMS

- 40°C to + 80°CSee derating curves

Characteristics

1SNA 607 203 R15001SNA 607 204 R1600

1SNA 607 205 R1700

1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700

1SNA 031 809 R26001SNA 031 810 R12001SNA 031 811 R0700

1SNA 105 028 R2100

1SNA 007 865 R2600

Page 215: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

213

D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 5 V DC 1 0.032D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 24 V DC 1 0.032

D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 24 V AC/DC 1 0.04D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 48 V AC/DC 1 0.04

D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 110 V AC 1 0.04D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 230 V AC 1 0.04

BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50

PCMS V0

BNMS P5V-2 5 V/1 A 4BNMS P24V-2 24 V/1 A 4

DCB (1) 10

FC2 10

16 RC55

BAMH BADH

PCMS

BNMS P...

DCBFC2

D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 5/24 VDC

A1

13+

14

A2

LR

Fmax = (1-0,007 x Us) / (L x Is²)

Fmax = (1-0,007 x Us) / (P x )

IN

IN

D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 5/24 VDC D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 24/48 VAC/DC D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 110/230VAC5 VDC 24 VDC 24 VAC 24 VDC 48 VAC 48 VDC 110 VAC 230 VAC

24 ±10% 48 ±10% 110 ±10% 230 ±10%12.3 mA 6.7 mA 10.5 mA 8 mA 6.8 mA 5.8 mA 8.5 mA 7.5 mA3.5 V DC 10 V DC20/250 µs 50/350 µs 15/13 ms 5/13 ms 15/15 ms 6/25 ms 15/15 ms 15/15 ms2000 Hz 1500 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz

1 mA 1 mA1 A 1 A

0.1 V 0.1 V0.5 V 0.5 V

UL 94 V00.2-4 mm² / 24-12 AWG

0.22-2.5 mm² / 24-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG

10 mm .394"3.5 mm .137"IP 20 NEMA 1

0.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in

D 2,5/5-OBOC-100024/48 VAC/DC110/230 VAC

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Optocoupler module 5 V DCOptocoupler module 24 V DC

Optocoupler module 24 V AC/DCOptocoupler module 48 V AC/DC

Optocoupler module 110 V ACOptocoupler module 230 V AC

Accessories

High end stop

Comb type jumper bar 2 to 22 poles see accessories

Plug (2) redPlug (3) red

Test device blue

Test plug DIA. 2 mm

Marking method see markers

Order codes

center of rail

ElectronicInterfacesR500 pluggable optocoupler modules DIN 3

D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 - 2.5 mm² blocks - 5.08 mm .200" spacing

or

Us = Output voltageIs = Output currentL = Inductance of loadP = Power of loadR = Resistance of load

Note 1 :

Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current

OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical

max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output

TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage

operating

Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals

4.5 to 5.5 VDC 20.4 to 28.8 VDC 20.4 to 28.8 VDC 40.8 to 57.6 VDC

4.5 to 58 VDC 4.5 to 58 VDC

See Note 12500 V RMS

-40°C to +80°CSee derating curve

Derating curve

(1) Only on top decks.(2) For D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 5 V DC only.(3) For all D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 except 5 V DC model.

Characteristics

1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700

1SNA 031 818 R16001SNA 031 819 R1700

1SNA 105 028 R2100

1SNA 007 865 R2600

1SNA 607 206 R10001SNA 607 207 R1100

1SNA 607 250 R27001SNA 607 251 R1400

1SNA 607 270 R23001SNA 607 271 R1000

Page 216: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

214 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 5/24 VDC D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 24/48 VAC/DC D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 110/230VAC

D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 5 V DC 1 0.032D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 24 V DC 1 0.032

D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 24 V AC/DC 1 0.04D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 48 V AC/DC 1 0.04

D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 110 V AC 1 0.04D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 230 V AC 1 0.04

BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50

PCMS V0

BNMS P5V-1 5 V/2 A 4BNMS P24V-1 24 V/2 A 4

DCB (1) 10

FC2 10

16 RC55

BAMH BADH

PCMS

BNMS P...

DCBFC2

D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000

5 VDC 24 VDC 24 VAC 24 VDC 48 VAC 48 VDC 110 VAC 230 VAC24 ±10% 48 ±10% 110 ±10% 230 ±10%

12.3 mA 6.7 mA 10.5 mA 8 mA 6.8 mA 5.8 mA 8.5 mA 7.5 mA3.5 V DC 10 V DC20/250 µs 50/350 µs 15/13 ms 5/13 ms 15/15 ms 6/25 ms 15/15 ms 15/15 ms2000 Hz 1500 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz

1 mA 1 mA2 A 2 A

0.1 V 0.1 V0.5 V 0.5 V

UL 94 V00.2-4 mm² / 24-12 AWG

0.22-2.5 mm² / 24-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG

10 mm .394"3.5 mm .137"IP 20 NEMA 1

0.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in

A1

13+

14

A2

LR

Fmax = (1-0,012 x Us) / (L x Is²)

Fmax = (1-0,012 x Us) / (P x )

IN

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Optocoupler module 5 V DCOptocoupler module 24 V DC

Optocoupler module 24 V AC/DCOptocoupler module 48 V AC/DC

Optocoupler module 110 V ACOptocoupler module 230 V AC

Accessories

(1) Only on top decks.(2) For D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 5 V DC only.(3) For all D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 except 5 V DC model.

High end stop

Comb type jumper bar 2 to 22 poles see accessories

Plug (2) redPlug (3) red

Test device blue

Test plug DIA. 2 mm

Marking method see markers

Order codes

center of rail

ElectronicInterfacesR500 pluggable optocoupler modules DIN 3

D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 - 2.5 mm² blocks - 5.08 mm .200" spacing

or

Us = Output voltageIs = Output currentL = Inductance of loadP = Power of loadR = Resistance of load

Note 1 :

Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current

OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical

max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output

TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage

operating

Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals

4.5 to 5.5 VDC 20.4 to 28.8 VDC 20.4 to 28.8 VDC 40.8 to 57.6 VDC

4.5 to 30 VDC 4.5 to 30 VDC

See Note 12500 V RMS

-40°C to +80°CSee derating curve

Derating curve

Characteristics

1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700

1SNA 031 814 R02001SNA 031 815 R0300

1SNA 105 028 R2100

1SNA 007 865 R2600

1SNA 607 208 R22001SNA 607 209 R2300

1SNA 607 255 R10001SNA 607 256 R1100

1SNA 607 272 R11001SNA 607 273 R1200

Page 217: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

215

D 2,5/5-... 24 VDC D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 24 VAC/DC-48 VAC/DC D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 110 VAC-230 VAC

BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50

PCMS V0

BNMS A24V-4 250 V/1 A 4

DCB (1) 10

FC2 10

16 RC55

BAMH BADH

PCMS

BNMS A24V-4

DCBFC2

D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000

A1

13+

14

A2

D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 24 V DC 1 0.032D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 24 V AC/DC 1 0.04D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 48 V AC/DC 1 0.04

D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 110 V AC 1 0.04D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 230 V AC 1 0.04

24 VDC 24 VAC 24 VDC 48 VAC 48 VDC 110 VAC 230 VAC24 ±10% 48 ±10% 110 ±10% 230 ±10%

4 mA 10 mA 7 mA 6 mA 5 mA 8 mA 7.5 mA

10/20 ms 20/20 ms 10/20 ms 20/20 ms 10/20 ms 20/20 ms 20/20 ms15 Hz 15 Hz 15 Hz 15 Hz 15 Hz 15 Hz 15 Hz

25 mA1 A

0.5 mA max.

1 V1.6 V

UL 94 V00.2-4 mm² / 24-12 AWG

0.22-2.5 mm² / 24-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG

10 mm .394"3.5 mm .137"IP 20 NEMA 1

0.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in

LR

Fmax = (1-0,012 x Us) / (L x Is²)

Fmax = (1-0,012 x Us) / (P x )

IN

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Optocoupler module 24 V DCOptocoupler module 24 V AC/DCOptocoupler module 48 V AC/DC

Optocoupler module 110 V ACOptocoupler module 230 V AC

Accessories

(1) Only on top decks.

High end stop

Comb type jumper bar 2 to 22 poles see accessories

Plug black

Test device blue

Test plug DIA. 2 mm

Marking method see markers

Order codes

center of rail

ElectronicInterfacesR500 pluggable optocoupler modules DIN 3

D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 - 2.5 mm² blocks - 5.08 mm .200" spacing

or

Us = Output voltageIs = Output currentL = Inductance of loadP = Power of loadR = Resistance of load

Note 1 :

Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current

OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical

max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output

TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage

operating

Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals

20.4 to 28.8 VDC 20.6 to 28.8 VDC 40.8 to 57.6 VDC

24 to 253 VAC

See Note 12500 V RMS

-40 to +80°CSee derating curve

Derating curve

Characteristics

1SNA 607 238 R17001SNA 607 240 R25001SNA 607 241 R1200

1SNA 607 268 R25001SNA 607 269 R2600

1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700

1SNA 031 839 R1300

1SNA 105 028 R2100

1SNA 007 865 R2600

Page 218: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

216 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

OBC 0100 - 24 V DC OBC 0100 - 48 V DC

BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50

RLV

5 RC55BAMH BADH

OBC 0100

OBC 0100 24 V DC 1 0.04OBC 0100 48 V DC 1 0.04

A B

C D

29 1.14"

33 1.30"

62 2.44"

903.

54"

97,5

3.84

"

953.

74"

OBC 0100 - 24 V DC

OBC 0100 - 48 V DC

RLV

5 mA10.2 V DC 40.8 V DC

20 µs / 50 µs 20 µs / 50 µs7000 Hz 7000 Hz

1 mA100 mA

1 V1.3 V

UL 94 V00.5-4 mm² / 20-12 AWG

0.5-2.5 mm² / 20-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG

7 mm .276"3.5 .137"

IP 20 NEMA 10.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in

IN

IN

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Optocoupler module 24 V DCOptocoupler module 48 V DC

Accessories

High end stop

Lengthwise marker

Marking method see markers

Order codes

Derating curve

ElectronicInterfacesR900 optocoupler modules DIN 3

OBC 0100 - 2.5 mm² blocks - 9 mm .354" spacing

center of rail

Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current

OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical

max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output

TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage

operating

Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals

10.2 V to 28.8 V DC 40.8 V to 57.6 V DC7 mA to 12 V / 10 mA to 24 V

5 to 60 V DC

3000 V RMS

- 40°C to + 80°CSee derating curve

Characteristics

1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700

1SNA 103 849 R0300

1SNA 608 017 R06001SNA 608 021 R0200

Page 219: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

217

OBC 0100 - 110 V AC OBC 0100 - 230 V AC

BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50

RLV

5 RC55BAMH BADH

OBC 0100 - 110-230 V

OBC 0100 110 V AC 1 0.04OBC 0100 230 V AC 1 0.04

A B

C D

29 1.14"

33 1.30"

62 2.44"

903.

54"

97,5

3.84

"

953.

74"

OBC 0100 - 110-230 V

RLV

230 V AC +15%, -20%8 mA 8 mA

93,5 V AC 184 V AC5 ms/5 ms 5 ms/5 ms

50 Hz 50 Hz

1 mA100 mA

1 V1.3 V

UL 94 V00.5-4 mm² / 20-12 AWG

0.5-2.5 mm² / 20-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG

7 mm .276"3.5 .137"

IP 20 NEMA 10.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in

IN

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Optocoupler module 110 V ACOptocoupler module 230 V AC

Accessories

High end stop

Lengthwise marker

Marking method see markers

Order codes

Derating curve

ElectronicInterfacesR900 optocoupler modules DIN 3

OBC 0100 - 2.5 mm² blocks - 9 mm .354" spacing

center of rail

Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current

OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical

max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output

TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage

operating

Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals

93.5 V AC to 152.4 V AC

4.5 to 60 V DC

3000 V RMS

- 40°C to + 80°CSee derating curve

Characteristics

1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700

1SNA 103 849 R0300

1SNA 608 024 R05001SNA 608 027 R0000

Page 220: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

218 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

OBC 1000 5 V DC 1 0.04OBC 1000 24 V DC 1 0.04OBC 1000 48 V DC 1 0.04

OBC 1000 - 5 V DC OBC 1000 - 24 V DC OBC 1000 - 48 V DC

BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50

RLV

5 RC55BAMH BADH

OBC 1000

A B

C D

29 1.14"

33 1.30"

62 2.44"

903.

54"

97,5

3.84

"

953.

74"

OBC 1000 - 24 V

RLV

OBC 1000 - 5-48 V

5 V DC +10%, -10% 48 V DC +20%, -15%6.5 mA 4.5 mA

4.5 V DC 10.2 V AC 40.8 V DC20 µs / 50 µs 20 µs / 50 µs 20 µs / 50 µs

7000 Hz 7000 Hz 7000 Hz

1 mA1 A

1 V1.3 V

UL 94 V00.5-4 mm² / 20-12 AWG

0.5-2.5 mm² / 20-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG

7 mm .276"3.5 .137"

IP 20 NEMA 10.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in

IN

IN

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Optocoupler module 5 V DCOptocoupler module 24 V DCOptocoupler module 48 V DC

Accessories

High end stop

Lengthwise marker

Marking method see markers

Order codes

Derating curve

ElectronicInterfacesR900 optocoupler modules DIN 3

OBC 0100 - 2.5 mm² blocks - 9 mm .354" spacing

center of rail

Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current

OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical

max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output

TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage

operating

Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals

10.2 V DC to 28.8 V DC6.5 mA to 12 V / 9.5 mA to 24 V

4.5 to 60 V DC

3000 V RMS

- 40°C to + 80°CSee derating curve

Characteristics

1SNA 608 014 R22001SNA 608 018 R17001SNA 608 022 R0300

1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700

1SNA 103 849 R0300

Page 221: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

219

OBC 1000 110 V AC 1 0.04OBC 1000 230 V AC 1 0.04

OBC 1000 - 110 V AC OBC 1000 - 230 V AC

BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50

RLV

5 RC55BAMH BADH

OBC 1000 - 110-230 VA B

C D

29 1.14"

33 1.30"

62 2.44"

903.

54"

97,5

3.84

"

953.

74"

OBC 1000 - 110-230 V

RLV

230 V AC + 15%, - 20%8 mA 7 mA

93.5 V AC 184 V DC2 ms / 5 ms 1 ms / 5 ms

800 Hz 800 Hz

1 mA1 A

1 V1.3 V

UL 94 V00.5-4 mm² / 20-12 AWG

0.5-2.5 mm² / 20-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG

7 mm .276"3.5 .137"

IP 20 NEMA 10.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in

IN

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Optocoupler module 110 V ACOptocoupler module 230 V AC

Accessories

High end stop

Lengthwise marker

Marking method see markers

Order codes

Derating curve

ElectronicInterfacesR900 optocoupler modules DIN 3

OBC 1000 - 2.5 mm² blocks - 9 mm .354" spacing

center of rail

Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current

OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical

max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output

TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage

operating

Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals

93,5 V AC to 152,4 V AC

4.5 to 60 V DC

3000 V RMS

- 40°C to + 80°CSee derating curve

Characteristics

1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700

1SNA 103 849 R0300

1SNA 608 025 R06001SNA 608 028 R1100

Page 222: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

220 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

OBA 1000 5 V DC 1 0.05OBA 1000 24 V DC 1 0.05OBA 1000 48 V DC 1 0.05OBA 1000 110 V AC 1 0.05

OBA 1000 - 5 V DC OBA 1000 - 24 V DC OBA 1000 - 48 V DC OBA 1000 - 110 V AC

BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50

RLV

5 RC55BAMH BADH

A B

C D

29 1.14"

33 1.30"

62 2.44"

903.

54"

97,5

3.84

"

953.

74"

OBA 1000 - 24 V DC

RLV

OBA 1000 - 5 - 48 V DC

OBA 1000 - 5 - 48 V DC

OBA 1000 - 24 V DC - 110 V AC

OBA 1000 - 110 V AC

5 V DC + 10%, - 10% 48 V DC + 20%, - 15%10 mA 7 mA

4.5 V DC 10.2 V DC 40.8 V DC 93.5 V AC10 ms / 10 ms 10 ms / 10 ms 10 ms / 10 ms 10 ms / 10 ms

25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz

25 mA1 A

0.5 mA max.

1 V1.6 V

UL 94 V00.5-4 mm² / 20-12 AWG

0.5-2.5 mm² / 20-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG

7 mm .276"3.5 .137"

IP 20 NEMA 10.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in

IN

IN

INDescription Type Order P/N Packaging Weight

kg

Optocoupler module 5 V DCOptocoupler module 24 V DCOptocoupler module 48 V DCOptocoupler module 110 V AC

Accessories

High end stop

Lengthwise marker

Marking method see markers

Order codes

Derating curves

ElectronicInterfacesR900 optocoupler modules DIN 3

OBA 1000 - 2.5 mm² blocks - 9 mm .354" spacing

center of rail

Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current

OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical

max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output

TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage

operating

Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals

zero

cro

ssin

gze

rocr

oss

ing

zero

cro

ssin

g

10.2 V DC to 28.8 V DC 93.5 V AC to 152.4 V AC8 mA to 12 mA 7 mA to 10 mA

24 to 253 V AC

3000 V RMS

- 40°C to + 80°CSee derating curves

Characteristics

1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700

1SNA 103 849 R0300

1SNA 608 015 R04001SNA 608 019 R10001SNA 608 023 R04001SNA 608 026 R0700

Page 223: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

221

ORC 111 24 V DC ORA 111 24 V DC

ORC 111 24 V DC 1 0.03

ORA 111 24 V DC 1 0.04

BADH 50BAMH 50BAMH V0 50

PC9 10

RLV

RC55

BADHBAMH

RLV

ORC 111

ORA 111

ORC 111 ORA 111

PC9

IN

IN

24 V DC 24 V DC0.65 W 0.6 W26 mA 20 mA

4 V 5 V

10 V DC / 57,6 V DC 20 V AC / 135 V AC100 mA / 5 A

2 VA / 675 VA1 W / 280 W

20 x 106

80 µs 10 ms20 ms 30 ms

UL 94 V00.5-4 mm² / 20-12 AWG

0.5-2.5 mm² / 20-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG

7 mm / .276"3.5 mm / .137"IP 20 / NEMA 1

0.4-0.6 Nm / 3.5-5.3 Ib.in

RelayInterfaces"Long Life" relay modules R900 DIN 1-3

OR... 111 - relay blocks - 9 mm .354" spacing

center of rail

Characteristics

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Long Life relay module 24 V DC

Long Life relay module 24 V DC

Order codes

Relay characteristicsINPUTRated voltage ±20% on DCPowerRated currentDrop-out voltage at 20°CDrop-in voltage at 20°CPermissible leakage currentStatus device

OUTPUTTypeVoltage switching range min./max.Current switching range min./max.Load switching range

AC1 min. / max.DC1 min. / max.

Number of on-load operationsNumber of off-load operationsOperating speed F

OBounceInsulation input / outputResistance to shock input / outputInductive load max.Ambient temperature storage

operating

Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals

green LED

1 NO

20 x 106 (see curves)

3000 V RMS5000 V RMSsee curves

-40°C to +80°Csee derating curves

Relay blocks R900

High end section

Comb-type jumper bar

Lengthwise marker

Marking method see markers

Accessories

ORA type - Maximum switching current as per cos ϕϕϕϕϕORC type - Maximum switching power at 24V DC as per L/R

(I) RMS max.

ORAOperating areaat 20 millions

operations

Forbidden zone

Max. power(W)

ORCOperating areaat 20 millions

operations

Derating curves

1SNA 608 068 R2100

1SNA 608 069 R2200

1SNA 116 900 R27001SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R0100

1SNA 210 160 R1200

1SNA 103 849 R0300

Page 224: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

222 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202

EBO1 24 V AC/DC 1 0.03

EBO1 127 V AC/DC 1 0.03EBO1 220 V AC/DC 1 0.03

EBO3 DC 1 0.03

EBO1 - 24 V EBO1 - 127-220 V EBO3 DC

BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50

RLV

5 RC55BAMH BADH

EBO3 DC

RLV

EBO3 DC

EBO1

28,51.12"

33,51.32"

62 2.44"

652.

56"

72,5

2.85

"

702.

75"

GEHF

B DA C

24 V AC 24 V DC 127 V AC/DC 220 V AC/DC 5 V DC 12 V DC 15 V DC 24 V DC 48 V DC10 mA 8 mA 6 mA 5 mA 11 mA

12 V AC 16 V DC 88 V AC 128 V AC 4 V 9.6 V 12 V 19.2 V 38.4 V10 ms / 7 ms 20 µs / 80 µs

30 Hz 500 Hz

1 mA 0.5 mA100 mA 50 mA

1 V 1 V1.3 V 1.3 V

UL 94 V00.5-4 mm² / 20-12 AWG

0.5-2.5 mm² / 20-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG

7 mm .276"3.5 .137"

IP 20 NEMA 10.4-0.6 Nm

IN

IN

EBO1

Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg

Optocoupler module 24 V AC/DC

Optocoupler module 127 V AC/DCOptocoupler module 220 V AC/DC

Optocoupler module 5-12-15-24-48 V DC

Accessories

High end stop

Lengthwise marker

Marking method see markers

Order codes

Derating curves

ElectronicInterfacesR1800 optocoupler modules DIN 3

EBO... - 2.5 mm² blocks - 9 mm .354" spacing

center of rail

Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current

OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical

max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output

TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage

operating

Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals

4.5 to 58 V DC 4.5 to 53 V DC

2500 V RMS 2500 V RMS

- 40°C to + 80°CSee derating curves

1 : 24 V AC/DC model2 : 127-230 V AC/DC model

1 : 5 to 24 V DC model2 : 48 V DC model

Characteristics

1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700

1SNA 103 849 R0300

1SNA 610 022 R2000

1SNA 610 108 R14001SNA 610 023 R2100

1SNA 610 230 R1100

Page 225: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2232CDC110004C0202

7

Semiconductor contactors,Solid-state relays

Content

Benefits and advantages, approvals ................................................................................ 224

R100.xx semiconductor contactors, single-phase

Ordering details .................................................................................................................. 225

Technical data .................................................................................................................... 228

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................ 235

R300.xx semiconductor contactors, three-phase

Ordering details .................................................................................................................. 225

Technical data .................................................................................................................... 229

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................ 235

R111 solid-state relays, single-phase

Ordering details .................................................................................................................. 226

Technical data .................................................................................................................... 230

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................ 235

R12x solid-state relays, single-phase

Ordering details .................................................................................................................. 226

Technical data .................................................................................................................... 231

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................ 235

R31x solid-state relays, three-phase

Ordering details .................................................................................................................. 226

Technical data .................................................................................................................... 232

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................ 235

Accessories, heat sink KK

Ordering details .................................................................................................................. 227

Dimensioning of heat sinks ................................................................................................ 233

Load current-temperature matrixes .................................................................................. 234

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................ 236

NEW

Page 226: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2242CDC110004C0202

7

R311/25

1SA

R 1

31 0

25 F

481

4

R111/45

2CD

C 3

01 0

01 F

000

3

R122/50

2CD

C 3

01 0

05 F

000

3

2CD

C 3

01 0

06 F

000

3

R100.20

2CD

C 3

01 0

08 F

000

3

R100.45

R 300.20

2CD

C 3

01 0

05 F

000

4

Semiconductor contactor R100.xx and R300.xxSolid-state relays R111, R12x and R31xBenefits and advantages

Standard design

Zero voltage tripping, radio interference supressed

LED display

Screw mounting or snap-on mounting with adapter

for 35 mm DIN rail according to DIN EN 50022

Properties

R11x and R12x range - load side:Thyristors for AC-51 and AC-53 up to 690 V AC and 100 AR31x - load side:Alternistor for AC-51 and AC-53 up to 530 V AC and 50 A withinternal RC circuit and overvoltage protectionElectrical isolation by means of optocoupler between controlcircuit and load circuitProtection against electric shock:R111 and R115 range with additional terminal coverControl side protected against reversed polarity

Special properties of R31x range

Screw mounting

Application

Contactless and wear-free switching of 1-phase and 3-phase ACloads up to a power factor of cos ϕ = 0.5.

Approvals

,

Compact design

Zero voltage or instantaneous tripping

LED display

Protected against electric shock

Integrated heat sink

Ready for use

Mounting on 35 mm DIN rail or screw mounting

on plate

Properties

Load current range 20 A, 30 A and 45 ADC controlSingle-pole, thre-poleSwitching by thyristorsPeak inverse voltage 1200 VInsulation voltage > 4000 VConnecting terminals for 2 x 2.5 mm2 or 1 x 4 mm2

Special properties

The semiconductor relay R100.45-SG is internally protectedagainst overload with overload signaling via signaling output.

Cables with a conductor cross section up to 1 x 25 mm2 can beconnected to the output terminals of the semiconductor relaysR100.45 and R100.45-SG.

Application

Contactless and wear-free switching of ohmic and inductive1-phase and 3-phase AC loads with high switching frequency.

Approvals

Depending on the device:

, , c US

R100.xx range

R300.xx range R31x range

R12x range

R111 range

Page 227: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2252CDC110004C0202

7

R 100.20

2CD

C 3

01 0

06 F

000

3

R 100.30-ZS

2CD

C 3

01 0

07 F

000

3

R 100.45

2CD

C 3

01 0

08 F

000

3

R 300.20

2CD

C 3

01 0

05 F

0004

Semiconductor contactorR100.xx and R300.xx rangeOrdering details

R100.xx range

Compact designZero voltage and instantaneous switchingRated operating voltage Ve 42-660 V ACLED for status indication

Type Rated Rated Order code Pack. Price Weightcontrol circuit load AC51 AC53a unit 1 piece 1 piecevoltage current at at pieces kg/lbVc Ie max. 25 °C 25 °C

Instantaneous switching, width: 22.5 mm

Zero voltage switching, width: 22.5 mm

Zero voltage switching, width: 22.5 mm

R100.20 4-32 V DC 20 A 20 A 5 A 1SAR 111 020 R 8607 1 0.25/0.55

R100.30-IO 4,5-32 V DC 30 A 30 A 15 A 1SAR 113 030 R 8607 1 0.25/0.55

R100.30-ZS 4-32 V DC 30 A 30 A 15 A 1SAR 111 030 R 8607 1 0.25/0.55

Zero voltage switching, width: 45 mm

R100.45 4-32 V DC 45 A 45 A 20 A 1SAR 111 045 R 8607 1 0.49/1.08

Zero voltage switching, width: 45 mm, with integrated overtemperature protection and signalling output

R100.45-SG 4-32 V DC 45 A 45 A 20 A 1SAR 111 045 R 9607 1 0.49/1.08

Current ranges: 20 A, 30 A, 45 A (thyristors)Integrated heat sink, ready for useMounting on 35 mm DIN rail or screw mounting on plateCage terminal with integrated protection against electricshock (touch proof)

• Technical data ............................................................................ 228 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 235• Load current at temperature diagrams ........................................ 234

R300.xx range

Compact designZero voltage switchingRated operating voltage Ve 40-660 V ACLED for status indication

Current ranges: 3 x 20 A, 3 x 25 A (thyristors)Integrated heat sink, ready for useMounting on 35 mm DIN rail or screw mounting on plateCage terminal with integrated protection against electricshock (touch proof)

NEW

NEW

NEW

Type Rated Rated Order code Pack. Price Weightcontrol circuit load AC51 AC53a unit 1 piece 1 piecevoltage current at at pieces kg/lbUc Ie max. 25 °C 25 °C

Zero voltage switching, width: 45 mm

R300.20 4.5-32 V DC 3x20 A 3x20 A 3x15 A 1SAR 131 020 R8207 1 0,38/0.84

Zero voltage switching, width: 45 mm

R300.25 4.5-32 V DC 3x25 A 3x25 A 3x15 A 1SAR 131 030 R8207 1 0,68/0.15

Page 228: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2262CDC110004C0202

7

R111/45

2CD

C 3

01 0

01 F

000

3

R111/20

2CD

C 3

01 0

02 F

000

3

R 126/25

1SA

R 1

11 0

25 F

460

9

R120/25

2CD

C 3

01 0

04 F

000

3

R122/50

2CD

C 3

01 0

05 F

000

3

R 311/25

1SA

R 1

31 0

25 F

4814

Solid-state relaysR111, R12x and R31x rangeOrdering details

Type Rated Rated Order code Pack. Price Weightcontrol circuit load unit 1 piece 1 piecevoltage current pieces kg/lbVc Ie AC1

Load voltage: 24-280 V AC

R111/25 3-32 V DC 25 A 1SAR 111 025 R 0102 1 0.11/0.24R111/45 3-32 V DC 50 A 1SAR 111 050 R 0102 1 0.11/0.24

Load voltage: 42-530 V AC

R111/20 3-32 V DC 25 A 1SAR 111 025 R 0106 1 0.11/0.24R111/40 3-32 V DC 50 A 1SAR 111 050 R 0106 1 0.11/0.24R111/90 3-32 V DC 90 A 1SAR 111 090 R 0106 1 0.11/0.24

Load voltage: 24-265 V AC

R120/25 3-32 V DC 25 A 1SAR 111 025 R 4609 1 0.06/0.13R120/50 3-32 V DC 50 A 1SAR 111 050 R 4609 1 0.06/0.13

Load voltage: 42-530 V AC

R121/25 4-32 V DC 25 A 1SAR 111 025 R 4606 1 0.06/0.13R121/50 4-32 V DC 50 A 1SAR 111 050 R 4606 1 0.06/0.13R121/75 4-32 V DC 75 A 1SAR 111 075 R 4606 1 0.10/0.22R121/100 4-32 V DC 100 A 1SAR 111 100 R 4606 1 0.10/0.22R126/25 24-265 V AC / 24-48 V DC 25 A 1SAR 111 025 R 4707 1 0.06/0.13R126/50 24-265 V AC / 24-48 V DC 50 A 1SAR 111 050 R 4707 1 0.06/0.13R126/75 24-265 V AC / 24-48 V DC 75 A 1SAR 111 075 R 4707 1 0.10/0.22R126/100 24-265 V AC / 24-48 V DC 100 A 1SAR 111 100 R 4707 1 0.10/0.22

Load voltage: 42-660 V AC

R122/50 4-32 V DC 50 A 1SAR 111 050 R 4607 1 0.06/0.13R122/75 4-32 V DC 75 A 1SAR 111 075 R 4607 1 0.10/0.22R122/100 4-32 V DC 100 A 1SAR 111 100 R 4607 1 0.10/0.22

R12x range

Standard design with protectionagainst electric shock (touch proof)Zero voltage switchingSingle-phase

LED for status indicationSame basis dimensions and drilling distances as for thestandard series (easy interchangeability)

R111 range

Standard designSingle-phase

Zero voltage switchingCost-saving

• Technical data ............................................................................ 230 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 235• Load current at temperature diagrams ........................................ 234

R31x range

Standard designZero voltage switchingThree-phaseLED for status indication

Integrated protection against electric shock (noadditional terminal cover necessary)Same basis dimensions and drilling distances as for thestandard series (easy interchangeability)

Load voltage: 12-530 V AC

Type Rated Rated Order code Pack. Price Weightcontrol circuit load unit 1 piece 1 piecevoltage current pieces kg/lbVc Ie AC1

R311/25 10-40 V DC 25 A 1SAR 131 025 R 4814 1 0.38/0.84R311/55 10-40 V DC 55 A 1SAR 131 055 R 4814 1 0.38/0.84R315/55 20-265 V AC/DC 55 A 1SAR 131 055 R 4914 1 0.38/0.84

Page 229: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2272CDC110004C0202

7

KK-2,6

2CD

C 3

01 0

11 F

000

3

KK-R111-2,1

2CD

C 3

01 0

12 F

000

3

KK-R111-1,5

2CD

C 3

01 0

13 F

000

3

KK-R111-0,7

2CD

C 3

01 0

14 F

000

3

Solid-state relays - AccessoriesHeat sink KKOrdering details

Type Description Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piece

pieces kg/lb

For screw mounting on mounting plate

KK-2,6 Heat sink 2,6 K/W1) GHR 110 9401 P 0001 1 0.12/0.26KK-1,8 Heat sink 1,8 K/W1) GHR 110 9401 P 0002 1 0.20/0.44KK-0,7 Heat sink 0,7 K/W1) GHR 110 9404 P 0001 1 0.65/1.43

For DIN rail mounting

KK-R111-2,1 Heat sink 2,1 K/W1) GHR 110 9402 P 0001 1 0.29/0.64KK-R111-1,5 Heat sink 1,5 K/W1) GHR 110 9405 P 0001 1 0.42/2.20KK-R111-0,7 Heat sink 0,7 K/W1) GHR 110 9406 P 0001 1 1.02/2.20KK-R111-0,5 Heat sink 0,5 K/W1) GHR 110 9407 P 0001 1 1.30/2.86

Heat sink for single-phase solid-state relays R111, R120, R121, R122, R126

For DIN rail mounting

KK-R311-0,8 Heat sink 0,8 K/W1) GHR 310 9401 P 0001 1 1,00/2.20

Heat sink for three-phase solid-state relays R311, R315

Terminal cover for single-phase GHR 110 6605 P 0001 1 0.05/0.11relays R111, R115Rapid-fastening plate for GHR 110 1105 R 0001 1 0.045/0.01single-phase solid-state relaysRapid-fastening plate for GHR 310 1105 R 0001 1 0.05/0.11three-phase solid-state relays

EMV - 100 EMC filter for single-phase solid-state relays GHR 110 0000 R 0001 1 0.10/0.22EMV - 300 EMC filter for three-phase solid-state relays GHR 310 0000 R 0001 1 0.10/0.22TP-01 Heat transfer foil for single-phase relays GHR 110 9500 P 0001 1 0.001/0.002TP-03 Heat transfer foil for three-phase relays GHR 310 9500 P 0001 1 0.005/0.011

Further accessories

• Notes for dimensioning ............................................................... 233 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 236

1) Use heat transfer paste or heat transfer foil TP-01 or TP-03 when mounting solid-state relays.

Page 230: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2282CDC110004C0202

7

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

061

7

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

061

9

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

062

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

061

6

R100.20 / R100.30 R100.45R100.20 / R100.30 R100.45

Semiconductor contactorsR100.xx rangeTechnical data

Type R100.20 R100.30-IO R100.30-ZS R100.45 R100.45-SG

Output circuit

Switching element Thyristor

Rated operating voltage Ve (Veffmax) 42-660 V AC

Period. peak inverse voltage (Vpeak) 1200 Vpp

Rated load AC-51 at Ta = 25 °C 20 A AC 30 A AC 45 A AC

current AC-53a at Ta = 25 °C 5 A AC 15 A AC 20 A AC

Operating frequency 45-65 Hz

Max. off-state leakage current

(at Vmax and T = 25 °C) < 3 mArms

Minimum load current 350 mA 150 mA 150 mA

Max. surge current ITSM (t = 10 ms) 250 A 400 A 1150 A

Max. overcurrent (t = 1 s) < 35 A AC < 125 A AC < 125 A AC

Max. load integral ∫ i2dt (t = 10 ms) 310 A2s 1800 A2s 6600 A2s

Conducting state voltage at Imax andT = 25 °C (Vpeak) 1.6 Vrms

Critical current gradient di/dt ≥ 10 A/µs ≥ 100 A/µs ≥ 150 A/µs

Permissible commutatingvoltage gradient du/dt 500 V/µs

Permissible static voltage gradient du/dt 500 V/µs

Input circuit

Control voltage 4-32 V DC 4-32 V DC 4.5-32 V DC 4.5-32 V DC 4-32 V DC

Make voltage max. 3.8 V DC 3.8 V DC 4.25 V DC 4.25 V DC 3.8 V DC

Inverse polarity voltage 32 V DC

Break voltage min. 1.2 V DC 1.2 V DC 1 V DC 1 V DC 1.2 V DC

Input current (at Vmax) max. 12 mA 12 mA 15 mA 15 mA 12 mA

Turn-on time max. 1 period 1 period 1 s 1 s 1 period

Turn-off time max. 1 period

General data

Power factor (cos ϕ) ≥ 0.5 (at 600 V AC)

Operating temperature -30 °C ...+80 °C

Storage temperature -40 °C ... 100 °C

Barrier-layer temperature 125 °C

Proof voltage 4000 V

Dielectric strength 4000 V

Cond. cross section max.2 x 2.5 mm2 / 1 x 4 mm2

input terminals

Cond. cross section max.2 x 2.5 mm2 /1 x 4 mm2

output terminals 1 x 25 mm2 (R100.45)

Load limit curves

Dissipation at load currentLoad current at ambient temperature

Page 231: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2292CDC110004C0202

7

20 30 40 50 60 700

10

20

30

40

25 35 45 55 65

5

15

25

35

R300.25

R300.20

2CD

C 3

02 0

01 F

0004

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

0

R300.20

R300.25

2CD

C 3

02 0

02 F

0004

Semiconductor contactorsR300.xx rangeTechnical data

Type R300.20 R300.25

Output circuit

Switching element Thyristor

Rated operating voltage 40-660 V AC

Period. peak inverses voltage (Vpeak) 1200 Vpp

Rated load current AC-51 3x20 A 3x25 A

at Ta = 25 °C AC-53a 3x15 A 3x15 A

Operating frequency 45-65 Hz

Max. off-state leakage current(at Vrms and operational frequency) < 3 mA

Minimum load current 150 mA

Max. surge current 600 Apk(T = 25 °C, t = 10 ms)

Max. overcurrent (t = 1 s) < 125 A

Max. load integral ∫ i2dt (t = 10 ms) 1800 A2s

Conducting state voltage at Irms 1.6 Vrms

Critical current gradient di/dt 100 A/µs

Permissible commutatingvoltage gradient du/dt 500 V/µs

Permissible staticvoltage gradient du/dt 500 V/µs

Input circuit

Control voltage 5-32 V DC

Make voltage 4.7 V DC

Inverse polarity voltage -32 V DC

Break voltage 1.2 V DC

Maximum input current 24 mA

Turn-on time < 1 periode

Turn-off time < 1 periode

General data

Power factor (cos ϕ) 0.5 (at 600 V AC)

Operating temperature -30 °C ...+70 °C

Storage temperature -40 °C ... +80 °C

Rated insulation voltageInput to output 4000 Vrms AC

Output to case 4000 Vrms AC

Conductor cross rigid 0.5-4.0 mm2 (20-12 AWG)

section stranded with wire end ferrules 0.5-2x2.5 mm2 (20-2x12 AWG)

Approvals UL, cULusCSA (pending)

Load limit curves

Derating curve

Dissipation curve

Load

cur

rent

per

pha

se I

L [A

]

Load current per phase IL [A]

Tot

al p

ower

dis

sipa

tion

PV [

W]

Ambient temperature TA [°C]

Page 232: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2302CDC110004C0202

7

2CD

C 3

02 0

14 F

0004

Solid-state relaysR111 rangeTechnical data

Type R111/25 R111/45 R111/20 R111/40 R111/90

Output circuit

Switching element Thyristor

Rated operating voltage Ve (Veffmax) 24-280 V AC 42-530 V AC

Period. peak inverse voltage (Vpeak) 650 Vpp 1200 Vpp

Rated load current AC-51 25 Arms 50 Arms 25 Arms 50 Arms 90 Arms

AC-53a 5 Arms 15 Arms 5 Arms 15 Arms 20 Arms

Operating frequency 45-65 Hz

Max. off-state leakage current

(at Vmax and T = 25 °C) 3 mA

Minimum load current 20 mArms

Max. surge current ITSM (t = 20 ms) 250 A 600 A 250 A 600 A 1000 A

Max. overcurrent (t = 1 s) 55 A 125 A 55 A 125 A 150 A

Max. load integral ∫ i2dt (t = 10 ms) 310 A2s 1800 A2s 310 A2s 1800 A2s 5000 A2s

Conducting state voltage at Imax andT = 25 °C (Vpeak) 1.6 V

Permissible voltage gradient du/dt 500 V/µs

Critical current gradient di/dt 100 A/s

Thermal resistance barrier/base max. 1.25 K/W 0.65 K/W 1.25 K/W 0.65 K/W 0.3 K/W

Thermal resistance barrier/ambient max. 12 K/W

Input circuit

Control voltage 3-32 V DC

Make voltage max. 3 V DC

Break voltage min. 1 V DC

Input impedance 1.5 kΩMax. input current (at Vmax) -

Turn-on time max. 0.5 periods

Turn-off time max. 0.5 periods

Input circuit

Power factor (cos ϕ) 0.5-11)

Operating temperature -20 °C ... +70 °C

Barrier-layer temp. 125 °C

Storage temperature -40 °C ... 100 °C

Proof voltage 4000 V

Dielectric strength 4000 V

1 ) If the limit values are observed, the solid-state relays are suitable for switching inductive loads.

Circuit diagram R111

Control input Line/load

Page 233: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2312CDC110004C0202

7

2CD

C 3

02 0

06 F

0004A1(+)

A2( - )

T1

L1

ZCIO

Solid-state relaysR12x rangeTechnical data

Type R120/25 R120/50 R121/25 R121/50 R121/75 R121/100 R122/50 R122/75 R122/100R126/25 R126/50 R126/75 R126/100

Output circuit

Switching element Thyristor

Rated operating voltage Ve (Vrmsmax) 24-265 V AC 42-530 V AC 42-660 V AC

Period. peak inverse voltage (Vpeak) 650 Vpp 1200 Vpp 1600 Vpp

Rated load current AC-51 25 Arms 50 Arms 25 Arms 50 Arms 75 Arms 100 Arms 50 Arms 75 Arms 100 Arms

AC-53a 5 Arms 15 Arms 5 Arms 15 Arms 20 Arms 30 Arms 15 Arms 20 Arms 30 Arms

Operating frequency 45-65 Hz

Max. off-state leakage current

(at Vmax and T = 25 °C) 3 mA

Minimum load current 150 mArms

Max. surge current ITSM (t = 10 ms) 250 A 600 A 250 A 600 A 1000 A 1500 A 600 A 1000 A 1500 A

Max. overcurrent (t = 1 s) 55 A 125 A 55 A 125 A 150 A 200 A 125 A 150 A 200 A

Max. load integral ∫ i2dt (t = 10 ms) 310 A2s 1800 A2s 310 A2s 1800 A2s 6600 A2s 18000 A2s 1800 A2s 6600 A2s 18000 A2s

Conducting state voltage at Imax andT = 25 °C (Vpeak) 1.6 V

Permissible voltage gradient du/dt 500 V/µs

Critical current gradient di/dt 100 A/s

Thermal resistance barrier/base max. 0.8 K/W 0.5 K/W 0.8 K/W 0.5 K/W 0.2 K/W 0.2 K/W 0.5 K/W 0.2 K/W 0.2 K/W

Thermal resistance barrier/ambient max. 20 K/W 20 K/W 15 K/W 20 K/W 15 kW

Type R120 R121 R122 R126

Output circuit

Control voltage 3-32 V DC 4-32 V DC 4-32 V DC 24-265 V AC /

24-48 V DC

Make voltage max. 3.75 V DC 22 V AC/DC

Break voltage min. 1 V DC 6 V AC/DC

Input impedance 1.5 kΩ 44 kΩMax. input current (at Vmax) 10 mA 5 mA

Max. turn-on time period 0.5 ms 1 ms

Max. turn-off time period 0.5 ms 1 ms

Type R12x

General data

Power factor (cos ϕ) 0.5-11)

Operating temperature -20 °C ... +70 °C

Barrier-layer temp. 125 °C

Storage temperature -40 °C ... 100 °C

Proof voltage 4000 V

Dielectric strength 4000 V

Circuit diagram R12x

Current control

1 ) If the limit values are observed, the solid-state relays are suitable for switching inductive loads.

Page 234: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2322CDC110004C0202

7

2CD

C 3

02 0

15 F

0004

2CD

C 3

02 0

18 F

0004

2CD

C 3

02 0

19 F

0004

2CD

C 3

02 0

20 F

0004

25 550,25 0,80,37 1,10,55 1,50,75 1,91,1 2,61,5 3,52,2 4,73,0 6,24,0 8,15,5 10,77,5 15,0

2CD

C 3

02 0

21 F

0004

1,1 1,51,5 2,12,2 3,03,0 4,04,0 4,65,5 6,27,5 8,711,0 12,115,0 16,2

* I 3

25 55

N

Solid-state relaysR31x rangeTechnical data

Typ R311/25 R311/55 R351/55

Output circuit

Switching element Alternistor

Rated operating voltage Ve (Vrmsmax) 12-530 V AC

Period. peak inverse voltage (Vpeak) 1200 Vpp

Rated load current AC51 25 Arms 55 Arms

AC53a 5 Arms 15 Arms

Operating frequency 45-65 Hz

Max. off-state leakage current

(at Vmax and T = 25 °C) 10 mA

Minimum load current 100 mA 200 mA

Max. surge current ITSM (t = 20 ms) 230 A 550 A

Max. overcurrent (t = 1 s) 37 A 85 A

Max. load integral ∫ i2dt (t = 10 ms) 265 A2s 1500 A2s

Conducting state voltage at Imax andT = 25 °C (Vpeak) 1,6 V

Permissible voltage gradient du/dt 500 V/µs

Critical current gradient di/dt 50 A/s 100 A/s

Thermal resistance barrier/base max. 0.5 K/W 0.2 K/W

Thermal resistance barrier/ambient max. 1.5 K/W 0.6 K/W

Input circuit

Control voltage 10-40 V DC 20-265 V AC/DC

Make voltage max. 10 V DC 20 V AC/DC

Break voltage min. 3 V DC 5 V AC/DC

Max. input current (at Vmax) 18 mA (bei 10 V DC) 20 mA AC/DC

28 mA (bei 40 V DC)

Max. turn-on time period 10 ms 10 ms

Max. turn-off time period 20 ms 40 ms

Gerneral data

Operating temperature -20 °C ... +70 °C

Storage temperature -40 °C ... 100 °C

Barrier-layer temp. 125 °C

Test voltage 4000 V

Dielectric strength 4000 V

Circuit diagram R31x

Control circuit

Line

Load circuit

Examples of connection

Direct start Control

Star-delta start Control

motor connections

Selection tables 380/400 V

motor power[kW] [Arms]

Direct start

Star-delta start

relay type[A]

Switching of motors withR311/ R315

motor power[kW] [Arms]

relay type[A]

Page 235: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2332CDC110004C0202

7

1,03 0,86 0,70 0,53 0,37 0,20

1,27 1,09 0,90 0,71 0,52 0,33

1,54 1,32 1,10 0,89 0,67 0,45

1,85 1,59 1,34 1,08 0,82 0,57

2,26 1,95 1,65 1,34 1,03 0,72

2,85 2,47 2,08 1,70 1,32 0,94

3,73 3,24 2,75 2,26 1,77 1,27

5,22 4,54 3,86 3,19 2,51 1,83

8,21 7,16 6,11 5,05 4,00 2,95

17,2 15,0 12,9 10,7 8,51 6,33

50,0

45,0

40,0

35,0

30,0

25,0

20,0

15,0

10,0

5,0

61

53

46

39

33

26

20

15

10

5

20 30 40 50 60 70

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

063

1

Solid-state relaysHeat sink dimensioning for solid-state relays

Procedure for choosing a solid-state relay

Choosing the suitable solid-state relay is easy to do, if the following4 questions are answered.

1. How much is the maximum load current?

2. Which control voltage is used?

3. Which load voltage is required?

4. Is the device operated continuously or in duty cycles?

Knowing these data you can easily choose a suitable relay bymeans of the technical data specified in this catalog.

Procedure for choosing a suitable heat sink

After having selected the relay, a heat sink suitable for the specificapplication has to be chosen. For this, the following two questionsare of importance.

1. How much is the maximum load current?

2. How much is the ambient temperature during operation?

If you know the ambient temperature during operation, you candetermine the thermal resistance between the bottom of the solid-state relay and the environment using a matrix as it is shown below.The respective matrixes for the other relays are shown on thefollowing pages. Knowing the thermal resistance and the technicaldata of the heat sink, you can then choose a suitable heat sink.

The selection of the heat sink directly affects the warming of therelay.

Relay temperature T =ambient temperature + (dissipation * thermal resistance)

The calculated value for the relay temperature should not exceed100 °C. Otherwise, danger of fire as well as danger of damage tothe device exist.

Example

Choosing the solid-state relay:

1. The maximum load current is 30 A

2. A control voltage of 230 V AC is used

3. The load voltage is 400 V AC

4. The relay shall be used at continuous operation

→ Possible relays:

R 126/50 - R 126/75 - R 126/100

Chosen relay:

R 126/50

Choosing the heat sink:

1. The maximum load current is 30 A

2. The ambient temperature during operation is 40 °C

The thermal resistance can be determined using the load current-ambient temperature matrix.

The Y axis of the diagram shows the load current, the X axis showsthe ambient temperature in °C. The thermal resistance can be readat the cross-point of the load current with the ambient temperature.In our example the thermal resistance is 1.65 K/W (kelvin/watt).

Consequently, the required heat sink must have a value of at least1.65 K/W. Here it has to be observed that the quality of the heat sinkincreases with a reduction of the temperature/power ratio whichmeans that a heat sink with a ratio of 0.5 K/W provides better heatdissipation than a heat sink with a ratio of 1.5 K/W.

The power dissipation can be read from the right column of thematrix. In our example it is 33 W.

Knowing the thermal resistance, you can now choose a suitable heatsink using the technical data.

Example 1: Heat sink KK-R111-2,1T = 40 °C + (33 W + 2.1 K/W) = 40 °C + 69.3 °C = 109.3 °C Too hot!

Example 2: Heat sink KK-R111-1,5T = 40 °C + (33 W + 1.5 K/W) = 40 °C + 49.5 °C = 89.5 °C OK!

Example 3: Heat sink KK-R111-0,5T = 40 °C + (33 W + 0.5 K/W) = 40 °C + 16,5 °C = 56.5 °C OK!

Due to reasons of space and costs, example 2 is the mostcommonly used case.

The calculated values apply for continuous duty; during cycling theheating is lower depending on the duty cycle.

• Load current-temperature matrices ............................................. 234

load current[A]

thermal resistance [K/W]

power dissipation[W]

TA ambient temperature [°C]

Page 236: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2342CDC110004C0202

7

R111/20 - R111/25 R111/40 - R111/45 R111/90

R120/25 - R121/25 - R126/25 R120/50 - R121/50 - R122/50 - R126/50 R121/75 - R122/75 - R126/75

R121/100 - R122/100 - R126/100

R311/25 R311/55 - R315/55

2CD

C 3

02 0

11 F

0004

2CD

C 3

02 0

12 F

0004

2CD

C 3

02 0

13 F

0004

2CD

C 3

02 0

07 F

0004

2CD

C 3

02 0

08 F

0004

2CD

C 3

02 0

09 F

0004

2CD

C 3

02 0

10 F

0004

2CD

C 3

02 0

17 F

0004

2CD

C 3

02 0

16 F

0004

2 1.7 1.4 1 0.71 0.40 32

2.5 2.1 1.8 1.4 1 0.66 27

3.1 2.7 2.3 1.9 1.4 1 23

4. 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.4 20

4.9 4.3 3.7 3.1 2.5 1.9 16

6.2 5.4 4.6 3.9 3.1 2.3 13

8.1 7.1 6.1 5.1 4 3 10

11.3 9.9 8.5 7.1 5.6 4.2 7

- 15.6 13.3 11.1 8.9 6.7 5

- - - - 18.7 14 2

20 30 40 50 60 70

25

22.5

20

17.5

15

12.5

10

7.5

5

2.5

50

45

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0.92 0.76 0.60 0.45 0.29 - 63

1.2 0.99 0.80 0.62 0.44 0.26 55

1.5 1.3 1.1 0.85 0.63 0.42 47

1.9 1.6 1.4 1.1 0.89 0.63 40

2.4 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.2 0.91 33

3 2.7 2.3 1.9 1.5 1.1 26

3.9 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 20

5.5 4.8 4.1 3.4 2.7 2.1 15

8.6 7.5 6.4 5.4 4.3 3.2 9

17.9 15.6 13.4 11.2 8,9 6.7 4

20 30 40 50 60 70

0.63 0.53 0.42 0.32 - - 97

0.81 0.69 0.57 0.45 0.33 - 84

1 0.89 0.75 0.61 0.47 0.33 71

1.3 1.2 1 0.83 0.66 0.49 59

1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.85 0.64 47

2.2 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.83 36

3.1 2.7 2.3 1.9 1.5 1.2 26

4.8 4.2 3.6 3 2.4 1.8 17

10 8.8 7.5 6.3 5 3.8 8

20 30 40 50 60 70

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

2,70 2,34 1,98 1,61 1,25 0,89

3,10 2,69 2,28 1,86 1,45 1,04

3,61 3,13 2,65 2,18 1,70 1,23

4,26 3,70 3,14 2,59 2,03 1,47

5,14 4,47 3,80 3,14 2,47 1,80

6,38 5,56 4,73 3,91 3,09 2,27

8,25 7,19 6,14 5,08 4,02 2,97

11,4 9,94 8,49 7,04 5,59 4,14

17,7 15,4 13,2 11,0 8,74 6,51

- - - - 18,2 13,6

25,0

22,5

20,0

17,5

15,0

12,5

10,0

7,5

5,0

2,5

28

24

21

18

15

12

9

7

4

2

20 30 40 50 60 70

1,03 0,86 0,70 0,53 0,37 0,20

1,27 1,09 0,90 0,71 0,52 0,33

1,54 1,32 1,10 0,89 0,67 0,45

1,85 1,59 1,34 1,08 0,82 0,57

2,26 1,95 1,65 1,34 1,03 0,72

2,85 2,47 2,08 1,70 1,32 0,94

3,73 3,24 2,75 2,26 1,77 1,27

5,22 4,54 3,86 3,19 2,51 1,83

8,21 7,16 6,11 5,05 4,00 2,95

17,2 15,0 12,9 10,7 8,51 6,33

50,0

45,0

40,0

35,0

30,0

25,0

20,0

15,0

10,0

5,0

61

53

46

39

33

26

20

15

10

5

20 30 40 50 60 70

0,91 0,78 0,65 0,52 0,39 0,26

1,10 0,96 0,81 0,66 0,51 0,36

1,34 1,17 1,00 0,83 0,66 0,49

1,60 1,40 1,20 1,00 0,80 0,60

1,93 1,68 1,44 1,20 0,96 0,72

2,38 2,08 1,78 1,49 1,19 0,89

3,06 2,68 2,30 1,91 1,53 1,15

4,21 3,68 3,16 2,63 2,10 1,58

6,51 5,70 4,88 4,07 3,26 2,44

13,5 11,77 10,09 8,41 6,73 5,04

75,0

67,5

60,0

52,5

45,0

37,5

30,0

22,5

15,0

7,5

77

68

59

50

42

34

26

19

12

6

20 30 40 50 60 70

0,54 0,45 0,36 0,27 0,18 0,09

0,68 0,58 0,47 0,37 0,27 0,17

0,86 0,74 0,62 0,50 0,38 0,26

1,08 0,94 0,80 0,66 0,52 0,38

1,37 1,20 1,03 0,85 0,68 0,51

1,70 1,49 1,28 1,06 0,85 0,64

2,21 1,93 1,66 1,38 1,10 0,83

3,06 2,68 2,30 1,91 1,53 1,15

4,78 4,18 3,59 2,99 2,39 1,79

9,98 8,73 7,49 6,24 4,99 3,74

100,0

90,0

80,0

70,0

60,0

50,0

40,0

30,0

20,0

10,0

111

97

84

71

59

47

36

26

17

8

20 30 40 50 60 70

0,46 0,36 0,26 - - 101

0,62 0,50 0,39 0,8 - 88

0,81 0,68 0,55 0,42 0,28 76

1,0 0,91 0,76 0,60 0.44 64

1,4 1,2 1,0 0,85 0,66 53

1,9 1,6 1,4 1,1 0,95 43

2,4 2,1 1,8 1,5 1,2 33

3,4 3,0 2,5 2,1 1,7 24

5,3 4,7 4,0 3,3 2,6 15

11,2 9,8 8,4 7,0 5,6 7

20 30 40 50 60

90¡ C

80¡ C

70¡ C25

22,5

20

17,5

15

12,5

10

7,5

5

2,5

- - - - -- - - 215

0,280,28 - - - - 191191

0,350,35 0,290,29 - - - 167167

0,450,45 0,380,38 0,310,31 - - 145145

0,580,58 0,500,50 0,420,42 0,330,33 0,250,25 123123

0,750,75 0,650,65 0,550,55 0,460,46 0,360,36 103103

0,960,96 0,840,84 0,720,72 0,600,60 0,480,48 8383

1,31,3 1,11,1 0,930,93 0,780,78 0,620,62 6565

1,81,8 1.51.5 1,31,3 1,11,1 0,850,85 4747

2,72,7 2,.42,.4 2,02,0 1,71,7 1,41,4 3030

5,55,5 4,84,8 4,14,1 3,53,5 2,82,8 1515

2020 3030 4040 5050 6060

5555

5050

4545

4040

3535

3030

2525

2020

1515

1010

5

8080¡ C

9090¡ C

Solid-state relaysLoad currents related to the ambient temperature,heat sink dimensioning

R111 range

R12x range

R31x range

load currentIC [A]

thermal resistance [K/W]

power dissipationP

V [W]

TA ambient temperature [°C]

load currentIC [A]

thermal resistance [K/W]

power dissipationP

V [W]

TA ambient temperature [°C]

load currentIC [A]

thermal resistance [K/W]

power dissipationP

V [W]

TA ambient temperature [°C]

load currentIC [A]

thermal resistance [K/W]

power dissipationP

V [W]

TA ambient temperature [°C]

load currentIC [A]

thermal resistance [K/W]

power dissipationP

V [W]

TA ambient temperature [°C]

load currentIC [A]

thermal resistance [K/W]

power dissipationP

V [W]

TA ambient temperature [°C]

load currentIC [A]

thermal resistance [K/W]

power dissipationPV [W]

TA ambient temperature [°C]

load currentIC [A]

thermal resistance [K/W]

TA ambient temperature [°C]

load currentIC [A]

thermal resistance [K/W]

TA ambient temperature [°C]

powerdissipation

PV [W]

thermalprotection

[°C]

powerdissipation

PV [W]

thermalprotection

[°C]

Page 237: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2352CDC110004C0202

7

47.6

73.5

419210

3

5.312

6xM54xM3

** = 0.4 mm*** = 0.5 mm

**

***

***

***

***

R100.20, R100.30 R111

R120, R121, R122, R126

R311, R315

2CD

C 3

02 0

23 F

0004

2CD

C 3

02 0

22 F

0004

2CD

C 3

02 0

24 F

0004

R100.45, R100.45-SGR300.20, R300.25

2CD

C 3

02 0

03 F

0004

2CD

C 3

02 0

04 F

0004

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

061

8

94 81.7

103

51.8 46.545

12.5 O5

Semiconductor contactor R100.xx and R300.xxSolid-state relays R111, R12x and R31xDimensional drawings

Use heat transfercompound!

Dimensional drawings

Use heat transfercompound!

Use heattransfercompound!

Thermoswitch

Semiconductor contactors Solid-state relays

DIN rail mounting for R100.xx

Dimensions in mm

Page 238: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2362CDC110004C0202

7

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

065

5

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

065

3

B T

H

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

065

1

H

TB

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

065

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

064

9

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

065

4

B

H

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

065

2

KK-R111-0,7

KK-R311-0,8

KK-R111-2,1KK-R111-1,5

KK-R111-1,5

KK-R111-0,5

KK-1,8 KK-2,6 KK-1,8 / KK-2,6

Solid-state relays - AccessoriesHeat sinks KKDimensional drawings

Heat sinks for screw mounting on a mounting plate for solid-state relays R111

Heat sinks for DIN rail mounting

Dimensions, heat sink only

Type W D H

KK-R111-2,1 51 65 65

KK-R111-1,5 45 87 97

KK-R111-0,7 80 85 139

KK-R111-0,5 120 85 139

KK-R311-0,8 114 85 139

KK-0,7 (length 100 mm)

Dimensional drawings Dimensions in mm

Page 239: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2372CDC110004C0202

8

Content

Logic module AC010

Benefits and advantages ...................................................................................................... 238

Ordering details for logic modules ........................................................................................ 239

Ordering details for accessories .......................................................................................... 240

Product overview AC010 ...................................................................................................... 240

Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 241

Inputs ............................................................................................................................... 241

Outputs ............................................................................................................................ 242

Power supply .................................................................................................................. 243

Cycle time determination ................................................................................................ 243

General data ................................................................................................................... 244

Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 245

Logic module AC010

Page 240: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2382CDC110004C0202

8

2CD

C 3

12 0

01 F

000

3

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

055

4

S1 K1 S4

S5

K1 K2 T1

T1

T1

S6

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

053

6

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

053

5

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

053

4

Concept

AC010 logic modules are suitable for small and medium-sizedcontrol tasks and are able to substitute logic wiring in a quick andeasy manner.

They can be used for applications in control as well as for timingfunctions, e. g.

in buildings, lighting systems, air-conditioning systems, generalcontrol functions,

in small machines and systems or

as stand-alone control module for small applications.

Steps to the application of AC010

AC010 can be used easily, rapidly and comfortably without anytime-consuming planning and programming.

The user can discover the advantages and the benefit of theselogic modules in no time at all.

AC010 provides for the control statements according to asimple circuit diagram.

Setup, storage, simulation and documentation are performedusing the compact and user-friendly AC010-PS001 software.

Software characteristics

Display on a PC monitor according to DIN, ANSI

Various languages to choose from

Easy installation on all Windows operating systems

Technical data

Local and remote expansion modules.

Max. expansion: 24 inputs / 16 outputs

Digital inputs

2 analog outputs

Relay outputs, 8 A max.

Transistor outputs 0.5 A

With or without display

Software characteristics

Logical links

Timing function

Counter

Timer with weekend function

Real-time clock

Compare functionality

Expansion

The AC010 12/6-8 I/O logic modules can be expanded easily.This I/O expansion is possible on local and remote level.

Logic moduleAC010Benefits and advantages - Logical links instead of wiring

up to 30 m

Remote expansion

Local expansion

Base unit

Approval

LM

02

x

LM

o4

x

LM

00

x

LM

01

x

DO

00

1

DX

0x

Page 241: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2392CDC110004C0202

8

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

053

41S

VC

110

000

F 0

535

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

053

6

LM024-CX12RDC

LM041-CE18RDC

DX021-EX20TDC

Logic modules (DC power supply)DC power supply, DC inputs2 inputs can also be used as analog inputs, 0 - 10 V

Modules with 12 inputs can be expanded

Type Supply voltage Internal Order code Pack. Price Weightinputs/outputs unit 1 piece 1 piece

pieces kg/lb

LM021-12RDC 24VDC 8/4 relay 1SVR 440 610 R 0100 1 0.2/0.44

LM022-C12RDC 24VDC 8/4 relay 1SVR 440 610 R 0300 1 0.2/0.44

LM023-C12RDC12V 12VDC 8/4 relay 1SVR 440 612 R 0300 1 0.2/0.44

LM024-CX12RDC 24VDC 8/4 relay 1SVR 440 610 R 0200 1 0.2/0.44

LM025-C12TDC 24VDC 8/4 trans. 1SVR 440 610 R 1300 1 0.2/0.44

LM026-CX12TDC 24VDC 8/4 trans. 1SVR 440 610 R 1200 1 0.2/0.44

LM041-CE18RDC 24VDC 12/6 relay 1SVR 440 620 R 5300 1 0.3/0.66

LM042-CXE18RDC 24VDC 12/6 relay 1SVR 440 620 R 5200 1 0.3/0.66

LM043-CE20TDC 24VDC 12/8 trans. 1SVR 440 620 R 6300 1 0.3/0.66

LM044-CXE20TDC 24VDC 12/8 trans. 1SVR 440 620 R 6200 1 0.3/0.66

Logic modules (AC power supply)AC power supply, AC inputs, relay outputs

Modules with 12 inputs can be expanded

LM001-12RAC AC 8/4 relay 1SVR 440 611 R 0100 1 0.2/0.44

LM002-C12RAC AC 8/4 relay 1SVR 440 611 R 0300 1 0.2/0.44

LM003-CX12RAC AC 8/4 relay 1SVR 440 611 R 0200 1 0.2/0.44

LM011-CE18RAC AC 12/6 relay 1SVR 440 621 R 5300 1 0.3/0.66

LM012-CXE18RAC AC 12/6 relay 1SVR 440 621 R 5200 1 0.3/0.66

Expansion modulesEach logic module with 12 inputs can be expanded by one expansion module, either locally or remotelyusing the coupler CI000.

Type Supply Connection Internal Order code Pack. Price Weightvoltage inputs/outputs unit 1 piece 1 piece

pieces kg/lb

DO001-EX02R none only local - / 2 relay 1SVR 440 600 R 5000 1 0.07/0.145

DX001-EX18RAC AC local/rem. 12 AC / 6 rel. 1SVR 440 621 R 0000 1 0.3/0.66

DX011-EX18RDC DC local/rem. 12 DC / 6 rel. 1SVR 440 620 R 0000 1 0.3/0.66

DX021-EX20TDC DC local/rem. 12 DC / 8 trans. 1SVR 440 620 R 1000 1 0.3/0.66

Logic moduleAC010Ordering details

• Technical data .......................................................................... 241 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................. 245

Page 242: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2402CDC110004C0202

8

Type Description Order code Pack. Priceunit 1 piece

pieces

CI000 Coupler for remote expansion 1SVR 440 600 R 0000 1up to 30 m, only for logic moduleswith 12 inputs

FD001 Device bases for screw mounting 1SVR 440 694 R 0000 1(9 pieces per package)

MD001 8 kB memory module for 12 I/O AC010 1SVR 440 691 R 0000 1

MD002 16 kB memory module for 18/20 I/O AC010 1SVR 440 691 R 1000 1

PS001 - SOFT AC010 programming system 1SVR 440 690 R 0000 1CD-ROM in various languages

SD001 Power supply unit, input voltage 115/230 V AC 1SVR 440 631 R 0100 1Output voltages 12 V DC / 0.02 A,24 V DC / 0.25 A

SD002 Power supply unit, input voltage 115/230 V AC , 1SVR 440 631 R 0000 1Output voltage 24 V DC / 1.25 A

TD001 Input/output simulator with 115/230 V AC 1SVR 440 693 R 0000 1power supply unit for LM0..- 12 DC

TK001 Connecting cable PC/AC010 1SVR 440 692 R 0000 1

TK011 Spare plug for connection 1SVR 440 692 R 1000 1Base device with expansion devices

Manual German 2CDC 126 009 M 0101 1English 2CDC 126 009 M 0201 1French 2CDC 126 009 M 0301 1

Spain 2CDC 126 009 M 0701 1Italian 2CDC 126 009 M 0901 1

LM021-12RDC x 8 4R 8 A x - -

LM022-C12RDC x 8 4R 8 A x x -

LM023-C12RDC12V x 8 4R 8 A x x -

LM024-CX12RDC x 8 4R 8 A - x -

LM025-C12TDC x 8 4T 0.5 A x x -

LM026-CX12TDC x 8 4T 0.5 A - x -

LM041-CE18RDC x 12 6R 8 A x x x x x x x x

LM042-CXE18RDC x 12 6R 8 A - x x x x x x

LM043-CE20TDC x 12 8T 0.5 A x x x x x x x x

LM044-CXE20TDC x 12 8T 0.5 A - x x x x x x

LM001-12RAC x 8 4R 8 A x - -

LM002-C12RAC x 8 4R 8 A x x -

LM003-CX12RAC x 8 4R 8 A - x -

LM011-CE18RAC x 12 6R 8 A x x x x x x x x

LM012-CXE18RAC x 12 6R 8 A - x x x x x x

115/

230

V A

C s

uppl

y

24 V

DC

sup

ply

12 V

DC

sup

ply

Inpu

ts

Out

puts

: R

=re

lay,

T=

Tra

nsi

sto

r

Con

t. cu

rren

t ou

tput

s

LC d

ispl

ay,

keyb

oard

Tex

t on

dis

play

Wee

kly

timer

Exp

anda

ble

with

mod

ules

liste

d in

the

nex

t co

lum

ns

DO

001-

EX

02R

(loca

l on

ly)

DX

001-

EX

18R

AC

DX

011-

EX

18R

DC

DX

021-

EX

20T

DC

Type

Logic module - AccessoriesAC010Ordering details, product overview

Product overview AC010

Accessories for logic modules AC010

Page 243: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2412CDC110004C0202

8

U[V]

5.0

9.9

5.0 9.90 1S

VC

110

000

F 0

553

Type LM0..-.12.DC LM0..-.18/20.DC, DX0..DC

Analog inputs

Number 2

Electrical isolation

- against power supply no

- against digital inputs no

- against outputs yes

Input type DC voltage

Signal range 0 to 10 V DC

Resolution, analog 0.1 V

Resolution, digital 0.1 V

Input impedance 11.2 kΩAccuracy- two "AC010" units ± 3 % from actual value

- within one unit ± 2 % from actual value (I7, I8), ± 0.12 V

Conversion time Input delay ON: 20 msanalog/digital Input delay OFF: Every cycle time

Input current < 1 mA

Line length (shielded) 30 m

Logic moduleAC010Technical data for digital/analog inputs

Type LM0..-.12.RDC 12V LM0..-.12.DC LM0..-.18/20.DC, LM0..-.12RAC LM0..-.18RAC, DX0..-AC

DX0..-.DC

Digital inputs DC 115/230 V AC

Number 8 8 12 8 12

2 inputs (I7, I8) can be used as analog inputs

State indication LCD, if available LCD, if available

Potential separation

- against voltage supply no no

- against each other no no

- against the outputs yes yes

Rated voltage Rated voltage L sinusoidal

Rated voltage 12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC

- in 0 state <4 V DC (I1 - I8) <5 V DC (I1 - I8) <5 V DC 0-40 V AC(I1- I12, R1-R12)

- in 1 state >8 V DC (I1 - I8) >8 V DC (I7, I8) >8 V DC (I7, I8) 79-264 V AC>15 V DC (I1 - I6) >15 V DC

(I1 - I6, I9 - I12,R1 - R12)

Rated frequency 50/60 HZ

Input current

- in 1 state 3.3 mA / 12 V DC 3.3 mA / 24 V DC 3.3 mA / 24 V DC 6 x 0.5 mA / 230 V AC 50 Hz 10(12) x 0.5 mA / 230 V AC 50 Hz(I1 - I6) (I1 - I6, R1 - R12) (I1 - I6, I9 - I12, 6 x 0.25 mA / 115 V AC 60 Hz 10(12) x 0.25 mA / 115 V AC 60 Hz

R1 - R12) R1 - R12, I1 - I16(AC010 also I9 - I12)

- I7, I8 1.1 mA / 12 V DC 2.2 mA / 24 V DC 2.2 mA / 24 V DC 2 x 6 mA / 230 V AC 50 Hz2 x 4 mA / 115 V AC 60 Hz

Switching delay from 0 to 1 and from 1 to 0 for I1 - I6, I9 - I12

Debounce ON 20 ms 80 ms (50 Hz),662/3 ms (60 Hz)

Debounce OFF typ. 0.3 ms (I1 - I6) typ. 0.25 ms (I1 - I12) 20 ms (50H z),162/3 ms (60 Hz)typ. 0.35 ms (I7, I8) (also for R1 - R12)

Switching delay from 1 to 0

Debounce ON 20 ms

Debounce OFF typ. 0.3 ms (I1 - I6) typ. 0.4 ms (I1 - I6) typ. 0.4 ms(for LM0..-.12.DC and typ. 0.35 ms (I7, I8) typ. 0.2 ms (I7, I8) (I1 - I6, I9 - I12)LM0..-.18/20 DC also R1 - R12) typ. 0.2ms (I7, I8)

Switching delay 17, 18 from 1 to 0

Debounce ON 160 ms (50 Hz), 150 ms (60 Hz) 80 ms (50 Hz), 662/3 ms (60 Hz)

Debounce OFF 100 ms (50/60 Hz) 20 ms (50 Hz), 162/3 ms (60 Hz)

Max. permitted line length(per input),line length (unshielded) 100 m

I1 - I6, R1 - R12 typ. 40 m(for AC010 also I9 - I12)

17, 18 typ. 100 m

Page 244: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2422CDC110004C0202

8

RL

Type LM0..-.12R. LM0..-.18R., DX0..-..R.Number 4 6

Output type relay

In groups of 1

Parallel connection of outputsto increase switching capacity not permitted

Fusing of an output relay Circuit breaker B16 or fuse 8A (slow-acting)

Electrical isolation against yesmains supply, inputs 300VAC (safe isolation)

600VAC (basic isolation)

Mechanical lifetime(operations) 10x106

Relay current pathsConventional thermal current 8 A (10A UL)

Recommended for load > 500 mA, 12 V AC/DC

Short-circuit proof cosϕ = 1 16 A, B characteristic (B16) at 600 A

Short-circuit proof cosϕ = 0.5 to 0.7 16 A, B characteristic (B16) at 900 A

Rated surge voltage resistance 6 kVVimp contact-coil

Rated insulation voltage Vi

Rated operating voltage Ve 250 V AC

Safe isolation acc. to EN 50178 300 V ACbetween coil and contact

Safe isolation acc. to EN 50178 300 V ACbetween two contacts

Switch-on capacityAC-15 250 V AC, 3 A (600 S/h) 300 000 operations

DC-13 L/R ≤ 150 ms 24 V DC, 200 000 operations1 A (500 S/h)

Switch-off capacityAC-15 250 V AC, 3 A (600 S/h) 300 000 operations

DC-13 L/R ≤ 150 ms 24 V DC, 200 000 operations1 A (500 S/h)

Incandescent lamp load 1000 W at 230/240 V AC / 25000 operations500 W at 115/120 V AC / 25000 operations

Fluorescent tube with electrical 10 x 58 W at 230/240 V AC / 25000 operat.ballast

Fluorescent tube, conventionally 1 x 58 W at 230/240 V AC / 25000 operationscompensated

Fluorescent tube, non-compensated 10 x 58 W at 230/240 V AC / 25000 operations

Relay switching frequencies

Mechanical operations 10 x 106

- mechanical switching frequency 10 Hz

- ohmic load / lamp load 2 Hz

- inductive load 0,5 Hz

UL/CSACont. current at 240 V AC / 24 V DC 10/8 A

AC Control Circuit Rating Codes B300 Light Pilot Duty(utilization category)Maximum rated operatingvoltage 300 V ACMax. thermal constant current 5 Acos ϕ = 1 at B300Max. make/brake 3600/360 VAapparent power cosϕ ≠1at B300

DC Control Circuit Rating Codes R300 Light Pilot Duty(utilization category)Maximum rated operating 300 V DCvoltageMax. thermal constant current 1 Aat R300Max. make/brake apparent power 28/28 VAat R300

Type LM0..-.12T. LM0..-.18/20., DX0..Number of outputs 4 8Output type solid-stateRated voltage Ve 24 V DCPermissible voltage range 20.4 to 28.8 V DC

Residual ripple ≤ 5 %Supply currentIn "0" state, typ. 9 mA, max.16 mA typ. 18 mA, max. 32 mAIn "1" state, typ. 12 mA, max. 22 mA typ. 24 mA, max. 44 mAReverse polarity protection Yes. Warning! In case of reverse polarity

of the input voltage, danger of shortcircuit if voltage is applied to the outputs.

Electrical isolation against the yesinputs and power supplyRated current Ie in "1" state max. 0.5 A DCLamp load 5 W without RV

Residual current in "0" state per channel < 0.1 mAMax. output voltageIn "0" state with ext. 2.5 Vload < 10 MΩIn "1" state, Ie = 0.5 A V = Ve - 1VShort-circuit protection yes, thermally (evaluation by means of

diagnosis input I16, I15; R15; R16)

Short-circuit tripping current 0.7 A ≤ Ie ≤ 2 A (depending on the numberfor Ra ≤10 mΩ of active channels and their rating)Max. total short-circuit current 8 A 16 APeak short-circuit current 16 A 32 AThermal switch-off yesMax. switching frequency at ohmic 40,000 (depending on software andload RL < 100 kΩ in operations per load)hourParallel connection of outputs Group 1: Group 1:at resistive load; Q1 to Q4 Q1 to Q4, S1 to S4inductive load with externalprotection circuitry Group 2:combination within one group Q5 to Q8, S5 to S8Max. number of outputs 4Maximum total current 2.0 A,

Warning! Outputs must be controlledsimultaneously and for the sameduration.

Indication of output states LCD display (if available)

Inductive load (without external protection circuit)

General notes:T 0.95 = time in msec., until 95 % of the stationary current is reached

T 0.95 ≈ 3 x T 0.65 = R 3 x

Utilization categories in groups ofQ1 to Q4Q5 to Q8S1 to S4S5 to S8T 0.95 = 1 ms Simultaneity factor g = 0.25R = 48Ω Rel. duty cycle 100 %L = 16 mH Max. switching frequency f = 0.5 Hz

Max. duty cycle on-time = 50 %=> Switching operations p. hour 1500

DC13 Simultaneity factor g = 0.25T 0.95 = 72 ms Rel. duty cycle 100 %R = 48 Ω Max. switching frequency f = 0.5 HzL = 1.15 H Max. duty cycle on-time = 50 %

=> Switching operations p. hour 1500Other inductive loads:T 0.95 = 15 ms Simultaneity factor g = 0.25R = 48 Ω Rel. duty cycle 100 %L = 0.24 H Max. switching frequency f = 0.5 Hz

Max. duty cycle on-time = 50 %=> Switching operations p. hour 1500

Inductive load with external RC circuit for each load

Simultaneity factor g = 1Rel. duty cycle 100 %Max. switching frequency depending on the type ofMax. duty cycle protection circuitry=> Switching operations p. hour

Relay outputs LM0..-12R., LM0..-.18R, DX0..-R. Transistor outputs LM0..-12T., LM0..-.18/20., DX0..

Logic moduleAC010Technical data for relay and transistor outputs

Page 245: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2432CDC110004C0202

8

Type LM0..-.12RAC LM0..-.18/20RAC, DX0..-ACRated value 115/120/230/240 V AC 100/110/115/120/230/240 V AC(sinusoidal)Operating range +10/–15 % +10/–15 %

90 up to 264 V AC 85 up to 264 V ACFrequency, rated value, 50/60 Hz, ± 5 %toleranceInput current consumptionat 115/120 V AC 60 Hz typ. 40 mA typ. 70 mAat 230/240 V AC 50 Hz typ. 20 mA typ. 35 mAVoltage dips 20 ms, IEC/EN 61 131-2Power dissipationat 115/120 V AC typ. 5 VA typ. 10 VAat 230/240 V AC typ. 5 VA typ. 10 VA

Typ LM0..-.12DC 12V LM0..-.12 DC LM0..-.18RDCLM0..-.20TDC,DX0..-DC

Rated voltageNominal value 12 V DC, 24 V DC, +20 %, –15 %

+30 %, –15 %

Permitted range 10.2 to 15.6VDC 20.4 to 28.8 20.4 to 28.8

Residual ripple ± 5 % ≤ 5 % ≤ 5 %Input current at 24 V DC typ. 140 mA typ. 80 mA typ. 140 mA(for LM023... 12 V DC)Voltage dips 10 ms, IEC/EN 61 131-2Power dissipation at 24 V DC typ. 2 W typ. 2 W typ. 3.5 W(for LM023... 12 V DC)

Number Duration in µs SumBasic clock 1 210Refresh 1 3500Contacts and bridged contact 20fieldsCoils 20Current paths from the first 50to the last, also blank pathsin betweenConnector (nur , , ) 20Timing relays (see below) –Counters (see below) –Analog quantity processor(see below) –Sum

Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8Timing relays in µs 20 40 80 120 160 200 240 280Counters in µs 20 50 90 130 170 210 260 310Analog value comparator in µs 80 100 120 140 160 180 220 260

Number Duration in µs SumBasic clock 1 520Refresh 5700Contacts and bridged contact 40fieldsCoils 20Current paths from the first 70to the last, also blank pathsin betweenConnector (only , , ) 40Timing relays (see below) –Counters (see below) –Analog quantity processor –(see below)Sum

Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8Timing relays in µs 40 120 160 220 300 370 440 540Counters in µs 40 100 160 230 300 380 460 560Analog value comparator in µs 120 180 220 260 300 360 420 500

Cycle time determination LM0..-12 Cycle time determination LM0..-18/20

List of duration values for the processing of function relays

Power supply LM0..-12RAC,LM0..-.18/20RAC, DX0..-AC

Power supply LM0..-12DC 12V,LM0..-.18/20RDC, DX0..-AC

Logic moduleAC010Technical data for power supply, cycle time determination

Page 246: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2442CDC110004C0202

8

Climatic ambient conditions(cold acc. to IEC 60 068-2-1, heat acc. to IEC 60 068-2-2)Operating ambient temperature –25 to 55 °C, –13 to 131 °Fhorizontal/vertical installation

Moisture condensation prevent moisture condensation through suitable measuresLCD display (100% readable) 0 to 55 °C, 32 to 131 °FStorage/shipping temperature –40 to +70 °C, –40 to 158 °FRelative air humidity (IEC 60 068-2-30) 5 to 95 %, non-condensatingAir pressure (operation) 795 to 1080 hPaCorrosion resistanceIEC 60 068-2-42 SO2 10 cm³ /m³ , 4 daysIEC 60 068-2-43 H2 S 1 cm³ /m³ , 4 days

Mechanical ambient conditionsPollution degree 2Degree of protection (EN 50 178, IEC 60 529, VBG4) IP 20Vibrations (IEC 60 068-2-6) 10 to 57 Hz (constant magnitude 0.15 mm)

57 to 150 Hz (constant acceleration 2 g)Shocks (IEC 60 068-2-27) 18 shocks

(half-sinusoidal 15 g / 11 ms)Dropping (IEC 60 068-2-31) dropping height 50 mmFree fall, packed (IEC 60 068-2-32) 1 m

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)Electrostatic discharge (ESD), 8 kV air discharge,(IEC/EN 61 000-4-2, severity class 3) 6 kV air discharge,Electromagnetic fields (RFI), (IEC/EN 61 000-4-3) 10 V/m field strengthRFI suppression (EN 55 011, EN 55 022) class BBurst pulses (IEC/EN 61 000-4-4, severity class 3) 2 kV supply lines,

2 kV signal linesHigh-energy pulses (surge) "AC010"-AC 2 kV symmetrical supply line(IEC/EN 61 000-4-5)High-energy pulses (surge) "AC010"-DC 0.5 kV symmetrical supply line(IEC/EN 61 000-4-5, severity class 2)Inflow (IEC/EN 61 000-4-6) 10 V

Insulation strengthRating of the clearance/creepage distances EN 50 178, UL 508, CSA C22.2, No 142Insulation strength EN 50 178

Tool and conductor cross-sectionsSolid wire min. 0.2 mm2 , max. 4 mm2 /AWG: 22 -12Stranded wire with wire end ferrule min. 0.2 mm2 , max. 2.5 mm2 /

AWG: 22 -12factory wiring: up to AWG 30

Flat-bladed screwdriver width 3.5 x 0.8 mm, 0.14 x 0.03 "Tightening torque 0.6 Nm

Buffering/precision of the real-time clock (only for "AC010"-C)Clock buffer- at 25 °C / 77 °F typ. 64 h- at 40 °C / 104 °F typ. 24 hAccuracy of the real-time clock typ. ± 5 s/day, ~ ± 0,5 h/year

Repeat accuracy of timing relaysAccuracy of timing relays ±1 % of the set valueResolution"s" range 10 ms"M:S" range 1 s"H:M" range 1 min.

Remanence memoryRemanence memory writing cycles ≥ 100 000

Current paths (basic devices)LM0..-.12.. 41LM0..-.18/20.. 121

Logic moduleAC010General technical data

Page 247: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2452CDC110004C0202

8

47.5

56.5

58

45

4.5

11010

2

90

7.5

M4

7.5

35.5

10.75 50

M4

35.75

71.5

90 102

110

47.5

56.5

58

45

4.5

90 102

110

M4

107.5

75 16.2516.25

47.5

56.5

58

45

4.5

CI000 LM0..-.12...

LM0..-.18/20..., DX0...,

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

055

9

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

056

0

1SV

C 1

10 0

00 F

056

1

General data for logic modules AC010

CI000 LM0..-.12. LM0..-.18/20, DX0...

Dimensions W x H x D

[mm] 35.5 x 90 x 53 71.5 x 90 x 53 107.5 x 90 x 53

[inches] 1.4 x 3.54 x 2.08 2.81 x 3.54 x 2.08 4.23 x 3.54 x 2.08

Spacing units (SU) 2 SU wide 4 SU wide 6 SU wide

Weight

[g] 70 200 300

[lb] 0.154 0.441 0.661

Mounting top-hat rail DIN 50 022, 35 mm or screw mounting with 3 device basesFD001 (accessories); for CI000 only two device bases are required.

mm inches mm inches

4.5 0.177 56.5 2.22

7.5 0.295 58 2.28

10.75 4.23 71.5 2.81

16.25 0.64 75 2.95

35.5 1.4 90 3.54

35.75 1.41 102 4.01

45 1.77 107.5 4.23

47.5 1.87 110 4.33

50 1.97

Dimensional drawings

mm-inch conversion table

Logic moduleAC010General technical data, dimensional drawings

Dimensions in mm

Page 248: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2462CDC110004C0202

8

Notes

Page 249: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2472CDC110004C0202

9

Index

Content

Alphanumerical index ..................................................................................................... 248

Numerical index ................................................................................................................ 252

Page 250: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2482CDC110004C0202

9

Alphanumerical index

Type Order code Page Type Order code Page Type Order code Page

11 E2 405 661 00 19322 E2 405 651 00 191,19241 E2 405 662 00 19342 E2 405 652 00 191,19261 E2 405 664 00 19362 E2 405 654 00 191,19271 E2 405 666 00 19372 E2 405 656 00 191,19281 E2 405 666 20 19382 E2 405 656 20 191,19291 E2 405 664 01 19392 E2 405 654 01 191,19241V E2 405 662 10 19342V E2 405 652 10 191,19251B E2 405 663 00 19351C E2 405 663 10 19352B E2 405 653 00 191,19252C E2 405 653 10 191,19261C E2 405 665 00 19361CV E2 405 665 10 19361V E2 405 664 10 19362C E2 405 655 00 191,19262CV E2 405 655 10 191,19262V E2 405 654 10 191,19271A E2 405 666 10 19372A E2 405 656 10 191,19291C E2 405 665 01 19391CV E2 405 665 11 19391V E2 405 664 11 19392C E2 405 655 01 191,19292CV E2 405 655 11 191,19292V E2 405 654 11 191,192AC010 Manual english 2CDC 126 009 M 0201 240AC010 Manual french 2CDC 126 009 M 0301 240AC010 Manual german 2CDC 126 009 M 0101 240AC010 Manual italian 2CDC 126 009 M 0901 240AC010 Manual spanish 2CDC 126 009 M 0701 240AD2,5 1SNA 114 205 R2000 202Adapter for screw mounting 1SVR 440 029 R0100 109AL2 1SNA 163 070 R0000 202AL3 1SNA 163 261 R0000 202Apapter for screw mounting 1SVR 430 029 R0100 34,109BADH 1SNA 116 900 R2700 201BADL V0 1SNA 399 903 R0200 207BAM 1SNA 103 002 R2600 207BAM V0 1SNA 399 306 R0300 207BAMH 1SNA 114 836 R0000 201BAMH V0 1SNA 194 836 R0100 201BJS9 1SNA 177 583 R1200 202BJS9 1SNA 177 584 R1300 202BMNS A24V-4 1SNA 031 839 R1300 215BNMS P24V-1 1SNA 031 815 R0300 214BNMS P24V-2 1SNA 031 819 R1700 213BNMS P24V-3 1SNA 031 810 R1200 212BNMS P48V-3 1SNA 031 811 R0700 212BNMS P5V-1 1SNA 031 814 R0200 214BNMS P5V-2 1SNA 031 818 R1600 213BNMS P5V-3 1SNA 031 809 R2600 212BNMS R24V-1 1SNA 031 820 R1400 201BNMS T115V-1 1SNA 031 804 R1100 211BNMS T230V-1 1SNA 031 805 R1200 211BNMS T24V-1 1SNA 031 800 R2100 208BNMS T24V-1 1SNA 031 802 R1700 208BNMS T48V-1 1SNA 031 801 R1600 208BNMS T48V-1 1SNA 031 803 R1000 208C011-100 GHC0 110 003 R0004 78C011-110 GHC0 110 003 R0005 78C011-120 GHC0 110 003 R0006 78C011-130 GHC0 110 003 R0007 78C011-140 GHC0 110 003 R0011 78C011-150 GHC0 110 003 R0008 78C011-160 GHC0 110 003 R0009 78C011-170 GHC0 110 003 R0010 78C011-3-150 GHC0 110 033 R0008 78C011-70 GHC0 110 003 R0001 78C011-80 GHC0 110 003 R0002 78C011-90 GHC0 110 003 R0003 78C510.01-24 1SAR 700 001 R0005 83

C510.01-K 1SAR 700 001 R0006 83C510.02-24 1SAR 700 002 R0005 83C510.02-K 1SAR 700 002 R0006 83C510.03-24 1SAR 700 003 R0005 83C510.03-K 1SAR 700 003 R0006 83C510.11-24 1SAR 700 004 R0005 83C510.11-K 1SAR 700 004 R0006 83C510.12-24 1SAR 700 005 R0005 83C510.12-K 1SAR 700 005 R0006 83C510.13-24 1SAR 700 006 R0005 83C510.13-K 1SAR 700 006 R0006 83C511.01-24 1SAR 700 011 R0005 83C511.01-W 1SAR 700 011 R0010 83C511.02-24 1SAR 700 012 R0005 83C511.02-W 1SAR 700 012 R0010 83C511.03-24 1SAR 700 013 R0005 83C511.03-W 1SAR 700 013 R0010 83C511.11-24 1SAR 700 014 R0005 83C511.11-W 1SAR 700 014 R0010 83C511.12-24 1SAR 700 015 R0005 83C511.12-W 1SAR 700 015 R0010 83C511.13-24 1SAR 700 016 R0005 83C511.13-W 1SAR 700 016 R0010 83C512-24 1SAR 700 100 R0005 83C512-D 1SAR 700 101 R0100 83C512-E 1SAR 700 102 R0100 83C512-W 1SAR 700 100 R0010 83C513-D 1SAR 700 111 R0100 83C513-E 1SAR 700 112 R0100 83C513-W 1SAR 700 110 R0010 83C558.01 1SAR 470 020 R0004 63C558.01 1SAR 470 020 R0005 63C558.02 1SAR 471 020 R0004 64C558.02 1SAR 471 020 R0005 64C558.03 1SAR 472 020 R0004 65C558.03 1SAR 472 020 R0005 65C558.10 1SAR 477 000 R0100 64C558.10 1SAR 477 000 R0100 65C560.10 1SAR 390 000 R1000 128C560.20 1SAR 390 000 R2000 128C571 1SAR 501 020 R0001 118C571 1SAR 501 020 R0003 118C571-AC 1SAR 501 020 R0004 118C571-AC 1SAR 501 020 R0005 118C572 1SAR 501 032 R0002 121C572 1SAR 501 032 R0003 121C572 1SAR 501 032 R0004 121C572 1SAR 501 032 R0005 121C573 1SAR 501 031 R0001 119C574 1SAR 503 041 R0002 122C574 1SAR 503 041 R0003 122C574 1SAR 503 041 R0004 122C574 1SAR 503 041 R0005 122C574 1SAR 503 141 R0002 122C574 1SAR 503 141 R0003 122C574 1SAR 503 141 R0004 122C574 1SAR 503 141 R0005 122C574 1SAR 533 141 R0002 122C574 1SAR 533 141 R0003 122C574 1SAR 533 141 R0004 122C574 1SAR 533 141 R0005 122C574 1SAR 533 241 R0002 122C574 1SAR 533 241 R0003 122C574 1SAR 533 241 R0004 122C574 1SAR 533 241 R0005 122C575 1SAR 504 022 R0002 123C575 1SAR 504 022 R0003 123C575 1SAR 504 022 R0004 123C575 1SAR 504 022 R0005 123C576 1SAR 501 120 R0001 120C577 1SAR 501 220 R0001 120C579 1SAR 502 040 R0001 124C579-AC 1SAR 502 040 R0004 124C579-AC 1SAR 502 040 R0005 124C6700 1SAR 510 120 R0003 125C6701 1SAR 511 320 R0003 126C6702 1SAR 513 320 R0003 127C6702 1SAR 543 320 R0003 127

CC-E /I 1SVR 011 708 R0400 164CC-E I/I 1SVR 011 714 R1100 155CC-E I/I 1SVR 011 715 R1200 155CC-E I/I 1SVR 011 717 R1400 155CC-E I/I 1SVR 011 718 R2500 155CC-E I/I 1SVR 011 724 R1300 155CC-E I/I 1SVR 011 725 R1400 155CC-E I/I 1SVR 011 727 R1600 155CC-E I/I 1SVR 011 728 R2700 155CC-E I/V 1SVR 011 713 R1000 155CC-E I/V 1SVR 011 716 R1300 155CC-E I/V 1SVR 011 723 R1200 155CC-E I/V 1SVR 011 726 R1500 155CC-E IAC/I 1SVR 011 771 R2200 164CC-E IAC/I 1SVR 011 772 R2300 164CC-E IAC/I 1SVR 011 781 R0600 164CC-E IAC/I 1SVR 011 782 R0700 164CC-E IAC/V 1SVR 011 770 R0500 164CC-E IAC/V 1SVR 011 780 R1100 164CC-E IDC/I 1SVR 011 774 R2500 164CC-E IDC/I 1SVR 011 775 R2600 164CC-E IDC/I 1SVR 011 784 R0100 164CC-E IDC/I 1SVR 011 785 R1100 164CC-E IDC/V 1SVR 011 773 R2400 164CC-E IDC/V 1SVR 011 783 R0000 164CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 731 R1200 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 732 R1300 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 734 R1500 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 735 R1600 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 737 R1000 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 738 R2100 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 740 R0700 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 741 R2400 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 789 R2500 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 790 R2200 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 792 R1000 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 793 R1100 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 795 R1300 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 796 R1400 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 798 R2600 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 799 R2700 158CC-E RTD/V 1SVR 011 730 R2500 158CC-E RTD/V 1SVR 011 733 R1400 158CC-E RTD/V 1SVR 011 736 R1700 158CC-E RTD/V 1SVR 011 739 R2200 158CC-E RTD/V 1SVR 011 788 R2400 158CC-E RTD/V 1SVR 011 791 R1700 158CC-E RTD/V 1SVR 011 794 R1200 158CC-E RTD/V 1SVR 011 797 R1500 158CC-E TC/I 1SVR 011 751 R2600 161CC-E TC/I 1SVR 011 752 R2700 161CC-E TC/I 1SVR 011 754 R2100 161CC-E TC/I 1SVR 011 755 R2200 161CC-E TC/I 1SVR 011 761 R2000 161CC-E TC/I 1SVR 011 762 R2100 161CC-E TC/I 1SVR 011 764 R2300 161CC-E TC/I 1SVR 011 765 R2400 161CC-E TC/V 1SVR 011 750 R0100 161CC-E TC/V 1SVR 011 753 R2000 161CC-E TC/V 1SVR 011 760 R0300 161CC-E TC/V 1SVR 011 763 R2200 161CC-E V/I 1SVR 011 711 R1600 155CC-E V/I 1SVR 011 712 R1700 155CC-E V/I 1SVR 011 721 R1000 155CC-E V/I 1SVR 011 722 R1100 155CC-E V/V 1SVR 011 710 R2100 155CC-E V/V 1SVR 011 719 R2600 155CC-E V/V 1SVR 011 720 R2300 155CC-E V/V 1SVR 011 729 R2000 155CC-E/I 1SVR 011 703 R2700 164CC-E/RTD 1SVR 011 701 R2500 158CC-E/RTD 1SVR 011 706 R2200 158CC-E/STD 1SVR 011 700 R0000 155CC-E/STD 1SVR 011 705 R2100 155CC-E/TC 1SVR 011 702 R2600 161CC-E/TC 1SVR 011 707 R2300 161CC-EIAC/ILPO 1SVR 010 203 R0500 164CC-U/I 1SVR 040 006 R0100 165

Page 251: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2492CDC110004C0202

9

CC-U/I 1SVR 040 007 R0200 165CC-U/RTD 1SVR 040 002 R0500 159CC-U/RTD 1SVR 040 003 R0600 159CC-U/RTDR 1SVR 040 012 R2600 160CC-U/RTDR 1SVR 040 013 R2700 160CC-U/STD 1SVR 040 000 R1700 156CC-U/STD 1SVR 040 001 R0400 156CC-U/STDR 1SVR 040 010 R0000 157CC-U/STDR 1SVR 040 011 R2500 157CC-U/TC 1SVR 040 004 R0700 162CC-U/TC 1SVR 040 005 R0000 162CC-U/TCR 1SVR 040 014 R2000 163CC-U/TCR 1SVR 040 015 R2100 163CC-U/V 1SVR 040 008 R1300 166CC-U/V 1SVR 040 009 R1400 166CI000 1SVR 440 600 R0000 240CM-AH-3 1SVR 450 056 R7000 93CM-ASN 1SVR 450 320 R0200 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 320 R0500 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 320 R0700 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 321 R0200 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 321 R0500 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 321 R0700 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 322 R0200 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 322 R0500 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 322 R0700 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 421 R0200 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 422 R0500 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 423 R0600 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 424 R0700 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 426 R0800 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 932 R0100 53CM-ASS 1SVR 430 864 R1100 53CM-ASS 1SVR 430 864 R3100 53CM-ASS 1SVR 430 865 R1100 53CM-ASS 1SVR 430 865 R3100 53CM-EFN 1SVR 450 200 R1100 45CM-EFN 1SVR 450 201 R1200 45CM-ENE MAX 1SVR 550 850 R9400 88CM-ENE MAX 1SVR 550 851 R9400 88CM-ENE MAX 1SVR 550 855 R9400 88CM-ENE MIN 1SVR 550 850 R9500 88CM-ENE MIN 1SVR 550 851 R9500 88CM-ENE MIN 1SVR 550 855 R9500 88CM-ENN 1SVR 450 050 R0000 91CM-ENN 1SVR 450 051 R0000 91CM-ENN 1SVR 450 052 R0000 91CM-ENN 1SVR 450 055 R0000 91CM-ENN 1SVR 450 059 R0000 91CM-ENN UP/DOWN 1SVR 450 050 R0100 92CM-ENN UP/DOWN 1SVR 450 051 R0100 92CM-ENN UP/DOWN 1SVR 450 052 R0100 92CM-ENN UP/DOWN 1SVR 450 059 R0100 92CM-ENS 1SVR 430 851 R0100 89CM-ENS 1SVR 430 851 R1100 89CM-ENS 1SVR 430 851 R1300 89CM-ENS 1SVR 430 851 R2100 89CM-ENS 1SVR 430 851 R9100 89CM-ENS UP/DOWN 1SVR 430 851 R0200 90CM-ENS UP/DOWN 1SVR 430 851 R1200 90CM-ENS UP/DOWN 1SVR 430 851 R9200 90CM-ESN 1SVR 450 210 R0000 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 210 R0100 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 210 R0200 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 211 R0000 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 211 R0100 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 211 R0200 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 215 R0000 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 215 R0100 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 215 R0200 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 220 R0000 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 220 R0100 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 220 R0200 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 221 R0000 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 221 R0100 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 221 R0200 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 225 R0000 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 225 R0100 44

Type Order code Page Type Order code Page Type Order code Page

Alphanumerical index

CM-ESN 1SVR 450 225 R0200 44CM-ESS 1SVR 430 831 R0000 43CM-ESS 1SVR 430 831 R0100 43CM-ESS 1SVR 430 831 R0200 43CM-ESS 1SVR 430 831 R1000 43CM-ESS 1SVR 430 831 R1100 43CM-ESS 1SVR 430 831 R1200 43CM-ESS 1SVR 430 831 R9000 43CM-ESS 1SVR 430 831 R9100 43CM-ESS 1SVR 430 831 R9200 43CM-GM-1 1SVR 450 056 R8000 93CM-IWN-AC 1SVR 450 071 R0000 61CM-IWN-AC 1SVR 450 075 R0000 61CM-IWN-DC 1SVR 450 065 R0000 62CM-KH-3 1SVR 450 056 R6000 93CM-KRN 1SVR 450 080 R0000 98CM-KRN 1SVR 450 081 R0000 98CM-KRN 1SVR 450 082 R0000 98CM-KRN 1SVR 450 089 R0000 98CM-KRN 1SVR 450 090 R0000 98CM-KRN 1SVR 450 091 R0000 98CM-KRN 1SVR 450 099 R0000 98CM-LWN 1SVR 450 330 R0000 71CM-LWN 1SVR 450 330 R0100 71CM-LWN 1SVR 450 331 R0000 71CM-LWN 1SVR 450 331 R0100 71CM-LWN 1SVR 450 332 R0000 71CM-LWN 1SVR 450 332 R0100 71CM-LWN 1SVR 450 334 R0000 71CM-LWN 1SVR 450 334 R0100 71CM-LWN 1SVR 450 335 R0000 71CM-LWN 1SVR 450 335 R0100 71CM-MPS 1SVR 430 884 R1300 54CM-MPS 1SVR 430 884 R3300 54CM-MPS 1SVR 430 885 R1300 54CM-MPS 1SVR 430 885 R3300 54CM-MSE 1SVR 550 800 R9300 75CM-MSE 1SVR 550 801 R9300 75CM-MSE 1SVR 550 805 R9300 75CM-MSN 1SVR 450 025 R0100 77CM-MSS 1SVR 430 710 R0200 76CM-MSS 1SVR 430 710 R9300 75CM-MSS 1SVR 430 711 R0300 75CM-MSS 1SVR 430 711 R1300 75CM-MSS 1SVR 430 711 R2300 75CM-MSS 1SVR 430 720 R0300 76CM-MSS 1SVR 430 720 R0400 76CM-MSS 1SVR 430 720 R0500 77CM-MSS 1SVR 430 800 R9100 75CM-MSS 1SVR 430 801 R1100 75CM-MSS 1SVR 430 810 R9300 75CM-MSS 1SVR 430 811 R0300 75CM-MSS 1SVR 430 811 R1300 75CM-MSS 1SVR 430 811 R9300 75CM-PBE 1SVR 550 881 R9400 50CM-PBE 1SVR 550 882 R9500 50CM-PFE 1SVR 550 824 R9100 51CM-PFN 1SVR 450 311 R0400 52CM-PFN 1SVR 450 311 R0500 52CM-PFN 1SVR 450 312 R0400 52CM-PFN 1SVR 450 312 R0500 52CM-PFS 1SVR 430 824 R9300 51CM-PVE 1SVR 550 870 R9400 50CM-PVE 1SVR 550 871 R9500 50CM-PVN 1SVR 450 300 R1200 52CM-PVN 1SVR 450 300 R1500 52CM-PVN 1SVR 450 300 R1700 52CM-PVN 1SVR 450 301 R1200 52CM-PVN 1SVR 450 301 R1500 52CM-PVN 1SVR 450 302 R1500 52CM-PVN 1SVR 450 302 R1700 52CM-SIS 1SVR 430 500 R2300 99CM-SRN 1SVR 450 110 R0000 42CM-SRN 1SVR 450 110 R0100 42CM-SRN 1SVR 450 111 R0000 42CM-SRN 1SVR 450 111 R0100 42CM-SRN 1SVR 450 115 R0000 42CM-SRN 1SVR 450 115 R0100 42

CM-SRN 1SVR 450 120 R0000 42CM-SRN 1SVR 450 120 R0100 42CM-SRN 1SVR 450 121 R0000 42CM-SRN 1SVR 450 121 R0100 42CM-SRN 1SVR 450 125 R0000 42CM-SRN 1SVR 450 125 R0100 42CM-SRS 1SVR 430 841 R0100 42CM-SRS 1SVR 430 841 R1100 42CM-SRS 1SVR 430 841 R9100 42CM-WDS 1SVR 430 896 R0000 104CP-12/2.0 1SVR 423 418 R1000 138CP-12/2.0adj 1SVR 423 418 R1100 139CP-24/0.3 1SVR 423 418 R2000 138CP-24/0.5 1SVR 423 414 R0000 138CP-24/1.0 1SVR 423 418 R0000 138CP-24/1.5adj 1SVR 423 418 R5000 139CP-24/10adj 1SVR 423 415 R0000 139CP-24/2.0 1SVR 423 417 R0000 138CP-24/2.0 1SVR 423 417 R1000 138CP-24/2.0adj 1SVR 423 417 R1100 139CP-24/20adj 1SVR 423 415 R1000 139CP-24/4.2 1SVR 423 416 R1000 138CP-24/5.0 1SVR 423 416 R0000 138CP-24/5.0adj 1SVR 423 416 R0100 139CP-48/0.7 1SVR 423 418 R6000 138CP-5/3.0 1SVR 423 418 R3000 138CP-6/3.0 1SVR 423 418 R4000 138CP-L12/0.5 1SVR 419 501 R1000 140CP-L12/0.5 1SVR 419 501 R1100 140CP-L12/1.0 1SVR 419 501 R3000 140CP-L12/1.0 1SVR 419 501 R3100 140CP-L15/0.5 1SVR 419 502 R1000 140CP-L15/0.5 1SVR 419 502 R1100 140CP-L15/1.0 1SVR 419 502 R3000 140CP-L15/1.0 1SVR 419 502 R3100 140CP-L24/0.25 1SVR 419 503 R0000 140CP-L24/0.25 1SVR 419 503 R0100 140CP-L24/0.75 1SVR 419 503 R2000 140CP-L24/0.75 1SVR 419 503 R2100 140CP-L5/1.0 1SVR 419 500 R3000 140CP-L5/1.0 1SVR 419 500 R3100 140CP-LW12/0.5 1SVR 419 511 R1000 140CP-LW12/0.5 1SVR 419 511 R1100 140CP-LW12/1.0 1SVR 419 512 R1000 140CP-LW12/1.0 1SVR 419 512 R1100 140CP-RUD 1SVR 423 418 R9000 139CT-AHD 1SVR 500 110 R0000 14CT-AHE 1SVR 550 110 R1100 12CT-AHE 1SVR 550 110 R2100 12CT-AHE 1SVR 550 110 R4100 12CT-AHE 1SVR 550 111 R1100 12CT-AHE 1SVR 550 111 R2100 12CT-AHE 1SVR 550 111 R4100 12CT-AHE 1SVR 550 118 R1100 12CT-AHE 1SVR 550 118 R2100 12CT-AHE 1SVR 550 118 R4100 12CT-AHS 1SVR 430 113 R0100 10CT-AHS 1SVR 430 113 R0200 10CT-AKE 1SVR 550 519 R1000 13CT-AKE 1SVR 550 519 R2000 13CT-AKE 1SVR 550 519 R4000 13CT-APS 1SVR 430 183 R0300 10CT-ARE 1SVR 550 120 R1100 12CT-ARE 1SVR 550 120 R4100 12CT-ARE 1SVR 550 127 R1100 12CT-ARE 1SVR 550 127 R4100 12CT-ARS 1SVR 430 120 R0100 10CT-ARS 1SVR 430 120 R0300 10CT-AWE 1SVR 550 140 R1100 12CT-AWE 1SVR 550 140 R2100 12CT-AWE 1SVR 550 140 R4100 12CT-AWE 1SVR 550 141 R1100 12CT-AWE 1SVR 550 141 R2100 12CT-AWE 1SVR 550 141 R4100 12CT-AWE 1SVR 550 148 R1100 12CT-AWE 1SVR 550 148 R2100 12CT-AWE 1SVR 550 148 R4100 12CT-AWE 1SVR 550 150 R3100 12

Page 252: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2502CDC110004C0202

9

Type Order code Page Type Order code Page Type Order code Page

Alphanumerical index

CT-AWE 1SVR 550 151 R3100 12CT-AWE 1SVR 550 158 R3100 12CT-AWS 1SVR 430 143 R0100 11CT-AWS 1SVR 430 143 R0200 11CT-EAS 1SVR 430 173 R0100 11CT-EAS 1SVR 430 173 R0200 11CT-EBD 1SVR 500 150 R0000 14CT-EBE 1SVR 550 160 R1100 13CT-EBE 1SVR 550 167 R1100 13CT-EBS 1SVR 430 152 R0100 11CT-EBS 1SVR 430 153 R0200 11CT-EKE 1SVR 550 509 R1000 13CT-EKE 1SVR 550 509 R2000 13CT-EKE 1SVR 550 509 R4000 13CT-ERD 1SVR 500 100 R0000 14CT-ERE 1SVR 550 100 R1100 12CT-ERE 1SVR 550 100 R2100 12CT-ERE 1SVR 550 100 R4100 12CT-ERE 1SVR 550 100 R5100 12CT-ERE 1SVR 550 107 R1100 12CT-ERE 1SVR 550 107 R2100 12CT-ERE 1SVR 550 107 R4100 12CT-ERE 1SVR 550 107 R5100 12CT-ERS 1SVR 430 100 R1100 10CT-ERS 1SVR 430 100 R1200 10CT-ERS 1SVR 430 101 R2100 10CT-ERS 1SVR 430 101 R2200 10CT-ERS 1SVR 430 102 R0100 10CT-ERS 1SVR 430 103 R0100 10CT-ERS 1SVR 430 103 R0200 10CT-EVS 1SVR 430 193 R0100 11CT-IRE 1SVR 550 221 R9100 13CT-IRE 1SVR 550 228 R9100 13CT-IRE 1SVR 550 231 R9100 13CT-IRE 1SVR 550 238 R9100 13CT-IRS 1SVR 430 220 R8100 11CT-IRS 1SVR 430 220 R8300 11CT-IRS 1SVR 430 220 R8400 11CT-IRS 1SVR 430 220 R9100 11CT-IRS 1SVR 430 220 R9300 11CT-IRS 1SVR 430 220 R9400 11CT-IRS 1SVR 430 221 R1400 11CT-IRS 1SVR 430 221 R7100 11CT-IRS 1SVR 430 221 R7300 11CT-IRS 1SVR 430 230 R9300 11CT-IRS 1SVR 430 231 R7300 11CT-MBS 1SVR 430 010 R1100 10CT-MBS 1SVR 430 010 R1200 10CT-MBS 1SVR 430 011 R2100 10CT-MBS 1SVR 430 011 R2200 10CT-MBS 1SVR 430 012 R0200 10CT-MBS 1SVR 430 013 R0100 10CT-MFD 1SVR 500 020 R0000 14CT-MFE 1SVR 550 029 R8100 12CT-MFS 1SVR 430 010 R0200 10CT-MKE 1SVR 550 019 R0000 13CT-MVS 1SVR 430 023 R0200 10CT-PGS 1SVR 430 253 R0100 11CT-S Remote potentiometer 1SVR 214 017 R0900 34CT-SDE 1SVR 550 210 R4100 13CT-SDE 1SVR 550 211 R4100 13CT-SDE 1SVR 550 217 R4100 13CT-TGD 1SVR 500 160 R0000 14CT-TGS 1SVR 430 163 R0100 11CT-VBS 1SVR 430 261 R5000 11CT-VBS 1SVR 430 261 R6000 11CT-VWD 1SVR 500 130 R0000 14CT-VWE 1SVR 550 130 R1100 12CT-VWE 1SVR 550 130 R2100 12CT-VWE 1SVR 550 130 R4100 12CT-VWE 1SVR 550 137 R1100 12CT-VWE 1SVR 550 137 R2100 12CT-VWE 1SVR 550 137 R4100 12CT-VWS 1SVR 430 132 R0100 11CT-VWS 1SVR 430 133 R0200 11CT-YDAV 1SVR 430 201 R2300 11CT-YDAV 1SVR 430 203 R0200 11CT-YDE 1SVR 550 200 R1100 13

CT-YDE 1SVR 550 200 R2100 13CT-YDE 1SVR 550 200 R4100 13CT-YDE 1SVR 550 207 R1100 13CT-YDE 1SVR 550 207 R2100 13CT-YDE 1SVR 550 207 R4100 13CT-YDEW 1SVR 430 213 R0200 11Current transformer E4 450 116 10 48Current transformer E4 450 116 11 48Current transformer E4 450 116 12 48Current transformer E4 450 116 13 48Current transformer E4 450 116 14 48Current transformer E4 450 116 50 48Current transformer E4 450 116 51 48Current transformer E4 450 116 52 48Current transformer E4 450 116 53 48Current transformer E4 450 116 54 48Current transformer E4 450 117 10 48Current transformer E4 450 117 11 48Current transformer E4 450 117 12 48Current transformer E4 450 117 13 48Current transformer E4 450 117 14 48Current transformer E4 450 117 50 48Current transformer E4 450 117 51 48Current transformer E4 450 117 52 48Current transformer E4 450 117 53 48Current transformer E4 450 117 54 48D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 1SNA 607 212 R0500 208D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 1SNA 607 213 R0600 208D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 1SNA 607 214 R0700 208D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 1SNA 607 215 R0800 208D 2,5/5-OBIC-0030 1SNA 607 210 R1700 208D 2,5/5-OBIC-0030 1SNA 607 211 R0400 208D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 1SNA 607 238 R1700 215D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 1SNA 607 240 R2500 215D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 1SNA 607 241 R1200 215D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 1SNA 607 268 R2500 215D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 1SNA 607 269 R2600 215D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 1SNA 607 203 R1500 212D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 1SNA 607 204 R1600 212D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 1SNA 607 205 R1700 212D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 1SNA 607 206 R1000 213D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 1SNA 607 207 R1100 213D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 1SNA 607 250 R2700 213D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 1SNA 607 251 R1400 213D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 1SNA 607 270 R2300 213D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 1SNA 607 271 R1000 213D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 1SNA 607 208 R2200 214D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 1SNA 607 209 R2300 214D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 1SNA 607 255 R1000 214D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 1SNA 607 256 R1100 214D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 1SNA 607 272 R1100 214D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 1SNA 607 273 R1200 214D 2,5/5-R121 1SNA 607 217 R0200 201D 2,5/5-R121AL 1SNA 607 231 R0000 201D 2,5/5-R121AL 1SNA 607 232 R0100 201D 2,5/5-R121BL 1SNA 607 264 R1100 201D 2,5/5-R121BL 1SNA 607 265 R1200 201D 2,5/5-R121L 1SNA 607 201 R1200 201DCB 1SNA 105 028 R2100 201DCG 1SNA 163 218 R0500 202DO001-EX02R 1SVR 440 600 R5000 239DX001-EX18RAC 1SVR 440 621 R0000 239DX011-EX18RDC 1SVR 440 620 R0000 239DX021-EX20TDC 1SVR 440 620 R1000 239EB01 1SNA 610 022 R2000 222EB01 1SNA 610 023 R2100 222EB01 1SNA 610 108 R1400 222Electrode 1SVR 450 056 R0000 93Electrode 1SVR 450 056 R0100 93Electrode 1SVR 450 056 R0200 93EMV-100 GHR 110 0000 R0001 227EMV-300 GHR 310 0000 R0001 227EN03 1SNA 610 230 R1100 222ES12 E2 405 660 00 193ES15/2N E2 405 651 10 192ES15/3N E2 405 651 20 192ES15/4N E2 405 651 30 192ES50 E2 405 650 10 191

ES50/3 E2 405 650 00 191ES9 E2 405 670 00 193EV6D 1SNA 168 400 R1600 202FC2 1SNA 007 865 R2600 201FD001 1SVR 440 694 R0000 240ILPH BdC / RS 422-485 1SNA 684 232 R2600 185ILPH RS 232 / BdC 1SNA 684 202 R0100 186ILPH RS 232 / FO-P 1SNA 684 238 R0400 183ILPH RS 232 / FO-P 1SNA 684 239 R0500 183ILPH RS 232 / FO-S 1SNA 684 236 R2200 183ILPH RS 232 / FO-S 1SNA 684 237 R2300 183ILPH RS 232 / RS 232 1SNA 684 234 R2000 181ILPH RS 232 / RS 232 1SNA 684 244 R0200 181ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-485 1SNA 684 231 R2500 178ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-485 1SNA 684 233 R2700 179ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-485 1SNA 684 333 R2300 180ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-485 1SNA 684 334 R2400 180ILPH RS 422 / RS 422-485 1SNA 684 212 R2200 182ILPH RS 485 / FO-P 1SNA 684 248 R1600 184ILPH RS 485 / FO-P 1SNA 684 249 R1700 184ILPH RS 485 / FO-S 1SNA 684 246 R0400 184ILPH RS 485 / FO-S 1SNA 684 247 R0500 184KK-0,7 GHR 110 9404 P 0001 227KK-1,8 GHR 110 9401 P 0002 227KK-2,6 GHR 110 9401 P 0001 227KK-R111-0,5 GHR 110 9407 P 0001 227KK-R111-0,7 GHR 110 9406 P 0001 227KK-R111-1,5 GHR 110 9405 P 0001 227KK-R111-2,1 GHR 110 9402 P 0001 227KK-R311-0,8 GHR 310 9401 P 0001 227LM001-12RAC 1SVR 440 611 R0100 239LM002-C12RAC 1SVR 440 611 R0300 239LM003-CX12RAC 1SVR 440 611 R0200 239LM011-CE18RAC 1SVR 440 621 R5300 239LM012-CXE18RAC 1SVR 440 621 R5200 239LM021-12RDC 1SVR 440 610 R0100 239LM022-C12RDC 1SVR 440 610 R0300 239LM023-C12RDC12V 1SVR 440 612 R0300 239LM024-CX12RDC 1SVR 440 610 R0200 239LM025-C12TDC 1SVR 440 610 R1300 239LM026-CX12TDC 1SVR 440 610 R1200 239LM041-CE18RDC 1SVR 440 620 R5300 239LM042-CXE18RDC 1SVR 440 620 R5200 239LM043-CE20TDC 1SVR 440 620 R6300 239LM044-CXE20TDC 1SVR 440 620 R6200 239M 4/9.R111 1SNA 607 029 R0100 202M 4/9.R111 1SNA 607 030 R0600 202M 4/9.R111L 1SNA 607 001 R0600 202M 4/9.R111L 1SNA 607 002 R0700 202Marker 1SVR 366 017 R0100 34, 109MD001 1SVR 440 691 R0000 240MD002 1SVR 440 691 R1000 240MH1 E4 405 669 00 193MS16 E4 405 659 00 191MS28 E4 405 659 10 192MTJ21024 E2 405 621 10 193MTJ26024 E2 405 621 00 193MTJ26115 E2 405 621 20 193MTJ26230 E2 405 621 30 193MTK21024 E2 405 622 10 193MTK26024 E2 405 622 00 193MTK26115 E2 405 622 20 193MTK26230 E2 405 622 30 193OBA 1000 1SNA 608 015 R0400 220OBA 1000 1SNA 608 019 R1000 220OBA 1000 1SNA 608 023 R0400 220OBA 1000 1SNA 608 026 R0700 220OBC 0100 1SNA 607 024 R0500 217OBC 0100 1SNA 607 027 R0000 217OBC 0100 1SNA 608 017 R0600 216OBC 0100 1SNA 608 021 R0200 216OBC 1000 1SNA 608 014 R2200 218OBC 1000 1SNA 608 018 R1700 218OBC 1000 1SNA 608 022 R0300 218OBC 1000 1SNA 608 025 R0600 219OBC 1000 1SNA 608 028 R1100 219ORA 111 1SNA 608 069 R2200 221ORC 111 1SNA 608 068 R2100 221PC9 1SNA 210 160 R1200 202PS001-SOFT 1SVR 440 690 R0000 240PTD70024 E2 405 613 10 192

Page 253: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2512CDC110004C0202

9

Type Order code Page Type Order code Page

Alphanumerical index

PTD70524 E2 405 613 00 192PTD70615 E2 405 613 20 192PTD70730 E2 405 613 30 192PTK70024 E2 405 612 10 192PTK70524 E2 405 612 00 192PTK70615 E2 405 612 20 192PTK70730 E2 405 612 30 192PTL70024 E2 405 611 10 192PTL70524 E2 405 611 00 192PTL70615 E2 405 611 20 192PTL70730 E2 405 611 30 192R100.20 1SAR 111 020 R8607 225R100.30-IO 1SAR 113 030 R8607 225R100.30-ZS 1SAR 111 030 R8607 225R100.45 1SAR 111 045 R8607 225R100.45-SG 1SAR 111 045 R9607 225R111/20 1SAR 111 025 R0106 226R111/25 1SAR 111 025 R0102 226R111/40 1SAR 111 050 R0106 226R111/45 1SAR 111 050 R0102 226R111/90 1SAR 111 090 R0106 226R120/25 1SAR 111 025 R4609 226R120/50 1SAR 111 050 R4609 226R121/100 1SAR 111 100 R4606 226R121/25 1SAR 111 025 R4606 226R121/50 1SAR 111 050 R4606 226R121/75 1SAR 111 075 R4606 226R122/100 1SAR 111 100 R4607 226R122/50 1SAR 111 050 R4607 226R122/75 1SAR 111 075 R4607 226R126/100 1SAR 111 100 R4707 226R126/25 1SAR 111 025 R4707 226R126/50 1SAR 111 050 R4707 226R126/75 1SAR 111 075 R4707 226R300.20 1SAR 131 020 R8207 225R300.25 1SAR 131 030 R8207 225R311/25 1SAR 131 025 R4814 226R311/55 1SAR 131 055 R4814 226R315/55 1SAR 131 055 R4914 226Rapid-fastening plate GHR 110 1105 R0001 227Rapid-fastening plate GHR 310 1105 R0001 227RB 121 1SNA 610 125 R2400 206RB 121 1SNA 630 001 R0000 203RB 121 A 1SNA 610 004 R0700 206RB 121 A 1SNA 610 132 R2300 206RB 121 A 1SNA 630 002 R0100 203RB 121 A 1SNA 630 003 R0200 203RB 121 AI 1SNA 630 007 R0600 204RB 121 AV 1SNA 610 006 R0100 206RB 121 B 1SNA 630 004 R0300 204RB 121 B 1SNA 630 005 R0400 204RB 121 B 1SNA 630 006 R0500 204RB 122 1SNA 610 059 R1500 207RB 122 1SNA 610 060 R1200 207RB 122 1SNA 630 019 R0100 205RB 122 A 1SNA 610 123 R2200 207RB 122 A 1SNA 630 011 R2100 205RB 122 AR 1SNA 610 011 R2500 207RB 122 AV 1SNA 610 121 R2000 207RB 122 AV 1SNA 610 122 R2100 207RB 122 B 1SNA 630 021 R2300 205RB 122 B 1SNA 630 022 R2400 205RB 122 BR 1SNA 610 089 R0400 207RB 122 BR 1SNA 610 115 R2200 207Remote potentiometer 1SVR 700 800 R1000 34Remote potentiometer 1SVR 701 800 R1000 34RLV 1SNA 103 849 R0300 203RT314024 E2 405 600 10 191RT314524 E2 405 600 00 191RT314615 E2 405 600 20 191RT314730 E2 405 600 30 191RT424024 E2 405 601 10 191RT424524 E2 405 601 00 191RT424615 E2 405 601 20 191RT424730 E2 405 601 30 191SD001 1SVR 440 631 R0100 240SD002 1SVR 440 631 R0000 240Sealable cover 1SVR 430 005 R0100 34, 109

Sealable cover 1SVR 440 005 R0100 109Suspension electrode 1SAR 402 902 R0000 93TD001 1SVR 440 693 R0000 240Terminal cover GHR 110 6605 P 0001 227TK001 1SVR 440 692 R0000 240TK011 1SVR 440 692 R1000 240TP-01 GHR 110 9500 P 0001 227TP-03 GHR 310 9500 P 0001 227TR E4 405 658 00 191TR1 E4 405 658 10 192

Page 254: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2522CDC110004C0202

9

1SAR 111 020 R8607 R100.20 2251SAR 111 025 R0102 R111/25 2261SAR 111 025 R0106 R111/20 2261SAR 111 025 R4606 R121/25 2261SAR 111 025 R4609 R120/25 2261SAR 111 025 R4707 R126/25 2261SAR 111 030 R8607 R100.30-ZS 2251SAR 111 045 R8607 R100.45 2251SAR 111 045 R9607 R100.45-SG 2251SAR 111 050 R0102 R111/45 2261SAR 111 050 R0106 R111/40 2261SAR 111 050 R4606 R121/50 2261SAR 111 050 R4607 R122/50 2261SAR 111 050 R4609 R120/50 2261SAR 111 050 R4707 R126/50 2261SAR 111 075 R4606 R121/75 2261SAR 111 075 R4607 R122/75 2261SAR 111 075 R4707 R126/75 2261SAR 111 090 R0106 R111/90 2261SAR 111 100 R4606 R121/100 2261SAR 111 100 R4607 R122/100 2261SAR 111 100 R4707 R126/100 2261SAR 113 030 R8607 R100.30-IO 2251SAR 131 020 R8207 R300.20 2251SAR 131 025 R4814 R311/25 2261SAR 131 030 R8207 R300.25 2251SAR 131 055 R4814 R311/55 2261SAR 131 055 R4914 R315/55 2261SAR 390 000 R1000 C560.10 1281SAR 390 000 R2000 C560.20 1281SAR 402 902 R0000 Suspension electrode 931SAR 470 020 R0004 C558.01 631SAR 470 020 R0005 C558.01 631SAR 471 020 R0004 C558.02 641SAR 471 020 R0005 C558.02 641SAR 472 020 R0004 C558.03 651SAR 472 020 R0005 C558.03 651SAR 477 000 R0100 C558.10 641SAR 477 000 R0100 C558.10 651SAR 501 020 R0001 C571 1181SAR 501 020 R0003 C571 1181SAR 501 020 R0004 C571-AC 1181SAR 501 020 R0005 C571-AC 1181SAR 501 031 R0001 C573 1191SAR 501 032 R0002 C572 1211SAR 501 032 R0003 C572 1211SAR 501 032 R0004 C572 1211SAR 501 032 R0005 C572 1211SAR 501 120 R0001 C576 1201SAR 501 220 R0001 C577 1201SAR 502 040 R0001 C579 1241SAR 502 040 R0004 C579-AC 1241SAR 502 040 R0005 C579-AC 1241SAR 503 041 R0002 C574 1221SAR 503 041 R0003 C574 1221SAR 503 041 R0004 C574 1221SAR 503 041 R0005 C574 1221SAR 503 141 R0002 C574 1221SAR 503 141 R0003 C574 1221SAR 503 141 R0004 C574 1221SAR 503 141 R0005 C574 1221SAR 504 022 R0002 C575 1231SAR 504 022 R0003 C575 1231SAR 504 022 R0004 C575 1231SAR 504 022 R0005 C575 1231SAR 510 120 R0003 C6700 1251SAR 511 320 R0003 C6701 1261SAR 513 320 R0003 C6702 1271SAR 533 141 R0002 C574 1221SAR 533 141 R0003 C574 1221SAR 533 141 R0004 C574 1221SAR 533 141 R0005 C574 1221SAR 533 241 R0002 C574 1221SAR 533 241 R0003 C574 1221SAR 533 241 R0004 C574 1221SAR 533 241 R0005 C574 1221SAR 543 320 R0003 C6702 1271SAR 700 001 R0005 C510.01-24 83

1SAR 700 001 R0006 C510.01-K 831SAR 700 002 R0005 C510.02-24 831SAR 700 002 R0006 C510.02-K 831SAR 700 003 R0005 C510.03-24 831SAR 700 003 R0006 C510.03-K 831SAR 700 004 R0005 C510.11-24 831SAR 700 004 R0006 C510.11-K 831SAR 700 005 R0005 C510.12-24 831SAR 700 005 R0006 C510.12-K 831SAR 700 006 R0005 C510.13-24 831SAR 700 006 R0006 C510.13-K 831SAR 700 011 R0005 C511.01-24 831SAR 700 011 R0010 C511.01-W 831SAR 700 012 R0005 C511.02-24 831SAR 700 012 R0010 C511.02-W 831SAR 700 013 R0005 C511.03-24 831SAR 700 013 R0010 C511.03-W 831SAR 700 014 R0005 C511.11-24 831SAR 700 014 R0010 C511.11-W 831SAR 700 015 R0005 C511.12-24 831SAR 700 015 R0010 C511.12-W 831SAR 700 016 R0005 C511.13-24 831SAR 700 016 R0010 C511.13-W 831SAR 700 100 R0005 C512-24 831SAR 700 100 R0010 C512-W 831SAR 700 101 R0100 C512-D 831SAR 700 102 R0100 C512-E 831SAR 700 110 R0010 C513-W 831SAR 700 111 R0100 C513-D 831SAR 700 112 R0100 C513-E 831SNA 007 865 R2600 FC2 2011SNA 031 800 R2100 BNMS T24V-1 2081SNA 031 801 R1600 BNMS T48V-1 2081SNA 031 802 R1700 BNMS T24V-1 2081SNA 031 803 R1000 BNMS T48V-1 2081SNA 031 804 R1100 BNMS T115V-1 2111SNA 031 805 R1200 BNMS T230V-1 2111SNA 031 809 R2600 BNMS P5V-3 2121SNA 031 810 R1200 BNMS P24V-3 2121SNA 031 811 R0700 BNMS P48V-3 2121SNA 031 814 R0200 BNMS P5V-1 2141SNA 031 815 R0300 BNMS P24V-1 2141SNA 031 818 R1600 BNMS P5V-2 2131SNA 031 819 R1700 BNMS P24V-2 2131SNA 031 820 R1400 BNMS R24V-1 2011SNA 031 839 R1300 BMNS A24V-4 2151SNA 103 002 R2600 BAM 2071SNA 103 849 R0300 RLV 2031SNA 105 028 R2100 DCB 2011SNA 114 205 R2000 AD2,5 2021SNA 114 836 R0000 BAMH 2011SNA 116 900 R2700 BADH 2011SNA 163 070 R0000 AL2 2021SNA 163 218 R0500 DCG 2021SNA 163 261 R0000 AL3 2021SNA 168 400 R1600 EV6D 2021SNA 177 583 R1200 BJS9 2021SNA 177 584 R1300 BJS9 2021SNA 194 836 R0100 BAMH V0 2011SNA 210 160 R1200 PC9 2021SNA 399 306 R0300 BAM V0 2071SNA 399 903 R0200 BADL V0 2071SNA 607 001 R0600 M 4/9.R111L 2021SNA 607 002 R0700 M 4/9.R111L 2021SNA 607 024 R0500 OBC 0100 2171SNA 607 027 R0000 OBC 0100 2171SNA 607 029 R0100 M 4/9.R111 2021SNA 607 030 R0600 M 4/9.R111 2021SNA 607 201 R1200 D 2,5/5-R121L 2011SNA 607 203 R1500 D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 2121SNA 607 204 R1600 D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 2121SNA 607 205 R1700 D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 2121SNA 607 206 R1000 D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 2131SNA 607 207 R1100 D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 2131SNA 607 208 R2200 D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 2141SNA 607 209 R2300 D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 2141SNA 607 210 R1700 D 2,5/5-OBIC-0030 2081SNA 607 211 R0400 D 2,5/5-OBIC-0030 208

1SNA 607 212 R0500 D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 2081SNA 607 213 R0600 D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 2081SNA 607 214 R0700 D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 2081SNA 607 215 R0800 D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 2081SNA 607 217 R0200 D 2,5/5-R121 2011SNA 607 231 R0000 D 2,5/5-R121AL 2011SNA 607 232 R0100 D 2,5/5-R121AL 2011SNA 607 238 R1700 D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 2151SNA 607 240 R2500 D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 2151SNA 607 241 R1200 D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 2151SNA 607 250 R2700 D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 2131SNA 607 251 R1400 D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 2131SNA 607 255 R1000 D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 2141SNA 607 256 R1100 D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 2141SNA 607 264 R1100 D 2,5/5-R121BL 2011SNA 607 265 R1200 D 2,5/5-R121BL 2011SNA 607 268 R2500 D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 2151SNA 607 269 R2600 D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 2151SNA 607 270 R2300 D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 2131SNA 607 271 R1000 D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 2131SNA 607 272 R1100 D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 2141SNA 607 273 R1200 D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 2141SNA 608 014 R2200 OBC 1000 2181SNA 608 015 R0400 OBA 1000 2201SNA 608 017 R0600 OBC 0100 2161SNA 608 018 R1700 OBC 1000 2181SNA 608 019 R1000 OBA 1000 2201SNA 608 021 R0200 OBC 0100 2161SNA 608 022 R0300 OBC 1000 2181SNA 608 023 R0400 OBA 1000 2201SNA 608 025 R0600 OBC 1000 2191SNA 608 026 R0700 OBA 1000 2201SNA 608 028 R1100 OBC 1000 2191SNA 608 068 R2100 ORC 111 2211SNA 608 069 R2200 ORA 111 2211SNA 610 004 R0700 RB 121 A 2061SNA 610 006 R0100 RB 121 AV 2061SNA 610 011 R2500 RB 122 AR 2071SNA 610 022 R2000 EB01 2221SNA 610 023 R2100 EB01 2221SNA 610 059 R1500 RB 122 2071SNA 610 060 R1200 RB 122 2071SNA 610 089 R0400 RB 122 BR 2071SNA 610 108 R1400 EB01 2221SNA 610 115 R2200 RB 122 BR 2071SNA 610 121 R2000 RB 122 AV 2071SNA 610 122 R2100 RB 122 AV 2071SNA 610 123 R2200 RB 122 A 2071SNA 610 125 R2400 RB 121 2061SNA 610 132 R2300 RB 121 A 2061SNA 610 230 R1100 EN03 2221SNA 630 001 R0000 RB 121 2031SNA 630 002 R0100 RB 121 A 2031SNA 630 003 R0200 RB 121 A 2031SNA 630 004 R0300 RB 121 B 2041SNA 630 005 R0400 RB 121 B 2041SNA 630 006 R0500 RB 121 B 2041SNA 630 007 R0600 RB 121 AI 2041SNA 630 011 R2100 RB 122 A 2051SNA 630 019 R0100 RB 122 2051SNA 630 021 R2300 RB 122 B 2051SNA 630 022 R2400 RB 122 B 2051SNA 684 202 R0100 ILPH RS 232 / BdC 1861SNA 684 212 R2200 ILPH RS 422 / RS 422-485 1821SNA 684 231 R2500 ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-485 1781SNA 684 232 R2600 ILPH BdC / RS 422-485 1851SNA 684 233 R2700 ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-485 1791SNA 684 234 R2000 ILPH RS 232 / RS 232 1811SNA 684 236 R2200 ILPH RS 232 / FO-S 1831SNA 684 237 R2300 ILPH RS 232 / FO-S 1831SNA 684 238 R0400 ILPH RS 232 / FO-P 1831SNA 684 239 R0500 ILPH RS 232 / FO-P 1831SNA 684 244 R0200 ILPH RS 232 / RS 232 1811SNA 684 246 R0400 ILPH RS 485 / FO-S 1841SNA 684 247 R0500 ILPH RS 485 / FO-S 1841SNA 684 248 R1600 ILPH RS 485 / FO-P 1841SNA 684 249 R1700 ILPH RS 485 / FO-P 1841SNA 684 333 R2300 ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-485 180

Order code Type Page

Numerical index

Order code Type Page Order code Type Page

Page 255: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2532CDC110004C0202

9

1SNA 684 334 R2400 ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-485 1801SVR 010 203 R0500 CC-EIAC/ILPO 1641SVR 011 700 R0000 CC-E/STD 1551SVR 011 701 R2500 CC-E/RTD 1581SVR 011 702 R2600 CC-E/TC 1611SVR 011 703 R2700 CC-E/I 1641SVR 011 705 R2100 CC-E/STD 1551SVR 011 706 R2200 CC-E/RTD 1581SVR 011 707 R2300 CC-E/TC 1611SVR 011 708 R0400 CC-E /I 1641SVR 011 710 R2100 CC-E V/V 1551SVR 011 711 R1600 CC-E V/I 1551SVR 011 712 R1700 CC-E V/I 1551SVR 011 713 R1000 CC-E I/V 1551SVR 011 714 R1100 CC-E I/I 1551SVR 011 715 R1200 CC-E I/I 1551SVR 011 716 R1300 CC-E I/V 1551SVR 011 717 R1400 CC-E I/I 1551SVR 011 718 R2500 CC-E I/I 1551SVR 011 719 R2600 CC-E V/V 1551SVR 011 720 R2300 CC-E V/V 1551SVR 011 721 R1000 CC-E V/I 1551SVR 011 722 R1100 CC-E V/I 1551SVR 011 723 R1200 CC-E I/V 1551SVR 011 724 R1300 CC-E I/I 1551SVR 011 725 R1400 CC-E I/I 1551SVR 011 726 R1500 CC-E I/V 1551SVR 011 727 R1600 CC-E I/I 1551SVR 011 728 R2700 CC-E I/I 1551SVR 011 729 R2000 CC-E V/V 1551SVR 011 730 R2500 CC-E RTD/V 1581SVR 011 731 R1200 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 732 R1300 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 733 R1400 CC-E RTD/V 1581SVR 011 734 R1500 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 735 R1600 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 736 R1700 CC-E RTD/V 1581SVR 011 737 R1000 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 738 R2100 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 739 R2200 CC-E RTD/V 1581SVR 011 740 R0700 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 741 R2400 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 750 R0100 CC-E TC/V 1611SVR 011 751 R2600 CC-E TC/I 1611SVR 011 752 R2700 CC-E TC/I 1611SVR 011 753 R2000 CC-E TC/V 1611SVR 011 754 R2100 CC-E TC/I 1611SVR 011 755 R2200 CC-E TC/I 1611SVR 011 760 R0300 CC-E TC/V 1611SVR 011 761 R2000 CC-E TC/I 1611SVR 011 762 R2100 CC-E TC/I 1611SVR 011 763 R2200 CC-E TC/V 1611SVR 011 764 R2300 CC-E TC/I 1611SVR 011 765 R2400 CC-E TC/I 1611SVR 011 770 R0500 CC-E IAC/V 1641SVR 011 771 R2200 CC-E IAC/I 1641SVR 011 772 R2300 CC-E IAC/I 1641SVR 011 773 R2400 CC-E IDC/V 1641SVR 011 774 R2500 CC-E IDC/I 1641SVR 011 775 R2600 CC-E IDC/I 1641SVR 011 780 R1100 CC-E IAC/V 1641SVR 011 781 R0600 CC-E IAC/I 1641SVR 011 782 R0700 CC-E IAC/I 1641SVR 011 783 R0000 CC-E IDC/V 1641SVR 011 784 R0100 CC-E IDC/I 1641SVR 011 785 R1100 CC-E IDC/I 1641SVR 011 788 R2400 CC-E RTD/V 1581SVR 011 789 R2500 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 790 R2200 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 791 R1700 CC-E RTD/V 1581SVR 011 792 R1000 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 793 R1100 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 794 R1200 CC-E RTD/V 1581SVR 011 795 R1300 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 796 R1400 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 797 R1500 CC-E RTD/V 1581SVR 011 798 R2600 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 799 R2700 CC-E RTD/I 158

1SVR 040 000 R1700 CC-U/STD 1561SVR 040 001 R0400 CC-U/STD 1561SVR 040 002 R0500 CC-U/RTD 1591SVR 040 003 R0600 CC-U/RTD 1591SVR 040 004 R0700 CC-U/TC 1621SVR 040 005 R0000 CC-U/TC 1621SVR 040 006 R0100 CC-U/I 1651SVR 040 007 R0200 CC-U/I 1651SVR 040 008 R1300 CC-U/V 1661SVR 040 009 R1400 CC-U/V 1661SVR 040 010 R0000 CC-U/STDR 1571SVR 040 011 R2500 CC-U/STDR 1571SVR 040 012 R2600 CC-U/RTDR 1601SVR 040 013 R2700 CC-U/RTDR 1601SVR 040 014 R2000 CC-U/TCR 1631SVR 040 015 R2100 CC-U/TCR 1631SVR 214 017 R0900 CT-S Remote potentiometer 341SVR 366 017 R0100 Marker 34, 1091SVR 419 500 R3000 CP-L5/1.0 1401SVR 419 500 R3100 CP-L5/1.0 1401SVR 419 501 R1000 CP-L12/0.5 1401SVR 419 501 R1100 CP-L12/0.5 1401SVR 419 501 R3000 CP-L12/1.0 1401SVR 419 501 R3100 CP-L12/1.0 1401SVR 419 502 R1000 CP-L15/0.5 1401SVR 419 502 R1100 CP-L15/0.5 1401SVR 419 502 R3000 CP-L15/1.0 1401SVR 419 502 R3100 CP-L15/1.0 1401SVR 419 503 R0000 CP-L24/0.25 1401SVR 419 503 R0100 CP-L24/0.25 1401SVR 419 503 R2000 CP-L24/0.75 1401SVR 419 503 R2100 CP-L24/0.75 1401SVR 419 511 R1000 CP-LW12/0.5 1401SVR 419 511 R1100 CP-LW12/0.5 1401SVR 419 512 R1000 CP-LW12/1.0 1401SVR 419 512 R1100 CP-LW12/1.0 1401SVR 423 414 R0000 CP-24/0.5 1381SVR 423 415 R0000 CP-24/10adj 1391SVR 423 415 R1000 CP-24/20adj 1391SVR 423 416 R0000 CP-24/5.0 1381SVR 423 416 R0100 CP-24/5.0adj 1391SVR 423 416 R1000 CP-24/4.2 1381SVR 423 417 R0000 CP-24/2.0 1381SVR 423 417 R1000 CP-24/2.0 1381SVR 423 417 R1100 CP-24/2.0adj 1391SVR 423 418 R0000 CP-24/1.0 1381SVR 423 418 R1000 CP-12/2.0 1381SVR 423 418 R1100 CP-12/2.0adj 1391SVR 423 418 R2000 CP-24/0.3 1381SVR 423 418 R3000 CP-5/3.0 1381SVR 423 418 R4000 CP-6/3.0 1381SVR 423 418 R5000 CP-24/1.5adj 1391SVR 423 418 R6000 CP-48/0.7 1381SVR 423 418 R9000 CP-RUD 1391SVR 430 005 R0100 Sealable cover 34, 1091SVR 430 010 R0200 CT-MFS 101SVR 430 010 R1100 CT-MBS 101SVR 430 010 R1200 CT-MBS 101SVR 430 011 R2100 CT-MBS 101SVR 430 011 R2200 CT-MBS 101SVR 430 012 R0200 CT-MBS 101SVR 430 013 R0100 CT-MBS 101SVR 430 023 R0200 CT-MVS 101SVR 430 029 R0100 Apapter for screw mounting 34,1091SVR 430 100 R1100 CT-ERS 101SVR 430 100 R1200 CT-ERS 101SVR 430 101 R2100 CT-ERS 101SVR 430 101 R2200 CT-ERS 101SVR 430 102 R0100 CT-ERS 101SVR 430 103 R0100 CT-ERS 101SVR 430 103 R0200 CT-ERS 101SVR 430 113 R0100 CT-AHS 101SVR 430 113 R0200 CT-AHS 101SVR 430 120 R0100 CT-ARS 101SVR 430 120 R0300 CT-ARS 101SVR 430 132 R0100 CT-VWS 111SVR 430 133 R0200 CT-VWS 111SVR 430 143 R0100 CT-AWS 11

1SVR 430 143 R0200 CT-AWS 111SVR 430 152 R0100 CT-EBS 111SVR 430 153 R0200 CT-EBS 111SVR 430 163 R0100 CT-TGS 111SVR 430 173 R0100 CT-EAS 111SVR 430 173 R0200 CT-EAS 111SVR 430 183 R0300 CT-APS 101SVR 430 193 R0100 CT-EVS 111SVR 430 201 R2300 CT-YDAV 111SVR 430 203 R0200 CT-YDAV 111SVR 430 213 R0200 CT-YDEW 111SVR 430 220 R8100 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 220 R8300 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 220 R8400 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 220 R9100 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 220 R9300 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 220 R9400 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 221 R1400 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 221 R7100 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 221 R7300 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 230 R9300 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 231 R7300 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 253 R0100 CT-PGS 111SVR 430 261 R5000 CT-VBS 111SVR 430 261 R6000 CT-VBS 111SVR 430 500 R2300 CM-SIS 991SVR 430 710 R0200 CM-MSS 761SVR 430 710 R9300 CM-MSS 751SVR 430 711 R0300 CM-MSS 751SVR 430 711 R1300 CM-MSS 751SVR 430 711 R2300 CM-MSS 751SVR 430 720 R0300 CM-MSS 761SVR 430 720 R0400 CM-MSS 761SVR 430 720 R0500 CM-MSS 771SVR 430 800 R9100 CM-MSS 751SVR 430 801 R1100 CM-MSS 751SVR 430 810 R9300 CM-MSS 751SVR 430 811 R0300 CM-MSS 751SVR 430 811 R1300 CM-MSS 751SVR 430 811 R9300 CM-MSS 751SVR 430 824 R9300 CM-PFS 511SVR 430 831 R0000 CM-ESS 431SVR 430 831 R0100 CM-ESS 431SVR 430 831 R0200 CM-ESS 431SVR 430 831 R1000 CM-ESS 431SVR 430 831 R1100 CM-ESS 431SVR 430 831 R1200 CM-ESS 431SVR 430 831 R9000 CM-ESS 431SVR 430 831 R9100 CM-ESS 431SVR 430 831 R9200 CM-ESS 431SVR 430 841 R0100 CM-SRS 421SVR 430 841 R1100 CM-SRS 421SVR 430 841 R9100 CM-SRS 421SVR 430 851 R0100 CM-ENS 891SVR 430 851 R0200 CM-ENS UP/DOWN 901SVR 430 851 R1100 CM-ENS 891SVR 430 851 R1200 CM-ENS UP/DOWN 901SVR 430 851 R1300 CM-ENS 891SVR 430 851 R2100 CM-ENS 891SVR 430 851 R9100 CM-ENS 891SVR 430 851 R9200 CM-ENS UP/DOWN 901SVR 430 864 R1100 CM-ASS 531SVR 430 864 R3100 CM-ASS 531SVR 430 865 R1100 CM-ASS 531SVR 430 865 R3100 CM-ASS 531SVR 430 884 R1300 CM-MPS 541SVR 430 884 R3300 CM-MPS 541SVR 430 885 R1300 CM-MPS 541SVR 430 885 R3300 CM-MPS 541SVR 430 896 R0000 CM-WDS 1041SVR 440 005 R0100 Sealable cover 1091SVR 440 029 R0100 Adapter for screw mounting 1091SVR 440 600 R0000 CI000 2401SVR 440 600 R5000 DO001-EX02R 2391SVR 440 610 R0100 LM021-12RDC 2391SVR 440 610 R0200 LM024-CX12RDC 2391SVR 440 610 R0300 LM022-C12RDC 2391SVR 440 610 R1200 LM026-CX12TDC 239

Order code Type Page

Numerical index

Order code Type Page Order code Type Page

Page 256: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2542CDC110004C0202

9

1SVR 440 610 R1300 LM025-C12TDC 2391SVR 440 611 R0100 LM001-12RAC 2391SVR 440 611 R0200 LM003-CX12RAC 2391SVR 440 611 R0300 LM002-C12RAC 2391SVR 440 612 R0300 LM023-C12RDC12V 2391SVR 440 620 R0000 DX011-EX18RDC 2391SVR 440 620 R1000 DX021-EX20TDC 2391SVR 440 620 R5200 LM042-CXE18RDC 2391SVR 440 620 R5300 LM041-CE18RDC 2391SVR 440 620 R6200 LM044-CXE20TDC 2391SVR 440 620 R6300 LM043-CE20TDC 2391SVR 440 621 R0000 DX001-EX18RAC 2391SVR 440 621 R5200 LM012-CXE18RAC 2391SVR 440 621 R5300 LM011-CE18RAC 2391SVR 440 631 R0000 SD002 2401SVR 440 631 R0100 SD001 2401SVR 440 690 R0000 PS001-SOFT 2401SVR 440 691 R0000 MD001 2401SVR 440 691 R1000 MD002 2401SVR 440 692 R0000 TK001 2401SVR 440 692 R1000 TK011 2401SVR 440 693 R0000 TD001 2401SVR 440 694 R0000 FD001 2401SVR 450 025 R0100 CM-MSN 771SVR 450 050 R0000 CM-ENN 911SVR 450 050 R0100 CM-ENN UP/DOWN 921SVR 450 051 R0000 CM-ENN 911SVR 450 051 R0100 CM-ENN UP/DOWN 921SVR 450 052 R0000 CM-ENN 911SVR 450 052 R0100 CM-ENN UP/DOWN 921SVR 450 055 R0000 CM-ENN 911SVR 450 056 R0000 Electrode 931SVR 450 056 R0100 Electrode 931SVR 450 056 R0200 Electrode 931SVR 450 056 R6000 CM-KH-3 931SVR 450 056 R7000 CM-AH-3 931SVR 450 056 R8000 CM-GM-1 931SVR 450 059 R0000 CM-ENN 911SVR 450 059 R0100 CM-ENN UP/DOWN 921SVR 450 065 R0000 CM-IWN-DC 621SVR 450 071 R0000 CM-IWN-AC 611SVR 450 075 R0000 CM-IWN-AC 611SVR 450 080 R0000 CM-KRN 981SVR 450 081 R0000 CM-KRN 981SVR 450 082 R0000 CM-KRN 981SVR 450 089 R0000 CM-KRN 981SVR 450 090 R0000 CM-KRN 981SVR 450 091 R0000 CM-KRN 981SVR 450 099 R0000 CM-KRN 981SVR 450 110 R0000 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 110 R0100 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 111 R0000 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 111 R0100 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 115 R0000 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 115 R0100 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 120 R0000 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 120 R0100 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 121 R0000 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 121 R0100 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 125 R0000 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 125 R0100 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 200 R1100 CM-EFN 451SVR 450 201 R1200 CM-EFN 451SVR 450 210 R0000 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 210 R0100 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 210 R0200 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 211 R0000 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 211 R0100 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 211 R0200 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 215 R0000 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 215 R0100 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 215 R0200 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 220 R0000 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 220 R0100 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 220 R0200 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 221 R0000 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 221 R0100 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 221 R0200 CM-ESN 44

1SVR 450 225 R0000 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 225 R0100 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 225 R0200 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 300 R1200 CM-PVN 521SVR 450 300 R1500 CM-PVN 521SVR 450 300 R1700 CM-PVN 521SVR 450 301 R1200 CM-PVN 521SVR 450 301 R1500 CM-PVN 521SVR 450 302 R1500 CM-PVN 521SVR 450 302 R1700 CM-PVN 521SVR 450 311 R0400 CM-PFN 521SVR 450 311 R0500 CM-PFN 521SVR 450 312 R0400 CM-PFN 521SVR 450 312 R0500 CM-PFN 521SVR 450 320 R0200 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 320 R0500 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 320 R0700 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 321 R0200 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 321 R0500 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 321 R0700 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 322 R0200 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 322 R0500 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 322 R0700 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 330 R0000 CM-LWN 711SVR 450 330 R0100 CM-LWN 711SVR 450 331 R0000 CM-LWN 711SVR 450 331 R0100 CM-LWN 711SVR 450 332 R0000 CM-LWN 711SVR 450 332 R0100 CM-LWN 711SVR 450 334 R0000 CM-LWN 711SVR 450 334 R0100 CM-LWN 711SVR 450 335 R0000 CM-LWN 711SVR 450 335 R0100 CM-LWN 711SVR 450 421 R0200 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 422 R0500 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 423 R0600 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 424 R0700 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 426 R0800 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 932 R0100 CM-ASN 531SVR 500 020 R0000 CT-MFD 141SVR 500 100 R0000 CT-ERD 141SVR 500 110 R0000 CT-AHD 141SVR 500 130 R0000 CT-VWD 141SVR 500 150 R0000 CT-EBD 141SVR 500 160 R0000 CT-TGD 141SVR 550 019 R0000 CT-MKE 131SVR 550 029 R8100 CT-MFE 121SVR 550 100 R1100 CT-ERE 121SVR 550 100 R2100 CT-ERE 121SVR 550 100 R4100 CT-ERE 121SVR 550 100 R5100 CT-ERE 121SVR 550 107 R1100 CT-ERE 121SVR 550 107 R2100 CT-ERE 121SVR 550 107 R4100 CT-ERE 121SVR 550 107 R5100 CT-ERE 121SVR 550 110 R1100 CT-AHE 121SVR 550 110 R2100 CT-AHE 121SVR 550 110 R4100 CT-AHE 121SVR 550 111 R1100 CT-AHE 121SVR 550 111 R2100 CT-AHE 121SVR 550 111 R4100 CT-AHE 121SVR 550 118 R1100 CT-AHE 121SVR 550 118 R2100 CT-AHE 121SVR 550 118 R4100 CT-AHE 121SVR 550 120 R1100 CT-ARE 121SVR 550 120 R4100 CT-ARE 121SVR 550 127 R1100 CT-ARE 121SVR 550 127 R4100 CT-ARE 121SVR 550 130 R1100 CT-VWE 121SVR 550 130 R2100 CT-VWE 121SVR 550 130 R4100 CT-VWE 121SVR 550 137 R1100 CT-VWE 121SVR 550 137 R2100 CT-VWE 121SVR 550 137 R4100 CT-VWE 121SVR 550 140 R1100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 140 R2100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 140 R4100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 141 R1100 CT-AWE 12

1SVR 550 141 R2100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 141 R4100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 148 R1100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 148 R2100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 148 R4100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 150 R3100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 151 R3100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 158 R3100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 160 R1100 CT-EBE 131SVR 550 167 R1100 CT-EBE 131SVR 550 200 R1100 CT-YDE 131SVR 550 200 R2100 CT-YDE 131SVR 550 200 R4100 CT-YDE 131SVR 550 207 R1100 CT-YDE 131SVR 550 207 R2100 CT-YDE 131SVR 550 207 R4100 CT-YDE 131SVR 550 210 R4100 CT-SDE 131SVR 550 211 R4100 CT-SDE 131SVR 550 217 R4100 CT-SDE 131SVR 550 221 R9100 CT-IRE 131SVR 550 228 R9100 CT-IRE 131SVR 550 231 R9100 CT-IRE 131SVR 550 238 R9100 CT-IRE 131SVR 550 509 R1000 CT-EKE 131SVR 550 509 R2000 CT-EKE 131SVR 550 509 R4000 CT-EKE 131SVR 550 519 R1000 CT-AKE 131SVR 550 519 R2000 CT-AKE 131SVR 550 519 R4000 CT-AKE 131SVR 550 800 R9300 CM-MSE 751SVR 550 801 R9300 CM-MSE 751SVR 550 805 R9300 CM-MSE 751SVR 550 824 R9100 CM-PFE 511SVR 550 850 R9400 CM-ENE MAX 881SVR 550 850 R9500 CM-ENE MIN 881SVR 550 851 R9400 CM-ENE MAX 881SVR 550 851 R9500 CM-ENE MIN 881SVR 550 855 R9400 CM-ENE MAX 881SVR 550 855 R9500 CM-ENE MIN 881SVR 550 870 R9400 CM-PVE 501SVR 550 871 R9500 CM-PVE 501SVR 550 881 R9400 CM-PBE 501SVR 550 882 R9500 CM-PBE 501SVR 700 800 R1000 Remote potentiometer 341SVR 701 800 R1000 Remote potentiometer 342CDC 126 009 M 0101 AC010 Manual german 2402CDC 126 009 M 0201 AC010 Manual english 2402CDC 126 009 M 0301 AC010 Manual french 2402CDC 126 009 M 0701 AC010 Manual spanish 2402CDC 126 009 M 0901 AC010 Manual italian 240E2 405 600 00 RT314524 191E2 405 600 10 RT314024 191E2 405 600 20 RT314615 191E2 405 600 30 RT314730 191E2 405 601 00 RT424524 191E2 405 601 10 RT424024 191E2 405 601 20 RT424615 191E2 405 601 30 RT424730 191E2 405 611 00 PTL70524 192E2 405 611 10 PTL70024 192E2 405 611 20 PTL70615 192E2 405 611 30 PTL70730 192E2 405 612 00 PTK70524 192E2 405 612 10 PTK70024 192E2 405 612 20 PTK70615 192E2 405 612 30 PTK70730 192E2 405 613 00 PTD70524 192E2 405 613 10 PTD70024 192E2 405 613 20 PTD70615 192E2 405 613 30 PTD70730 192E2 405 621 00 MTJ26024 193E2 405 621 10 MTJ21024 193E2 405 621 20 MTJ26115 193E2 405 621 30 MTJ26230 193E2 405 622 00 MTK26024 193E2 405 622 10 MTK21024 193E2 405 622 20 MTK26115 193E2 405 622 30 MTK26230 193

Order code Type Page

Numerical index

Order code Type Page Order code Type Page

Page 257: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

2552CDC110004C0202

9

E2 405 650 00 ES50/3 191E2 405 650 10 ES50 191E2 405 651 00 22 191,192E2 405 651 10 ES15/2N 192E2 405 651 20 ES15/3N 192E2 405 651 30 ES15/4N 192E2 405 652 00 42 191,192E2 405 652 10 42V 191,192E2 405 653 00 52B 191,192E2 405 653 10 52C 191,192E2 405 654 00 62 191,192E2 405 654 01 92 191,192E2 405 654 10 62V 191,192E2 405 654 11 92V 191,192E2 405 655 00 62C 191,192E2 405 655 01 92C 191,192E2 405 655 10 62CV 191,192E2 405 655 11 92CV 191,192E2 405 656 00 72 191,192E2 405 656 10 72A 191,192E2 405 656 20 82 191,192E2 405 660 00 ES12 193E2 405 661 00 11 193E2 405 662 00 41 193E2 405 662 10 41V 193E2 405 663 00 51B 193E2 405 663 10 51C 193E2 405 664 00 61 193E2 405 664 01 91 193E2 405 664 10 61V 193E2 405 664 11 91V 193E2 405 665 00 61C 193E2 405 665 01 91C 193E2 405 665 10 61CV 193E2 405 665 11 91CV 193E2 405 666 00 71 193E2 405 666 10 71A 193E2 405 666 20 81 193E2 405 670 00 ES9 193E4 405 658 00 TR 191E4 405 658 10 TR1 192E4 405 659 00 MS16 191E4 405 659 10 MS28 192E4 405 669 00 MH1 193E4 450 116 10 Current transformer 48E4 450 116 11 Current transformer 48E4 450 116 12 Current transformer 48E4 450 116 13 Current transformer 48E4 450 116 14 Current transformer 48E4 450 116 50 Current transformer 48E4 450 116 51 Current transformer 48E4 450 116 52 Current transformer 48E4 450 116 53 Current transformer 48E4 450 116 54 Current transformer 48E4 450 117 10 Current transformer 48E4 450 117 11 Current transformer 48E4 450 117 12 Current transformer 48E4 450 117 13 Current transformer 48E4 450 117 14 Current transformer 48E4 450 117 50 Current transformer 48E4 450 117 51 Current transformer 48E4 450 117 52 Current transformer 48E4 450 117 53 Current transformer 48E4 450 117 54 Current transformer 48GHC0 110 003 R0001 C011-70 78GHC0 110 003 R0002 C011-80 78GHC0 110 003 R0003 C011-90 78GHC0 110 003 R0004 C011-100 78GHC0 110 003 R0005 C011-110 78GHC0 110 003 R0006 C011-120 78GHC0 110 003 R0007 C011-130 78GHC0 110 003 R0008 C011-150 78GHC0 110 003 R0009 C011-160 78GHC0 110 003 R0010 C011-170 78GHC0 110 003 R0011 C011-140 78GHC0 110 033 R0008 C011-3-150 78GHR 110 0000 R0001 EMV-100 227GHR 110 1105 R0001 Rapid-fastening plate 227

GHR 110 6605 P 0001 Terminal cover 227GHR 110 9401 P 0001 KK-2,6 227GHR 110 9401 P 0002 KK-1,8 227GHR 110 9402 P 0001 KK-R111-2,1 227GHR 110 9404 P 0001 KK-0,7 227GHR 110 9405 P 0001 KK-R111-1,5 227GHR 110 9406 P 0001 KK-R111-0,7 227GHR 110 9407 P 0001 KK-R111-0,5 227GHR 110 9500 P 0001 TP-01 227GHR 310 0000 R0001 EMV-300 227GHR 310 1105 R0001 Rapid-fastening plate 227GHR 310 9401 P 0001 KK-R311-0,8 227GHR 310 9500 P 0001 TP-03 227

Order code Type Page Order code Type Page

Numerical index

Page 258: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

Notes

Page 259: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring
Page 260: Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays - … 2004 Electronic Products and Relays ... ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and ... NEW New application handbook - Measuring

Pub

licat

ion

No.

2C

DC

110

004

C02

02

ABB STOTZ-KONTAKT GmbHEppelheimer Straße 8269123 HeidelbergGermanywww.abb.de/epr